MHB Wiing MSC en Aktuell
MHB Wiing MSC en Aktuell
MHB Wiing MSC en Aktuell
Table Of Contents
1. Welcome to the new module handbook of your study programme ............................................................................................................... 12
2. About this handbook ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 13
2.1. Notes and rules ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 13
2.1.1. Begin and completion of a module ............................................................................................................................................................... 13
2.1.2. Module versions .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 13
2.1.3. General and partial examinations .................................................................................................................................................................13
2.1.4. Types of exams ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 13
2.1.5. Repeating exams ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 13
2.1.6. Examiners ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................14
2.1.7. Additional accomplishments .......................................................................................................................................................................... 14
2.1.8. Further information ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 14
2.2. Contact ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 14
3. Why Industrial Engineering and Management? .................................................................................................................................................... 15
4. The Master’s degree program in Industrial Engineering and Management ................................................................................................. 16
4.1. Qualification objectives of the Master's program in Industrial Engineering and Management .....................................................16
4.2. Structure of the Master’s degree program in Industrial Engineering and Management (M.Sc.) SPO 2015 ..............................16
4.3. Key Skills ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 17
5. Field of study structure.................................................................................................................................................................................................. 18
5.1. Master Thesis ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................18
5.2. Business Administration ..............................................................................................................................................................................................19
5.3. Economics ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................20
5.4. Informatics ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 20
5.5. Operations Research .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20
5.6. Engineering Sciences .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 21
5.7. Compulsory Elective Modules .................................................................................................................................................................................. 23
6. Modules .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 26
6.1. Advanced Module Logistics - M-MACH-104888 ..............................................................................................................................................26
6.2. Advanced Topics in Public Finance - M-WIWI-101511 ................................................................................................................................. 27
6.3. Advanced Topics in Strategy and Management - M-WIWI-103119 .........................................................................................................28
6.4. Agglomeration and Innovation - M-WIWI-101497 ......................................................................................................................................... 29
6.5. Analytics and Statistics - M-WIWI-101637 ........................................................................................................................................................ 30
6.6. Applied Strategic Decisions - M-WIWI-101453 ............................................................................................................................................... 31
6.7. Automated Manufacturing Systems - M-MACH-101298 .............................................................................................................................32
6.8. Automotive Engineering - M-MACH-101266 ....................................................................................................................................................33
6.9. BioMEMS - M-MACH-101290 ................................................................................................................................................................................. 35
6.10. Business & Service Engineering - M-WIWI-101410 .....................................................................................................................................37
6.11. Collective Decision Making - M-WIWI-101504 .............................................................................................................................................38
6.12. Combustion Engines I - M-MACH-101275 ...................................................................................................................................................... 39
6.13. Combustion Engines II - M-MACH-101303 ..................................................................................................................................................... 40
6.14. Commercial Law - M-INFO-101191 ....................................................................................................................................................................41
6.15. Control Engineering II - M-ETIT-101157 .......................................................................................................................................................... 42
6.16. Cross-Functional Management Accounting - M-WIWI-101510 .............................................................................................................43
6.17. Data Science for Finance - M-WIWI-105032 .................................................................................................................................................. 44
6.18. Data Science: Advanced CRM - M-WIWI-101470 ........................................................................................................................................ 45
6.19. Data Science: Data-Driven Information Systems - M-WIWI-103117 ...................................................................................................46
6.20. Data Science: Data-Driven User Modeling - M-WIWI-103118 ............................................................................................................... 48
6.21. Data Science: Evidence-based Marketing - M-WIWI-101647 ................................................................................................................. 49
6.22. Design, Construction, Operation and Maintenance of Highways - M-BGU-100998 ......................................................................50
6.23. Designing Interactive Information Systems - M-WIWI-104080 ............................................................................................................. 51
6.24. Digital Service Systems in Industry - M-WIWI-102808 .............................................................................................................................. 52
6.25. Econometrics and Statistics I - M-WIWI-101638 ..........................................................................................................................................53
6.26. Econometrics and Statistics II - M-WIWI-101639 .........................................................................................................................................54
6.27. Economic Theory and its Application in Finance - M-WIWI-101502 .................................................................................................... 55
6.28. eEnergy: Markets, Services and Systems - M-WIWI-103720 ...................................................................................................................56
6.29. Electives in Informatics - M-WIWI-101630 ..................................................................................................................................................... 57
6.30. Electronic Markets - M-WIWI-101409 ..............................................................................................................................................................59
6.31. Emphasis in Informatics - M-WIWI-101628 .................................................................................................................................................... 61
7.34. BioMEMS - Microsystems Technologies for Life-Sciences and Medicine II - T-MACH-100967 ............................................. 215
7.35. BioMEMS - Microsystems Technologies for Life-Sciences and Medicine III - T-MACH-100968 ............................................217
7.36. Bionics for Engineers and Natural Scientists - T-MACH-102172 ........................................................................................................ 218
7.37. Blockchains & Cryptofinance - T-WIWI-108880 ........................................................................................................................................ 220
7.38. Building Laws - T-BGU-103429 ..........................................................................................................................................................................221
7.39. BUS-Controls - T-MACH-102150 ..................................................................................................................................................................... 222
7.40. BUS-Controls - Advance - T-MACH-108889 ................................................................................................................................................224
7.41. Business Administration for Engineers and IT professionals - T-MACH-109933 ......................................................................... 225
7.42. Business Administration in Information Engineering and Management - T-WIWI-102886 .....................................................226
7.43. Business Data Analytics: Application and Tools - T-WIWI-109863 .................................................................................................... 228
7.44. Business Data Strategy - T-WIWI-106187 .................................................................................................................................................... 230
7.45. Business Dynamics - T-WIWI-102762 ............................................................................................................................................................ 232
7.46. Business Intelligence Systems - T-WIWI-105777 .......................................................................................................................................234
7.47. Business Models in the Internet: Planning and Implementation - T-WIWI-102639 .................................................................... 236
7.48. Business Planning - T-WIWI-102865 ...............................................................................................................................................................238
7.49. Business Planning for Founders - EUCOR - T-WIWI-110389 ................................................................................................................239
7.50. Business Process Modelling - T-WIWI-102697 ...........................................................................................................................................240
7.51. Business Strategies of Banks - T-WIWI-102626 ......................................................................................................................................... 241
7.52. Case Studies Seminar: Innovation Management - T-WIWI-102852 ...................................................................................................243
7.53. CATIA Advanced - T-MACH-105312 ...............................................................................................................................................................244
7.54. CATIA CAD Training Course - T-MACH-102185 ....................................................................................................................................... 245
7.55. Ceramic Processing Technology - T-MACH-102182 ................................................................................................................................ 247
7.56. Challenges in Supply Chain Management - T-WIWI-102872 ................................................................................................................ 248
7.57. Characteristics of Transportation Systems - T-BGU-106609 ................................................................................................................250
7.58. Combustion Engines I - T-MACH-102194 ..................................................................................................................................................... 251
7.59. Combustion Engines II - T-MACH-104609 ....................................................................................................................................................253
7.60. Communication Systems and Protocols - T-ETIT-101938 ...................................................................................................................... 254
7.61. Competition in Networks - T-WIWI-100005 ................................................................................................................................................255
7.62. Computational Economics - T-WIWI-102680 ..............................................................................................................................................256
7.63. Computational Risk and Asset Management - T-WIWI-102878 ..........................................................................................................257
7.64. Computer Aided Data Analysis - T-GEISTSOZ-104565 ...........................................................................................................................258
7.65. Computer Contract Law - T-INFO-102036 ................................................................................................................................................... 259
7.66. Constitution and Properties of Protective Coatings - T-MACH-105150 ..........................................................................................260
7.67. Constitution and Properties of Wearresistant Materials - T-MACH-102141 ................................................................................ 262
7.68. Construction Equipment - T-BGU-101845 ....................................................................................................................................................264
7.69. Control of Linear Multivariable Systems - T-ETIT-100666 .....................................................................................................................265
7.70. Control Technology - T-MACH-105185 ......................................................................................................................................................... 266
7.71. Convex Analysis - T-WIWI-102856 ..................................................................................................................................................................268
7.72. Conveying Technology and Logistics - T-MACH-102135 ........................................................................................................................269
7.73. Copyright - T-INFO-101308 ................................................................................................................................................................................ 270
7.74. Corporate Compliance - T-INFO-101288 ...................................................................................................................................................... 271
7.75. Corporate Financial Policy - T-WIWI-102622 ............................................................................................................................................. 272
7.76. Corporate Risk Management - T-WIWI-109050 ........................................................................................................................................ 273
7.77. Country Manager Simulation - T-WIWI-106137 ........................................................................................................................................ 275
7.78. Credit Risk - T-WIWI-102645 .............................................................................................................................................................................276
7.79. Critical Information Infrastructures - T-WIWI-109248 ...........................................................................................................................278
7.80. Current Issues in Innovation Management - T-WIWI-102873 ............................................................................................................. 280
7.81. Current Topics on BioMEMS - T-MACH-102176 ....................................................................................................................................... 281
7.82. Data Mining and Applications - T-WIWI-103066 ....................................................................................................................................... 282
7.83. Data Protection by Design - T-INFO-108405 ...............................................................................................................................................284
7.84. Data Protection Law - T-INFO-101303 .......................................................................................................................................................... 285
7.85. Database Systems and XML - T-WIWI-102661 ...........................................................................................................................................286
7.86. Decentrally Controlled Intralogistic Systems - T-MACH-105230 .......................................................................................................287
7.87. Derivatives - T-WIWI-102643 ............................................................................................................................................................................289
7.88. Design and Development of Mobile Machines - T-MACH-105311 .....................................................................................................290
7.89. Design and Development of Mobile Machines - Advance - T-MACH-108887 ............................................................................... 292
7.90. Design Basics in Highway Engineering - T-BGU-106613 .........................................................................................................................293
7.91. Design Thinking - T-WIWI-102866 ...................................................................................................................................................................294
7.92. Developing Business Models for the Semantic Web - T-WIWI-102851 ........................................................................................... 295
7.93. Digital Health - T-WIWI-109246 ....................................................................................................................................................................... 296
Write to us!
The module handbook serves as a necessary orientation and as a helpful guide throughout the studies. The module handbook does
not replace the course catalog, which provides important information concerning each semester and variable course details (e.g.
time and location of the course).
second repetition has to be made in written form to the examination committee two months after loosing the examination claim. A
counseling interview is mandatory.
For further information see http://www.wiwi.kit.edu/hinweiseZweitwdh.php.
2.1.6 Examiners
The examination committee has appointed the KIT examiners and lecturers listed in the module handbook for the modules and
their courses as examiners for the courses they offer.
2.2 Contact
If you have any questions about modules or exams, please contact the examination office of the KIT Department of Economics and
Management:
Ralf Hilser
Anabela Relvas
Telefon +49 721 608-43768
E-Mail: pruefungssekretariat@wiwi.kit.edu
Editorial responsibility:
• Germany is a high-tech country that depends on innovation. Anyone who wants to take on responsibility in a company here
benefits from an interdisciplinary course of study in economics and technology.
• In the digital society, the distinction between technical and business issues is becoming blurred. Industrial engineers
understand both and can therefore assume important interface functions.
• Data and data-based decisions are becoming increasingly important in companies and research. The Industrial Engineering
and Management study programme has a strong quantitative-methodological orientation and thus prepares students
perfectly for these tasks.
• Flexibility If you are study Industrial Engineering and Management at KIT, you can tailor your course content to suit your
individual needs. At the beginning of your studies, you do not yet decide on a technical subject. First of all, our compulsory
courses in the basic programme offer you a broad overview. In the subsequent specialisation programme, you can choose
the course content in the technical subjects and economics according to your own interests and goals. Link to the module
manual
• High Informatics share Digitisation permeates all sectors of the economy and technology. For this reason, Informatics
content is particularly anchored in both our basic and advanced programs. As a graduate, you can play an active role in the
digital transformation of business and society.
• Our own faculty The Industrial Engineering and Management study programme is the core course of studies at the KIT
department of Economics. The courses in economics and Informatics are designed for your course of studies and aligned to
your interests.
What else speaks for an Industrial Engineering and Management study programme at KIT? These three advantages make the
Industrial Engineering and Management study programme at KIT unique. In addition, there are a number of other reasons for
studying with us:
• Top positions in rankings. In surveys of students and HR managers at companies, our degree programme regularly scores
very well.
• Job opportunities. After completing their studies with us, students usually quickly find a job that they like.
• Found your own business. At KIT you will find an ideal environment for starting your own business. Information on start-up
activities at KIT can be found at http://kit-gruenderschmiede.de/de/gruenderschmiede/fuer-studierende/
• Student activities. At our faculty and at the KIT, students are committed to themselves and others in a variety of ways. You
can find an overview under Student Life at the Department, for example.
• Sports Offer. At KIT you will find a wide range of sports activities. Examples are the KIT SC (kitsc.de/ External Link) and the
University Sports Programme (www.sport.kit.edu/hochschulsport/ External Link). Campus University. The KIT has a large
campus directly in the city centre of Karlsruhe.
4.2 Structure of the Master’s degree program in Industrial Engineering and Management (M.Sc.)
SPO 2015
The Master’s degree program in Industrial Engineering and Management (M.Sc.) has 4 terms and consists of 120 credits (CP)
including Master's thesis. The master programme further deepens or complements the scientific qualifications acquired in the
bachelor programme. The students should be made capable of independently applying scientific knowledge and methods and
evaluate their implications and scope concerning solutions of complex scientific and social problems.
Furthermore, the student has to attend two seminars with a minimum of six CP within the seminar module. In addition to the key
skills gained in the seminars (3 CP), the student has to acquire additional key skills totalling at least 3 credits.
Figure 2 shows the structure of the subjects and the credits allocated to the subjects. The student has to choose two elective
modules of the following disciplines: Business science, economics, informatics, operations research, engineering science, statistics,
law and sociology. In principle, both elective modules are also available in one discipline. Thereby it is it is only allowed to choose
either one module in law or in sociology.
It is left to the student's individual curriculum (taking into account the examination and module regulations), in which terms the
chosen modules will be started and completed. However, it is highly recommended to complete all courses and seminars before
beginning the Master's thesis.
Enabling skills
Orientational knowledge
The integrative acquisition of key skills especially takes place in several obligatory courses during the master programme, namely
• Seminar module
• Mentoring of the Master's thesis
• Business science, economics and informatics modules
Besides the integrated key skills, the additive acquisition of key skills, which are totalling at least three credits within the seminar
module, is scheduled. Students may choose freely among the offered courses of HoC, ZAK and Sprachenzenrtum.
Mandatory
M-WIWI-101650 Module Master Thesis 30 CR
Election notes
Within the scope of the elective compulsory area, one seminar module (independent of subject) is to be taken over two seminars
and further key qualification courses and two elective modules. Both elective modules can be chosen from Business
Administration, Economics, Informatics, Operations Research, Engineering Sciences, Statistics, Law or Sociology. In principle, both
elective modules can also be completed in one subject. However, the subjects Law and Sociology may only have one module in
total.
Mandatory
M-WIWI-101808 Seminar Module 9 CR
Election block: Betriebswirtschaftslehre (at most 18 credits)
M-WIWI-101410 Business & Service Engineering 9 CR
M-WIWI-101498 Management Accounting 9 CR
M-WIWI-101510 Cross-Functional Management Accounting 9 CR
M-WIWI-101470 Data Science: Advanced CRM 9 CR
M-WIWI-103117 Data Science: Data-Driven Information Systems 9 CR
M-WIWI-103118 Data Science: Data-Driven User Modeling 9 CR
M-WIWI-101647 Data Science: Evidence-based Marketing 9 CR
M-WIWI-105032 Data Science for Finance neu 9 CR
M-WIWI-104080 Designing Interactive Information Systems 9 CR
M-WIWI-102808 Digital Service Systems in Industry 9 CR
M-WIWI-103720 eEnergy: Markets, Services and Systems 9 CR
M-WIWI-101409 Electronic Markets 9 CR
M-WIWI-101451 Energy Economics and Energy Markets 9 CR
M-WIWI-101452 Energy Economics and Technology 9 CR
M-WIWI-101488 Entrepreneurship (EnTechnon) 9 CR
M-WIWI-101482 Finance 1 9 CR
M-WIWI-101483 Finance 2 9 CR
M-WIWI-101480 Finance 3 9 CR
M-WIWI-105036 FinTech Innovations neu 9 CR
M-WIWI-101471 Industrial Production II 9 CR
M-WIWI-101412 Industrial Production III 9 CR
M-WIWI-101411 Information Engineering 9 CR
M-WIWI-104068 Information Systems in Organizations 9 CR
M-WIWI-101507 Innovation Management 9 CR
M-WIWI-101446 Market Engineering 9 CR
M-WIWI-101490 Marketing Management 9 CR
M-WIWI-101487 Sales Management 9 CR
M-WIWI-101506 Service Analytics 9 CR
M-WIWI-101503 Service Design Thinking 9 CR
M-WIWI-102806 Service Innovation, Design & Engineering 9 CR
M-WIWI-101448 Service Management 9 CR
M-WIWI-102754 Service Economics and Management 9 CR
M-WIWI-103119 Advanced Topics in Strategy and Management 9 CR
M-WIWI-105010 Student Innovation Lab (SIL) 1 neu 9 CR
M-WIWI-105011 Student Innovation Lab (SIL) 2 neu 9 CR
Election block: Volkswirtschaftslehre (at most 18 credits)
M-WIWI-101497 Agglomeration and Innovation 9 CR
M-WIWI-101453 Applied Strategic Decisions 9 CR
M-WIWI-101504 Collective Decision Making 9 CR
6 Modules
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of
this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately. The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course
weighted by the credits and truncated after the first decimal.
Competence Goal
The student aquires
Prerequisites
One of the modules M-MACH-101279, M-MACH-101277 or M-MACH-101280 must be completed.
Workload
270 hours
Learning type
Lecture, tutorial.
Mandatory
T-WIWI-102740 Public Management 4,5 CR Wigger
Election block: Ergänzungsangebot (between 4,5 and 5 credits)
T-WIWI-108880 Blockchains & Cryptofinance 4,5 CR Schuster, Uhrig-
Homburg
T-WIWI-108711 Basics of German Company Tax Law and Tax Planning 4,5 CR Gutekunst, Wigger
T-WIWI-102739 Public Revenues 4,5 CR Wigger
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of
this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
Prerequisites
The course "Public Management" is compulsory and must be examined.
Content
As a branch of Economics, Public Finance is concerned with the theory and policy of the public sector and its interrelations with the
private sector. It analyzes the economic role of the state from a normative as well as from a positive point of view. The normative
view examines efficiency- and equity-oriented motives for government intervention and develops fiscal policy guidelines. The
positive view explains the actual behavior of economic agents in public sector affairs.
In the course of the lectures within this module the students achieve knowledge in the areas of public revenues, national and
international law of taxation and theory of public sector organizations.
Recommendation
Basic knowledge in the area of public finance and public management is required.
Annotation
The course T-WIWI-102790 "Specific Aspects in Taxation" will no longer be offered in the module as of winter semester
2018/2019.
Students who successfully passed the exam in „Public Management“ before the introduction of the module “Advanced Topics in
Public Finance” in winter term 2014/15 are allowed to take both courses “Public Revenues” and “Specific Aspects in Taxation".
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the single courses of this module, whose sum
of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are described for each course
of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
Students
• are able to analyze business strategies and derive recommendations using appropriate frameworks
• learn to express their position through compelling reasoning in structured discussions
• are qualified to critically examine recent research topics in the field of strategic management
• can derive own conclusions from less structured information by using interdisciplinary knowledge
Prerequisites
None
Content
The module is divided into three main topics:
The students
• analyze and discuss a wide range of business strategies on the basis of collectively selected case studies.
• participate in a business wargaming workshop and analyze strategic interactions.
• write a paper about current topics in the field of strategic management theory.
Recommendation
None
Annotation
This course is admission restricted. After being admitted to one course of this module, the participation at the other courses will be
guaranteed.
Every course of this module will be at least offered every second term. Thus, it will be possible to complete the module within two
terms.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial written exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation) of the single
courses of this module, whose sum of credits must add up to at least 9.
The overall grade for the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits.
Competence Goal
The student
Prerequisites
None
Content
The module comprises theories of incentives for the development of innovations as well as theories of wage-based labor mobility,
which leads to spatial concentration processes. The microfounded optimality decisions of the actors are in each case transformed
into macroeconomic results. In the context of the theory of innovations the diffusion of technological knowledge and the resulting
effect on growth due to technological progress is discussed and economic-policy implications are derived. Spatial economics adds
to the picture of economic activity by introducing a spatial point of view.
Recommendation
Successful completion of the courses Economics I: Microeconomics and Economics II: Macroeconomics is required.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Mandatory
T-WIWI-103123 Advanced Statistics 4,5 CR Grothe
Election block: Ergänzungsangebot (between 4,5 and 5 credits)
T-WIWI-106341 Machine Learning 2 – Advanced Methods 4,5 CR Zöllner
T-WIWI-103124 Multivariate Statistical Methods 4,5 CR Grothe
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial written exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation) of the single
courses of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The examinations are
offered every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
A Student
Prerequisites
The course "Advanced Statistics" is compulsory.
Content
Annotation
The planned lectures and courses for the next three years are announced online.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of
this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
Students
• can model and analyze complex situations of strategic interaction using advanced game theoretic concepts;
• are provided with essential and advanced game theoretic solution concepts on a rigorous level and can apply them to
understand real-life problems;
• learn about the experimental method, ranging from designing an economic experiment to data analysis.
Prerequisites
The courseAdvanced Game Theoryis obligatory. Exception: The courseIntroduction to Game Theory[2520525] was completed.
Content
The module provides solid skills in game theory and offers a broad range of game theoretic applications. To improve the
understanding of theoretical concepts, it pays attention to empirical evidence as well.
Recommendation
Basic knowledge in game theory is assumed.
Annotation
The course Predictive Mechanism and Market Design is not offered each year.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Mandatory
T-MACH-102162 Automated Manufacturing Systems 9 CR Fleischer
Competence Certificate
written exam (120 minutes)
Competence Goal
The students
• are able to analyze implemented automated manufacturing systems and describe their components.
• are capable to assess the implemented examples of implemented automated manufacturing systems and apply them to new
problems.
• are able to name automation tasks in manufacturing plants and name the components which are necessary for the
implementation of each automation task.
• are capable with respect to a given task to plan the configuration of an automated manufacturing system and to determine
the necessary components to its realization.
• are able to design and select components for a given use case of the categories: "Handling Technology", "Industrial
Robotics", "Sensory" and "Controls".
• are capable to compare different concepts for multi-machine systems and select a suitable concept for a given use case.
Prerequisites
none
Content
The lecture provides an overview of the structure and functioning of automated manufacturing systems. In the introduction
chapter the basic elements for the realization of automated manufacturing systems are given. This includes:
In the second part of the lecture, the basics are illustrated using implemented manufacturing processes for the production of
automotive components (chassis and drive technology).The analysis of automated manufacturing systems for manufacturing of
defined components is also included. In the field of vehicle power train both, the automated manufacturing process for the
production of the conventional internal-combustion engine and the automated manufacturing process for the production of the
prospective electric power train (electric motor and battery) are considered. In the field of car body, the focus is on the analysis of
the process chain for the automated manufacturing of conventional sheet metal body parts, as well as for automated
manufacturing of body components made out of fiber-reinforced plastics. Within tutorials, the contents from the lecture are
advanced and applied to specific problems and tasks.
Workload
regular attendance: 63 hours
self-study: 207 hours
Learning type
Lectures, exercise, excursion
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 or 2 of the examination regulation) of the single courses
of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures
are described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
Prerequisites
None
Content
In the module Automotive Engineering the basics are taught, which are important for the development, the design, the production
and the operation of vehicles. Particularly the primary important aggregates like engine, gear, drive train, chasis and auxiliary
equipment are explained, but also all technical equipment, which make the operation safer and easier. Additionally the interior
equipment is examined, which shall provide a preferably comfortable, optimum ambience to the user.
In the module Automotive Engineering the focus is on passenger cars and commercial vehicles, which are designed for road
applications.
Recommendation
Knowledge of the content of the courses Engineering Mechanics I [2161238] and Engineering Mechanics II [1262276] is helpful.
Workload
The total work load for this module is about 270 Hours (9 Credits). The partition of the work load is carried out according to the
credit points of the courses of the module. The work load for courses with 6 credit points is about 180 hours, for courses with 4.5
credit points about 135 hours, for courses with 3 credit points about 90 hours, and for courses with 1.5 credit points about 45
hours. The total number of hours per course results from the time of visiting the lectures and exercises, as well as from the exam
duration and the time that is required to achieve the objectives of the module as an average student with an average performance.
Learning type
The teaching and learning procedures (lecture, lab course, workshop) are described for each course of the module separately.
Mandatory
T-MACH-100966 BioMEMS - Microsystems Technologies for Life-Sciences and 3 CR Guber
Medicine I
Election block: BioMEMS (at least 6 credits)
T-MACH-102164 Practical Training in Basics of Microsystem Technology 3 CR Last
T-MACH-102165 Selected Topics on Optics and Microoptics for Mechanical Engineers 3 CR Mappes
T-MACH-100967 BioMEMS - Microsystems Technologies for Life-Sciences and 3 CR Guber
Medicine II
T-MACH-100968 BioMEMS - Microsystems Technologies for Life-Sciences and 3 CR Guber
Medicine III
T-MACH-101910 Microactuators 3 CR Kohl
T-MACH-102172 Bionics for Engineers and Natural Scientists 3 CR Hölscher
T-MACH-102176 Current Topics on BioMEMS 4 CR Guber
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams
(according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of this module, whose sum of credits must meet
the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module
separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
• has basic as well as extensive knowledge about different fields of applications of BioMEMS
• understands continuative aspects of the related subjects optics and microoptics, micro actuators, replications techniques
and bionics
Prerequisites
none
Content
Operations through small orifices, a pill which will take pictures on its way through your body or lab results right at the point of
care - the need for easier and faster ways to help people is an important factor in research. The module BioMEMS (Bio(medical)-
Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems) describes the application of microtechnology in the field of Life-Science, medical applications
and Biotechnology and will teach you the necessary skills to understand and develop biological and medical devices.
The BioMEMS lectures will cover the fields of minimal invasive surgery, lab-on-chip systems, NOTES-Technology (Natural Orifice
Transluminal Endoscopic Surgery), as well as endoscopic surgery and stent technology.
Additionally to the BioMEMS lectures you can specialize in various related fields like fabrication, actuation, optics and bionics. The
course Replication processes will teach you some cost efficient and fast ways to produce parts for medical or biological devices. In
the course Microactuation it is discussed how to receive movements in micrometer scale in a microsystem, this could be e.g. to
drive micro pumps or micro valves. The necessary tools for optical measurement and methods of analysis to gain high resolution
pictures are also part of this module. To deepen your knowledge and to get a hands-on experience this module contains a one week
lab course. In the lecture bionics you can see how biological effects can be transferred into technical products.
Workload
270 hours
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the single courses of this module, whose sum
of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are described for each course
of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student should
• learn to develop and implement new markets with regards to the technological progresses of information and
communication technology and the increasing economic networking
• learn to restructure and develop new business processes in markets under those conditions
• understand service competition as a sustainable competitive strategy and understand the effects of service competition on
the design of markets, products, processes and services.
• improve his statistics skills and apply them to appropriate cases
• learn to elaborate solutions in a team
Prerequisites
None
Content
This module addresses the challenges of creating new kinds of products, processes, services, and markets from a service
perspective in the context of new developed information and communication technologies and the globalization process. The
module describes service competition as a business strategy in the long term that leads to the design of business processes,
business models, forms of organization, markets, and competition. This will be shown by actual examples from personalized
services, recommender services and social networks.
Recommendation
None
Annotation
All practical Seminars offered at the IM can be chosen for Special Topics in Information Systems. Please update yourself on
www.iism.kit.edu/im/lehre .
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 or 2 of the examination regulation) of the single courses
of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures
are described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the
first decimal.
Competence Goal
Students
• are able to model practical problems of the public sector and to analyze them with respect to positive and normative
questions,
• understand individual incentives and social outcomes of different institutional designs,
• are familiar with the functioning and design of democratic elections and can analyze them with respect to their individual
incentives.
Prerequisites
None
Content
The focus of the module is on mechanisms of public decisions making, including voting and the aggregation of preferences and
judgements.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The module examination contains of two oral examinations. The module score results from the two scores weighted according to
the ECTS.
Competence Goal
The student can name and explain the working princile of combustion engines. He is able to analyse and evaluate the combustion
process. He is able to evaluate influences of gas exchange, mixture formation, fuels and exhaust gas aftertreatment on the
combustion performance. He can solve basic research problems in the field of engine development.
The student can name all important influences on the combustion process. He can analyse and evaluate the engine process
considering efficiency, emissions and potential.
Prerequisites
None
Content
Working Principle og ICE
Characteristic Parameters
Characteristic parameters
Engine parts
Crank drive
Fuels
Gasolien engine operation modes
Diesel engine operation modes
Emissions
Fundamentals of ICE combustion
Thermodynamics of ICE
Flow field
Wall heat losses
Combsution in Gasoline and Diesel engines
Heat release calculation
Waste heat recovery
Workload
regular attendance: 62 hours
self-study: 208 hours
Mandatory
T-MACH-104609 Combustion Engines II 5 CR Koch, Kubach
Election block: Verbrennungsmotoren II (at least 4 credits)
T-MACH-105044 Fundamentals of Catalytic Exhaust Gas Aftertreatment 4 CR Deutschmann,
Grunwaldt, Kubach,
Lox
T-MACH-105173 Analysis of Exhaust Gas and Lubricating Oil in Combustion Engines 4 CR Gohl
T-MACH-105184 Fuels and Lubricants for Combustion Engines 4 CR Kehrwald, Kubach
T-MACH-105167 Analysis Tools for Combustion Diagnostics 4 CR Pfeil
T-MACH-102197 Gas Engines 4 CR Golloch, Kubach
T-MACH-102199 Model Based Application Methods 4 CR Kirschbaum
T-MACH-105169 Engine Measurement Techniques 4 CR Bernhardt
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral exam (60 min) taking place in the recess period (according to §4 (2), 2 of the examination
regulation). The exam takes place in every semester. Reexaminations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
Competence Goal
See courses.
Prerequisites
None
Content
Compulsory:
Supercharging and air management
Engine mapsEmissions and Exhaust gas aftertreatment
Transient engine operationECU application
Electrification and alternative powertrains
Elective:
Fuels and lubricants for ICE
Fundamentals of catalytic EGA
Analysis tools for combustion diagnostics
Engine measurement techniques
Analysis of Exhaust Gas und Lubricating Oil in Combustion Engines
Workload
regular attendance: 62 h
self-study: 208 h
Mandatory
T-INFO-102013 Exercises in Civil Law 9 CR Dreier, Matz
Mandatory
T-ETIT-100981 Automation of Discrete Event and Hybrid Systems 3 CR Hohmann
T-ETIT-100666 Control of Linear Multivariable Systems 6 CR Hohmann
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial written exams of the single courses of this module (T-ETIT-100981 and T-ETIT-100666).
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The students
• have deeper knowledge in the field of control theory and system dynamics,
• are able to analyze multivariable systems in state space and frequency domain and are familiar with adequate methods for
the control design,
• know the basics of modelling, simulation, analyses and control of discrete-event and hybrid systems.
Prerequisites
none
Content
This module broadens the basic knowledge of system dynamics of the students to the multivariable case. Both I/O-models in
frequency domain and mainly state space models are regarded, for which several methods for the analysis and the control design
with different goals (decoupling, robustness) and constraints (disturbances, sensor failures) are presented. Above that, the basics
of modelling, simulation, analysis and control of discrete-event and hybrid systems are discussed.
Recommendation
For this module a basic knowledge in system theory and control engineering is assumed. These subjects can be found in the course
System Dynamics and Control Engineering (2303155) which is recommended to have been attended beforehand.
Workload
See German version.
Mandatory
T-WIWI-102885 Advanced Management Accounting 4,5 CR Wouters
Election block: Ergänzungsangebot (4,5 credits)
T-WIWI-110179 Advanced Management Accounting 2 4,5 CR Wouters
T-WIWI-105777 Business Intelligence Systems 4,5 CR Mädche, Nadj, Toreini
T-WIWI-105781 Incentives in Organizations 4,5 CR Nieken
T-WIWI-102835 Marketing Strategy Business Game 1,5 CR Klarmann
T-WIWI-107720 Market Research 4,5 CR Klarmann
T-WIWI-102883 Pricing 4,5 CR Feurer
T-WIWI-109864 Product and Innovation Management 3 CR Klarmann
T-WIWI-102621 Valuation 4,5 CR Ruckes
T-WIWI-108651 Extraordinary additional course in the module Cross-Functional 4,5 CR Wouters
Management Accounting
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of
this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
Students will be able to apply advanced management accounting methods to managerial decision-making problems in marketing,
finance, organization and strategy.
Prerequisites
The course "Advanced Management Accounting" is compulsory.
The additional courses can only be chosen after the compulsory course has been completed successfully.
Content
The module includes a course on several advanced management accounting methods that can be used for various decisions in
operations and innovation management. By selecting another course, each student looks in more detail at one interface between
management accounting a particular field in management, namely marketing, finance, or organization and strategy.
Recommendation
None
Annotation
The module "Cross-functional Management Accounting" always includes the compulsory course “Advanced Management
Accounting.” Students look at the interface between management accounting and another field in management. Students build the
module by adding a course from the specified list. Students can also suggest another suitable course for this module for evaluation
by the coordinator.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Mandatory
T-WIWI-102878 Computational Risk and Asset Management 6 CR Ulrich
T-WIWI-110213 Python for Computational Risk and Asset Management 3 CR Ulrich
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 and 3 of the examination regulation) of the single
courses of this module.
The assessment of "Computational Risk and Asset Management" is carried out in form of a written exam (90 minutes), the
assessment of "Python for Computational Risk and Asset Management" is carried out in form of twelve weekly Python
programming tasks and offered each winter term.
The overall grade of the module is the grade of the written exam weighted with factor 0.75 and the grade for the Python
programming tasks weighted with factor 0.25. The resulting grade is truncated after the first decimal.
Competence Goal
Students learn how to implement solutions for advanced and real-world challenges in portfolio management. The focus of this
module is on the realization of statistical concepts in Python and enable students to solve a broad range of problems along the
investment process on their own.
Content
The module covers several topics, among them:
Recommendation
Good knowledge of statistics and first programming experience with Python is recommended.
Workload
Total effort for 9 credit points: approx. 270 hours. The distribution is based on the credit points of the courses of the module. The
total number of hours per course results from the effort required to attend lectures and exercises, as well as the examination times
and the time required to achieve the learning objectives of the module for an average student for an average performance.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 or 2 of the examination regulation) of the single courses
of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures
are described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
• understand service competition as a sustainable competitive strategy and understand the effects of service competition on
the design of markets, products, processes and services,
• models, analyzes and optimizes the structure and dynamics of complex business applications,
• develops and realizes personalized services, especially in the field of recommendation services,
• analyzes social networks and knows their application field in CRM,
• works in teams.
Prerequisites
None
Content
Building on the basics of CRM from the Bachelor's degree program, the module "Data Science: Advanced CRM" is focusing on the
use of information technology and its related economic issues in the CRM environment.The course "Intelligent CRM
Architectures" deals with the design of modern intelligent systems. The focus is on the software architecture and design patterns
that are relevant to learning systems. It also covers important aspects of machine learning that complete the picture of an
intelligent system. Examples of presented systems are "Taste Map"-architectures, "Counting Services", as well as architectures of
"Business Games".The impact of management decisions in complex systems are considered in the course "Business dynamics". The
understanding, modeling and simulation of complex systems allows the analysis, the goal-oriented design and the optimization of
markets, business processes and regulations throughout the company.Specific problems of intelligent systems are covered in the
courses "Personalization and Services", "Recommender Systems", "Service Analytics" and "Social Network Analysis in CRM". The
content includes procedures and methods to create user-oriented services. The measurement and monitoring of service systems,
the design of personalized offers, and the generation of recommendations based on the collected data of products and customers
are discussed. The importance of user modeling and -recognition, data security and privacy are adressed as well.
Recommendation
None
Annotation
The module has been renamed to "Data Science: Advanced CRM" in winter term 2016/2017.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of
this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately.
Competence Goal
The student
• understands the strategic role of integrating, transforming, and analyzing large and complex enterprise data in modern
business information systems and is capable of comparing and assessing strategic alternatives
• has the core skills to design, model, and control complex, inter-organisational analytical, processes, including various
business functions as well as customers and markets
• understands the usage of performance indicators for a variety of controlling and management issues and is able to define
models for generating the relevant performance indicators under considerations of data availability
• distinguishes different analytics methods and concepts and learn when to apply to better understand and anticipate
business relationships and developments of industrial and in particular service companies to derive fact- and data- founded
managerial actions and strategies.
• knows how to capture uncertainty in the data and how to appropriately consider and visualize uncertainty in decision
support or business intelligence systems and analytical processes as a whole.
Prerequisites
None.
Content
The amount of business-related data availabe in modern enterprise information systems grows exponentially, and the various data
sources are more and more integrated, transformed, and analyzed jointly to gain valuable business insights, pro-actively control
and manage business processes, to leverage planning and decision making, and to provide appropriate, potentially novel services to
customers based on relationships and developments observed in the data.
Also, data sources are more and more connected and single business unit that used to operate on separate data pools are now
becoming highly integrated, providing tremendeous business opportunities but also challenges regarding how the data should be
represented, integrated, preprocessed, transformed, and finally used in analytics planning and decision processes.
The courses of this module equip the students with core skills to understands the strategic role of integrating, transforming, and
analyzing large and complex enterprise data in modern business information systems. Students will be capable to designing,
comparing, and evaluating strategic alternatives. Also, students will learn how to design, model, and control complex analytical
processes, including various business functions of industrial and service companies including customers and markets. Students
learn core skills to understand fundamental strategies for integrating analytic models and operative controlling mechanisms while
ensuring the technical feasibility of the resulting information systems..
Furthermore, the student can distinguish different methods and concepts in the realm of data science and learns when to apply.
She/he will know the means of characterizing and analyzing hetergeneous, high-dimensional data available data in data
warehouses and external data sources to gain additional insights valuable for enterprise planning and decision making. Also, the
students know how to capture uncertainty in the data and how to appropriately consider and visualize uncertainty in business
information and business intelligence systems.
The module offers the opportunity to apply and deepen this knowledge in a seminar and hands-on tutorials that are offered with all
lectures.
Texteintrag
Recommendation
Basic knowledge of Information Management, Operations Research, Descriptive Statistics, and Inferential Statistics is assumed.
Annotation
The course „Business Data Strategy“ can be chosen from winter term 2016 on.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams of the core course and further single courses of this module, whose sum of credits
must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are described for each course of the
module separately.
Competence Goal
Students of this module
Prerequisites
None
Content
Understanding and supporting user interactions with applications better plays an increasingly large role in the design of business
applications. This applies both to interfaces for customers and to internal information systems. The data that is generated during
user interactions can be channelled straight into business processes, for instance by analysing and decomposing purchase
decisions, and by feeding this data into product design processes.
The Crowd Analytics section considers the analysis of data from online platforms, particularly of those following crowd- or peer-to-
peer based business models. This includes platforms like Airbnb, Kickstarter and Amazon Mechanical Turk.
Theoretical models of user (decision) behaviour help analyzing the empirically observed user behaviour in a systematic fashion.
Testing these models and their predictions in controlled experiments (primarily in the lab) in turn helps refine theory and to
generate practically relevant design recommendations. Analyses are carried out using advanced analytic methods.
Students learn fundamental theoretical models for user behaviour in systems and apply them to cases. Students are also taught
methods and skills for conceptualizing and planning empirical studies and for analyzing the resulting data.
Recommendation
Basic knowledge of Information Management, Operations Research, Descriptive Statistics, and Inferential Statistics is assumed.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the courses of this module, whose sum of
credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are described for each course of
the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the rst
decimal.
Competence Goal
Students
Prerequisites
Keine.
Content
This module provides in-depth knowledge of relevant quantitative and qualitative methods used in market research.
Students can attend the following courses:
• The course “Market Research” provides contents of practical relevance for measuring customer attitudes and customer
behavior. The participants learn using statistical methods for strategic decision-making in marketing. Students who are
interested in writing their master thesis at the Marketing & Sales Research Group are required to take this course.
• The course „Marketing Analytics“ is based on „Market Research“ and teaches advanced statistical methods for analyzing
relevant marketing and market research questions.
Recommendation
None
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Mandatory
T-BGU-106613 Design Basics in Highway Engineering 3 CR Roos
T-BGU-106300 Infrastructure Management 6 CR Roos
Competence Goal
See German version.
Prerequisites
The selection of this module excludes the selection of the module "Highway Engineering" (WI4INGBGU2).
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Workload
See German version.
Mandatory
T-WIWI-108461 Interactive Information Systems 4,5 CR Mädche, Morana
Election block: Ergänzungsangebot (at most 4,5 credits)
T-WIWI-105773 Digital Service Design 4,5 CR Mädche
T-WIWI-108437 Practical Seminar: Information Systems and Service Design 4,5 CR Mädche
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of
this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately.
Competence Goal
The student
Prerequisites
The course “Interactive Information Systems” is compulsory and must be examined.
Content
Advanced information and communication technologies make interactive systems ever-present in the users’ private and business
life. They are an integral part of smartphones, devices in the smart home, mobility vehicles as well as at the working place in
production and administration (e.g. in the form of dashboards).
With the continuous growing capabilities of computers, the design of the interaction between human and computer becomes even
more important. This module focuses on design processes and principles for interactive systems. The contents of the module
abstract from the technical implementation details and focus on foundational concepts, theories, practices and methods for the
design of interactive systems. The students get the necessary knowledge to guide the successful implementation of interactive
systems in business and private life.
Each lecture in the module is accompanied with a capstone project that is carried out with an industry partner.
Annotation
See http://issd.iism.kit.edu/305.php for further information.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO), whose sum of credits must meet the minimum
requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal
Competence Goal
Students
• understand the basics of the management of digital services applied on an industrial context
• gain an industry-specific insight into the importance and most relevant characteristics of information systems as key
components of the digitalization of business processes, products and services
• are able to transfer and apply the models and methods introduced on practical scenarios and simulations.
• understand the control and optimization methods in the sector of service management and are able to apply them properly.
Prerequisites
This module can only be assigned as an elective module.
Content
This module aims at deepening the fundamental knowledge of digital service management in the industrial context. Various
mechanisms and methods to shape and control connected digital service systems in different industries are discussed and
demonstrated with real life application cases.
Recommendation
None
Annotation
This module is part of the KSRI teaching profile “Digital Service Systems”. Further information on a service-specific profiling is
available under www.ksri.kit.edu/teaching
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Mandatory
T-WIWI-103125 Applied Econometrics 4,5 CR Schienle
Election block: Ergänzungsangebot (between 4,5 and 5 credits)
T-WIWI-103066 Data Mining and Applications 4,5 CR Nakhaeizadeh
T-WIWI-103064 Financial Econometrics 4,5 CR Schienle
T-WIWI-103126 Non- and Semiparametrics 4,5 CR Schienle
T-WIWI-103127 Panel Data 4,5 CR Heller
T-WIWI-103065 Statistical Modeling of Generalized Regression Models 4,5 CR Heller
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial written exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation) of the single
courses of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The examinations are
offered every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student shows an in depth understanding of advanced Econometric techniques suitable for different types of data.He/She is
able to apply his/her theoretical knowledge to real world problems with the help of statistical software and to evaluate
performance of different approaches based on statistical criteria.
Prerequisites
The course "Advanced Statistics" [2520020] is compulsory and must be examined.
Content
The courses of this module offer students a broad range of advanced Econometric techniques for state-of-the art data analysis.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial written exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation) of the single
courses of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The examinations are
offered every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student shows an in depth understanding of advanced Econometric techniques suitable for different types of data. He/She is
able to apply his/her theoretical knowledge to real world problems with the help of statistical software and to evaluate
performance of different approaches based on statistical criteria.
Prerequisites
This module can only be passed if the module "Econometrics and Statistics I" has been finished successfully before.
Content
This modula builds on prerequisites acquired in Module"Econometrics and Statistics I". The courses of this module offer students a
broad range of advanced Econometric techniques for state-of-the art data analysis.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 or 2 of the examination regulation) of the single courses
of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The exams are offered at the
beginning of the recess period about the subject matter of the latest held lecture. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary
examination date. The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module separately. The overall grade for the
module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first decimal.
Competence Goal
The students
• have learnt the methods of formal economic modeling, particularly of General Equilibrium Theory and contract theory
• will be able to apply these methods to the topics in Finance, specifically the areas of financial markets and institutions and
corporate finance
• have gained many useful insights into the relationship between firms and investors and the functioning of financial markets
Prerequisites
One of the courses T-WIWI-102861 "Advanced Game Theory" and T-WIWI-102609 "Advanced Topics in Economic Theory" is
compulsary.
Content
The mandatory course "Advanced Topics in Economic Theory" is devoted in equal parts to General Equilibrium Theory and to
contract theory. The course "Asset Pricing" will apply techniques of General Equilibrium Theory to valuation of financial assets.
The courses "Corporate Financial Policy" and "Finanzintermediation" will apply the techniques of contract theory to issues of
corporate finance and financial institutions.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of single courses of this module, whose sum of
credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are described for each course of
the module separately. The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and
truncated after the first decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
• is aware of design options for energy and especially electricity markets and can derive implications for the market results
from the market design,
• knows about current trends regarding the Smart Grid and understands affiliated modelling aproaches,
• can evaluate business models of electricity grids according to the regulation regime
• is prepared for scientific contributions in the field of energy system analysis.
Prerequisites
None.
Content
The module conveys scientific and practical knowledge to analyse energy markets and according business models. To do so the
scientific discussion on energy market designs is evaluated and analysed. Different energy market models are presented and their
design implications are evaluated. Furthermore, the electricity system is analysed with regards to being a network industry and
resulting regulation and business models are discussed. Besides these traditional areas of energy economics we will look at
methods and models of digitalisation in the energy sector.
Annotation
The lecture Smart Grid Applications will be available starting in the winter term 2018/19.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2) of the examination regulation) of the single courses of this
module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. For passing the module exam in every
singled partial exam the respective minimum requirements has to be achieved.
The examinations are offered every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date. The assessment
procedures are described for each course of the module separately.
When every singled examination is passed, the overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted
by the credits and truncated after the first decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
• has the ability to master methods and tools in a complex discipline and to demonstrate innovativeness regarding the
methods used,
• knows the principles and methods in the context of their application in practice,
• is able to grasp and apply the rapid developments in the field of computer science, which are encountered in work life,
quickly and correctly, based on a fundamental understanding of the concepts and methods of computer science,
• is capable of finding and defending arguments for solving problems.
Prerequisites
None.
Content
The thematic focus will be based on the choice of courses in the areas of Effiziente Algorithmen, Betriebliche Informations- und
Kommunikationssysteme, Wissensmanagement, Komplexitätsmanagement and Software- und Systems Engineering.
Annotation
Detailed information on the recognition of examinations in the field of Informatics can be found at http://www.aifb.kit.edu/web/
Auslandsaufenthalt.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
Please note that the course "Business Administration in Information Engineering and Management" is no longer offered and that
the examination is only offered in exceptional cases (see description of T-WIWI-102886).
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2) of the examination regulation) of the single courses of this
module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
• knows coordination and motivation methods and analyzes them regarding their efficiency,
• classifies markets and describes the roles of the participants in a formal way,
• knows the conditions for market failure and knows and develops countermeasures,
• knows institutions and market mechanisms, their fundamental theories and empirical research results,
• knows the design criteria of market mechanisms and a systematical approach for creating new markets,
• models, analyzes and optimizes the structure and dynamics of complex business applications.
Prerequisites
None
Content
What are the conditions that make electronic markets develop and how can one analyse and optimize such markets?
In this module, the selection of the type of organization as an optimization of transaction costs is treated. Afterwards, the efficiency
of electronic markets (price, information and allocation efficiency) as well as reasons for market failure are described. Finally,
motivational issues llike bounded rationality and information assymetries (private information and moral hazard), as well as the
development of incentive schemes, are presented. Regarding the market design, especially the interdependencies of market
organization, market mechanisms, institutions and products are described and theoretical foundations are lectured.
Electronic markets are dynamic systems that are characterized by feedback loops between many different variables. By means of
the tools of business dynamics such markets can be modelled. Simulations of complex systems allow the analysis and optimization
of markets, business processes, policies, and organizations.
Topics include:
Recommendation
None
Annotation
The course Price Management is offered for the first time in summer term 2016.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2) of the examination regulation) of the single courses of this
module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. For passing the module exam in every
singled partial exam the respective minimum requirements has to be achieved.
The examinations are offered every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date. The assessment
procedures are described for each course of the module separately.
When every singled examination is passed, the overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted
by the credits and truncated after the first decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
• has the ability to master methods and tools in a complex discipline and to demonstrate innovativeness regarding the
methods used,
• knows the principles and methods in the context of their application in practice,
• is able to grasp and apply the rapid developments in the field of computer science, which are encountered in work life,
quickly and correctly, based on a fundamental understanding of the concepts and methods of computer science,
• is capable of finding and defending arguments for solving problems.
Prerequisites
None.
Content
The thematic focus will be based on the choice of courses in the areas of Effiziente Algorithmen, Betriebliche Informations- und
Kommunikationssysteme, Wissensmanagement, Komplexitätsmanagement and Software- und Systems Engineering.
Annotation
Detailed information on the recognition of examinations in the field of Informatics can be found at http://www.aifb.kit.edu/web/
Auslandsaufenthalt.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Mandatory
T-MACH-102211 Energy and Process Technology I 9 CR Bauer, Schwitzke, Velji,
Wirbser
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 13 SPO) of the courses of this module, whose sum of
credits must meet the requirement of credits of this module. The
assessment procedures are described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits
and truncated after the first decimal.
Competence Goal
In this modul students achieve a basic understanding of the technical properties of energy conversion processes and machines.
Prerequisites
None
Content
Energy and Process Technology 1:
1. thermodynamic basics and cycle processes (ITT)
2. basics of piston engines (IFKM)
3. basics of turbomachines (FSM)
4. basics of thermal turbomachines (ITS)
Annotation
All lectures and exams are hold in German only.
Mandatory
T-MACH-102212 Energy and Process Technology II 9 CR Schwitzke, Wirbser
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 13 SPO) of the courses of this module, whose sum of
credits must meet the requirement of credits of this module. The
assessment procedures are described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits
and truncated after the first decimal.
Competence Goal
In this modul students achieve the ability to evaluate solitary and interconnected energy systems with respect to societal and
economical aspects
Prerequisites
None
Content
Energy and Process Technology 2:
1. basics in combustion and pollutant formation (ITT)
2. technical realisation and application of piston engines (IFKM) fluid flow engines (FSM) and thermal turbomachines (ITS)
3. technical aspects of energy supply systems and networks (ITS)
Annotation
All lectures and exams are hold in German only.
Mandatory
T-WIWI-107043 Liberalised Power Markets 3 CR Fichtner
Election block: Ergänzungsangebot (at least 6 credits)
T-WIWI-102691 Energy Trade and Risk Management 4 CR Cremer, Keles
T-WIWI-102607 Energy Policy 3,5 CR Wietschel
T-WIWI-107501 Energy Market Engineering 4,5 CR Weinhardt
T-WIWI-108016 Simulation Game in Energy Economics 3 CR Genoese
T-WIWI-107446 Quantitative Methods in Energy Economics 3 CR Keles, Plötz
T-WIWI-102712 Regulation Theory and Practice 4,5 CR Mitusch
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial written exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation) of the single
courses of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The examinations take
place every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.The assessment procedures are described
for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal. Additional courses might be accredited upon request.
Competence Goal
The student
• gains detailed knowledge about the new requirements of liberalised energy markets,
• describes the planning tasks on the different energy markets,
• knows solution approaches to respective planning tasks.
Prerequisites
The lecture Liberalised Power Markets has to be examined.
Content
Liberalised Power Markets: The European liberalisation process, energy markets, pricing, market failure, investment incentives,
market power
Energy Trade and Risk Management: trade centres, trade products, market mechanisms, position and risk management
Simulation Game in Energy Economics: Simulation of the German electricity system
Recommendation
The courses are conceived in a way that they can be attended independently from each other. Therefore, it is possible to start the
module in winter and summer term.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial written exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation) of the single
courses of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The examinations take
place every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.The assessment procedures are described
for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
• gains detailed knowledge about present and future energy supply technologies (focus on final energy carriers electricity
and heat),
• knows the techno-economic characteristics of plants for energy provision, for energy transport as well as for energy
distribution and demand,
• is able to assess the environmental impact of these technologies.
Prerequisites
None
Content
Heat Economy: district heating, heating technologies, reduction of heat demand, statutory provisions
Energy Systems Analysis: Interdependencies in energy economics, energy systems modelling approaches in energy economics
Energy and Environment: emission factors, emission reduction measures, environmental impact
Efficient Energy Systems and Electric Mobility: concepts and current trends in energy efficiency, Overview of and economical,
ecological and social impacts through electric mobility
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Election notes
The courses "Business Planning for Founders - EUCOR" and the course "International Selling - EUCOR" must be taken together.
Competence Certificate
See German version.
Competence Goal
See German version.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 or 2 of the examination regulation) of the single courses
of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The exams are offered at the
beginning of the recess period about the subject matter of the latest held lecture. Re-examinations are offerd at every ordinary
examination date. The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade for the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The students
Prerequisites
None
Content
Environmental degradation and increasing resource use are global challenges, which have to be tackled on a worldwide level. The
module addresses these challenges from the perspective of economics, and imparts the fundamental knowledge of environmental
and sustainability economics, and environmental and resource policy to the students. Additional courses address environmental
law, environmental pressure, and applications to the transport sector.
Recommendation
Knowledge in the area of microeconomics and of the content of the courseEconomics I: Microeconomics[2600012], respectively, is
required.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of
this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
Students
• are acquainted with the methods of Experimental Economics along with its strengths and weaknesses;
• understand how theory-guided research in Experimental Economics interacts with the development of theory;
• are provided with foundations in data analysis;
• design an economic experiment and analyze its outcome.
Prerequisites
None.
Content
The module Experimental Economics offers an introduction into the methods and topics of Experimental Economics. It also fosters
and extends knowledge in theory-guided experimental economics and its interaction with theory development. Throughout the
module, readings of selected papers are required.
Recommendation
Basic knowledge in mathematics, statistics, and game theory is assumed.
Annotation
The course "Predictive Mechanism and Market Design" is offered every second winter semester, e.g. WS2013 / 14, WS2015 / 16, ...
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment of the module is determined by the respective module corrdinator. It can either be in the form of a general exam or
partial exams, and must contain at least 9 credit points (max. 12 credits) and at least 6 hours per week (max. 8 hours per week). The
examination may contain presentations, experiments, laboratories, term papers, etc. At least 50 percent of the module
examination has to be in the form of a written or an oral examination (according to Section 4 (2), 1 or 2 of the examination
regulation).
The formation of the overall grade of the module will be determined by the respective module coordinator.
Competence Goal
See German version.
Prerequisites
The intended composition of courses, the module designation and the details of the examination for an Extracurricular Module in
Engineering must be confirmed by a module coordinator (professor) of the responsible engineering department. The module
coordinator makes sure that the individual courses of the module complement each other in a meaningful way and that no random
sequence of various individual examinations is combined.
The responsible module coordinator certifies that the examination can be taken as described and that the details of the courses in
the application are correct.
The informal application (not handwritten!) will then be submitted to the Examination Office of the KIT Department of Economics
and Management.
The examination board of the KIT Department of Economics and Management decides on the basis of the rules and regulations
that have been adopted, in particular with regard to the content (see also https://www.wiwi.kit.edu/
Genehmigung_Ingenieurmodul.php_Ingenieurmodul.php) as well as the application form completed by the student and signed by
the respective module coordinator.
A maximum of one Extracurricular Module in Engineering can be taken.
Workload
The total workload for this module is about 270 hours (9 credits). The distribution is based on the credit points of the courses
completed as part of the module.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 or 2 of the examination regulation) of the single courses
of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures
are described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
Prerequisites
None
Content
The courses of this module equip the students with core skills in economics and methodology in the field of modern finance.
Securities which are traded on financial and derivative markets are presented, and frequently applied trading strategies are
discussed. A further focus of this module is on the assessment of both profits and risks in security portfolios and corporate
investment projects from a financial perspective.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 or 2 of the examination regulation) of the single courses
of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures
are described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student is in a position to discuss, analyze and provide answers to advanced economic and methodological issues in the field of
modern finance.
Prerequisites
It is only possible to choose this module in combination with the module Finance 1. The module is passed only after the final partial
exam of Finance 1 is additionally passed.
Content
The module Finance 2 is based on the module Finance 1. The courses of this module equip the students with advanced skills in
economics and methodology in the field of modern finance on a broad basis.
Annotation
The courses eFinance: Information Engineering and Management for Securities Trading [2540454] and Financial Analysis [2530205] can
be chosen from summer term 2015 on.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 or 2 of the examination regulation) of the single courses
of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures
are described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student is in a position to discuss, analyze and provide answers to advanced economic and methodological issues in the field of
modern finance.
Prerequisites
It is only possible to choose this module in combination with the module Finance 1and Finance 2. The module is passed only after the
final partial exams of Finance 1 and Finance 2 are additionally passed.
Content
The courses of this module equip the students with advanced skills in economics and methodology in the field of modern finance on
a broad basis.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Mandatory
T-WIWI-106193 Engineering FinTech Solutions 9 CR Ulrich
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out in form of a written thesis based on the course "Engineering FinTech Solutions".
Competence Goal
Students with a strong technological background and/or a strong interest for software development and investments will learn
how to build a prototype that automates essential steps for a fully automated investment and risk management process. Students
also learn to organize themselves efficiently in teams of several developers in order to complete a prototype in a limited amount of
time. Moreover, students deepen their understanding of finance and technology and learn how to combine both in an effective
way. Students will hence be well prepared to become leaders and pioneers for upcoming FinTech innovations (and beyond) to help
society to better invest for the future and to better protect from adverse risks.
Prerequisites
see T-WIWI-106193 "Engineering FinTech Solutions"
Content
The module is targeted to students with strong knowledge in the field of computational risk and asset management and strong
programming skills. It offers students the opportunity to develop an algorithmic solution and hence ample their programming
experience and their understanding of financial economics or asset and risk management.
Recommendation
None
Workload
Total effort for 9 credit points: approx. 270 hours.
Election block: Pflichtleistung (between 1 and 2 items as well as between 3 and 6 credits)
T-BGU-106609 Characteristics of Transportation Systems 3 CR Vortisch
T-BGU-106610 Transportation Systems 3 CR Vortisch
Election block: Wahlpflicht (between 1 and 2 items as well as between 3 and 6 credits)
T-BGU-106611 Freight Transport 3 CR Chlond
T-BGU-106301 Long-Distance and Air Traffic 3 CR Chlond
T-BGU-101005 Tendering, Planning and Financing in Public Transport 3 CR Vortisch
T-BGU-100014 Seminar in Transportation 3 CR Chlond, Vortisch
T-WIWI-103174 Seminar Mobility Services (Master) 3 CR Satzger, Stryja
T-BGU-103425 Mobility Services and new Forms of Mobility 3 CR Kagerbauer
T-BGU-103426 Strategic Transport Planning 3 CR Waßmuth
T-BGU-106608 Information Management for Public Mobility Services 3 CR Vortisch
Competence Goal
See German version.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Competence Goal
The student
Prerequisites
None
Content
The module deals with wide knowledge about the electrical power engineering. This ranges from the electric power equipment
networks in terms of function, structure and interpretation on the calculation of electrical power networks to special areas such as
the FACTS elements or power transformers.
Mandatory
T-MACH-105158 Global Production and Logistics - Part 1: Global Production 4 CR Lanza
T-MACH-105159 Global Production and Logistics - Part 2: Global Logistics 4 CR Furmans
Election block: Globale Produktion und Logistik (Ergänzungsbereich) (1 item)
T-MACH-102128 Information Systems and Supply Chain Management 3 CR Kilger
T-MACH-105188 Integrative Strategies in Production and Development of High 4 CR Schlichtenmayer
Performance Cars
T-MACH-105783 Learning Factory “Global Production“ 4 CR Lanza
T-MACH-105165 Automotive Logistics 4 CR Furmans
T-WIWI-103091 Production and Logistics Controlling 3 CR Rausch
T-MACH-102107 Quality Management 4 CR Lanza
T-MACH-110176 Digitalization from Production to the Customer in the Optical Industry 4 CR Wawerla
Competence Certificate
Oral exams: duration approx. 5 min per credit point
Written exams: duration approx. 20 - 25 min per credit point
Amount, type and scope of the success control can vary according to the individually choice.
Competence Goal
The students
• are able to analyze the main topics of global production and logistics.
• can explain the main topics about planning and operations of global supply chains and are able to use simple models for
planning.
• are capable to name the main topics about planning of global production networks.
Prerequisites
None
Content
The module Global Production and Logistics provides comprehensive and well-founded basics for the main topics of global
production and logistics. The lectures aim to show opportunities and market conditions for global enterprises. Part 1 focuses on
economic backgrounds, opportunities and risks of global production. Part 2 focuses on the structure of international logistics, their
modeling, design and analysis. The threats in international logistics are discussed in case studies.
Workload
The work load is about 270 hours, corresponding to 9 credit points.
Learning type
Lectures, seminars, workshops, excursions
Mandatory
T-INFO-101288 Corporate Compliance 3 CR Dreier
Election block: Governance, Risk & Compliance (at least 1 item as well as at least 6 credits)
T-INFO-101316 Law of Contracts 3 CR Dreier
T-INFO-108405 Data Protection by Design 3 CR Raabe
T-INFO-102047 Seminar: Governance, Risk & Compliance 3 CR Dreier
T-INFO-109910 IT- Security Law 3 CR Raabe
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial written exams (see the lectures descriptions).
The overall grade for the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits.
Competence Goal
The student
Prerequisites
None
Content
The module includes the contents of the lectures Endogenous Growth Theory [2561503], Spatial Economics [2561260] and
International Economic Policy [2560254]. While the first two lectures have a more formal-analytic focus, the third lecture
approaches fundamental ideas and problems from the field of international economic policy from a more verbal perspective.
The common underlying principle of all three lectures in this module is that, based on different theoretical models, economic policy
recommendations are derived.
Recommendation
Attendance of the course Introduction Economic Policy [2560280] is recommended.
Successful completion of the coursesEconomics I: MicroeconomicsandEconomics II: Macroeconomicsis required.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2) of the examination regulation) of the single courses of this
module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
• knows and understands the characteristics of vehicles, owing to the construction and design tokens,
• knows and understands especially the factors being relevant for comfort and acoustics
• is capable of fundamentally evaluating and rating handling characteristics.
Prerequisites
None
Content
See courses.
Recommendation
Knowledge of the content of the courses Engineering Mechanics I [2161238], Engineering Mechanics II [2162276] and Basics of
Automotive Engineering I [2113805], Basics of Automotive Engineering II [2114835] is helpful.
Workload
The total work load for this module is about 270 Hours (9 Credits). The partition of the work load is carried out according to the
credit points of the courses of the module. The work load for courses with 4.5 credit points is about 135 hours, and for courses with
3 credit points about 90 hours. The total number of hours per course results from the time of visiting the lectures and exercises, as
well as from the exam duration and the time that is required to achieve the objectives of the module as an average student with an
average performance.
Mandatory
T-ETIT-101913 High-Voltage Technology I 4,5 CR Badent
T-ETIT-101914 High-Voltage Technology II 4,5 CR Badent
Competence Goal
The student
Content
The module deals with wide knowledge about the electrical power engineering. This ranges from the electric power equipment
networks in terms of function, structure and interpretation on the calculation of electrical power networks to special areas such as
the FACTS elements or power transformers.
Mandatory
T-BGU-106300 Infrastructure Management 6 CR Roos
T-BGU-101860 Special Topics in Highway Engineering and Environmental Impact 3 CR Roos
Assessment
Competence Goal
See German version.
Prerequisites
The selection of this module excludes the selection of the module "Design, Construction, Operation and Maintenance of
Highways" (WI4INGBGU1).
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Workload
See German version.
Mandatory
T-WIWI-102631 Planning and Management of Industrial Plants 5,5 CR Schultmann
Election block: Ergänzungsangebot aus dem Modul Industrielle Produktion III (at most 1 item)
T-WIWI-102763 Supply Chain Management with Advanced Planning Systems 3,5 CR Bosch, Göbelt
T-WIWI-102826 Risk Management in Industrial Supply Networks 3,5 CR Wiens
T-WIWI-102828 Supply Chain Management in the Automotive Industry 3,5 CR Heupel, Lang
T-WIWI-103134 Project Management 3,5 CR Schultmann
Election block: Ergänzungsangebot (at most 1 item)
T-WIWI-102634 Emissions into the Environment 3,5 CR Karl
T-WIWI-102882 International Management in Engineering and Production 3,5 CR Sasse
T-WIWI-110512 Life Cycle Assessment 3,5 CR Schultmann
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to section 4 (2), 1 SPO) of the core course Planning and Managing of
Industrial Plants [2581952] and one further single course of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum
requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
• Students shall be able to describe the tasks of tactical production management with special attention drawn upon industrial
plants.
• Students shall understand the relevant tasks in plant management (projection, realisation and supervising tools for
industrial plants).
• Students shall be able to describe the special need of a techno-economic approach to solve problems in the field of tactical
production management.
• Students shall be proficient in using selected techno-economic methods like investment and cost estimates, plant layout,
capacity planning, evaluation principles of production techniques, production systems as well as methods to design and
optimize production systems.
• Students shall be able to evaluate techno-economical approaches in planning tactical production management with respect
to their efficiency, accuracy and relevance for industrial use.
Prerequisites
The course Planning and Managing of Industrial Plants [2581952] and at least one additional activity are compulsory and must be
examined.
Content
• Planning and Management of Industrial Plants: Basics, circulation flow starting from projecting to techno-economic
evaluation, construction and operating up to plant dismantling.
Annotation
Apart from the core course the courses offered are recommendations and can be replaced by courses from the Module Industrial
Production III.
Workload
Total effort will account to 270 hours (9 credit points) and can be allocated according to the credit point rating. Therefore, a course
with 3.5 credits requires an effort of approximately 105h and a course with 5.5 credits 165h.
The total effort for each course consists of attending lectures and tutorials, examination times and the time an average student
needs to prepare himself in order to pass the exam with an average grade.
Mandatory
T-WIWI-102632 Production and Logistics Management 5,5 CR Schultmann
Election block: Ergänzungsangebot aus dem Modul Industrielle Produktion II (at most 1 item)
T-WIWI-102634 Emissions into the Environment 3,5 CR Karl
T-WIWI-102882 International Management in Engineering and Production 3,5 CR Sasse
T-WIWI-110512 Life Cycle Assessment 3,5 CR Schultmann
Election block: Ergänzungsangebot (at most 1 item)
T-WIWI-102763 Supply Chain Management with Advanced Planning Systems 3,5 CR Bosch, Göbelt
T-WIWI-102826 Risk Management in Industrial Supply Networks 3,5 CR Wiens
T-WIWI-102828 Supply Chain Management in the Automotive Industry 3,5 CR Heupel, Lang
T-WIWI-103134 Project Management 3,5 CR Schultmann
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to section 4 (2), 1 SPO) of the core course Production and Logistics
Management [2581954] and further single courses of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of
credits of this module. The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
• Students describe the tasks concerning general problems of an operative production and logistics management.
• Students describe the planning tasks of supply chain management.
• Students use proficiently approaches to solve general planning problems.
• Students explain the existing interdependencies between planning tasks and applied methods.
• Students describe the mail goals and set-up of software supporting tools in production and logistics management (i.e. APS,
PPS-, ERP- and SCM Systems).
• Students discuss the scope of these software tools and their general disadvantages.
Prerequisites
The course Production and Logistics Management [2581954] and at least one additional activity are compulsory and must be
examined.
Content
• Planning tasks and exemplary methods of production planning and control in supply chain management.
• Supporting software tools in production and logistics management (APS, PPS- and ERP Systems).
• Project management in the field of production and supply chain management.
Annotation
Apart from the core course the courses offered are recommendations and can be replaced by courses from the Module Industrial
Production II.
Workload
The total amount of work for this module is approx. 270 hours (9 credits). The allocation is made according to the credit points of
the courses of the module.
The total number of hours per course results from the effort required to attend the lectures and exercises, as well as the
examination times and the time required to achieve the learning objectives of the module for an average student for an average
performance.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2) of the examination regulation) of the single courses of this
module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. For passing the module exam in every
singled partial exam the respective minimum requirements has to be achieved.
The examinations are offered every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date. The assessment
procedures are described for each course of the module separately.
When every singled examination is passed, the overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted
by the credits and truncated after the first decimal.
Please note the following information about the module component exams of Prof. Dr. H. Schmeck:
The examinations in Algorithms for Internet Applications [T-WIWI-102658], Efficient Algorithms [T-WIWI-102655], Organic
Computing [T-WIWI-102659] and Smart Energy Distribution [T-WIWI-102845] are offered latest until summer term 2017
(repeaters only).
Competence Goal
The student
• has the ability to master methods and tools in a complex discipline and to demonstrate innovativeness regarding the
methods used,
• knows the principles and methods in the context of their application in practice,
• is able to grasp and apply the rapid developments in the field of computer science, which are encountered in work life,
quickly and correctly, based on a fundamental understanding of the concepts and methods of computer science,
• is capable of finding and defending arguments for solving problems.
Prerequisites
It is only allowed to choose one lab.
Content
The thematic focus will be based on the choice of courses in the areas of Effiziente Algorithmen, Betriebliche Informations- und
Kommunikationssysteme, Wissensmanagement, Komplexitätsmanagement and Software- und Systems Engineering.
Annotation
Detailed information on the recognition of examinations in the field of Informatics can be found at http://www.aifb.kit.edu/web/
Auslandsaufenthalt.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Mandatory
T-WIWI-110373 Advanced Information Systems 5 CR Mädche, Weinhardt
Election block: Ergänzungsangebot (between 4 and 4,5 credits)
T-WIWI-107501 Energy Market Engineering 4,5 CR Weinhardt
T-WIWI-102640 Market Engineering: Information in Institutions 4,5 CR Weinhardt
T-WIWI-109940 Special Topics in Information Systems 4,5 CR Weinhardt
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of
this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
• understands and analyzes the central role of information as an economic good, a production factor, and a competitive
factor,
• identifies, evaluates, prices, and markets information goods,
• analyze and evaluate existing markets regarding the missing incentives and the optimal solution of a given market
mechanism, respectively,
• develop solutions in teams.
Content
In the lecture Foundations of Information Systems, a clear distinction of information as a production, competitive, and economic good
is introduced. The central role of information is explained through the concept of the "information lifecycle". The single phases
from existence/generation through allocation and evaluation until the distribution and usage of information are analyzed from the
business administration perspective and the microeconomic perspective.
In a second course the student can deepen his knowledge on the one hand on the design and operation of markets and on the other
hand on the impact of digital goods in network industries regarding the pricing policies, business strategies and regulation issues. If
choosen, the course Special Topics in Information Engineering & Management additionally provides an opportunity of practical
research in the aforementioned range of subjects.
Annotation
All practical Seminars offered at the IM can be chosen for Special Topics in Information Systems. Please update yourself on
www.iism.kit.edu/im/lehre.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of
this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
• has a comprehensive understanding of conceptual and theoretical foundations of informations systems in organizations
• is aware of the most important classes of information systems used in organizations:. process-centric, information-centric
and people-centric information systems.
• knows the most important activities required to execute in the pre-implementation, implementation and post-
implementation phase of information systems in organizations in order to create business value
• has a deep understanding of key capabilities of business intelligence systems and/or interactive information systems used
in organizations
Prerequisites
None
Content
During the last decades we witnessed a growing importance of Information Technology (IT) in the business world along with faster
and faster innovation cycles. IT has become core for businesses from an operational company-internal and external customer
perspective. Today, companies have to rethink their way of doing business, from an internal as well as an external digitalization
perspective.
This module focuses on the internal digitalization perspective. The contents of the module abstract from the technical
implementation details and focus on foundational concepts, theories, practices and methods for information systems in
organizations. The students get the necessary knowledge to guide the successful digitalization of organizations. Each lecture in the
module is accompanied with a capstone project that is carried out in cooperation with an industry partner.
Annotation
New module starting summer term 2018.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial written exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation) of the single
courses of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The exams are offered
at the beginning of the recess period about the subject matter of the latest held lecture. Re-examinations are offerd at every
ordinary examination date. The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade for the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
Students shall be given the ability to
• know the basic techniques for analyzing static and dynamic optimization models that are applied in the context of micro-
and macroeconomic theories
• understand the important role of innovation to the overall economic growth and welfare
• identify the importance of alternative incentive mechanisms for the emergence and dissemination of innovations
• explain, in which situations market interventions by the state, for example taxes and subsidies, can be legitimized, and
evaluate them in the light of economic welfare
Prerequisites
None
Content
The module includes courses that deal with issues of innovation and growth in the context of micro-and macroeconomic theories.
The dynamic analysis makes it possible to analyze the consequences of individual decisions over time, and sheds light on the
tension between static and dynamic efficiency in particular. In this context is also analyzed, which policy is appropriate to carry out
corrective interventions in the market and thus increase welfare in the presence of market failure.
Recommendation
Basic knowledge of micro- and macroeconomics is assumed, as taught in the courses Economics I [2600012], and Economics II
[2600014]. In addition, an interest in quantitative-mathematical modeling is required.
Workload
Total expenditure of time for 9 credits: 270 hours
The exact distribution is subject to the credits of the courses of the module.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial written exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation) of the single
courses of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The examinations are
offered every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
Students shall be given the ability to
• understand the important role of innovation for economic growth and welfare
• understand the relevance of alternative incentive mechanisms for the emergence and dissemination of innovations
• know basic terms of product and innovation concepts
• know fundamental concepts of innovation management
• work with fundamental theoretical innovation models and to implement them in appropriate computer algebra systems
• query appropriate data sources and to analyse and visualise them using statistical methods
Prerequisites
None
Content
The module provides students with knowledge about implications of technological and organizational changes.
Addressed economic issues are incentives for developing innovations, diffusion processes, and associated effects. In this context
the module analyses appropriate policies in the presence of market failures to take corrective action on the market process and
thus to increase the dynamic efficiency of economies.
Furthermore, the module offers the possibility to learn about different aspects of theoretical modelling of innovation-based
growth as a part of the seminar and the methods-workshop. This includes the implementation of formal models in computer
algebra systems as well as recording, processing and econometric analysis of related data from relational databases (concerning for
example patents or trademarks). Moreover, methods of network theory are applied.
Finally, the module emphasises the business perspective: Issues of all stages of innovation processes will be discussed, from
innovation strategies up to the market commercialisation.
Recommendation
Basic knowledge of micro- and macroeconomics is assumed, as taught in the courses Economics I [2600012] and Economics II
[2600014]. Further, it is assumed that students have interest in using quantiative-mathematical methods.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Mandatory
T-WIWI-102893 Innovation Management: Concepts, Strategies and Methods 3 CR Weissenberger-Eibl
Election block: Wahlpflichtangebot (1 item)
T-WIWI-102873 Current Issues in Innovation Management 3 CR Weissenberger-Eibl
T-WIWI-108875 Digital Transformation and Business Models 3 CR Koch
T-WIWI-102852 Case Studies Seminar: Innovation Management 3 CR Weissenberger-Eibl
T-WIWI-108774 Analyzing and Evaluating Innovation Processes 3 CR Beyer
T-WIWI-110234 Innovation Processes Live 3 CR Beyer
T-WIWI-110263 Methods in Innovation Management 3 CR Koch
T-WIWI-102853 Roadmapping 3 CR Koch
T-WIWI-109932 A Closer Look at Social Innovation 3 CR Beyer
T-WIWI-102858 Technology Assessment 3 CR Koch
T-WIWI-102854 Technologies for Innovation Management 3 CR Koch
Election block: Ergänzungsangebot (1 item)
T-WIWI-102873 Current Issues in Innovation Management 3 CR Weissenberger-Eibl
T-WIWI-102866 Design Thinking 3 CR Terzidis
T-WIWI-108875 Digital Transformation and Business Models 3 CR Koch
T-WIWI-102833 Entrepreneurial Leadership & Innovation Management 3 CR Terzidis
T-WIWI-102864 Entrepreneurship 3 CR Terzidis
T-WIWI-102852 Case Studies Seminar: Innovation Management 3 CR Weissenberger-Eibl
T-WIWI-108774 Analyzing and Evaluating Innovation Processes 3 CR Beyer
T-WIWI-110234 Innovation Processes Live 3 CR Beyer
T-WIWI-110263 Methods in Innovation Management 3 CR Koch
T-WIWI-102853 Roadmapping 3 CR Koch
T-WIWI-109932 A Closer Look at Social Innovation 3 CR Beyer
T-WIWI-102854 Technologies for Innovation Management 3 CR Koch
T-WIWI-102858 Technology Assessment 3 CR Koch
Competence Certificate
See German version.
Competence Goal
Students develop a comprehensive understanding of the innovation process and its conditionality. There is an additional focus on
the concepts and processes which are of particular relevance with regard to shaping the entire process. Various strategies and
methods are then taught based on this.
After completing the module, students should have developed a systemic understanding of the innovation process and be able to
shape this by developing and applying suitable methods.
Prerequisites
The lecture “Innovation Management: Concepts, Strategies and Methods” and one of the seminars of the chair for Innovation and
Technology Management are compulsory. The third course can be chosen from the courses of the module.
Content
The Innovation Management: Concepts, Strategies and Methods lecture course teaches concepts, strategies and methods which
help students to form a systemic understanding of the innovation process and how to shape it. Building on this holistic
understanding, the seminar courses then go into the subjects in greater depth and address specific processes and methods which
are central to innovation management.
Recommendation
None
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Mandatory
T-MACH-109054 Integrated Production Planning in the Age of Industry 4.0 9 CR Lanza
Competence Certificate
Written Exam (120 min)
Competence Goal
The students
Prerequisites
none
Content
Within this engineering sciences-oriented module the students will get to learn principle aspects of organization and planning of
production systems.
Workload
regular attendance: 63 hours
self-study: 207 hours
Learning type
Lecture, exercise, excursion
Election block: Recht des Geistigen Eigentums (at least 1 item as well as at least 9 credits)
T-INFO-102036 Computer Contract Law 3 CR Dreier
T-INFO-101308 Copyright 3 CR Dreier
T-INFO-101310 Patent Law 3 CR Dreier
T-INFO-101313 Trademark and Unfair Competition Law 3 CR Matz
T-INFO-101307 Internet Law 3 CR Dreier
T-INFO-108462 Selected Legal Isues of Internet Law 3 CR Dreier
Prerequisites
None
Mandatory
T-BGU-108000 Lean Construction 4,5 CR Haghsheno
T-BGU-101007 Project Paper Lean Construction 1,5 CR Haghsheno
Election block: Wahlpflicht (between 1 and 2 items as well as between 3 and 4,5 credits)
T-BGU-103430 Turnkey Construction I - Processes and Methods 1,5 CR Haghsheno
T-BGU-103431 Turnkey Construction II - Trades and Technology 3 CR Haghsheno
T-BGU-103427 Site Management 1,5 CR Haghsheno
T-BGU-103429 Building Laws 3 CR Haghsheno
T-BGU-103432 Project Management in Construction and Real Estate Industry I 3 CR Haghsheno
T-BGU-103433 Project Management in Construction and Real Estate Industry II 3 CR Haghsheno
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of
this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
The exam must be repeated at the latest 2 semesters after the first try. The exam will be based on the content of the latest lecture.
The exam of of the course Lean Construction consists of a preparatory and oral assessment. The preparatory assessment is a group
work and consists of an assignment with presentation. The preparatory assessment is precondition to attend the oral examination
(30 min) of the course Lean Construction. The grade of the exam Lean Construction is defined by weighted average of grades for
oral examination (75 %) and preparatory assignment (25 %).
Examination of courses Projektmanagement in der Bau- und Immobilienwirtschaft I, Projektmanagement in der Bau- und
Immobilienwirtschaft II, and Baurecht are carried out written. Combinations of courses Schlüsselfertiges Bauen I, Schlüsselfertiges
Bauen II, Bauleitung, and Nachtragsmanagementare examined orally.
Competence Goal
see German version
Prerequisites
The course Lean Construction is compulsory and must be examined.
Content
see German version
Recommendation
It is recommend to take the module Fundamentals of construction [WI3INGBGU3] from the Bachelor’s degree program.
Annotation
none
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Gehbauer, F. (2013) Lean Management Im Bauwesen. Skript des Instituts für Technologie und Management im Baubetrieb,
Karlsruher Institut für Technologie (KIT).
Liker, J. & Meier, D. (2007) Praxisbuch, der Toyota Weg: für jedes Unternehmen. Finanzbuch Verlag.
Rother, M., Shook, J., & Wiegand, B. (2006). Sehen lernen: mit Wertstromdesign die Wertschöpfung erhöhen und Verschwendung
beseitigen. Lean Management Institut.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of
this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately. The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course
weighted by the credits and truncated after the first decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
Prerequisites
none
Content
The module Logistics in value chain networks provides basics for the main topics of logistics. Within the lecture basic methods for
planning and running logistic systems are introduced. Furthermore special issues like supply chain management and risks in logistic
systems are focused. To gain a deeper understanding, the course is accompanied by exercises.
Workload
270 hours
Mandatory
T-MACH-102158 Machine Tools and Industrial Handling 9 CR Fleischer
Competence Certificate
Written exam (120 minutes)
Competence Goal
The students
• are able to assess the use and application of machine tools and handling equipment and to differentiate between them in
terms of their characteristics and design
• can describe and discuss the essential elements of the machine tool (frame, main spindle, feed axes, peripheral equipment,
control unit)
• are able to select and dimension the essential components of a machine tool
• are capable of selecting and evaluating machine tools according to technical and economic criteria.
Prerequisites
None
Content
The module overviews the construction, use and application of machine tools and industrial handling equipment. A well-founded
and practice-oriented knowledge is imparted about the selection, design and evaluation of machine tools. First, the main
components of the machine tools are systematically explained and their design principles as well as the integral machine tool
design are discussed. Subsequently, the use and application of machine tools will be demonstrated using typical machine examples.
Based on examples from current research and industrial applications, the latest developments are discussed, especially concerning
the implementation of Industry 4.0.
The individual topics are:
Workload
regular attendance: 63 hours
self-study: 207 hours
Learning type
Lecture, exercise, excursio
Mandatory
T-MACH-105401 Integrated Product Development 18 CR Albers, Albers
Assistenten
Competence Certificate
oral examination (60 minutes)
Competence Goal
By working practically in experience-based learning arrangements with industrial development tasks, graduates are able to
succeed in new and unknown situations when developing innovative products by using methodological and systematic approaches.
They can apply and adapt strategies of development and innovation management, technical system analysis and team leadership to
the situation. As a result, they are able to foster the development of innovative products in industrial development teams in
prominent positions, taking into account social, economic and ethical aspects.
Prerequisites
None
Content
Organizational integration: integrated product development model, core team management and simultaneous engineering,
informational integration: innovation management, cost management, quality management and knowledge management
Personal integration: team development and leadership
Guest lectures from the industry
Annotation
The participation in "Integrated Product Development" requires the concurrent participation in lectures (2145156), tutorials
(2145157) and project work (2145300).
Due to organizational reasons, the number of participants is limited. Thus a selection has to be made. For registration to the
selection process a standard form has to be used, that can be downloaded from IPEK hompage from april to july. The selection itself
is made by Prof. Albers in personal interviews.
Workload
The work load is about 480 hours, corresponding to 16 credit points.
Learning type
lecture
tutorial
product development project
Mandatory
T-WIWI-102800 Management Accounting 1 4,5 CR Wouters
T-WIWI-102801 Management Accounting 2 4,5 CR Wouters
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 13 SPO) of the courses of this module. The assessment
procedures are described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits
and truncated after the first decimal.
Competence Goal
Students
• are familiar with various management accounting methods,
• can apply these methods for cost estimation, profitability analysis, and product costing,
• are able to analyze short-term and long-decisions with these methods,
• have the capacity to devise instruments for organizational control.
Prerequisites
None
Content
The module consists of two courses "Management Accounting 1" and "Management Accounting 2". The emphasis is on structured
learning of management accounting techniques.
Annotation
The following courses are part of this module:
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Mandatory
T-MACH-102105 Manufacturing Technology 9 CR Schulze, Zanger
Competence Certificate
Written Exam (180 min)
Competence Goal
The students
• can name different manufacturing processes, can describe their specific characteristics and are capable to depict the
general function of manufacturing processes and are able to assign manufacturing processes to the specific main groups.
• are enabled to identify correlations between different processes and to select a process depending on possible
applications.
• are capable to describe the theoretical basics for the manufacturing processes they got to know within the scope of the
course and are able to compare the processes.
• are able to correlate based on their knowledge in materials science the processing parameters with the resulting material
properties by taking into account the microstructural effects.
• are qualified to evaluate different processes on a material scientific basis.
Prerequisites
None
Content
Within this engineering sciences-oriented module the students will get to learn principle aspects of manufacturing technology.
Further information can be found at the description of the lecture "Manufacturing Technology".
Workload
regular attendance: 63 hours
self-study: 207 hours
Learning type
Lectures, exercise, excursion
Mandatory
T-WIWI-102640 Market Engineering: Information in Institutions 4,5 CR Weinhardt
Election block: Ergänzungsangebot (4,5 credits)
T-WIWI-102613 Auction Theory 4,5 CR Ehrhart
T-WIWI-108880 Blockchains & Cryptofinance 4,5 CR Schuster, Uhrig-
Homburg
T-WIWI-109941 eFinance: Information Systems for Securities Trading 4,5 CR Weinhardt
T-WIWI-107501 Energy Market Engineering 4,5 CR Weinhardt
T-WIWI-107503 Energy Networks and Regulation 4,5 CR Weinhardt
T-WIWI-102614 Experimental Economics 4,5 CR Weinhardt
T-WIWI-107504 Smart Grid Applications 4,5 CR Weinhardt
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of
this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The students
• know the design criterias of market mechanisms and the systematic approach to create new markets,
• understand the basics of the mechanism design and auction theory,
• analyze and evaluate existing markets regarding the missing incentives and the optimal solution of a given market
mechanism, respectively,
• develop solutions in teams.
Prerequisites
The course Market Engineering: Information in Institutions [2540460] is compulsory and must be examined.
Content
This module explains the dependencies between the design von markets and their success. Markets are complex interaction of
different institution and participants in a market behave strategically according to the market rules. The development and the
design of markets or market mechanisms has a strong influence on the behavior of the participants. A systematic approach and a
thorough analysis of existing markets is inevitable to design, create and operate a market place successfully. the approaches for a
systematic analysis are explained in the mandatory course Market Engineering [2540460] by discussing theories about mechanism
design and institutional economics. The student can deepen his knowledge about markets in a second course.
Recommendation
None
Annotation
The course "Computational Economics" [2590458] will not be offered any more in this module from winter term 2015/2016 on.
The examination will be offered latest until summer term 2016 (repeaters only).
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2) of the examination regulation) of the single courses of this
module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. For passing the module exam in every
singled partial exam the respective minimum requirements has to be achieved.
When every singled examination is passed, the overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted
by the credits and truncated after the first decimal.
Competence Goal
Students
- have an advanced knowledge about central marketing contents
- have a fundamental understanding of the marketing instruments
- know and understand several strategic concepts and how to implement them
- are able to implement their extensive marketing knowledge in a practical context
- know several qualitative and quantitative approaches to prepare decisions in Marketing
- have the theoretical knowledge to write a master thesis in Marketing
- have the theoretical knowledge to work in/together with the Marketing department
Prerequisites
None
Content
The aim of this module is to deepen central marketing contents in different areas. Therefore the students can choose between the
following marketing courses:
Annotation
Please note that only one of the listed 1,5-ECTS courses can be chosen in the Marketing Management module.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours.
Mandatory
T-MACH-102151 Material Flow in Logistic Systems 9 CR Furmans
Competence Certificate
The assessment (Prüfungsleistung anderer Art) consists of the following assignments:
Competence Goal
The student
• acquires comprehensive and well-founded knowledge on the main topics of logistics, an overview of different logistic
questions in practice and knows the functionality of material handling systems,
• is able to illustrate logistic systems with adequate accuracy by using simple models,
• is able to realize coherences within logistic systems,
• is able to evaluate logistic systems by using the learnt methods.
Prerequisites
none
Content
The module Material Flow in Logistic Systems provides comprehensive and well-founded basics for the main topics of logistics.
Within the lectures, the interaction between several components of logistic systems will be shown. The module focuses on
technical characteristics of material handling systems as well as on methods for illustrating and evaluating logistics systems. To
gain a deeper understanding, the course is accompanied by exercises and case studies.
Workload
270 hours
Learning type
Lectures, tutorials.
Mandatory
T-MACH-105189 Mathematical Models and Methods for Production Systems 6 CR Baumann, Furmans
Election block: Materialfluss in vernetzten Logistiksystemen (at least 3 credits)
T-MACH-105174 Warehousing and Distribution Systems 3 CR Furmans
T-MACH-105175 Airport Logistics 3 CR Richter
T-WIWI-103091 Production and Logistics Controlling 3 CR Rausch
T-MACH-105159 Global Production and Logistics - Part 2: Global Logistics 4 CR Furmans
T-MACH-102128 Information Systems and Supply Chain Management 3 CR Kilger
T-MACH-105187 IT-Fundamentals of Logistics 3 CR Thomas
T-MACH-105171 Safety Engineering 4 CR Kany
T-MACH-105151 Energy Efficient Intralogistic Systems 4 CR Braun, Schönung
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of
this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately. The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course
weighted by the credits and truncated after the first decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
• acquires in-depth knowledge on the main topics of logistics, gets an overview of different logistic questions in practice,
• is able to evaluate logistic systems by using the learnt methods,
• is able to analyze and explain the phenomena of industrial material and value streams.
Prerequisites
none
Content
The module Material Flow in networked Logistic Systems provides in-depth basics for the main topics of logistics and industrial
material and value streams. The obligatory lecture focuses on queuing methods to model production systems. To gain a deeper
understanding, the course is accompanied by exercises.
Recommendation
It is recommended to successfully complete the course "Material Flow in Logistics Systems" [T-MACH-102151] before starting the
module.
Workload
Regular attendance: 270 hours (9 credits). Lectures with 180 hours attendance 6 credits. Lectures with 120 hours 4 credits.
Learning type
Lecture, tutorial.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 or 2 of the examination regulation) of the single courses
of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures
are described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
• names and describes basic notions for advanced optimization methods, in particular from continuous and mixed integer
programming,
• knows the indispensable methods and models for quantitative analysis,
• models and classifies optimization problems and chooses the appropriate solution methods to solve also challenging
optimization problems independently and, if necessary, with the aid of a computer,
• validates, illustrates and interprets the obtained solutions,
• identifies drawbacks of the solution methods and, if necessary, is able to makes suggestions to adapt them to practical
problems.
Prerequisites
At least one of the courses "Mixed Integer Programming I", "Parametric Optimization", "Convex Analysis", "Nonlinear
Optimization I" and "Global Optimization I" has to be taken.
Students who choose the module in the field "compulsory elective modules" may select any two courses of the module.
Content
The modul focuses on theoretical foundations as well as solution algorithms for optimization problems with continuous and mixed
integer decision variables.
Annotation
The lectures are partly offered irregularly. The curriculum of the next three years is available online (www.ior.kit.edu).
For the lectures of Prof. Stein a grade of 30 % of the exercise course has to be fulfilled. The description of the particular lectures is
more detailed.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 or 2 of the examination regulation) of the single courses
of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures
are described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the
first decimal.
Competence Goal
Students
• are able to model practical microoeconomic problems mathematically and to analyze them with respect to positive and
normative questions,
• understand individual incentives and social outcomes of different institutional designs.
An example of a positive question is: which regulation policy results in which firm decistions under imperfect competition? An
example of a normative question is: which voting rule has appealing properties?
Prerequisites
None
Content
The student should gain an understanding of advanced topics in economic theory, game theory and welfare economics. Core topics
are, among others, strategic interactions in markets, cooperative and non-cooperative bargaining (Advanced Game Theory),
allocation under asymmetric information and general equilibrium over time (Advanced Topics in Economic Theory), voting and the
aggregation of preferences and judgements (Social Choice Theory).
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Mandatory
T-MACH-102166 Fabrication Processes in Microsystem Technology 3 CR Bade
Election block: Mikrofertigung (Ergänzungsbereich) (at least 6 credits)
T-MACH-102164 Practical Training in Basics of Microsystem Technology 3 CR Last
T-MACH-100530 Physics for Engineers 6 CR Dienwiebel, Gumbsch,
Nesterov-Müller,
Weygand
T-MACH-102167 Nanotribology and -Mechanics 3 CR Dienwiebel, Hölscher
T-MACH-102191 Polymers in MEMS B: Physics, Microstructuring and Applications 3 CR Worgull
T-MACH-102192 Polymers in MEMS A: Chemistry, Synthesis and Applications 3 CR Rapp
T-MACH-102200 Polymers in MEMS C: Biopolymers and Bioplastics 3 CR Rapp, Worgull
T-MACH-105556 Practical Course Polymers in MEMS 3 CR Rapp, Worgull
T-MACH-109122 X-ray Optics 4 CR Last
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams
(according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of this module, whose sum of credits must meet
the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module
separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
Prerequisites
none
Content
This engineering module allows the student to gain advanced knowledge in the area of microfabrication. Different manufacturing
methods are described and analyzed in an advanced manner. Necessary interdisciplinary knowledge from physics, chemistry,
materials science and also up-to-date developments (nano and x-ray optics) in micro fabrication is offered.
Workload
270 hours
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams
(according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of this module, whose sum of credits must meet
the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module
separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
Prerequisites
none
Content
Optical imaging, measuring and sensor systems are a base for modern natural sciences. In particular life sciences and
telecommunications have an intrinsic need for the application of optical technologies. Numerous fields of physics and engineering,
e.g. astronomy and material sciences, require optical techniques. Micro optical systems are introduced in medical diagnostics and
biological sensing as well as in products of the daily life.
In this module, an introduction to the basics of optics is provided; optical effects are presented with respect to their technical use.
Optical elements and instruments are presented. Fabrication processes of micro optical systems and elements, in particular
lithography, are discussed.
In addition X-ray optics and X-ray imaging systems are presented as well as elements of optical telecommunication. A closer look
on the physics behind lasers, being one of the most important technical light sources, is provided. As high end technology and clean
room equipment is present in all the lectures of this module, the students will have a hands-on training with several experiments in
micro optics.
Workload
270 hours
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams
(according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of this module, whose sum of credits must meet
the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module
separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
construction and production of e. g. mechanical, optical, fluidic and sensory microsystems.
Prerequisites
Successful passing of the corresponding modules of the basic program.
Content
The module offers courses in microsystem technology. Knowledge is imparted in various fields like basics in construction and
production of e. g. mechanical, optical, fluidic and sensory microsystems.
Workload
270 hours
Mandatory
T-MACH-105168 Mobile Machines 9 CR Geimer
Election block: Mobile Arbeitsmaschinen (at least 3 credits)
T-MACH-102093 Fluid Power Systems 5 CR Geimer, Pult
T-MACH-105307 Drive Train of Mobile Machines 4 CR Geimer, Wydra
T-MACH-105311 Design and Development of Mobile Machines 4 CR Geimer, Siebert
T-MACH-108887 Design and Development of Mobile Machines - Advance 0 CR Geimer, Siebert
T-MACH-102150 BUS-Controls 3 CR Becker, Geimer
T-MACH-108889 BUS-Controls - Advance 0 CR Daiß, Geimer
T-MACH-105172 Simulation of Coupled Systems 4 CR Geimer, Xiang
T-MACH-108888 Simulation of Coupled Systems - Advance 0 CR Geimer, Xiang
T-MACH-105160 Fundamentals in the Development of Commercial Vehicles I 1,5 CR Zürn
T-MACH-105161 Fundamentals in the Development of Commercial Vehicles II 1,5 CR Zürn
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as a general oral exam (according to Section 4(2), 2 of the examination regulation) of the single
courses of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module.
The examination is offered every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
The overall grade of the module is the grade of the oral examination.
The assessment may be carried out as partial oral exams (according to Section 4(2), 2 of the examination regulation) of the single
courses of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module.In this case the overall
grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first decimal.
The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module seperately.
Competence Goal
The student
Prerequisites
Knowledge in the field of fluid technology is assumed.
Content
In the module of Mobile Machines [WI4INGMB15] the students will learn the structure of the machines and deepen the knowledge
of the subject for developing the machines. After conclusion the module the student will know the latest developments in mobile
machines and is able to evaluate the concepts and the trends of developments. The module is practically orientated and supported
by industry partners.
Recommendation
We recommend that you attend the Fluidpower [2114093] event before.
Workload
360 hours
Learning type
• Research-oriented teaching
• lectures
• exercises
Mandatory
T-WIWI-103142 Master Thesis 30 CR Studiendekan der KIT-
Fakultät für Informatik,
Studiendekan der KIT-
Fakultät für
Wirtschaftswissenschaften
Competence Certificate
The Master Thesis is a written exam which shows that the student can autonomously investigate a scientific problem in Industrial
Engineering and Management. The Master Thesis is described in detail in § 11 of the examination regulation.
The review is carried out by at least one examiner of the Department of Economics and Management, or, after approval by at least
one examiner of another faculty. The examiner has to be involved in the degree programme. Involved in the degree programme are
the persons that coordinate a module or a lecture of the degree programme.
The regular processing time takes six months. On a reasoned request of the student, the examination board can extend the
processing time of a maximum of three month. If the Master Thesis is not completed in time, this exam is "failed", unless the
student is not being responsible (eg maternity leave).
With consent of the examinor the thesis can be written in English as well. Other languages require besides the consent of the
examiner the approval of the examination board. The issue of the Master Thesis may only returned once and only within the first
month of processing time. A new topic has to be released within four weeks.
Competence Goal
The student can independently handle a complex and unfamiliar subject based on scientific criteria and on the current state of
research.
He/she is in a position to critically analyze and structure the researched information as well as derive principles and regularities.
He/she knows how to apply the thereby achieved results to solve the task at hand. Taking into account this knowledge and his/her
interdisciplinary knowledge, he/she can draw own conclusions, derive improvement potentials, propose and implement science-
based decisions.
This is basically also done under consideration of social and/or ethical aspects.
He/she can interpret, evaluate and if required, graphically present the obtained results.
He/she is in a position to sensibly structure a research paper, document them and clearly communicate the results in scientific
form.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite for admission to the Master thesis is that 50 percent of the credit points has to be completed.
A written confirmation of the examinor about supervising the Master Thesis is required.
Please pay regard to the institute specific rules for supervising a Master Thesis.
The Master Thesis has to contain the following declaration: "I hereby declare that I produced this thesis without external
assistance, and that no other than the listed references have been used as sources of information. Passages taken literally or
analogously from published or non published sources is marked as this." If this declaration is not given, the Master Thesis will not
be accepted.
Content
The Master Thesis is a major scientific work. The topic of the Master Thesis will be chosen by the student themselves and adjusted
with the examinor. The topic has to be related to Industrial Engineering and Management and has to refer to subject-specific or
interdisciplinary problems.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 900 hours. For further information see German version.
Mandatory
T-MACH-105180 Nanotechnology for Engineers and Natural Scientists 4 CR Dienwiebel, Hölscher,
Walheim
Election block: Nanotechnologie (Ergänzungsbereich) (at least 5 credits)
T-MACH-102080 Nanotechnology with Clusterbeams 3 CR Gspann
T-MACH-102167 Nanotribology and -Mechanics 3 CR Dienwiebel, Hölscher
T-MACH-102164 Practical Training in Basics of Microsystem Technology 3 CR Last
T-MACH-102152 Novel Actuators and Sensors 4 CR Kohl, Sommer
T-MACH-102172 Bionics for Engineers and Natural Scientists 3 CR Hölscher
T-ETIT-100740 Quantum Functional Devices and Semiconductor Technology 3 CR Koos
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams
(according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of this module, whose sum of credits must meet
the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module
separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
Prerequisites
none
Content
The module deals with the most important principles and fundamentals of modern nanotechnology. The compulsory module
“Nanotechnology with scanning probe methods” introduces the basics of nanotechnology and nanoanalytics. The specific
phenomena and properties found in nanoscale systems are the main topic of the module.
Workload
270 hours
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of
this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
See German version
Prerequisites
None
Content
See German version
Annotation
Students, who successfully completed both modules “Understanding and Prediction of Disasters” I and II (alternatively: one of the
modules in Bachelor and Master) can get a certificate of the module coordinator (CEDIM). This certificate lists the successful
completed courses within the two modules.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 or 2 of the examination regulation) of the single courses
of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module.
The exams are offered at the beginning of the recess period about the subject matter of the latest held lecture. Re-examinations
are offered at every ordinary examination date. The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module
separately.
The overall grade for the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The students
• have acquired the basic knowledge for a future job in a network company or in a regulatory agency, ministry etc.
• recognize the specific characterizations of network sectors, know fundamental methods for an economic analysis of
network sectors and recognize the interfaces for an interdisciplinary cooperation of economists, engineers and lawyers
• understand the interactions between infrastructures, control systems, and the users of networks, especially concerning
their implications on investments, price setting and competitive behavior, and they can model or simulate exemplary
applications
• can assess the necessity of regulation of natural monopolies and identify regulatory measures that are important for
networks.
Prerequisites
None
Content
The module is concerned with network or infrastructure industries in the economy, e.g. telecommunication, traffic and energy
sectors. These sectors are characterized by close interdependencies of operators and users of infrastructure as well as on states.
States intervene in various forms, by the public and regulation authorities, due to the importance of network industries and due to
limited abilities of markets to work properly in these industries. The students are supposed to develop a broad knowledge of these
sectors and of the political options available.
Recommendation
Basics of microeconomics obtained within the undergraduate programme (B.Sc) of economics are required.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to § 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation) of the single courses of this
module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module.
The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
Prerequisites
At least one of the courses "Operations Research in Supply Chain Management", "Graph Theory and Advanced Location Models",
"Modeling and OR-Software: Advanced Topics" and "Special Topics of Stochastic Optimization (elective)" has to be taken.
Students who choose the module in the field "compulsory elective modules" may select any two courses of the module.
Exemption for the summer term 2017:
In the summer term 2017, the two OR master modules "Mathematical Optimization" and "Operations Research in Supply Chain
Management" can be taken without compulsory courses. This corresponds to the already existing regulation when taking OR
modules in the elective area. The derogation does not apply to the winter term 2017/18.
Content
Supply Chain Management is concerned with the planning and optimization of the entire, inter-company procurement, production
and distribution process for several products taking place between different business partners (suppliers, logistics service
providers, dealers). The main goal is to minimize the overall costs while taking into account several constraints including the
satisfaction of customer demands.
This module considers several areas of SCM. On the one hand, the determination of optimal locations within a supply chain is
addressed. Strategic decisions concerning the location of facilities as production plants, distribution centers or warehouses are of
high importance for the rentability of Supply Chains. Thoroughly carried out, location planning tasks allow an efficient flow of
materials and lead to lower costs and increased customer service. On the other hand, the planning of material transport in the
context of supply chain management represents another focus of this module. By linking transport connections and different
facilities, the material source (production plant) is connected with the material sink (customer). For given material flows or
shipments, it is considered how to choose the optimal (in terms of minimal costs) distribution and transportation chain from the set
of possible logistics chains, which asserts the compliance of delivery times and further constraints. Furthermore, this module offers
the possibility to learn about different aspects of the tactical and operational planning level in Suppy Chain Mangement, including
methods of scheduling as well as different approaches in procurement and distribution logistics. Finally, issues of warehousing and
inventory management will be discussed.
Recommendation
Basic knowledge as conveyed in the moduleIntroduction toOperations Research[WI1OR] is assumed.
Annotation
Some lectures and courses are offered irregularly.
The planned lectures and courses for the next three years are announced online.
Workload
Total effort for 9 credits: ca. 270 hours
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams
(according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of this module, whose sum of credits must meet
the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module
separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
Student has basic knowledge of optical communication systems and related device and fabrication technologies.
Prerequisites
none
Content
This module covers practical and theoretical aspects in the areas of optical communications and optoelectronics. System aspects of
communication networks are complemented by fundamental principles and device technologies of optoelectronics as well as and
microsystem fabrication technologies.
Workload
270 hours
Mandatory
T-CIWVT-101874 Principles of Food Process Engineering 9 CR Gaukel
Competence Goal
See German version.
Prerequisites
none
Election block: Recht der Wirtschaftsunternehmen (at least 1 item as well as at least 9 credits)
T-INFO-101329 Employment Law I 3 CR Dreier
T-INFO-101330 Employment Law II 3 CR Dreier
T-INFO-101315 Tax Law I 3 CR Dreier
T-INFO-101314 Tax Law II 3 CR Dietrich, Dreier
T-INFO-101316 Law of Contracts 3 CR Dreier
Competence Goal
The student
• has gained in-depth knowledge of German company law, commercial law and civil law;
• is able to analyze, evaluate and solve complex legal and economic relations and problems;
• is well grounded in individual labour law, collective labour law and commercial constitutional law, evaluates and critically
assesses clauses in labour contracts;
• recognizes the significance of the parties to collective labour agreements within the economic system and has
differentiated knowledge of labour disputes law and the law governing the supply of temporary workers and of social law;
• possesses detailed knowledge of national earnings and corporate tax law and is able to deal with provisions of tax law in a
scientific manner and assesses the effect of these provisions on corporate decision-making.
Prerequisites
None
Content
The module provides the student with knowledge in special matters in business law, like employment law, tax law and business law,
which are essential for managerial decisions.
Mandatory
T-BGU-101844 Process Engineering 3 CR Schneider
Election block: Wahlpflicht (between 2 and 3 items as well as between 6 and 7,5 credits)
T-BGU-101845 Construction Equipment 3 CR Gentes
T-BGU-101832 Operation Methods for Foundation and Marine Construction 1,5 CR Schneider
T-BGU-101801 Operation Methods for Earthmoving 1,5 CR Schlick
T-BGU-101846 Tunnel Construction and Blasting Engineering 3 CR Haghsheno
T-BGU-101847 Project Studies 3 CR Gentes
T-BGU-101850 Disassembly Process Engineering 3 CR Gentes
Competence Certificate
- 'Teilleistung' T-BGU-101844 with written examination according to § 4 Par. 2 No. 1
according to selected course:
- 'Teilleistung' T-BGU-101845 with written examination according to § 4 Par. 2 No. 1
- 'Teilleistung' T-BGU-101832 with oral examination according to § 4 Par. 2 No. 2
- 'Teilleistung' T-BGU-101801 with oral examination according to § 4 Par. 2 No. 2
- 'Teilleistung' T-BGU-101846 with oral examination according to § 4 Par. 2 No. 2
- 'Teilleistung' T-BGU-101847 with oral examination according to § 4 Par. 2 No. 2
- 'Teilleistung' T-BGU-101850 with oral examination according to § 4 Par. 2 No. 2
details about the learning controls see at the respective 'Teilleistung'
Competence Goal
Students understand different processes and the related construction equipment, it's technology, capabilities and constraints.
Students can define process solutions consisting of machinery and devices. They can evaluate existing processes through
knowledge about process performance and operating conditions, and the can identify potential for improvement.
Prerequisites
The course Verfahrenstechnik [6241704] is compulsory and must be examined.
Content
Within the frame of this module, various construction und conditioning processes will be presented as well as performance
calculations conducted. Students learn about the construction machinery and devices of these processes. Transmission,
generation, conversion and controlling of power are explained with the help of various practical examples. Moreover, the module
includes possibilities for an on-site familiarization.
Recommendation
none
Annotation
None
Workload
see German version
Mandatory
T-BGU-103432 Project Management in Construction and Real Estate Industry I 3 CR Haghsheno
T-BGU-103431 Turnkey Construction II - Trades and Technology 3 CR Haghsheno
Election block: Wahlpflicht (between 1 and 2 items as well as between 3 and 4,5 credits)
T-BGU-103427 Site Management 1,5 CR Haghsheno
T-BGU-103430 Turnkey Construction I - Processes and Methods 1,5 CR Haghsheno
T-BGU-103428 Supplementary Claim Management 1,5 CR Haghsheno
T-BGU-103429 Building Laws 3 CR Haghsheno
T-BGU-103433 Project Management in Construction and Real Estate Industry II 3 CR Haghsheno
Competence Certificate
- 'Teilleistung' T-BGU-103432 with written examination according to § 4 Par. 2 No. 1
- 'Teilleistung' T-BGU-103431 with oral examination according to § 4 Par. 2 No. 2
according to selected course:
- 'Teilleistung' T-BGU-103427 with oral examination according to § 4 Par. 2 No. 2
- 'Teilleistung' T-BGU-103430 with oral examination according to § 4 Par. 2 No. 2
- 'Teilleistung' T-BGU-103428 with oral examination according to § 4 Par. 2 No. 2
- 'Teilleistung' T-BGU-103429 with oral examination according to § 4 Par. 2 No. 2
- 'Teilleistung' T-BGU-103433 with oral examination according to § 4 Par. 2 No. 2
details about the learning controls see at the respective 'Teilleistung'
Competence Goal
see German version
Prerequisites
The courses Projektmanagement in der Bau- und Immobilienwirtschaft I and Schlüsselfertiges Bauen II are compulsory and must
be examined.
Content
see German version
Recommendation
none
Annotation
none
Workload
see German version
Literature
DIETHELM, G.: Projektmanagement, Band 1: Grundlagen, Verlag Neue Wirtschafts-Briefe, Herne, 2000
DIETHELM, G.: Projektmanagement, Band 2: Sonderfragen, Verlag Neue Wirtschafts-Briefe, Herne, 2001
ESCHENBRUCH, K.: Recht der Projektsteuerung, Werner Verlag, München, 2003
HAHN, R.: Projektmanagement für Ingenieure, Wiley-VCH Verlag, Weinheim, 2002
KERZNER, H.: Project Management - A Systems Approach to Planning, Scheduling and Controlling, Wiley & Sons, 2006
KOCHENDÖRFER, B., LIEBCHEN, J.: Bau-Projekt-Management, Verlag B. G. Teubner, Stuttgart, 2001
Project Management Institute: A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge: PMBOK Guide, 2008
ROSENAU, M:, W.: Succesful Project Management, Van Norstrand Reinhold, New York, 1992
VOLKMANN, W.: Projektabwicklung, Verlag für Wirtschaft und Verwaltung Hubert Wingen, Essen, 2002
ELWERT, Ulrich, Flassak, Alexander: Nachtragsmanagement in der Baupraxis - Grundlagen, Beispiele, Anwendung, Vieweg, 2., erw.
und aktualisierte Aufl., Wiesbaden, 2008.
WÜRFELE, Falk [Hrsg.]: Nachtragsmanagement - Leistungsbeschreibung, Leistungsabweichung, Bauzeitverzögerung, Werner,
Neuwied, 2006.
SCHERER, Holger: Integriertes Nachtragsmanagement - Verfahrenshandbuch für die Dokumentation von Behinderungen,
Störungen und Nachtragssachverhalten auf der Grundlage der VOB, Zeittechnik-Verlag, Neu-Isenburg, 2001.
HELLER, Jörg: Sicherung der Nachtragsvergütung nach VOB und BGB, Zeittechnik-Verlag, Neu-Isenburg, 2000
Election block: Öffentliches Wirtschaftsrecht (at least 1 item as well as at least 9 credits)
T-INFO-101309 Telecommunications Law 3 CR Marsch
T-INFO-101303 Data Protection Law 3 CR Marsch
T-INFO-101311 Public Media Law 3 CR Dreier
T-INFO-101312 European and International Law 3 CR Brühann
T-INFO-101348 Environmental Law 3 CR Bäcker
Competence Certificate
see course description.
Mandatory
T-MACH-102143 Rail System Technology 9 CR Gratzfeld
Competence Certificate
Oral examination
Duration: ca. 45 minutes
No tools or reference materials may be used during the exam.
Competence Goal
• The students understand relations and interdependencies between rail vehicles, infrastructure and operation in a rail
system.
• Based on operating requirements and legal framework they derive the requirements concerning a capable infrastructure
and suitable concepts of rail vehicles.
• They recognize the impact of alignment, understand the important function of the wheel-rail-contact and estimate the
impact of driving dynamics on the operating program.
• They evaluate the impact of operating concepts on safety and capacity of a rail system.
• They know the infrastructure to provide power supply to rail vehicles with different drive systems.
• The students learn the role of rail vehicles and understand their classification. They understand the basic structure und
know the functions of the main systems. They understand the overall tasks of vehicle system technology.
• They learn functions and requirements of car bodies and jugde advantages and disadvantages of design principles. They
know the functions of the car body’s interfaces.
• They know about the basics of running dynamics and bogies.
• The students learn about advantages and disadvantages of different types of traction drives and judge, which one fits best
for each application.
• They understand brakes from a vehicular and an operational point of view. They assess the fitness of different brake
systems.
• They know the basic setup of train control management system and understand the most important functions.
• They specify and define suitable vehicle concepts based on requirements for modern rail vehicles.
Content
1. Railway System: railway as system, subsystems and interdependencies, definitions, laws, rules, railway and environment,
economic impact
2. Operation: Transportation, public transport, regional transport, long-distance transport, freight service, scheduling
3. Infrastructure: rail facilities, track alignment, railway stations, clearance diagram
4. Wheel-rail-contact: carrying of vehicle mass, adhesion, wheel guidance, current return
5. Vehicle dynamics: tractive and brake effort, driving resistance, inertial force, load cycles
6. Signaling and Control: operating procedure, succession of trains, European Train Control System, blocking period,
automatic train control
7. Traction power supply: power supply of rail vehicles, power networks, filling stations
8. History (optional)
9. Vehicle system technology: structure and main systems of rail vehicles
10. Car body: functions, requirements, design principles, crash elements, interfaces
11. Bogies: forces, running gears, axle configuration
12. Drives: vehicle with/without contact wire, dual-mode vehicle
13. Brakes: tasks, basics, principles, blending, brake control
14. Train control management system: definitions, networks, bus systems, components, examples
15. Vehicle concepts: trams, metros, regional trains, intercity trains, high speed trains, double deck coaches, locomotives,
freight wagons
Annotation
A bibliography is available for download (Ilias-platform).
The lectures can be attended in the same term.
Workload
Learning type
Lectures
Mandatory
T-BGU-101804 IT-Based Road Design 3 CR Zimmermann
T-BGU-101674 Safety Management in Highway Engineering 3 CR Zimmermann
T-BGU-106615 Laws concerning Traffic and Roads 3 CR Hönig
Competence Goal
See German version.
Prerequisites
The examination "Design Basics in Highway Engineering" has to be passed. This can be taken either in the module "Design,
Construction, Operation and Maintenance of Highways" (WI4INGBGU1) or can be approved from a previous study (e.g. Civil
Engineering BSc at KIT).
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Election notes
The courses "Business Planning for Founders - EUCOR" and the course "International Selling - EUCOR" must be taken together.
Mandatory
T-WIWI-102890 Sales Management and Retailing 3 CR Klarmann
Election block: Ergänzungsangebot (at most 1 item)
T-WIWI-106137 Country Manager Simulation 1,5 CR Feurer
T-WIWI-106981 Digital Marketing and Sales in B2B 1,5 CR Konhäuser
T-WIWI-110389 Business Planning for Founders - EUCOR 3 CR Terzidis
T-WIWI-110381 International Selling – EUCOR 3 CR Casenave , Klarmann
T-WIWI-102891 Price Negotiation and Sales Presentations 1,5 CR Klarmann, Schröder
Election block: Ergänzungsangebot (at most 2 items)
T-WIWI-107720 Market Research 4,5 CR Klarmann
T-WIWI-102883 Pricing 4,5 CR Feurer
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the courses of this module, whose sum of
credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are described for each course
Competence Goal
Students
• have an advanced knowledge about sales management (design and structure of sales systems, relationship with sales
partners and important customers)
• have a fundamental understanding of price management (in particular consumer behavior of pricing, pricing strategy, price
determination)
• are able to handle particularities and challenges in sales management
• know several qualitative and quantitative approaches to prepare decisions in Marketing
• are able to implement their extensive sales and pricing knowledge in a practical context
• have the theoretical knowledge to write a master thesis in Marketing
• have the theoretical knowledge to work in/together with the sales department
Prerequisites
The course "Sales Management and Retailing" is compulsory.
Content
The aim of the module is to deepen the sales management knowledge of the students. Theoretical approaches often have a
combined view on marketing and sales, whereas in practical surroundings the sales department is completely separated from the
marketing tasks. Given this fact, we concentrate on pure sales management topics and address different facets of the sales
management.
Annotation
For further information please contact the Marketing and Sales Research Group (marketing.iism.kit.edu).
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Election block: Seminar Wirtschaftswissenschaften, Mathematik und Recht (between 3 and 6 credits)
T-WIWI-103474 Seminar in Business Administration A (Master) 3 CR Professorenschaft des
Fachbereichs
Betriebswirtschaftslehre
T-WIWI-103476 Seminar in Business Administration B (Master) 3 CR Professorenschaft des
Fachbereichs
Betriebswirtschaftslehre
T-WIWI-103477 Seminar in Economics B (Master) 3 CR Professorenschaft des
Fachbereichs
Volkswirtschaftslehre
T-WIWI-103478 Seminar in Economics A (Master) 3 CR Professorenschaft des
Fachbereichs
Volkswirtschaftslehre
T-WIWI-103479 Seminar in Informatics A (Master) 3 CR Professorenschaft des
Fachbereichs Informatik
T-WIWI-103480 Seminar in Informatics B (Master) 3 CR Professorenschaft des
Fachbereichs Informatik
T-WIWI-103481 Seminar in Operations Research A (Master) 3 CR Nickel, Rebennack, Stein
T-WIWI-103482 Seminar in Operations Research B (Master) 3 CR Nickel, Rebennack, Stein
T-WIWI-103483 Seminar in Statistics A (Master) 3 CR Grothe, Schienle
T-WIWI-103484 Seminar in Statistics B (Master) 3 CR Grothe, Schienle
T-INFO-101997 Seminar: Legal Studies I 3 CR Dreier
T-INFO-105945 Seminar: Legal Studies II 3 CR Dreier
Election block: Seminar Ingenieurwissenschaften (at most 1 item)
T-MACH-102135 Conveying Technology and Logistics 3 CR Furmans, Pagani
T-MACH-109062 Seminar Production Technology 3 CR Fleischer, Lanza, Schulze
T-MACH-108737 Seminar Data-Mining in Production 3 CR Lanza
T-BGU-100014 Seminar in Transportation 3 CR Chlond, Vortisch
T-WIWI-108763 Seminar in Engineering Science Master (approval) 3 CR Fachvertreter
ingenieurwissenschaftlicher
Fakultäten
T-WIWI-110215 Wildcard Seminar Module Master 3 CR
Election block: SQ-Seminar (between 3 and 4 credits)
T-WIWI-104680 Wildcard Key Competences Seminar 1 1 CR
T-WIWI-104681 Wildcard Key Competences Seminar 2 2 CR
T-WIWI-104682 Wildcard Key Competences Seminar 3 3 CR
T-WIWI-104683 Wildcard Key Competences Seminar 4 1 CR
T-WIWI-104684 Wildcard Key Competences Seminar 5 2 CR
T-WIWI-104685 Wildcard Key Competences Seminar 6 3 CR
T-WIWI-105956 Wildcard Key Competences Seminar 8 4 CR
Competence Certificate
The modul examination consists of two seminars and of at least one key qualification (KQ) course (according to §4 (3), 3 of the
examintaion regulation). A detailed description of every singled assessment is given in the specific course characerization.
The final mark for the module is the average of the marks for each of the two seminars weighted by the credits and truncated after
the first decimal. Grades of the KQ courses are not included.
Competence Goal
• The students are in a position to independently handle current, research-based tasks according to scientific criteria.
• They are able to research, analyze, abstract and critically review the information.
• They can draw own conclusions using their interdisciplinary knowledge from the less structured information and
selectively develop current research results.
• They can logically and systematically present the obtained results both orally and in written form in accordance with
scientific guidelines (structuring, technical terminology, referencing). They can argue and defend the results professionally
in the discussion.
Prerequisites
The course specific preconditions must be observed.
• Seminars: Two seminars out of the course list, that have at least 3 CP each and are offered by a representative of the
Department of Economics and Management or of the Center for applied legal studies (Department of Informatics), have to
be chosen.
• Alternatively one of the two seminars can be absolved at a engineering department. The seminar has to be offered by a
representative of the respective department as well. The assessment has to meet the demands of the Department of
Economics and Management (active participation, term paper with a workload of at least 80 h, presentation). This
alternative seminar requires an official approval and can be applied at the examination office of the Department of
Economics and Management. Seminars at the institutes wbk and IFL do not require these approval.
• Key Qualification (KQ)-course(s): One or more courses with at least 3 CP in total of additional key qualifications have to be
chosen among the courses [HoC, ZAK, Sprachenzentrum].
Content
Competences which are gained in the seminar module especially prepare the student for composing the final thesis. Within the
term paper and the presentation the student exercises himself in scientific working techniques supported by the supervisor.
Beside advancing skills in techniques of scientific working there are gained integrative key qualifications as well. A detailled
description o these qualifications is given in the section “Key Qualifications” of the module handbook.
Furthermore, the module also includes additional key qualifications provided by the KQ-courses.
Annotation
The listed seminar titles are placeholders. Currently offered seminars of each semester will be published on the websites of the
institutes and in the course catalogue of the KIT. In general, the current seminar topics of each semester are already announced at
the end of the previous semester. Furthermore for some seminars there is an application required.
The available places are listed on the internet: https://portal.wiwi.kit.edu.
Workload
he total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Mandatory
T-ETIT-101911 Sensors 3 CR Menesklou
Election block: Wahlpflicht (at most 2 items as well as at least 6 credits)
T-ETIT-100706 Sensors and Actuators Laboratory 6 CR Menesklou
T-ETIT-100707 Seminar Sensors 3 CR Menesklou
T-MACH-101910 Microactuators 3 CR Kohl
T-MACH-102164 Practical Training in Basics of Microsystem Technology 3 CR Last
T-MACH-105182 Introduction to Microsystem Technology I 3 CR Badilita, Jouda,
Korvink
T-MACH-105183 Introduction to Microsystem Technology II 3 CR Jouda, Korvink
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2) of the examination regulation) of the single courses of this
module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Prerequisites
The course Sensor Technology [23231] is obligatory and has to be attended. The elected courses must not be credited in the module
Sensorik II [WI4INGETIT5] or other modules.
Before Experimental Laboratories in Sensors and Actuators [23232] the course Sensor Technology [23231] has to be completed
successfully.
Recommendation
Knowledge of electrical engineering is assumed. Therefore it is recommended to attend the courses Electrical Engineering II [23224]
beforehand.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2) of the examination regulation) of the single courses of this
module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
Prerequisites
It is only possible to choose this module in combination with the module Sensor Technology I [WI4INGETIT3]. The module is passed
only after the final partial exam of Sensor Technology I is additionally passed.
Content
The operating principles of the most important sensors are taught. The student will learn to use the acquired knowledge for key
issues relating to select and use sensors. Sensor module I gives an overview of the basic sensor principles. Sensor module II goes
into specific topics of sensors and actuators further.
Recommendation
Knowledge of electrical engineering is assumed. Therefore it is recommended to attend the courses Electrical Engineering II [23224]
beforehand.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of
this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
Students
• knows the theoretical bases and the key components of Business Intelligence systems,
• acquires the basic skills to make use of business intelligence and analytics software in the service context
• are introduced into various application scenarios of analytics in the service context
• are able to distinguish different analytics methods and apply them in context
• learn how to apply analytics software in the service context
• are trained for the structured compilation and solution of practice relevant problems with the help of commercial business
intelligence software packages as well as analytics methods and tools
Prerequisites
None
Content
The importance of services in modern economies is most evident – nearly 70% of gross value added are achieved in the tertiary
sector and a growing number of industrial enterprises add customer specific services to their material goods or transform their
business models fundamentally. The growing availability of data “Big Data” and their intelligent processing by applying analytic
methods and business intelligence systems plays a key role.
It is the goal of the module to give students a comprehensive overview on the subject Business Intelligence & Analytics focusing on
service issues. Various scenarios illustrate how the methods and systems introduced help to improve existing services or create
innovative data-based services.
Recommendation
The course Service Analytics A [2595501] should be taken.
Annotation
This module is part of the KSRI teaching profile “Digital Service Systems”. Further information on a service-specific profiling is
available under www.ksri.kit.edu/teaching.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Mandatory
T-WIWI-102849 Service Design Thinking 12 CR Satzger
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as a general exam (according to Section 4(2), 3 of the examination regulation). The overall grade of
the module is the grade of the examination (according to Section 4(2), 3 of the examination regulation).
Competence Goal
• Deep knowledge of the innovation method Design Thinking, as introduced and promoted by Stanford University
• Development of new, creative solutions through extensive observation of oneself and one's environment, in particular with
regard to the relevant service users
• Know how to use prototyping and experimentation to visualize one's ideas, to test and iteratively develop them, and to
converge on a solution
• Learn to apply the method to a real innovation projects issued by industry partners.
Prerequisites
None
Content
• Paper Bike: Learning about the basic method elements by building a paper bike that has to fulfill a given set of challenges.
The bikes will be tested in a race during an international Kick-Off event with other universities of the SUGAR network
(intern. Design Thinking network).
• Design Space Exploration: Exploring the problem space through customer and user observation as well as desk research.
• Critical Function Prototype: Identification of critical features from the customer's perspective that can contribute to the
solution of the overarching problem. Building and testing prototypes that integrate these functionalities.
• Dark Horse Prototype: Inverting earlier assumptions and experiences, which leads to the inclusion of new features and
solutions. Developing radically new ideas are in the focus of this phase.
• Funky Prototype: Integration of the individually tested and successful functions to several complete solution scenarios,
which are further tested and developed.
• Functional Prototype: Selection of successful scenarios from the previous phase and building a higher resolution prototype.
The final solution to the challenge is lade out in detail and tested with users.
• Final Prototype: Implementing the functional prototype and presenting it to the customer.
Recommendation
This course is held in English – proficiency in writing and communication is required.
Our past students recommend to take this course at the beginning of the masters program.
Annotation
Due to practical project work as a component of the program, access is limited.
The module (as well as the module component) spans two semesters. It starts in September every year and runs until end of June in
the subsequent year. Entering the program is only possible at its beginning - after prior application in May/June.
For more information on the application process and the program itself are provided in the module component description and the
program's website (http://sdt-karlsruhe.de).
Furthermore, the KSRI conducts an information event for applicants every year in May.
This module is part of the KSRI Teaching Program „Digital Service Systems“. For more information see the KSRI Teaching website:
www.ksri.kit.edu/teaching.
Workload
The total amount of work for this module is approx. 270 hours (9 credits). The workload for this course is comparably high as the
course runs in cooperation with partner universities from around the world as well as partner companies. This causes overhead.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO), whose sum of credits must meet the minimum
requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
Students
• understand the scientific basics of the management of digital services and corresponding systems
• gain a comprehensive insight in the importance and the most important features of information systems as an central
component of the digitalization of business processes, products and services
• know the most relevant concepts and theories to shape the digital transformation process of service systems successfully
• understand the OR methods in the sector of service management and apply them adequately
• are able to use large amounts of available data systematically for the planning, operation and improvement of complex
service offers and to design and control information systems
• are able to develop market-oriented coordination mechanisms and apply service systems.
Prerequisites
None
Content
This module provides the foundation for the management of digital services and corresponding systems. The courses in this
module cover the major concepts for a successful management of service systems and their digital transformation. Current
examples from the research and practice enhance the relevance of the discussed topics.
Recommendation
None
Annotation
This module is part of the KSRI teaching profile “Digital Service Systems”. Further information on a service-specific profiling is
available under www.ksri.kit.edu/teaching.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO), whose sum of credits must meet the minimum
requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
Students
• know about the challenges, concepts, methods and tools of service innovation management and are able to use them
successfully.
• have a profound comprehension of the development and design of innovative services and are able to apply suitable
methods and tools on concrete and specific issues.
• are able to embed the concepts of innovation management, development and design of services into organisations
• are aware of the strategic importance of services, are able to present value creation in the context of services systems and
to strategically exploit the possibilities of their digital transformation
• elaborate concrete and problem-solving solutions for practical tasks in teams.
Prerequisites
Dependencies between courses:
The course Practical Seminar Service Innovation cannot be applied in combination with the course Practical Seminar Digital
Service Design.
Content
This module is designed to constitute the basis for the development of successful ICT supported innovations thus including the
methods and tools for innovation management, for the design and the development of digital services and the implementation of
new business models. Current examples from science and practice enhance the relevance of the topics addressed.
Recommendation
Attending the course Practical Seminar Service Innovation [2595477] is recommended in combination with the course Service
Innovation [2595468].
Attending the course Practical Seminar Digital Service Design [new] is recommended in combination with the course Digital
Service Design [new].
Annotation
This module is part of the KSRI teaching profile “Digital Service Systems”. Further information on a service-specific profiling is
available under www.ksri.kit.edu/teaching.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Mandatory
T-WIWI-110280 Digital Services: Business Models and Transformation 4,5 CR Satzger
Election block: Ergänzungsangebot (4,5 credits)
T-WIWI-108715 Artificial Intelligence in Service Systems 4,5 CR Satzger
T-WIWI-106201 Digital Transformation of Organizations 4,5 CR Mädche
T-WIWI-102822 Industrial Services 4,5 CR Fromm
T-WIWI-102899 Modeling and Analyzing Consumer Behavior with R 4,5 CR Dorner, Weinhardt
T-WIWI-105778 Service Analytics A 4,5 CR Fromm
T-WIWI-102641 Service Innovation 4,5 CR Satzger
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of
this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The students
Prerequisites
The course "Digital Services: Business Models and Transformation" is compulsory and must be examined.
Content
The module service management addresses the basics of developing and managing IT-based services. The lectures contained in this
module teach the basics of developing and managing IT-based services and the application of OR methods in the field of service
management. Moreover, students learn to systematically analyze vast amounts of data for planning, operation and improvement
for complex service offerings. These tools enhance operational and strategic decision support and help to analyze and understand
the overall innovation processes in corporations. Current examples from research and industry demonstrate the relevance of the
topics discussed in this module.
Recommendation
None
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO), whose sum of credits must meet the minimum
requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module separately. The
overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
Students
• knows the theoretical bases and the key components of Business Intelligence systems,
• acquires the basic skills to make use of business intelligence and analytics software in the service context
• are introduced into various application scenarios of analytics in the service context
• are able to distinguish different analytics methods and apply them in context
• learn how to apply analytics software in the service context
• are trained for the structured compilation and solution of practice relevant problems with the help of commercial business
intelligence software packages as well as analytics methods and tools
Prerequisites
At least one of the four courses Operations Research in Supply Chain Management, Operations Research in Health Care
Management, Practical seminar: Health Care Management or Discrete-Event Simulation in Production and Logistics has to be
assigned.
Students who choose the module in the field "compulsory elective modules" may select any two courses of the module.
Content
The importance of services in modern economies is most evident – nearly 70% of gross value added are achieved in the tertiary
sector and a growing number of industrial enterprises add customer specific services to their material goods or transform their
business models fundamentally. The growing availability of data “Big Data” and their intelligent processing by applying analytic
methods and business intelligence systems plays a key role.
It is the goal of the module to give students a comprehensive overview on the subject Business Intelligence & Analytics focusing on
service issues. Various scenarios illustrate how the methods and systems introduced help to improve existing services or create
innovative data-based services.
Recommendation
The course Practical Seminar Health Care should be combined with the course OR in Health Care Management.
Annotation
This module is part of the KSRI teaching profile “Digital Service Systems”. Further information on a service-specific profiling is
available under www.ksri.kit.edu/teaching.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Mandatory
T-GEISTSOZ-104565 Computer Aided Data Analysis 0 CR Nollmann
T-GEISTSOZ-109052 Application of Social Science Methods (WiWi) 9 CR Nollmann
Competence Goal
The student
Prerequisites
Students must pass three excersise sheets within the seminar "Computer based data analysis".
Content
The Sociology module offers students the opportunity to learn a data analysis tool (R, Stata, Python) within the framework of a
two-semester course and to independently transfer this tool to a content-related question. Both the tool and the contents are
determined by the lecturers. The contents can refer to the analysis of large population surveys (SOEP, Microcensus, ALLBUS), to
own experiments, to own field studies or to Big Data analyses.
Annotation
Basic knowledge in multivariate regression and inference statistics is required.
Mandatory
T-CIWVT-101875 Specialization in Food Process Engineering 9 CR Gaukel
Competence Goal
See German version.
Prerequisites
The module "Principles of Food Process Engineering" must be passed.
Content
See courses.
Competence Certificate
Oral exams: duration approx. 5 min per credit point
Written exams: duration approx. 20 - 25 min per credit point
Amount, type and scope of the success control can vary according to the individually choice.
Competence Goal
The students
Prerequisites
none
Content
Within this module the students will get to know and learn about production science. Manifold lectures and excursions as part of
several lectures provide specific insights into the field of production science.
Workload
The work load is about 270 hours, corresponding to 9 credit points.
Learning type
Lectures, seminars, workshops, excursions
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams of the single courses of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum
requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
Students acquire special basic knowledge in selected areas of materials science and engineering and can apply them to technical
problems. Specific teaching objectives are agreed with the respective coordinator of the course.
Prerequisites
None
Content
See courses.
Workload
The module requires an average workload of 270 hours.
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to § 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation) of the single courses of this
module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module.
The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
• names and describes basic notions for advanced stochastic optimization methods, in particular, ways to algorithmically
exploit the special model structures,
• knows the indispensable methods and models for quantitative analysis of stochastic optimization problems,
• models and classifies stochastic optimization problems and chooses the appropriate solution methods to solve also
challenging stochastic optimization problems independently and, if necessary, with the aid of a computer,
• validates, illustrates and interprets the obtained solutions,
• identifies drawbacks of the solution methods and, if necessary, is able to makes suggestions to adapt them to practical
problems.
Prerequisites
At least one of the courses "Advanced Stochastic Optimization" and "Large-scale Optimization" has to be taken.
Students who choose the module in the field "compulsory elective modules" may select any two courses of the module.
Content
The module focuses on the modeling as well as the imparting of theoretical principles and solution methods for optimization
problems with special structure, which occur for example in the stochastic optimization.
Recommendation
It is recommended to listen to the lecture "Introduction to Stochastic Optimization" before the lecture "Advanced Stochastic
Optimization" is visited.
Annotation
The course "Introduction to Stochastic Optimization" will be offered until the summer semester 2019 as an additional option in the
elective offer of the module. Thereafter, the course can only be selected in the supplementary offer.
The courses are sometimes offered irregularly. The curriculum, planned for three years in advance, can be found on the Internet at
http://sop.ior.kit.edu/28.php.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours (9 credits). The allocation is made according to the credit points of
the courses of the module. The total number of hours per course is determined by the amount of time spent attending the lectures
and exercises, as well as the exam times and the time required to achieve the module's learning objectives for an average student
for an average performance.
Mandatory
T-WIWI-102864 Entrepreneurship 3 CR Terzidis
T-WIWI-110166 SIL Entrepreneurship Project 3 CR Terzidis
T-WIWI-110287 SIL Entrepreneurship Emphasis 3 CR Terzidis
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this module comprises a written examination of 60 minutes on the lecture contents of the lecture
"Entrepreneurship" as well as two seminars. All examinations are graded. In both seminars the following tasks have to be fulfilled:
• "SIL Entrepreneurship Project": Presentation of the Value Profile & submission of the Business Plan
• "SIL Entrepreneurship Emphasis": Submission of price calculation, market potential analysis, competition analysis, financial
plan, risk analysis, decision basis for funding and legal form
In addition, both courses provide for smaller, ungraded tasks to monitor progress.
The grade consists of 60 % of the written examination, 20 % of the examination "SIL Entrepreneurship Project" and 20 % of the
examination "SIL Entrepreneurship Advanced".
Competence Goal
Personal competence
• Ability to reflect: Students can analyse certain elements of their actions in social interaction, critically assess them and
develop alternative actions.
• Decision-making ability: Students can prepare a decision template in due time and provide the necessary factual arguments
for alternative decisions and thus make timely decisions.
• Interdisciplinary cooperation: Students can recognise the limits of their domain competence and adjust to domains outside
their subject area. The students are able to recognise missing (own) competences and to supplement them with
complementary competences (of other persons in the team). Students can communicate their domain to others and
develop a basic understanding of foreign domains.
• Value-based action: Students can use selected tools of psychology to recognize their own values. They can compare these
values with other team members and critically reflect on whether their offers match these values.
Social competence
• Ability to cooperate: Students can analyse and assess their cooperation behaviour in the group.
Communication skills: Students can present their information in a convincing, focused and target group-oriented way.
• Conflict ability: Students can recognise conflicts at an early stage, analyse conflict situations and name solution concepts.
• Agile product development: Students can apply methods of agile product development such as Scrum.
Methodical innovation finding: Students can perform user- or technology-centric innovation processes to develop
sustainable value propositions for dedicated target groups (e.g. Design Thinking (DT), Technology Application Selection
(TAS) process).
• Orientation on the management of new technology-based companies (NTBF): Students can name the central concepts of
intellectual property and legal form. Students can name the most important tasks of entrepreneurial leadership. They can
identify the relevant forms of business modelling and draw up a business plan. Students know the central approaches to
building an organisation. Students will be able to identify the ownership structure of investments and how to develop a
strategy. The students can name marketing concepts and create a business model.
• Create investment readiness: The students are able to create a rudimentary sales and cost planning. Furthermore, they are
able to create a project plan for a company and derive an investment plan from it. The students can present the business
plan to potential investors and develop investor empathy.
• Business model development competence: Students are able to use relevant tools for business modelling, e.g. the Business
Model Canvas. Students can develop and evaluate alternative business models.
• Dealing with risks:Students can identify the basic risks in terms of desirability, technical feasibility and profitability.
Students can use customer interaction methods to test desirability and willingness to pay. Students can draw up a
rudimentary competitive analysis. Students can identify and identify risks and possible reactions.
• Problem-solving competence: Students can analyse, assess and solve a technical problem in a structured way.
• Agile Methodology of System Development: Students can name the different system development processes and apply
them appropriately.
• Validation in a volatile environment: Students can perform a technical and economic validation under volatile boundary
conditions. For this purpose they can name the boundary conditions and interpret the results of the validation.
• Functional decomposition: Students are able to identify and interpret complex customer needs and derive functional
requirements from them.
• Architecture development: The students are able to recognize correlations from the functional requirements and to derive
a suitable system architecture.
Prerequisites
The module can only be completed together with the module M-WIWI-105011 "Student Innovation Lab 2".
An application is required for participation in the modules Student Innovation Lab (SIL) 1 and Student Innovation Lab (SIL) 2.
Information about the application can be found at http://www.kit-student-innovation-lab.de/index.php/for-students/.
.
Content
In a real laboratory, the module imparts professional, social and personal competences in entrepreneurship and in the respective
technical domain. The aim is to prepare students in the best possible way for an entrepreneurial activity within or outside an
established organisation. Our teaching is research-based and practice-oriented.
As an integral part, the lecture Entrepreneurship offers the theoretical basis and gives an overview of important theoretical
concepts and empirical evidence. Current case studies and practical experiences of successful founders underline the theoretical
and empirical contents. In order to operate a company on a long-term basis, important specialist knowledge is also of decisive
importance. The content of the lecture therefore includes an introduction to Entrepreneurial Marketing and Leadership as well as
the basics of Opportunity Recognition and Business Modeling. Customer-centric development methods, the lean start-up
approach and methods for technology-oriented innovation are presented. Future founders must be able to develop and manage
resources such as financial and human capital, infrastructure and intellectual property. Further aspects relate to the establishment
of an organisation and the financing of one's own project.
The knowledge gained in the lecture Entrepreneurship will be applied in a practice-oriented seminar and in the labs. We use an
action learning approach to complement the knowledge with skills and reflective attitudes. In five-member teams, the students
experience their way from idea generation to the final investor pitch.
With regard to the labs, students have the following options:
• As an innovation platform, the Automation Innovation Lab offers flying robots for cooperative swarm solutions.
• The Industry 4.0 Innovation Lab enables innovations in the area of the next industrial revolution with mobile robot
platforms.
• In the Internet of Things Innovation Lab, innovations in Assisted Living and Smart Housing are made possible by a
comprehensive kit of mobile robots and sensors.
The module also teaches methods of agile system development (Scrum) and the associated validation methods as well as methods
of functional prototyping. Gate plans are applied within the module to determine project progress.
Methods for the reflection of individual & team work are treated and applied as well as group work specific knowledge about
different roles of team members, solution of conflict situations and interdisciplinary teams are obtained.
Annotation
New module starting winter term 2019/2020.
Workload
Total effort for 9 credit points: approx. 270 hours. The distribution is based on the credit points of the courses of the module. The
total number of hours per course results from the effort required to attend lectures and exercises, as well as the examination times
and the time required to achieve the learning objectives of the module for an average student for an average performance.
Mandatory
T-ETIT-110291 Innovation Lab 9 CR Hohmann, Sax, Stork,
Zwick
Competence Certificate
The examination in this module comprises the submission of graded intermediate results in the form of prototypes (low fidelity and
high fidelity) as well as various technical and economic reports (according to § 4 (2), 3 SPO):
The module grade consists of 50% of the evaluation of the low fidelity prototype including intermediate results of a technical and
economic nature and 50% of the evaluation of the high fidelity prototype including intermediate results of a technical and
economic nature.
Competence Goal
Personal competence
• Ability to reflect: Students can analyse certain elements of their actions in social interaction, critically assess them and
develop alternative actions.
• Decision-making ability: Students can prepare a decision template in due time and provide the necessary factual arguments
for alternative decisions and thus make timely decisions.
• Interdisciplinary cooperation: Students can recognise the limits of their domain competence and adjust to domains outside
their subject area. The students are able to recognise missing (own) competences and to supplement them with
complementary competences (of other persons in the team). Students can communicate their domain to others and
develop a basic understanding of foreign domains.
• Value-based action: Students can use selected tools of psychology to recognize their own values. They can compare these
values with other team members and critically reflect on whether their offers match these values.
Social competence
• Ability to cooperate: Students can analyse and assess their cooperation behaviour in the group.
Communication skills: Students can present their information in a convincing, focused and target group-oriented way.
• Conflict ability: Students can recognise conflicts at an early stage, analyse conflict situations and name solution concepts.
• Agile product development: Students can apply methods of agile product development such as Scrum.
Methodical innovation finding: Students can perform user- or technology-centric innovation processes to develop
sustainable value propositions for dedicated target groups (e.g. Design Thinking (DT), Technology Application Selection
(TAS) process).
• Orientation on the management of new technology-based companies (NTBF): Students can name the central concepts of
intellectual property and legal form. Students can name the most important tasks of entrepreneurial leadership. They can
identify the relevant forms of business modelling and draw up a business plan. Students know the central approaches to
building an organisation. Students will be able to identify the ownership structure of investments and how to develop a
strategy. The students can name marketing concepts and create a business model.
• Create investment readiness: The students are able to create a rudimentary sales and cost planning. Furthermore, they are
able to create a project plan for a company and derive an investment plan from it. The students can present the business
plan to potential investors and develop investor empathy.
• Business model development competence: Students are able to use relevant tools for business modelling, e.g. the Business
Model Canvas. Students can develop and evaluate alternative business models.
• Dealing with risks:Students can identify the basic risks in terms of desirability, technical feasibility and profitability.
Students can use customer interaction methods to test desirability and willingness to pay. Students can draw up a
rudimentary competitive analysis. Students can identify and identify risks and possible reactions.
• Problem-solving competence: Students can analyse, assess and solve a technical problem in a structured way.
• Agile Methodology of System Development: Students can name the different system development processes and apply
them appropriately.
• Validation in a volatile environment: Students can perform a technical and economic validation under volatile boundary
conditions. For this purpose they can name the boundary conditions and interpret the results of the validation.
• Functional decomposition: Students are able to identify and interpret complex customer needs and derive functional
requirements from them.
• Architecture development: The students are able to recognize correlations from the functional requirements and to derive
a suitable system architecture.
Prerequisites
The module can only be completed together with the module M-WIWI-105010 "Student Innovation Lab (SIL) 1".
An application is required for participation in the modules Student Innovation Lab (SIL) 1 and Student Innovation Lab (SIL) 2.
Information about the application can be found at http://www.kit-student-innovation-lab.de/index.php/for-students/.
Content
In a real laboratory, the module imparts professional, social and personal competences in entrepreneurship and in the respective
technical domain. The aim is to prepare students in the best possible way for an entrepreneurial activity within or outside an
established organisation. Our teaching is research-based and practice-oriented.
As an integral part, the lecture Entrepreneurship offers the theoretical basis and gives an overview of important theoretical
concepts and empirical evidence. Current case studies and practical experiences of successful founders underline the theoretical
and empirical contents. In order to operate a company on a long-term basis, important specialist knowledge is also of decisive
importance. The content of the lecture therefore includes an introduction to Entrepreneurial Marketing and Leadership as well as
the basics of Opportunity Recognition and Business Modeling. Customer-centric development methods, the lean start-up
approach and methods for technology-oriented innovation are presented. Future founders must be able to develop and manage
resources such as financial and human capital, infrastructure and intellectual property. Further aspects relate to the establishment
of an organisation and the financing of one's own project.
The knowledge gained in the lecture Entrepreneurship will be applied in a practice-oriented seminar and in the labs. We use an
action learning approach to complement the knowledge with skills and reflective attitudes. In five-member teams, the students
experience their way from idea generation to the final investor pitch.
With regard to the labs, students have the following options:
• As an innovation platform, the Automation Innovation Lab offers flying robots for cooperative swarm solutions.
• The Industry 4.0 Innovation Lab enables innovations in the area of the next industrial revolution with mobile robot
platforms.
• In the Internet of Things Innovation Lab, innovations in Assisted Living and Smart Housing are made possible by a
comprehensive kit of mobile robots and sensors.
The module also teaches methods of agile system development (Scrum) and the associated validation methods as well as methods
of functional prototyping. Gate plans are applied within the module to determine project progress.
Methods for the reflection of individual & team work are treated and applied as well as group work specific knowledge about
different roles of team members, solution of conflict situations and interdisciplinary teams are obtained.
Annotation
New module starting winter term 2019/2020.
Workload
The module comprises a total of 270 hours (8 hours attendance time, 213 hours preparation and follow-up time, 49 hours
preparation time for examination), which corresponds to a total of 9 credit points for two semesters.
Mandatory
T-MACH-109919 Basics of Technical Logistics I 4 CR Mittwollen, Oellerich
T-MACH-109920 Basics of Technical Logistics II 5 CR
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the single courses of this module, whose sum
of credits must meet the requirement of credits of this module. The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for
each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first decimal.
T-MACH-109920 "Basics of Technical Logistics II" is based on T-MACH-109919 "Basics of Technical Logistics I". The contents are
taught one after the other in one course in the winter semester. The individual exams are taken on one day at the end of the
semester.
Competence Goal
The student
Prerequisites
none
Content
The module Technical Logistics provides in-depth basics on the main topics of technical logistics. The module focuses on technical
characteristics of material handling technology. To gain a deeper understanding, the course is accompanied by exercises.
Workload
270 hours
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 or 2 of the examination regulation) of the single courses
of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The exams are offered at the
beginning of the recess period about the subject matter of the latest held lecture. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary
examination date. The assessment procedures are described for each course of the module separately. The overall grade for the
module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first decimal.
Competence Goal
The students
• understand the economic issues related to transport and regional development with a main focus on economic policy issues
generated by the relationship of transport and regional development with the public sector
• are able to compare different considerations of politics, regulation and the private sector and to analyse and assess the
respective decision problems both qualitatively and by applying appropriate methods from economic theory
• are prepared for careers in the public sector, particularly for public companies, politics, regulatory agencies, related
consultancies, mayor construction companies or infrastructure project corporations
Prerequisites
None
Content
The development infrastructure (e.g. transport, energy, telecommunications) has always been one of the most relevant factors for
economic development and particularly influences the development of the regional economy. From the repertoire of state actions,
investments into transport infrastructure are often regarded the most important measure to foster regional economic growth.
Besides the direct effects of transport policy on passenger and freight transport, a variety of individual economic activities is
significantly dependent on the available or potential transport options. Decisions on the planning, financing and realization of
mayor infrastructure projects require a solid and far-reaching consideration of direct and indirect growth effects with the
occurring costs.
Through its combination of lectures the module reflects the complex interdependencies between infrastructure policy, transport
industry and regional policy and provides its participants with a comprehensive understanding of the functionalities of one of the
most important sectors of the economy and its relevance for economic policy.
Annotation
The courses Assessment of Public Policies and Projects I (winter term) and Assessment of Public Policies and Projects II (summer term)
will no longer be part of this module. Student who have already had exams in this courses can integrate these exams in this module.
Workload
The total workload for this module is approximately 270 hours. For further information see German version.
Election block: Pflichtleistung (between 2 and 3 items as well as between 6 and 9 credits)
T-BGU-101797 Methods and Models in Transportation Planning 3 CR Vortisch
T-BGU-101798 Traffic Engineering 3 CR Vortisch
T-BGU-101799 Traffic Management and Transport Telematics 3 CR Vortisch
T-BGU-101800 Traffic Flow Simulation 3 CR Vortisch
Election block: Wahlpflicht (at most 1 item as well as between 0 and 3 credits)
T-BGU-100010 Transportation Data Analysis 3 CR Kagerbauer
T-BGU-106611 Freight Transport 3 CR Chlond
T-BGU-106301 Long-Distance and Air Traffic 3 CR Chlond
T-BGU-101005 Tendering, Planning and Financing in Public Transport 3 CR Vortisch
T-BGU-100014 Seminar in Transportation 3 CR Chlond, Vortisch
T-WIWI-103174 Seminar Mobility Services (Master) 3 CR Satzger, Stryja
T-BGU-103425 Mobility Services and new Forms of Mobility 3 CR Kagerbauer
T-BGU-103426 Strategic Transport Planning 3 CR Waßmuth
T-BGU-106608 Information Management for Public Mobility Services 3 CR Vortisch
Competence Goal
See German version.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Mandatory
T-BGU-106600 Urban Water Infrastructure and Management 6 CR Fuchs
T-BGU-109051 Wastewater and Storm Water Treatment Facilities for Industrial 3 CR Fuchs, Morck
Engineers
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4(2), 1 or 2 of the examination regulation) of the single courses
of this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures
are described for each course of the module seperately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The student
Prerequisites
None
Content
By taking the module Vehicle Development the students get to know the methods and processes applied in the automobile
industry. They learn the technical particularities which have to be considered during the vehicle development and it is shown how
the numerous single components cooperate in a harmoniously balanced complete vehicle. There is also paid attention on special
boundary conditions like legal requirements.
Recommendation
Knowledge of the content of the courses Engineering Mechanics I [2161238], Engineering Mechanics II [2162276] and Basics of
Automotive Engineering I [2113805], Basics of Automotive Engineering II [2114835] is helpful.
Workload
The total work load for this module is about 270 Hours (9 Credits). The partition of the work load is carried out according to the
credit points of the courses of the module. The work load for courses with 6 credit points is about 180 hours, for courses with 4.5
credit points about 135 hours, for courses with 3 credit points about 90 hours, and for courses with 1.5 credit points about 45
hours. The total number of hours per course results from the time of visiting the lectures and exercises, as well as from the exam
duration and the time that is required to achieve the objectives of the module as an average student with an average performance.
Learning type
The teaching and learning procedures (lecture, lab course, workshop) are described for each course of the module separately.
Mandatory
T-MACH-102123 Virtual Engineering I 4 CR Ovtcharova
Election block: Virtual Engineering A (at least 5 credits)
T-MACH-109933 Business Administration for Engineers and IT professionals 4 CR Sebregondi
T-MACH-102185 CATIA CAD Training Course 2 CR Ovtcharova
T-MACH-105312 CATIA Advanced 4 CR Ovtcharova
T-MACH-108491 Digitalization of Products, Services & Production 4 CR Pätzold
T-MACH-102209 Information Engineering 3 CR Ovtcharova
T-MACH-106743 IoT Platform for Engineering 4 CR Ovtcharova
T-MACH-102153 PLM-CAD Workshop 4 CR Ovtcharova
T-MACH-102181 PLM for Product Development in Mechatronics 4 CR Eigner
T-MACH-106740 Virtual Engineering Lab 4 CR Ovtcharova
T-MACH-106741 Virtual Training Factory 4.X 4 CR Ovtcharova
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of
this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The students should:
• have basic knowledge about the industrial application of Information Technology in product development,
• have understanding about current and future application of information systems in product development processes in the
context of Product Lifecycle Management and Virtual Engineering,
• be able to operate current CAx- and PLM-systems in the product development process
• understands demands and relevance of interconnected IT-systems and respective methods for product development
Prerequisites
The course Virtual Engineering I [2121352] is compulsory modules and must be examined.
Content
The Module Virtual Engineering A gives an overview about product development processes, beginning with requirement
engineering, verification of manufacturing feasibility and virtual operation in the scope of Digital Factory. The guest-lectures
contained in this module complete the content of the lecture with introducing current product development processes focusing.
Workload
Workload at 9 graduate credits / credit points: ca. 270 hours.
Detailed apportionment results from credit points of the courses of the module
Learning type
Lecture, exercise
Mandatory
T-MACH-102124 Virtual Engineering II 4 CR Ovtcharova
Election block: Virtual Engineering B (at least 5 credits)
T-MACH-109933 Business Administration for Engineers and IT professionals 4 CR Sebregondi
T-MACH-102185 CATIA CAD Training Course 2 CR Ovtcharova
T-MACH-105312 CATIA Advanced 4 CR Ovtcharova
T-MACH-108491 Digitalization of Products, Services & Production 4 CR Pätzold
T-MACH-102209 Information Engineering 3 CR Ovtcharova
T-MACH-106743 IoT Platform for Engineering 4 CR Ovtcharova
T-MACH-102181 PLM for Product Development in Mechatronics 4 CR Eigner
T-MACH-102153 PLM-CAD Workshop 4 CR Ovtcharova
T-MACH-106740 Virtual Engineering Lab 4 CR Ovtcharova
T-MACH-106741 Virtual Training Factory 4.X 4 CR Ovtcharova
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as partial exams (according to Section 4 (2), 1-3 SPO) of the core course and further single courses of
this module, whose sum of credits must meet the minimum requirement of credits of this module. The assessment procedures are
described for each course of the module separately.
The overall grade of the module is the average of the grades for each course weighted by the credits and truncated after the first
decimal.
Competence Goal
The students should:
• have basic knowledge about industrial practice of Information Technology in the field of product development,
• have basic knowledge about innovative visualization techniques like Virtual Reality and feasible application of Virtual
Mock-Ups (VMU) for validating product properties.
• Is able to estimate potentials and risks of current Virtual Reality Systems in product development.
• understands demands and relevance of interconnected IT-systems and respective methods for product development
Prerequisites
keine
Content
The module Virtual Engineering B communicates basics of Virtual Reality applications and their fields of application for validating
product properties and for supporting product development processes.
Optional courses of this module complete the content with practical application of VR techniques in product development (Virtual
Reality Exercise) and current product development processes.
Workload
Workload at 9 graduate credits / credit points: ca. 270 hours.
Detailed apportionment results from credit points of the courses of the module
Learning type
Lecture, Exercise.
Mandatory
T-CIWVT-101900 Water Chemistry and Water Technology I 6 CR Horn
T-CIWVT-103351 Laboratory Work Water Chemistry 4 CR Abbt-Braun, Horn
Competence Goal
The student
• has knowledge of types and sum of the water constituents and their interaction with each other and with the water
molecules,
• knows and understands the basics of water chemistry and the most important methods for the treatment of different types
of raw water.
Prerequisites
none
Content
This module gives the basis to understand the most important methods of raw water treatment.
Therefore types and sum of water constituents and their interaction with each other and with water molecules are introduced. The
effects of the different treatment and purification methods are shown
Mandatory
T-CIWVT-101901 Water Chemistry and Water Technology II 9 CR Horn
Competence Goal
The student
• has knowledge of types and sum of the water constituents and their interaction with each other and with the water
molecules,
• knows and understands the basics of water chemistry and the most important methods for the treatment of different types
of raw water.
• knows about the different types of water treatment and water purification methods to convert, reduce or concentrate
water constituents,
Prerequisites
The Module "Water Chemistry and Water Technology I" must be passed.
Content
The effects of the different treatment and purification methods are shown and it is explained how they can convert, reduce or
concentrate water constituents.
7 Courses
Events
SS 2019 2545105 Soziale Innovation unter die Lupe 2 SWS Seminar (S) Beyer
genommen
Exams
SS 2019 7900017 Soziale Innovationen unter die Lupe Prüfung (PR) Weissenberger-Eibl
genommen
Competence Certificate
Non exam assessment (following §4(2) 3 of the examination regulation). The grade consists of an innovation plan (comparable to an
exposé) (15%), a guideline interview (25%), a presentation of the results (20%) and a seminar paper (40%).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
The previous attendance of the lecture Innovation Management is recommended.
Events
WS 19/20 2530569 Advanced Empirical Asset Pricing 2 SWS Lecture (V) Thimme
WS 19/20 2530570 Übung zu Advanced Empirical Asset 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Thimme
Pricing
Competence Certificate
The success control takes place in form of a written examination (60 min) during the semester break (according to §4(2), 1 SPO). If
the number of participants is low, an oral examination (according to §4 (2), 2 SPO) may also be offered. The examination is offered
every semester and can be repeated at any regular examination date.
A bonus can be acquired through successful participation in the practice. If the grade of the written examination is between 4.0 and
1.3, the bonus improves the grade by up to one grade level (0.3 or 0.4). Details will be announced in the lecture.
Recommendation
We strongly recommend knowledge of the basic topics in investments (bachelor course), which will be necessary to be able to
follow the course. In addition, prior participation in the Asset Pricing Master course is strongly recommended.
Annotation
New course from winter semester 2019/2020.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
In this course we will discuss the fundamentals of Asset Pricing and how to test them. Although this is an Empirical Asset Pricing
course, we deal with some concepts from Asset Pricing Theory that we can test afterwards (CAPM, ICAPM, CCAPM, recursive
utility). Besides, the course will cover the most important empirical methods to do so. For that purpose, we will discuss the
overarching tool Generalized Method of Moments, and the special cases of OLS and FMB regressions. Every second week, we will
meet for a programing session, in which we will look at the data to draw our own conclusions. An introduction to the software
MATLAB will be given at the beginning of the course. Students should bring a laptop to these sessions. Programing skills are not
required but helpful.
We start with a review of the Stochastic Discount Factor, which is already known from the course „Asset Pricing“. We then derive
the CAPM and the Consumption-CAPM as special cases from the general consumption-savings optimization problem of the
rational investor. In the first part of the course we discuss the CAPM and, as natural extensions, models with multiple factors.
Prominent phenomena such as the value premium and momentum are discussed. In the second part of the lecture we will study
extensions of Consumption-CAPM and study the implications of exotic preferences.
Events
WS 19/20 2521533 Advanced Game Theory 2 SWS Lecture (V) Reiß
WS 19/20 2521534 Übung zu Advanced Game Theory 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Reiß
Exams
SS 2019 7900248 Advanced Game Theory Prüfung (PR) Puppe
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation). The exam takes place in
every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge of mathematics and statistics is assumed.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
This course offers an advanced and rigorous treatment of game theory.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Events
WS 19/20 2540450 Advanced Information Systems 2 SWS Lecture (V) Weinhardt, Mädche
WS 19/20 2540451 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Mädche, Weinhardt
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min) (according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
Modeled Conditions
The following conditions have to be fulfilled:
1. The course T-WIWI-109918 - Foundations of Information Systems must not have been started.
Recommendation
None
Annotation
The course starts with a short summary of Information Systems I and II. The course is held in English.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Information plays a central role in today's society. The resulting structures and processes cannot be explained intuitively with
traditional approaches of economic theory. Formerly, information has only been implicitly treated as a production factor; its role as
a competitive factor used to be neglected. In order to deal with the central role of information we developed the concept of the
'information lifecycle' that systematizes all phases from information generation to information distribution. The state of the art of
economic theory is presented across this information lifecycle within the lectures.
The content of the lecture is deepened in accompanying lecture courses.
Learning Content
Information plays a central role in today’s society. The resulting structures and processes cannot be explained intuitively with
traditional approaches of economic theory. Formerly, information has only been implicitly treated as a production factor; its role as
a competitive factor used to be neglected. In order to deal with the central role of information we developed the concept of the
"information lifecycle" that systematizes all phases from information generation to information distribution. The single phases of
that cycle,
• extraction/generation,
• storage,
• transformation,
• evaluation,
• marketing
• and usage of information
are analyzed from the business administration perspective and the microeconomic perspective. The state of the art of economic
theory is presented across this information lifecycle within the lectures. The content of the lecture is deepened in accompanying
lecture courses.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 150 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
• Shapiro, C., Varian, H., Information Rules: A Strategic Guide to the Network Economy. Harvard Business School Press 1999.
• Stahlknecht, P., Hasenkamp, U., Einführung in die Wirtschaftsinformatik. Springer Verlag 7. Auflage, 1999.
• Wirth, H., Electronic Business. Gabler Verlag 2001.
Events
WS 19/20 2512301 Linked Data and the Semantic Web 3 SWS Sure-Vetter, Acosta
Deibe, Käfer, Heling
WS 19/20 2512501 Project lab Cognitive automobiles 3 SWS Practical course (P) Zöllner
and robots
WS 19/20 2512600 Project lab Information Service 2 SWS Practical course (P) Sack
Engineering
Exams
WS 19/20 7900038 Linked Data and the Semantic Web Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
WS 19/20 7900046 Sicherheit Prüfung (PR) Volkamer
WS 19/20 7900047 Praktikum Betriebliche Informationssysteme: Prüfung (PR) Oberweis
Realisierung innovativer Dienste für
Studierende
WS 19/20 7900102 Advanced Lab Information Service Engineering Prüfung (PR) Sack
WS 19/20 7900107 Advanced Lab Cognitive Automobile and Prüfung (PR) Zöllner
Robots
WS 19/20 7900116 Advanced Lab Security, Usability and Society Prüfung (PR) Volkamer
WS 19/20 7900187 Real-World Challenges in Data Science und Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
Analytics
Competence Certificate
The alternative exam assessment consists of:
• a practical work
• a presentation and
• a written seminar thesis
Practical work, presentation and written thesis are weighted according to the course.
Prerequisites
None
Annotation
The title of this course is a generic one. Specific titles and the topics of offered seminars will be announced before the start of a
semester in the internet at https://portal.wiwi.kit.edu.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Linked Data is a way of publishing data on the web in a machine-understandable fashion. The aim of this practical seminar is to
build applications and devise algorithms that consume, provide, or analyse Linked Data.
The Linked Data principles are a set of practices for data publishing on the web. Linked Data builds on the web architecture and
uses HTTP for data access, and RDF for describing data, thus aiming towards web-scale data integration. There is a vast amount of
data available published according to those principles: recently, 4.5 billion facts have been counted with information about various
domains, including music, movies, geography, natural sciences. Linked Data is also used to make web-pages machine-
understandable, corresponding annotations are considered by the big search engine providers. On a smaller scale, devices on the
Internet of Things can also be accessed using Linked Data which makes the unified processing of device data and data from the web
easy.
In this practical seminar, students will build prototypical applications and devise algorithms that consume, provide, or analyse
Linked Data. Those applications and algorithms can also extend existing applications ranging from databases to mobile apps.
For the seminar, programming skills or knowledge about web development tools/technologies are highly recommended. Basic
knowledge of RDF and SPARQL are also recommended, but may be acquired during the seminar. Students will work in groups.
Seminar meetings will take place as 'Block-Seminar'.
Topics of interest include, but are not limited to:
• Travel Security
• Geo data
• Linked News
• Social Media
The exact dates and information for registration will be announced at the event page.
Notes
Learning objectives:
• Students can practically apply knowledge from the Machine Learning lecture in a selected field of current research in
robotics or cognitive automobiles.
• The students master the analysis and solution of corresponding problems in the team.
• The students can evaluate, document and present their concepts and results.
Workload:
The workload of 4.5 credits consists of time of attendance at the test site for the practical implementation of the chosen solution,
as well as the time for literature research and planning / specification of the planned solution. In addition, a short report and a
presentation of the work carried out will be prepared.
Notes
The ISE project course is based on the summer semester lecture "Information Service Engineering". Goal of the course is to work
on a research problem in small groups (3-4 students) related to the ISE lecture topics, i.e. Natural Language Processing, Knowledge
Graphs, and Machine Learning. The solution of the given research problem requires the development of a software
implementation.
The project will be worked on in teams of 3-4 students each, guided by a tutor from the teaching staff.
Required coursework includes:
Notes:
The ISEproject course can also be credited as a seminar.
The project will be worked on in teams of 3-4 students each, guided by a tutor from the teaching staff.
The project course will be restricted to 15 participants.
Participation in the lecture "Information Service Engineering" (summer semester) is required.
ISE Tutor Team:
Events
WS 19/20 2512100 Security 4 SWS Practical course (P) Baumgart, Volkamer,
Mayer, Zarei
Exams
WS 19/20 7900046 Sicherheit Prüfung (PR) Volkamer
Competence Certificate
The alternative exam assessment consists of:
• a practical work
• a presentation and possibly
• a written seminar thesis
Practical work, presentation and written thesis are weighted according to the course.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Knowledge from the lecture "Information Security" is recommended.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Security
V 2512100, WS 19/20, 4 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Practical course (P)
Notes
The lab deals with the IT security of everyday utensils. Implemented security mechanisms are first theoretically investigated and
put to the test with practical attacks. Finally, countermeasures and suggestions for improvement are worked out. The lab is offered
within the competence center for applied security technologies (KASTEL) and is supervised by several institutes.
The success control takes the form of a final presentation, a thesis and the handing over of the developed code.
More information on https://ilias.studium.kit.edu/goto_produktiv_crs_998421.html
Events
SS 2019 2512552 Praktikum User Studies in Security 3 SWS Practical course (P) Volkamer, Gerber,
and Privacy Mayer
Exams
SS 2019 7900129 Advanced Lab User Studies in Security Prüfung (PR) Volkamer
Competence Certificate
The alternative exam assessment consists of:
• a practical work
• a presentation and possibly
• a written seminar thesis
Practical work, presentation and written thesis are weighted according to the course.
Prerequisites
None
Events
SS 2019 2540535 Advanced Machine Learning 2 SWS Lecture (V) Nazemi
SS 2019 2540536 Exercise Advanced Machine 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Nazemi
Learning
Exams
SS 2019 7900227 Advanced Machine Learning Prüfung (PR) Geyer-Schulz
SS 2019 7900295 Advanced Machine Learning Prüfung (PR) Geyer-Schulz
Competence Certificate
Written examination (60 minutes) according to §4(2), 1 SPO. The exam is considered passed if at least 50 out of a maximum of 100
possible points are achieved. The grades are graded in five steps (best grade 1.0 from 95 points). Details of the grade formation and
scale will be announced in the course.
A bonus can be acquired through successful participation in the practice. If the grade of the written examination is between 4.0 and
1.3, the bonus improves the grade by one grade level (0.3 or 0.4). The exact criteria for awarding a bonus will be announced at the
beginning of the course.
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Tentative Course Outline:
• Introduction
• Statistical Inference
• Shrinkage Methods
• Model Assessment and Selection
• Tree-based Machine Learning Algorithms
• Dimensionality Reduction
• Neural Networks and Deep Learning
• Natural Language Processing with Deep Learning
• Support Vector Machine
Workload
Time of attendance
Literature
Events
WS 19/20 2579907 Advanced Management Accounting 4 SWS Lecture (V) Wouters, Riar
Exams
WS 19/20 79-2579907-00 Advanced Management Accounting Prüfung (PR) Wouters
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral exam (30 min) (according to §4 (2), 2 of the examination regulation). The exam takes place in
every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
The course requires significant prior knowledge of Management Accounting, similar to the content of the courses MA 1 and 2,
although completion of these particular courses is not a formal requirement.
Annotation
This course is held in English. Lectures and tutorials are integrated.
The course is compulsory and must be examined.
Students who are interested in attending this course should send an e-mail to Professor Wouters (marc.wouters∂kit.edu).
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
This course is held in English. Students who are interested in attending this course should send an e-mail to Professor Wouters
(marc.wouters@kit.edu).
Inhalt:
• The course addresses several topics where management accounting is strongly related to marketing, finance, or
organization and strategy, such as customer value propositions, financial performance measures, managing new product
development, and technology investment decisions.
Learning objectives:
• Students will be able to consider advanced management accounting methods in an interdisciplinary way and to apply these
to managerial decision-making problems in operations and innovation.
• They will also be able to identify relevant research results on such methods.
Examination:
• The assessment consists of an oral exam (20 min) taking place in the recess period (according to §4 (2), 2 of the examination
regulation).
• The exam takes place in every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
Recommendations:
• The course requires significant prior knowledge of Management Accounting, similar to the content of the courses MA 1 and
2, although completion of these particular courses is not a formal requirement.
Workload:
• The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Learning Content
The course addresses several topics where management accounting is strongly related to marketing, finance, or organization and
strategy, such as customer value propositions, financial performance measures, managing new product development, and
technology investment decisions.
Annotation
This course is held in English. Students who are interested in attending this course should send an e-mail to Professor Wouters
(marc.wouters?kit.edu).
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Literature is mostly made available via ILIAS.
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral exam (30 min) (according to §4 (2), 2 of the examination regulation). The exam takes place in
every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
The course requires significant prior knowledge of Management Accounting, similar to the content of the courses MA 1 and 2,
although completion of these particular courses is not a formal requirement.
Annotation
This course is held in English. Lectures and tutorials are integrated.
Students who are interested in attending this course should send an e-mail to Professor Wouters (marc.wouters∂kit.edu).
Events
WS 19/20 2550552 Statistik für Fortgeschrittene 2 SWS Lecture (V) Grothe
WS 19/20 2550553 Übung zu Statistik für 2 SWS Practice (Ü) Grothe, Kaplan
Fortgeschrittene
Exams
SS 2019 7900096 Advanced Statistics Prüfung (PR) Grothe
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is a written examination (60 min) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation. A bonus
program can improve the grade by one grade level (i.e. by 0.3 or 0.4). The exam is offered every semester. Re-examinations are
offered only for repeaters.
Prerequisites
None
Annotation
New course starting winter term 2015/2016
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Basic principles
Types of convergence and limit theorems
Multivariate Distributions
Copulas
Simulation techniques, Bootstrap
Statistical Estimation
Statistical Testing
Simulation studies
Literature
Comprehensive lecture notes
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes) according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation. The exam takes
place in every the semester.
Prerequisites
None.
Events
SS 2019 2520527 Advanced Topics in Economic 2 SWS Lecture (V) Mitusch, Scheffel
Theory
SS 2019 2520528 Übung zu Advanced Topics in 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Pegorari
Economic Theory
Exams
SS 2019 00227 Advanced Topics in Economic Theory Prüfung (PR) Mitusch, Scheffel
SS 2019 7900291 Advanced Topics in Economic Theory Prüfung (PR) Mitusch, Scheffel
Competence Certificate
The course T-WIWI-102609 "Advanced Topics in Economic Theory" restarts in summer term 2019.
The assessment consists of a written exam (60min) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation) at the end of the lecture
period or at the beginning of the following semester.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
This course is designed for advanced Master students with a strong interest in economic theory and mathematical models.
Bachelor students who would like to participate are free to do so, but should be aware that the level is much more advanced than in
other courses of their curriculum.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
The course deals with basic elements of modern economic theory. It is divided into two parts. The first part introduces the
microeconomic foundations of general equilibrium á la Debreu ("The Theory of Value", 1959) and Hildenbrand/Kirman
("Equilibrium Analysis",1988). The second part deals with asymmetric information and introduces the basic techniques of contract
theory.
The course is largely based on the textbook "Microeconomic Theory" (Chapters 1-5, 10, 13-20) by A.Mas-Colell, M.D.Whinston,
and J.R.Green.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
The course is based on the excellent textbook "Microeconomic Theory" (Chapters 1-5, 10, 13-20) by A.Mas-Colell, M.D.Whinston,
and J.R.Green.
Events
WS 19/20 2117056 Airport logistics 2 SWS Lecture (V) Richter
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral exam (20 min.) taking place in the recess period according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 2 of the
examination regulation.
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Airport logistics
V 2117056, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
Media:
presentations
Notes
Media
Presentations
Learning content
• Introduction
• Airport installations
• Luggage transport
• Passenger transport
• Security on the airport
• Legal bases of the air traffic
• Freight on the airport
Learning goals
The students are able to:
Recommendations
None
Workload
Regular attendance: 21 hours
Self-study: 99 hours
Note
Limited number of participants: allocation of places in sequence of registration (first come first served). Registration via "ILIAS"
mandatory.
Personal presence during lectures mandatory.
Learning Content
Introduction
airport installations
luggage transport
passenger transport
security on the airport
legal bases of the air traffic
freight on the airport
Annotation
Limited number of participants: allocation of places in sequence of application (first come first served)
Application via "ILIAS" mandatory
personal presence during lectures mandatory
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Literature
„Gepäcklogistik auf Flughäfen“ à http://www.springer.com/de/book/9783642328527
T 7.15 Course: Analysis of Exhaust Gas and Lubricating Oil in Combustion Engines [T-
MACH-105173]
Events
SS 2019 2134150 Analysis of Exhaust Gas und 2 SWS Lecture (V) Gohl
Lubricating Oil in Combustion
Engines
Exams
SS 2019 76--T-Mach-105173 Analysis of Exhaust Gas and Lubricating Oil Prüfung (PR) Gohl
in Combustion Engines
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105173 Analysis of Exhaust Gas and Lubricating Oil Prüfung (PR) Koch
in Combustion Engines
Competence Certificate
Letter of attendance or oral exam (25 minutes, no auxillary means)
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
Lecture with Powerpoint slides
Learning Content
The students get involved in the application of different measurement techniques in the field of exhaust gas and lubricating oil
analysis. The functional principles of the systems as well as the application areas of the latter are discussed. In addition to a general
overview of standard applications, current specific development and research activities are introduced.
Workload
regular attendance: 24 hrs
self study: 96 hrs
Literature
The lecture documents are distributed during the courses.
Events
SS 2019 2134134 Analysis tools for combustion 2 SWS Lecture (V) Pfeil
diagnostics
Exams
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105167 Analysis Tools for Combustion Diagnostics Prüfung (PR) Koch
Competence Certificate
oral examination, Duration: 25 min., no auxiliary means
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
energy balance at the engine
energy conversion in the combustion chamber
thermodynamics of the combustion process
flow velocities
flame propagation
Workload
regular attendance: 24 hours
self-study: 96 hours
Literature
Lecture notes available in the lectures
Events
WS 19/20 2545108 Innovation Processes Live 2 SWS Seminar (S) Beyer
Competence Certificate
Non exam assessment (following §4(2) 3 of the examination regulation).
Innovation plan (exposé) (20%), Guided interviews/ quantitative survey (20%), presentation of results (20%), seminar paper (about
5 pages per person) (40%).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Prior attendance of the course Innovation Management is recommended.
Events
SS 2019 5011006 Methodenanwendung/ 2 SWS Seminar (S) Nollmann
Projektseminar: Von Chatbots und
Robojournalisten: Natural Language
Processing mit Deep Learning
Exams
SS 2019 7400368 Application of Social Science Methods Prüfung (PR) Nollmann
SS 2019 7400453 Application of Social Science Methods (WiWi) Prüfung (PR) Nollmann
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is a written examination (90 min) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation.
Prerequisites
None
Annotation
The course is not offered regularly.
Events
SS 2019 2511032 Applied Informatics II - Principles of 2 SWS Lecture (V) Sunyaev
Internet Computing: Foundations
for Emerging Technologies and
Future Services
SS 2019 2511033 Übungen zu Angewandte 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Sunyaev
Informatik II – Internet Computing
Exams
WS 19/20 7900004 Applied Informatics – Principles of Internet Prüfung (PR) Sunyaev
Computing: Foundations for Emerging
Technologies and Future Services
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (120 min) according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation. The successful
completion of the exercises is recommended for the written exam, which is offered at the end of the winter semester and at the
end of the summer semester.
By successful processing the exercises a bonus can be obtained. If the grade of the written exam is at least 4.0 and at most 1.3, the
bonus will improve it by one grade level (i.e. by 0.3 or 0.4).
Prerequisites
None
Annotation
Replaces from winter semester 2019/2020 T-WIWI-109445 "Applied Informatics - Internet Computing".
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
The lecture Applied Computer Science II provides insights into fundamental concepts and future technologies of distributed
systems and Internet computing. Students should be able to select, design and apply the presented concepts and technologies. The
course first introduces basic concepts of distributed systems (e.g. design of architectures for distributed systems, internet
architectures, web services, middleware).
In the second part of the course, emerging technologies of Internet computing will be examined in depth. These include, among
others:
• Cloud Computing
• Edge & Fog Computing
• Internet of Things
• Blockchain
• Artificial Intelligence
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 150 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Tba in the lecture.
Events
WS 19/20 2595650 Artificial Intelligence in Service 2 SWS Lecture (V) Kühl
Systems
Exams
SS 2019 7900065 Artificial Intelligence in Service Systems Prüfung (PR) Satzger
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min). Successful completion of the exercises is a prerequisite for admission to the
written exam.
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Artificial Intelligence and the application of machine learning is becoming more and more popular to solve relevant business
challenges. However, it is not only important to be familiar with precise algorithms, but rather a general understanding of the
necessary steps with a holistic view—from real-world challenge to successful deployment of an AI. As part of this course, we teach
the complete lifecycle of an AI project with a focus on supervised machine learning challenges. We do so by also teaching the use of
Python and the required packages like scikit-learn and tensorflow with exemplary data. We then take this knowledge to the more
complex case of service systems with different entities (e.g. companies) who interact with each other and show possibilities on how
to derive holistic insights. Two possibilities to do so are the use of meta and transfer machine learning, where we teach insights in
their theory, design and application.
Events
SS 2019 2530555 Asset Pricing 2 SWS Lecture (V) Uhrig-Homburg
SS 2019 2530556 Übung zu Asset Pricing 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Uhrig-Homburg,
Reichenbacher
Exams
SS 2019 7900110 Asset Pricing Prüfung (PR) Uhrig-Homburg
Competence Certificate
The success control takes place in form of a written examination (75 min) during the semester break (according to §4(2), 1 SPO).
The examination is offered every semester and can be repeated at any regular examination date.
A bonus can be acquired through successful participation in the practice. If the grade of the written examination is between 4.0 and
1.3, the bonus improves the grade by up to one grade level (0.3 or 0.4). Details will be announced in the lecture.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
We strongly recommend knowledge of the basic topics in investments (bachelor course), which will be necessary to be able to
follow the course.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Asset Pricing
V 2530555, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
The lecture deals with the diverse issues arising in the context of measuring and controlling credit risk. At first, the theoretical and
empirical relations between ratings, probabilities of default, and credit spreads are analysed. After that, the focus is on the
valuation of credit risk. Finally, the management of credit risk, e.g. using credit derivatives and credit portfolio analysis, is
examined, and the legal framework and its implications are discussed
Learning Content
This lecture deals with the valuation of risky cash flows. A stochastic discount model and a central equation will be introduced,
which form the basis of nearly every valuation model in finance. That includes the valuation of stocks, bonds and derivatives. The
first part of the lecture will present the theory, the second part covers empirical questions related to this approach.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Basic literature
• Asset pricing / Cochrane, J.H. - Rev. ed., Princeton Univ. Press, 2005.
Elective literature
• Investments and Portfolio Management / Bodie, Z., Kane, A., Marcus, A.J. - 9. ed., McGraw-Hill, 2011.
• The econometrics of financial markets / Campbell, J.Y., Lo, A.W., MacKinlay, A.C. - 2. printing, with corrections, Princeton
Univ. Press, 1997.
Events
WS 19/20 2520408 Auktionstheorie 2 SWS Lecture (V) Ehrhart
WS 19/20 2520409 Übungen zu Auktionstheorie 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Ehrhart
Exams
SS 2019 7900255 Auction Theory Prüfung (PR) Ehrhart
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is a written examination (following §4(2), 1 SPO) of 60 mins.
The exam is offered each semester.
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Auktionstheorie
V 2520408, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
This course deals with the analysis and modeling of auction which are based on game theory. This also includes aspects of applying
and designing auctions as well as experiences with auctions. Main topics are:
Annotation
We suggest to attend either Game Theory I or Decision Theory beforehand.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
• Ehrhart , K.-M. und S. Seifert: Auktionstheorie, Skript zur Vorlesung, KIT, 2011
• Krishna, V.: Auction Theory, Academic Press, Second Edition, 2010
• Milgrom, P.: Putting Auction Theory to Work, Cambridge University Press, 2004
• Ausubel, L.M. und P. Cramton: Demand Reduction and Inefficiency in Multi-Unit Auctions, University of Maryland, 1999
Events
SS 2019 2150904 Automated Manufacturing 6 SWS Lecture / Practice Fleischer
Systems (VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102162 Automated Manufacturing Systems Prüfung (PR) Fleischer
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102162-MIT Automated Manufacturing Systems Prüfung (PR) Fleischer
Competence Certificate
written exam (120 minutes)
Prerequisites
"T-MACH-108844 - Automatisierte Produktionsanlagen" must not be commenced.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
Lecture notes will be provided in Ilias (https://ilias.studium.kit.edu/)
Notes
The lecture provides an overview of the structure and functioning of automated manufacturing systems. In the introduction
chapter the basic elements for the realization of automated manufacturing systems are given. This includes:
• are able to analyze implemented automated manufacturing systems and describe their components.
• are capable to assess the implemented examples of implemented automated manufacturing systems and apply them to new
problems.
• are able to name automation tasks in manufacturing plants and name the components which are necessary for the
implementation of each automation task.
• are capable with respect to a given task to plan the configuration of an automated manufacturing system and to determine
the necessary components to its realization.
• are able to design and select components for a given use case of the categories: "Handling Technology", "Industrial
Robotics", "Sensory" and "Controls".
• are capable to compare different concepts for multi-machine systems and select a suitable concept for a given use case.
Workload:
MACH:
regular attendance: 63 hours
self-study: 177 hours
WING:
regular attendance: 63 hours
self-study: 207 hours
Learning Content
The lecture provides an overview of the structure and functioning of automated manufacturing systems. In the introduction
chapter the basic elements for the realization of automated manufacturing systems are given. This includes:
Annotation
None
Workload
MACH:
regular attendance: 63 hours
self-study: 177 hours
WING/TVWL:
regular attendance: 63 hours
self-study: 207 hours
Literature
Lecture Notes
Events
SS 2019 2303160 Automatisierung ereignisdiskreter 2 SWS Lecture (V) Kluwe
und hybrider Systeme
Exams
SS 2019 7303160 Automation of Discrete Event and Hybrid Prüfung (PR) Kluwe
Systems
WS 19/20 7303160 Automation of Discrete Event and Hybrid Prüfung (PR) Kluwe
Systems
Prerequisites
none
Events
WS 19/20 2113805 Automotive Engineering I 4 SWS Lecture (V) Gauterin, Unrau
WS 19/20 2113809 Automotive Engineering I 4 SWS Lecture (V) Gauterin, Gießler
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-100092 Automotive Engineering Prüfung (PR) Gauterin, Unrau
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-100092 Automotive Engineering Prüfung (PR) Unrau, Gauterin
Competence Certificate
Written examination
Prerequisites
The brick "T-MACH-102203 - Automotive Engineering I" is not started or finished. The bricks "T-MACH-100092 - Grundlagen der
Fahrzeugtechnik I" and "T-MACH-102203 - Automotive Engineering I" can not be combined.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Automotive Engineering I
V 2113805, WS 19/20, 4 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
1. History and future of the automobile
2. Driving mechanics: driving resistances and driving performance, mechanics of longitudinal and lateral forces, active and passive
safety
4. Transmission: clutches (e.g. friction clutch, visco clutch), transmission (e.g. mechanical transmission, hydraulic fluid transmission)
Workload
regular attendance: 45 hours
self-study: 195 hours
Literature
1. Mitschke, M. / Wallentowitz, H.: Dynamik der Kraftfahrzeuge, Springer Vieweg, Wiesbaden 2014
3. Gauterin, F. / Unrau, H.-J. / Gnadler, R.: Script to the lecture 'Grundlagen der Fahrzeugtechnik I', KIT, Institute of Vehicle System
Technology, Karlsruhe, annual update
Automotive Engineering I
V 2113809, WS 19/20, 4 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Notes
In English language.
Learning Content
1. History and future of the automobile
2. Driving mechanics: driving resistances and driving performances, mechanics of longitudinal and lateral forces, active and passive
safety
4. Transmission: clutches (e.g. friction clutch, visco clutch), transmission (e.g. mechanical transmission, hydraulic fluid transmission)
Workload
regular attendance: 45 hours
self-study: 195 hours
Literature
1. Robert Bosch GmbH: Automotive Handbook, 9th edition, Wiley, Chichister 2015
2. Onori, S. / Serrao, L: / Rizzoni, G.: Hybrid Electric Vehicles - Energy Management Strategies, Springer London, Heidelberg, New
York, Dordrecht 2016
3. Reif, K.: Brakes, Brake Control and Driver Assistance Systems - Function, Regulation and Components, Springer Vieweg,
Wiesbaden 2015
4. Gauterin, F. / Gießler, M. / Gnadler, R.: Script to the lecture 'Automotive Engineering I', KIT, Institute of Vehicle System
Technology, Karlsruhe, annual update
Events
WS 19/20 2113809 Automotive Engineering I 4 SWS Lecture (V) Gauterin, Gießler
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102203 Automotive Engineering I Prüfung (PR) Gauterin
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102203 Automotive Engineering I Prüfung (PR) Gauterin
Competence Certificate
Written examination
Modeled Conditions
The following conditions have to be fulfilled:
1. The course T-MACH-100092 - Automotive Engineering I must not have been started.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Automotive Engineering I
V 2113809, WS 19/20, 4 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Notes
In English language.
Learning Content
1. History and future of the automobile
2. Driving mechanics: driving resistances and driving performances, mechanics of longitudinal and lateral forces, active and passive
safety
4. Transmission: clutches (e.g. friction clutch, visco clutch), transmission (e.g. mechanical transmission, hydraulic fluid transmission)
Workload
regular attendance: 45 hours
self-study: 195 hours
Literature
1. Robert Bosch GmbH: Automotive Handbook, 9th edition, Wiley, Chichister 2015
2. Onori, S. / Serrao, L: / Rizzoni, G.: Hybrid Electric Vehicles - Energy Management Strategies, Springer London, Heidelberg, New
York, Dordrecht 2016
3. Reif, K.: Brakes, Brake Control and Driver Assistance Systems - Function, Regulation and Components, Springer Vieweg,
Wiesbaden 2015
4. Gauterin, F. / Gießler, M. / Gnadler, R.: Script to the lecture 'Automotive Engineering I', KIT, Institute of Vehicle System
Technology, Karlsruhe, annual update
Events
SS 2019 2114835 Automotive Engineering II 2 SWS Lecture (V) Unrau
SS 2019 2114855 Automotive Engineering II 2 SWS Lecture (V) Gießler
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102117 Automotive Engineering II Prüfung (PR) Unrau, Gauterin
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102117 Automotive Engineering II Prüfung (PR) Unrau, Gauterin
WS 19/20 76T-MACH-102117-2 Automotive Engineering II Prüfung (PR) Gauterin, Unrau
Competence Certificate
Written Examination
Duration: 90 minutes
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Automotive Engineering II
V 2114835, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
1. Chassis: Wheel suspensions (rear axles, front axles, kinematics of axles), tyres, springs, damping devices
2. Steering elements: Manual steering, servo steering, steer by wire
3. Brakes: Disc brake, drum brake, comparison of designs
Workload
regular attendance: 22,5 hours
self-study: 97,5 hours
Literature
1. Heißing, B. / Ersoy, M.: Fahrwerkhandbuch: Grundlagen, Fahrdynamik, Komponenten, Systeme, Mechatronik, Perspektiven,
Springer Vieweg, Wiesbaden, 2013
2. Breuer, B. / Bill, K.-H.: Bremsenhandbuch: Grundlagen - Komponenten - Systeme - Fahrdynamik, Springer Vieweg, Wiesbaden,
2017
3. Unrau, H.-J. / Gnadler, R.: Script to the lecture 'Grundlagen der Fahrzeugtechnik II', KIT, Institute of Vehicle System Technology,
Karlsruhe, annual update
Automotive Engineering II
V 2114855, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Notes
In English language.
Learning Content
1. Chassis: Wheel suspensions (rear axles, front axles, kinematics of axles), tyres, springs, damping devices
2. Steering elements: Manual steering, servo steering, steer by wire
3. Brakes: Disc brake, drum brake, comparison of the designs
Literature
Elective literature:
1. Robert Bosch GmbH: Automotive Handbook, 9th Edition, Wiley, Chichester 2015
2. Heißing, B. / Ersoy, M.: Chassis Handbook - fundamentals, driving dynamics, components, mechatronics, perspectives,
Vieweg+Teubner, Wiesbaden 2011
3. Gießler, M. / Gnadler, R.: Script to the lecture "Automotive Engineering II", KIT, Institut of Vehicle System Technology,
Karlsruhe, annual update
Events
SS 2019 2118085 Automotive Logistics 2 SWS Lecture (V) Furmans
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105165 Automotive Logistics Prüfung (PR) Furmans, Mittwollen
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105165 Automotive Logistics Prüfung (PR) Furmans, Mittwollen
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a 60 minutes written examination (according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Automotive Logistics
V 2118085, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
Media:
presentations, black board
Notes
The event will be offered for the last time in the summer semester 2019.
Learning Content
Annotation
none
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Literature
None.
T 7.30 Course: Basics of German Company Tax Law and Tax Planning [T-WIWI-108711]
Events
WS 19/20 2560134 Basics of German Company Tax Law 3 SWS Lecture (V) Wigger, Gutekunst
and Tax Planning
Exams
SS 2019 790unbe Basics of German Company Tax Law and Tax Prüfung (PR) Wigger
Planning
WS 19/20 790unbe Basics of German Company Tax Law and Tax Prüfung (PR) Wigger
Planning
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (90 min.) according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 1 of the examination regulation.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Knowledge of the collection of public revenues is assumed. Therefore it is recommended to attend the course “Öffentliche
Einnahmen” beforehand.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Workload:
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Events
WS 19/20 2117095 Basics of Technical Logistics 3 SWS Lecture / Practice Mittwollen, Oellerich
(VÜ)
Exams
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-109919 Basics of Technical Logistics I Prüfung (PR) Mittwollen
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min.) according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 1 of the examination regulation.
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
supplementary sheets,presentations, blackboard
Learning Content
Annotation
Basics knowledge of technical mechanics is preconditioned
Workload
presence: 48h
rework: 132h
Literature
Recommendations during lessons
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min.) according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 1 of the examination regulation.
Prerequisites
none
Events
WS 19/20 2141864 BioMEMS - Microsystems 2 SWS Lecture (V) Guber
Technologies for Life-Sciences
and Medicine I
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-100966 BioMEMS - Microsystems Technologies for Prüfung (PR) Guber
Life-Sciences and Medicine I
Competence Certificate
written exam (75 Min.)
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
Lecture script
Learning Content
Introduction into various microtechnical manufacturing methods: LIGA, Micro milling, Silicon Micromachining, Laser
Microstructuring, µEDM, Metal-Etching
Biomaterials, Sterilisation.
Examples of use in the life science sector: basic micro fluidic strucutures: micro channels, micro filters, micromixers, micropumps,
microvalves, Micro and nanotiter plates, Microanalysis systems (µTAS),
Lab-on-chip applications.
Annotation
The exam is held during the semester break. The date will be announced at the beginning of the semester.
Workload
Literature: 20 h
Lessions: 21 h
Preparation and Review: 50 h
Exam preparation: 30 h
Literature
Menz, W., Mohr, J., O. Paul: Mikrosystemtechnik für Ingenieure, VCH-Verlag, Weinheim, 2005
M. Madou
Fundamentals of Microfabrication
Taylor & Francis Ltd.; Auflage: 3. Auflage. 2011
Events
SS 2019 2142883 BioMEMS - Microsystems 2 SWS Lecture (V) Guber
Technologies for Life-Sciences
and Medicine II
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-100967 BioMEMS - Microsystems Technologies for Prüfung (PR) Guber
Life-Sciences and Medicine II
Competence Certificate
Written exam (75 Min.)
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
Lecture script
Learning Content
Examples of use in Life-Sciences and biomedicine: Microfluidic Systems:
LabCD, Protein Cristallisation
Microarrys
Tissue Engineering
Cell Chip Systems
Drug Delivery Systems
Micro reaction technology
Microfluidic Cells for FTIR-Spectroscopy
Microsystem Technology for Anesthesia, Intensive Care and Infusion
Analysis Systems of Person´s Breath
Neurobionics and Neuroprosthesis
Nano Surgery
Workload
Literature: 20 h
Lessions: 21 h
Preparation and Review: 50 h
Exam preparation: 30 h
Literature
Menz, W., Mohr, J., O. Paul: Mikrosystemtechnik für Ingenieure, VCH-Verlag, Weinheim, 2005
T 7.35 Course: BioMEMS - Microsystems Technologies for Life-Sciences and Medicine III
[T-MACH-100968]
Events
SS 2019 2142879 BioMEMS - Microsystems 2 SWS Lecture (V) Guber
Technologies for Life-Sciences
and Medicine III
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-100968 BioMEMS - Microsystems Technologies for Prüfung (PR) Guber
Life-Sciences and Medicine III
Competence Certificate
Written exam (75 Min.)
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
Lecture script
Learning Content
Examples of use in minimally invasive therapy
Minimally invasive surgery (MIS)
Endoscopic neurosurgery
Interventional cardiology
NOTES
OP-robots and Endosystems
License of Medical Products and Quality Management
Workload
Literature: 20 h
Lessions: 21 h
Preparation and Review: 50 h
Exam preparation: 30 h
Literature
Menz, W., Mohr, J., O. Paul: Mikrosystemtechnik für Ingenieure, VCH-Verlag, Weinheim, 2005
Buess, G.: Operationslehre in der endoskopischen Chirurgie, Band I und II;
Springer-Verlag, 1994
M. Madou
Fundamentals of Microfabrication
Events
SS 2019 2142140 Bionics for Engineers and 2 SWS Lecture (V) Hölscher, Walheim,
Natural Scientists Greiner
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102172 Bionics for Engineers and Natural Scientists Prüfung (PR) Hölscher
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102172 Bionics for Engineers and Natural Scientists Prüfung (PR) Hölscher
Competence Certificate
written or oral exam
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
Slides of the lectures
Notes
Bionics focuses on the design of technical products following the example of nature. For this purpose we have to learn from nature
and to understand its basic design rules. Therefore, the lecture focuses on the analysis of the fascinating effects used by many
plants and animals. Possible implementations into technical products are discussed in the end.
The students should be able analyze, judge, plan and develop biomimetic strategies and products.
Basic knowledge in physics and chemistry
lectures 30 h
self study 30 h
preparation for examination 30 h
The successfull attandence of the lecture is controlled by a written examination.
Learning Content
Bionics focuses on the design of technical products following the example of nature. For this purpose we have to learn from nature
and to understand its basic design rules. Therefore, the lecture focuses on the analysis of the fascinating effects used by many
plants and animals. Possible implementations into technical products are discussed in the end.
Workload
lectures 30 h
self study 30 h
preparation for examination 30 h
Literature
Werner Nachtigall: Bionik – Grundlagen und Beispiele für Ingenieure und Naturwissenschaftler. Springer-Verlag Berlin (2002), 2.
Aufl.
Events
WS 19/20 2530567 Blockchains & Cryptofinance 2 SWS Lecture (V) Schuster, Uhrig-
Homburg
WS 19/20 2530568 Übung zu Blockchains & 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Müller
Cryptofinance
Exams
SS 2019 7900260 Blockchains & Cryptofinance Prüfung (PR) Uhrig-Homburg
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (75 min) (§4(2), 1 of the examination regulations).
A bonus can be acquired through successful participation in the practice. If the grade of the written examination is between 4.0 and
1.3, the bonus improves the grade by up to one grade level (0.3 or 0.4). Details will be announced in the lecture.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
New course starting winter term 2018/2019.
Events
SS 2019 6241803 Baurecht 2 SWS Lecture (V) Miernik, Kohlhammer
Exams
SS 2019 8240103429 Building Laws Prüfung (PR) Haghsheno
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
SS 2019 2114092 BUS-Controls 2 SWS Lecture (V) Geimer, Daiß
Exams
SS 2019 76T-MACH-102150 BUS-Controls Prüfung (PR) Geimer
WS 19/20 76T-MACH-102150 BUS-Controls Prüfung (PR) Geimer
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral exam (20 min) taking place in the recess period. The exam takes place in every semester. Re-
examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
Prerequisites
Required for the participation in the examination is the preparation of a report during the semester. The partial service with the
code T-MACH-108889 must have been passed.
Recommendation
Basic knowledge of electrical engineering is recommended. Programming skills are also helpful.
The number of participants is limited. A registration in mandatory, the details will be announced on the webpages of the Institute of
Vehicle System Technology / Institute of Mobile Machines. In case of too many applications, attendance will be granted based on pre-
qualification.
Annotation
The students will get an overview of the theoretic and practical functioning of different bus systems.
After the practical oriented lessons the students will be able to visualize the communication structure of different applications,
design basic systems and evaluate the complexity of programming of the complete system.
Hereunto the students program in the practical orientated lessons IFM-controllers using the programming environment CoDeSys.
Content:
Literature:
• Etschberger, K.: Controller Area Network, Grundlagen, Protokolle, Bausteine, Anwendungen; München, Wien: Carl Hanser
Verlag, 2002.
• Engels, H.: CAN-Bus - CAN-Bus-Technik einfach, anschaulich und praxisnah dargestellt; Poing: Franzis Verlag, 2002.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
BUS-Controls
V 2114092, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
Annotation
The course will be replenished by interesting lectures of professionals.
Workload
Literature
Elective literature:
• Etschberger, K.: Controller Area Network, Grundlagen, Protokolle, Bausteine, Anwendungen; München, Wien: Carl Hanser
Verlag, 2002.
• Engels, H.: CAN-Bus - CAN-Bus-Technik einfach, anschaulich und praxisnah dargestellt; Poing: Franzis Verlag, 2002.
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-108889 BUS-Controls - Advance Prüfung (PR) Geimer
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-108889 BUS-Controls - Advance Prüfung (PR) Geimer
Competence Certificate
Creation of control program
Prerequisites
none
Events
SS 2019 2122303 Business Administration for 2 SWS Seminar (S) Sebregondi
Engineers and IT professionals
WS 19/20 2122303 Business Administration for 2 SWS Seminar (S) Sebregondi
Engineers and IT professionals
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-109933 Business Administration for Engineers and Prüfung (PR) Sebregondi
IT professionals
Competence Certificate
Assessment of another type. Two presentations and six written compositions in team work. Grading: each composition 1/8 and
each presentation 1/8.
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Number of participants limited to 30 people.
Notes
Number of participants limited to 30 people.
Events
SS 2019 2540500 Business Administration in 2 SWS Lecture (V) Geyer-Schulz
Information Engineering and
Management
SS 2019 2540501 Übungen zu BWL der 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Nazemi
Informationsunternehmen
Exams
SS 2019 7979537 Business Administration in Information Prüfung (PR) Geyer-Schulz
Engineering and Management
Competence Certificate
The lecture is no longer offered.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge from Operations Research (linear programming) and from decision theory are expected.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
In this lecture, classical Business Administration is applied to businesses in an information- and communicationtechnological
environment. The process to extract relevant data for decision making from operational accounting systems receives special
attention. In order to do so, topics such as activity-based costing and transaction costs models are addressed. The automization of
the decision making process in businesses by data bases is another focus of the module. To solve such issues within a company,
relevant methods such as decision theory and game theory are lectured. Finally, complex business relevant questions in a
dynamically changing environment are adressed by presenting models and methods from system dynamics.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 150 hours (5 credits):
Time of attendance
Self-study
Literature
• G. Bamberg und A. G. Coenenberg (2006). Betriebswirtschaftliche Entscheidungslehre. (13. edition), chapter 1 - 8, pages 1 -
270.
• Russell, S. and Norvig, P. (1995). Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach The Intelligent Agent Book. Prentice-Hall,
Upper Saddle River. chapter 2, pages 31 - 37.
• Porter, M. E. (1998a). Competitive Advantage: Creating and Sustaining Superior Performance. The Free Press, New York, 2
edition. chapter 1, pages 1 - 30
• Porter, M. E. (1998b). Competitive Strategy: Techniques for Analyzing Industries and Competitors. The Free Press, New
York, 2 edition. chapters 1+2, pages 1 - 46
• Horngren, C. T., Datar, S. M., and Foster, G. (2003). Cost Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis. Prentice-Hall, Upper Saddle
River, 11 edition. chapter 13, pages 446 - 460
• Cooper,W.W., Seiford, L. M., and Tone, K. (2000). Data Envelopment Analysis. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston.
chapter 2, pages 21- 25
• Copeland, T. and Weston, F. (1988). Financial Theory and Corporate Policy. Addison-Wesley, Reading, 3 edition. pages 18 -
41 and chapter 4.E, pages 92 - 95].
• Myerson, R. B. (1997). Game Theory. Harvard University Press, London, 3 edition. pages 99-105.
• Milgrom, P. and Roberts, J. (1992). Economics, Organization and Management. Prentice Hill [Chapter 2, pp. 25-39].
Events
SS 2019 2540466 Business Data Analytics: 2 SWS Lecture (V) Weinhardt, Dann,
Application and Tools Staudt
SS 2019 2540467 Excercise Business Data Analytics: 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Haubner, Dann,
Application and Tools Frankenhauser, Staudt
Exams
SS 2019 7900183 Business Data Analytics: Application and Tools Prüfung (PR) Weinhardt
SS 2019 7900189 Business Data Analytics: Application and Tools Prüfung (PR) Weinhardt
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out by a written examination (60 minutes) and a written elaboration. The scoring scheme for the overall
evaluation will be announced at the beginning of the course.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Knowledge of object-oriented programming and statistics is helpful.
Annotation
Course name until winter semester 2018/2019 "Applied Analytics with Open Source Tools" (T-WIWI-108438)
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
The ongoing digitalization and digitization of businesses, industries and societies is generating vast amounts of data. Hence,
researchers and businesses are facing increasing pressure to build capabilities to cope with the data and generate value from the
contained but yet to be discovered knowledge, insights and information. Researchers and practitioners tackling this task are
referred to as data scientists and need skills at the intersection of programming, statistics and development operations. This course
provides a hands-on perspective on these fields.
Learning Content
The aim of this course is to introduce practical foundations, concepts, tools and current practice of Analytics from a data scientist’s
perspective. The lecture is complemented with an Analytics challenge that is based on real-world data from research projects. The
students immediately apply their newly acquired knowledge and learn to use a range of open source tools to solve the challenge.
Content:
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135 hours.
Events
WS 19/20 2540484 Business Data Strategy 2 SWS Lecture (V) Weinhardt
WS 19/20 2540485 Übung zu Business Data Strategy 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Weinhardt, Knierim
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min.) according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 1 of the examination regulationand an
alternative exam assessment according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 3 of the examination regulation. The grade isdetermined by 2/3
through the written exam and by 1/3 through the alternative exam assessment (e.g., presentation).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Students should be familiar with basic concepts of business organisations, information systems, and programming. However, all
material will be introduced, so no formal pre-conditions are applied.
Annotation
Limited number of participants.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
With new methods for capturing and using different types of data and industry’s recognition that society’s use of data is less than
optimal, the need for comprehensive strategies is more important than ever before. Advances in cybersecurity and information
sharing and the use of data in its raw form for decision making all add to the complexity of integrated processes, ownership,
stewardship, and sharing. The life cycle of data in its entirety spans the infrastructure, system design, development, integration,
and implementation of information-enabling solutions. This lecture focuses on teaching about these dynamics and tools to
comprehend and manage them in organisation contexts. Given the increasing size and complexity of data, methods for the
transformation and structured preparation are an important tool in the process of sense–making. Modern software solutions and
programming languages provide frameworks for such tasks that form another part of this course ranging from conceptual systems
modelling to data manipulation to automated generation of HTML reports and web-applications.
Learning Content
With new methods for capturing and using different types of data and industry’s recognition that society’s use of data is less than
optimal, the need for comprehensive strategies is more important than ever before. Advances in cybersecurity and information
sharing and the use of data in its raw form for decision making all add to the complexity of integrated processes, ownership,
stewardship, and sharing. The life cycle of data in its entirety spans the infrastructure, system design, development, integration,
and implementation of information-enabling solutions. This lecture focuses on teaching about these dynamics and tools to
comprehend and manage them in organisation contexts. Given the increasing size and complexity of data, methods for the
transformation and structured preparation are an important tool in the process of sense–making. Modern software solutions and
programming languages provide frameworks for such tasks that form another part of this course ranging from conceptual systems
modelling to data manipulation to automated generation of HTML reports and web-applications.
Literature
Events
WS 19/20 2540531 Business Dynamics 2 SWS Lecture (V) Geyer-Schulz, Glenn
WS 19/20 2540532 Exercise Business Dynamics 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Geyer-Schulz, Glenn
Exams
SS 2019 7900278 Business Dynamics Prüfung (PR) Geyer-Schulz
Competence Certificate
Written examination (60 minutes) according to §4(2), 1 SPO. The exam is considered passed if at least 50 out of a maximum of 100
possible points are achieved. The grades are graded in five steps (best grade 1.0 from 95 points). Details of the grade formation and
scale will be announced in the course.
A bonus can be acquired through successful participation in the practice. If the grade of the written examination is between 4.0 and
1.3, the bonus improves the grade by one grade level (0.3 or 0.4). The exact criteria for awarding a bonus will be announced at the
beginning of the course.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Business Dynamics
V 2540531, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
Corporate growth, the diffusion of new technologies, business processes, project management, product development, service
quality management – all these are examples for application areas of business dynamics. They all are dynamic systems that are
characterized by feedback loops between many different variables. By means of the tools of business dynamics such systems can
be modelled. Simulations of complex systems allow the analysis, the goal centered design, as well as the optimization of markets,
business processes, policies, and organizations.
Annotation
The course is generally held as block course.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135 hours (4.5 credits):
Time of attendance
Self-study
Literature
John D. Sterman. Business Dynamics: Systems Thinking and Modeling for a Complex World. McGraw-Hill, 2000.
Events
WS 19/20 2540422 Business Intelligence Systems 3 SWS Lecture (V) Mädche, Nadj
Exams
SS 2019 7900149 Business Intelligence Systems Prüfung (PR) Mädche
SS 2019 7900270 Business Intelligence Systems Prüfung (PR) Mädche
Competence Certificate
Assessment consists of a written exam of 1 hour length and by submitting written papers as part of the exercise. Details will be
announced at the beginning of the course.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge on database systems is helpful.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
In most modern enterprises, Business Intelligence Systems represent a core enabler of managerial decision making in that they are
supplying up-to-date and accurate information about all relevant aspects of a company’s planning and operations: from stock levels
to sales volumes, from process cycle times to key indicators of corporate performance.
The aim of this course is to introduce theoretical foundations, concepts, tools, and current practice of Business Intelligence
Systems from a managerial and technical perspective. The lecture is complemented with a Business Intelligence System challenge,
where students work with real-world data and enable system-based decision making using commercial Business Intelligence
software packages.
Learning Content
· Conceptual Foundations
· Provisioning: ETL Process, Metadata, Data Warehouse & Data Marts and Big Data Technologies
· Consumption: Reporting, Dashboards and its relation to (Big Data) Analytics
· BI Strategy & Governance
· BI Implementation & Post-Implementation Management
· Business Intelligence System Challenge (in cooperation with industry partner)
Literature
Turban, E., Aronson, J., Liang T.-P., Sharda, R. 2008. “Decision Support and Business Intelligence Systems”. Pearson.
Watson, H. J. 2014. “Tutorial: Big Data Analytics: Concepts, Technologies, and Applications,” Communications of the Association
for Information Systems (34), p. 24.
Arnott, D., and Pervan, G. 2014. “A critical analysis of decision support systems research revisited: The rise of design science,”
Journal of Information Technology (29:4), Nature Publishing Group, pp. 269–293 (doi: 10.1057/jit.2014.16).
Carlo, V. (2009). “Business intelligence: data mining and optimization for decision making”. Editorial John Wiley and Sons, 308-317.
Chen, H., Chiang, R. H. L, and Storey, V. C. 2012. „Business Intelligence and Analytics: From Big Data to Big Impact,“ MIS Quarterly
(36:4), pp. 1165-1188.
Davenport, T. 2014. Big Data @ Work, Boston, MA: Harvard Business Review.
Economist Intelligence Unit. 2015 “Big data evolution: Forging new corporate capabilities for the long term”
Power, D. J. 2008. “Decision Support Systems: A Historical Overview,” Handbook on Decision Support Systems, pp. 121–140 (doi:
10.1007/978-3-540-48713-5_7).
Sharma, R., Mithras, S., and Kankanhalli, A. 2014. „Transforming decision-making processes: a research agenda for understanding
the impact of business analytics on organisations,“ European Journal of Information Systems (23:4), pp. 433-441.
Silver, M. S. 1991. “Decisional Guidance for Computer-Based Decision Support,” MIS Quarterly (15:1), pp. 105-122.
T 7.47 Course: Business Models in the Internet: Planning and Implementation [T-
WIWI-102639]
Events
SS 2019 2540456 Internet Business Models 2 SWS Lecture (V) Weinhardt, Peukert,
Dann
SS 2019 2540457 Übungen zu Geschäftsmodelle im 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Peukert, Dann
Internet: Planung und Umsetzung
Exams
SS 2019 7910454 Business Models in the Internet: Planning and Prüfung (PR) Weinhardt
Implementation
SS 2019 7979234 Business Models in the Internet: Planning and Prüfung (PR) Weinhardt
Implementation
Competence Certificate
Success is monitored through ongoing elaborations and presentations of tasks and a written exam (60 minutes) at the end of the
lecture period. The scoring scheme for the overall evaluation will be announced at the beginning of the course.
Successful participation in the excercises is a prerequisite for admission to the written examination.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
The emergence of internet economy has resulted in an accelerated evolution of commerce models in eBusiness. Early adopters
have experimented with a variety of new business models, technologies and application designs. At the same time, there has been a
growing demand for new standards to facilitate the exchange of information, catalogue content and transactions between buyers
and sellers. But the true understanding of how to bring buyers and sellers together is still widely missing, leading to multiple cases
of costly missed investments. This course focuses on the design and implementation of successful business models for eBusiness
applications for the World Wide Web (WWW), imparting the basic knowledge for building successful eBusiness applications. We
consider not only technical foundations of eBusiness applications but also economical aspects. In small groups, students develop
and implement an eBusiness model that is eventually discussed with a representative from the venture capitalist industry.
Learning Content
The emergence of internet economy has resulted in an accelerated evolution of commerce models in eBusiness. Early adopters
have experimented with a variety of new business models, technologies and application designs. At the same time, there has been a
growing demand for new standards to facilitate the exchange of information, catalogue content and transactions between buyers
and sellers. But the true understanding of how to bring buyers and sellers together is still widely missing, leading to multiple cases
of costly missed investments. This course focuses on the design and implementation of successful business models for eBusiness
applications for the World Wide Web (WWW), imparting the basic knowledge for building successful eBusiness applications. We
consider not only technical foundations of eBusiness applications but also economical aspects. In small groups, students develop
and implement an eBusiness model that is eventually discussed with a representative from the venture capitalist industry.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Will be announced within the course.
Events
SS 2019 2545005 Geschäftsplanung für Gründer 2 SWS Seminar (S) Terzidis, Tittel,
(Track 1) Ntagiakou
WS 19/20 2545007 Business Planning for Founders 2 SWS Seminar (S) Wohlfeil, Bauman
(ENTECH)
WS 19/20 2545020 Business Planning for Founders 2 SWS Seminar (S) Terzidis
(EUCOR Edition)
Exams
SS 2019 7900054 Business Planning Prüfung (PR) Terzidis
WS 19/20 7900023 Business Planning for Founders Prüfung (PR) Terzidis
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
This seminar introduces basic concepts of business planning for entrepreneurs to the participants. It focusses on practical concepts
andhands-on-methods on how to turn business ideas into solid businesses (e.g. Business Modelling, Market Potential, Planning of
Ressorces, and further more) and on the creation of a realistic and viable Business Plan (with or without Venture Capital)
Description
This seminar introduces basic concepts of business planning for entrepreneurs to the participants. It focusses on practical concepts
andhands-on-methods on how to turn business ideas into solid businesses (e.g. Business Modelling, Market Potential, Planning of
Ressorces, and further more) and on the creation of a realistic and viable Business Plan (with or without Venture Capital)
Annotation
Please register on the seminar website.
WARNING: creditability in Seminar Module
The EnTechnon seminars are NOT accepted in the seminar module! The credit is only possible in MODULE ENTREPRENEURSHIP.
OneException is the seminar "Entrepreneurship Research".
Events
WS 19/20 2545020 Business Planning for Founders 2 SWS Seminar (S) Terzidis
(EUCOR Edition)
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment.
Prerequisites
The course can only be combined with the course "International Selling - EUCOR" to be completed. The course is a combination of
6 ECTS, 3 ECTS per part. The combination can be credited either in the Entrepreneurship module or in the Sales Management
module.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
This seminar introduces basic concepts of business planning for entrepreneurs to the participants. It focusses on practical concepts
andhands-on-methods on how to turn business ideas into solid businesses (e.g. Business Modelling, Market Potential, Planning of
Ressorces, and further more) and on the creation of a realistic and viable Business Plan (with or without Venture Capital)
Annotation
Please register on the seminar website.
WARNING: creditability in Seminar Module
The EnTechnon seminars are NOT accepted in the seminar module! The credit is only possible in MODULE ENTREPRENEURSHIP.
OneException is the seminar "Entrepreneurship Research".
Events
WS 19/20 2511210 Business Process Modelling 2 SWS Lecture (V) Oberweis
WS 19/20 2511211 Exercise Business Process 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Oberweis, Schüler,
Modelling Schreiber
Exams
SS 2019 7900047 Business Process Modelling Prüfung (PR) Oberweis
WS 19/20 7900015 Business Process Modelling Prüfung (PR) Oberweis
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is a written examination (60 min) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation in the first week
after lecture period.
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
The proper modeling of relevant aspects of business processes is essential for an efficient and effective design and implementation
of processes. This lecture presents different classes of modeling languages and discusses the respective advantages and
disadvantages of using actual application scenarios. For that simulative and analytical methods for process analysis are introduced.
In the accompanying exercise the use of process modeling tools is practiced.
Learning objectives:
Students
• describe goals of business process modeling and aplly different modeling languages,
• choose the appropriate modeling language according to a given context,
• use suitable tools for modeling business processes,
• apply methods for analysing and assessing process modells to evaluate specific quality characteristics of the process model.
Recommendations:
Knowledge of course Applied Informatics I - Modelling is expected.
Workload:
• Lecture 30h
• Exercise 15h
• Preparation of lecture 24h
• Preparation of exercises 25h
• Exam preparation 40h
• Exam 1h
Events
WS 19/20 2530299 Business Strategies of Banks 2 SWS Lecture (V) Müller
Exams
SS 2019 7900079 Business Strategies of Banks Prüfung (PR) Müller
Competence Certificate
See German version.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
The management of a bank is in charge of the determination and implementation of business policy - taking into account all
relevant endogenous and exogenous factors - that assures the bank's success in the long run. In this context, there exists a large
body of banking models and theories which are helpful in describing the success and risk of a bank. This course is meant to be the
bridging of banking theory and practical implementation. In the course of the lectures students will learn to take on the bank
management's perspective.
The first chapter deals with the development of the banking sector. Making use of appropriate assumptions, a banking policy is
developed in the second chapter. The design of bank services (ch. 3) and the adequate marketing plan (ch. 4) are then built on this
framework. The operational business of banks must be guided by appropriate risk and earnings management (ch. 5 and 6), which
are part of the overall (global) bank management (ch. 7). Chapter eight, at last, deals with the requirements and demands of bank
supervision as they have significant impact on a bank's corporate policy.
Learning Content
The management of a bank is in charge of the determination and implementation of business policy - taking into account all
relevant endogenous and exogenous factors - that assures the bank's success in the long run. In this context, there exists a large
body of banking models and theories which are helpful in describing the success and risk of a bank. This course is meant to be the
bridging of banking theory and practical implementation. In the course of the lectures students will learn to take on the bank
management's perspective.
The first chapter deals with the development of the banking sector. Making use of appropriate assumptions, a banking policy is
developed in the second chapter. The design of bank services (ch. 3) and the adequate marketing plan (ch. 4) are then built on this
framework. The operational business of banks must be guided by appropriate risk and earnings management (ch. 5 and 6), which
are part of the overall (global) bank management (ch. 7). Chapter eight, at last, deals with the requirements and demands of bank
supervision as they have significant impact on a bank's corporate policy.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Elective literature:
Events
WS 19/20 2545105 Case studies seminar: Innovation 2 SWS Seminar (S) Weissenberger-Eibl
management
Exams
WS 19/20 7900237 Case Studies Seminar: Innovation Prüfung (PR) Weissenberger-Eibl
Management
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessments (§4(2), 3 SPO).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Prior attendance of the course Innovation Management is recommended.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
The objective of the seminar is to master selected concepts and methods of innovation management and then to apply these
practically. Working in groups, the students apply the described concepts and methods of innovation management to a case study
from the automotive industry to answer specific questions. Accordingly, the block seminar involves a switch from input to the
application of this input. At the end, the results of the group work are presented in the form of a seminar paper and discussed by
the whole course. A short introduction to presentation techniques is planned to help students prepare the seminar papers.
Learning Content
The objective of the seminar is to master selected concepts and methods of innovation management and then to apply these
practically. Working in groups, the students apply the described concepts and methods of innovation management to a case study
from the automotive industry to answer specific questions. Accordingly, the block seminar involves a switch from input to the
application of this input. At the end, the results of the group work are presented in the form of a seminar paper and discussed by
the whole course.
A short introduction to presentation techniques is planned to help students prepare the seminar papers.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Events
SS 2019 2123380 CATIA advanced 3 SWS Project (PRO) Ovtcharova,
Mitarbeiter
WS 19/20 2123380 Advanced CATIA 3 SWS Project (PRO) Ovtcharova,
Mitarbeiter
Competence Certificate
Assessment of another type. Design project and written documentation in team work and final presentation. Grading: Project work
3/5, documentation 1/5 and presentation 1/5.
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
CATIA advanced
V 2123380, SS 2019, 3 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Project (PRO)
Learning Content
Annotation
For the workshop compulsory attendance exists.
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours, self-study: 35 hours
Events
SS 2019 2123358 CATIA CAD training course 3 SWS Practical course (P) Ovtcharova,
Mitarbeiter
WS 19/20 2123358 CATIA CAD training course 2 SWS Practical course (P) Ovtcharova,
Mitarbeiter
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102185 CATIA CAD Training Course Prüfung (PR) Ovtcharova
Competence Certificate
Practical examination on CAD computer, duration: 60 min.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Dealing with technical drawings is required.
Annotation
For the practical course attendance is compulsory.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
The participant will learn the following knowledge:
Annotation
For the practical course attendance is compulsory.
Workload
Regular attendance: 35 hours,
self-study: 12 hours
Literature
practical course skript
Learning Content
The participant will learn the following knowledge:
Annotation
For the practical course attendance is compulsory.
Workload
Regular attendance: 35 hours,
self-study: 12 hours
Literature
practical course skript
Events
SS 2019 2126730 Ceramics Processing 2 SWS Lecture (V) Binder
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102182 Ceramic Processing Technology Prüfung (PR) Binder
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102182 Ceramic Processing Technology Prüfung (PR) Binder
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral exam (approx. 20 min) taking place at the agreed date.
Auxiliary means: none
The re-examination is offered upon agreement.
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Ceramics Processing
V 2126730, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
The course imparts technological basics for processing of engineering ceramics. The course is arranged in the following units:
• Synthesis methods
• Powder conditioning and mixing methods
• Forming of ceramics
• Sintering
• Finishing processes
• Ceramic films and multi-layer systems
• Effects of processing on properties
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Literature
W. Kollenberg: Technische Keramik, Vulkan Verlag 2010.
M. N. Rahaman: Ceramic Processing, CRC Taylor & Francis, 2007.
D.W. Richerson: Modern ceramic engineering, CRC Taylor & Francis, 2006.
A. G. King: Ceramic Technology and Processing, William Andrew, 2002.
Events
SS 2019 2550494 Challenges in Supply Chain 3 SWS Lecture (V) Mohr
Management
Exams
SS 2019 7900146 Challenges in Supply Chain Management Prüfung (PR) Nickel
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written paper and an oral exam of ca. 30-40 min.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge as conveyed in the module "Introduction to Operations Research" is assumed.
Annotation
The number of course participants is limited to 12 participants due to joint work in BASF project teams. Due to these capacity
restrictions, registration before course start is required. For further information see the webpage of the course.
The course is offered irregularly. The planned lectures and courses for the next three years are announced online.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
The course consists of case studies of BASF which cover future challenges of supply chain management. Thus, the course aims at a
case-study based presentation, critical evaluation and exemplary discussion of recent questions in supply chain management. The
focus lies on future challenges and trends, also with regard to their applicability in practical cases (especially in the chemical
industry).
The main part of the course is working on a project together with BASF in Ludwigshafen. The students get in touch with scientific
working: The in-depth work with a special scientific topic makes the students familiar with scientific literature research and
argumentation methods. As a further aspect of scientific work, especially for Master students the emphasis is put on a critical
discussion of the project topic.
This course will include working on cutting edge supply chain topics like Industry 4.0 / “Internet of Everything in production”,
supply chain analytics, risk management, procurement and production in SCM. The team essays / project reports will be linked to
industry-related challenges as well as to upcoming theoretical concepts. The topics of the seminar will be announced at the
beginning of the term in a preliminary meeting.
Learning Content
The course consists of case studies of BASF which cover future challenges of supply chain management. Thus, the course aims at a
case-study based presentation, critical evaluation and exemplary discussion of recent questions in supply chain management. The
focus lies on future challenges and trends, also with regard to their applicability in practical cases (especially in the chemical
industry).
The main part of the course is working on a project together with BASF in Ludwigshafen. The students get in touch with scientific
working: The in-depth work with a special scientific topic makes the students familiar with scientific literature research and
argumentation methods. As a further aspect of scientific work, especially for Master students the emphasis is put on a critical
discussion of the project topic.
This course will include working on cutting edge supply chain topics like Industry 4.0 / “Internet of Everything in production”,
supply chain analytics, risk management, procurement and production in SCM. The team essays / project reports will be linked to
industry-related challenges as well as to upcoming theoretical concepts. The topics of the seminar will be announced at the
beginning of the term in a preliminary meeting.
Annotation
The number of course participants is limited to 12 participants due to joint work in BASF project teams. Due to these capacity
restrictions, registration before course start is required. For further information see the webpage of the course.
The course is offered irregularly. The planned lectures and courses for the next three years are announced online.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
To be defined depending on the topic.
Events
SS 2019 6232806 Eigenschaften von Verkehrsmitteln 2 SWS Lecture (V) Vortisch
Exams
SS 2019 8240106609 Characteristics of Transportation Systems Prüfung (PR) Vortisch
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
WS 19/20 2133113 Combustion Engines I 4 SWS Lecture / Practice Koch
(VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102194 Combustion Engines I Prüfung (PR) Koch, Kubach
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102194 Combustion Engines I Prüfung (PR) Kubach, Koch
Competence Certificate
oral examination, Duration: 25 min., no auxiliary means
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Combustion Engines I
V 2133113, WS 19/20, 4 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture / Practice (VÜ)
Notes
Introduction, History, Concepts
Working Principle and Applications
Characteristic Parameters
Engine Parts
Drive Train
Fuels
Gasoline Engines
Diesel Engines
Exhaust Gas Aftertreatment
Learning Content
Introduction, History, Concepts
Working Principle and Applications
Characteristic Parameters
Engine Parts
Drive Train
Fuels
Gasoline Engines
Diesel Engines
Exhaust Gas Aftertreatment
Workload
regular attendance: 32 hours
self-study: 88 hours
Events
SS 2019 2134151 Combustion Engines II 3 SWS Lecture / Practice Koch
(VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-104609 Combustion Engines II Prüfung (PR) Koch, Kubach
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-104609 Combustion Engines II Prüfung (PR) Kubach, Koch
Competence Certificate
oral examination, duration: 25 minutes, no auxiliary means
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
Fundamentals of Combustion Engines I helpful
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Combustion Engines II
V 2134151, SS 2019, 3 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture / Practice (VÜ)
Learning Content
Emissions
Fuels
Drive Train Dynamics
Engine Parts
Boosting
Alternative Powertrain Concepts
Power Transmission
Workload
regular attendance: 31,5 hours
self-study: 90 hours
Events
SS 2019 2311616 Communication Systems and 2 SWS Lecture (V) Becker, Becker
Protocols
SS 2019 2311618 Übungen zu 2311616 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Nidhi
Communication Systems and
Protocols
Exams
SS 2019 7311616 Communication Systems and Protocols Prüfung (PR) Becker
Prerequisites
none
Events
WS 19/20 2561204 Competition in Networks 2 SWS Lecture (V) Mitusch
WS 19/20 2561205 Übung zu Wettbewerb in Netzen 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Wisotzky, Mitusch,
Corbo
Exams
SS 2019 7900274 Competition in Networks Prüfung (PR) Mitusch
Competence Certificate
Result of success is made by a 60 minutes written examination during the semester break (according to §4(2), 1 ERSC).
Examination is offered every semester and can be retried at any regular examination date.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
Basics of microeconomics obtained within the undergraduate programme (B.Sc) of economics are required.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Competition in Networks
V 2561204, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
Network or infrastructure industries like telecommunication, transport, and utilities form the backbone of modern economies. The
lecture provides an overview of the economic characteristics of network industries. The planning of networks is complicated by the
multitude of aspects involved (like spatial differentiation and the like). The interactions of different companies - competition or
cooperation or both - are characterized by complex interdependencies within the networks: network effects, economies of scale,
effects of vertical integration, switching costs, standardization, compatibility etc. appear increasingly in these sectors and even
tend to appear in combination. Additionally, government interventions can often be observed, partly driven by the aims of
competition policy and partly driven by the aims industrial policy. All these issues are brought up, analyzed formally (in part) and
illustrated by several examples in the lecture.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Will be announced in the lecture.
Events
WS 19/20 2590458 Computational Economics 2 SWS Lecture (V) Shukla
WS 19/20 2590459 Excercises to Computational 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Shukla
Economics
Exams
SS 2019 7900030 Computational Economics Prüfung (PR) Shukla
WS 19/20 7900005 Computational Economics Prüfung (PR) Shukla
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min) (according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation). By successful completion
of the exercises (§4 (2), 3 SPO 2007 respectively §4 (3) SPO 2015) a bonus can be obtained. If the grade of the written exam is at
least 4.0 and at most 1.3, the bonus will improve it by one grade level (i.e. by 0.3 or 0.4). The bonus only applies to the first and
second exam of the semester in which it was obtained.
Prerequisites
None
Annotation
The credits have been changed to 5 starting summer term 2016.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Computational Economics
V 2590458, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Notes
Examining complex economic problems with classic analytical methods usually requires making numerous simplifying assumptions,
for example that agents behave rationally or homogeneously. Recently, widespread availability of computing power gave rise to a
new field in economic research that allows the modeling of heterogeneity and forms of bounded rationality: Computational
Economics. Within this new discipline, computer based simulation models are used for analyzing complex economic systems. In
short, an artificial world is created which captures all relevant aspects of the problem under consideration. Given all exogenous and
endogenous factors, the modelled economy evolves over time and different scenarios can be analyzed. Thus, the model can serve
as a virtual testbed for hypothesis verification and falsification.
Learning objectives:
The student
• understands the methods of Computational Economics and applies them on practical issues,
• evaluates agent models considering bounded rational behaviour and learning algorithms,
• analyses agent models based on mathematical basics,
• knows the benefits and disadvantages of the different models and how to use them,
• examines and argues the results of a simulation with adequate statistical methods,
• is able to support the chosen solutions with arguments and can explain them.
Events
WS 19/20 2500015 Computational Risk and Asset 4 SWS Lecture (V) Ulrich
Management
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (90 minutes) according to §4(2) of the examination regulation.
Recommendation
Good knowledge of statistics and first programming experience with Python is recommended.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
The aim of this course is to master real-world challenges of computational risk and asset management and provide students with a
skill set to incorporate different portfolio objectives into the investment process. It enables students to solve such challenges
independently in Python.
Learning Content
The course covers several topics, among them:
Return Densities: Forecasting with Traditional and Machine Learning Approaches, Monte Carlo Simulation
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 180 hours.
Events
WS 19/20 5011009 Data Science for AI 2 SWS Course (Ku) Nollmann
Exams
SS 2019 7400369 Computer Aided Data Analysis Prüfung (PR) Nollmann
Events
WS 19/20 2411604 Computer Contract Law 2 SWS Lecture (V) Bartsch
Exams
SS 2019 7500066 Computer Contract Law Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
WS 19/20 7500065 Computer Contract Law Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
The course deals with contracts from the following areas:
From these areas single contracts will be chosen and discussed (e.g. software maintenance, employment contract with a software
engineer). Concerning the respective contract the technical features, the economic background and the subsumption in the
national law of obligation (BGB-Schuldrecht) will be discussed. As a result different contractual clauses will be developed by the
students. Afterwards typical contracts and conditions will be analysed with regard to their legitimacy as standard business terms
(AGB). It is the aim to show the effects of the german law of standard business terms (AGB-Recht) and to point out that contracts
are a means of drafting business concepts and market appearance.
Learning Content
It is the aim of this course to provide students with knowledge in the area of contract formation and formulation in practice that
builds upon the knowledge the students have already acquired concerning the legal protection of computer programs. Students
shall understand how the legal rules depend upon, and interact with, the economic background and the technical features of the
subject. The contract drafts shall be prepared by the students and will be corporately completed during the lecture. It is the aim of
the course that students will be able to formulate contracts by themselves.
Literature
Elective Literature
tba in the transparencies
Events
WS 19/20 2177601 Constitution and Properties of 2 SWS Lecture (V) Ulrich
Protective Coatings
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105150 Constitution and Properties of Protective Prüfung (PR) Ulrich
Coatings
Competence Certificate
oral examination (about 30 min)
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
oral examination (about 30 min); no tools or reference materials
Teaching Content:
introduction and overview
coating concepts
coating materials
coating methods
characterization methods
Learning Content
introduction and overview
coating concepts
coating materials
coating methods
characterization methods
Workload
regular attendance: 22 hours
self-study: 98 hours
Literature
Bach, F.-W.: Modern Surface Technology, Wiley-VCH, Weinheim, 2006
Events
SS 2019 2194643 Constitution and Properties of 2 SWS Lecture (V) Ulrich
Wear resistant materials
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102141 Constitution and Properties of Prüfung (PR) Ulrich
Wearresistant Materials
Competence Certificate
oral examination (about 30 min)
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
The assessment consists of an oral exam (ca. 30 min) taking place at the agreed date (according to Section 4(2), 2 of the
examination regulation). The re-examination is offered upon agreement.
Teaching Content:
introduction
hard materials
hard metals
superhard materials
new developments
regular attendance: 22 hours
self-study: 98 hours
Basic understanding of constitution of wear-resistant materials, of the relations between constitution, properties and
performance, of principles of increasing of hardness and toughness of materials as well as of the characteristics of the various
groups of wear-resistant materials.
Learning Content
introduction
hard materials
hard metals
superhard materials
new developments
Workload
regular attendance: 22 hours
self-study: 98 hours
Literature
Laska, R. Felsch, C.: Werkstoffkunde für Ingenieure, Vieweg Verlag, Braunschweig, 1981
Events
WS 19/20 6243701 Maschinentechnik 2 SWS Lecture (V) Gentes, Dörfler
Exams
SS 2019 8240101845 Construction Equipment Prüfung (PR) Gentes
WS 19/20 8240101845 Construction Equipment Prüfung (PR) Gentes
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
WS 19/20 2303177 Control of Linear Multivariable 3 SWS Lecture (V) Kluwe
Systems
WS 19/20 2303179 Control of Linear Multivariable 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Köpf
Systems (Tutorial to 2303177)
Exams
SS 2019 7303177 Control of Linear Multivariable Systems Prüfung (PR) Kluwe
Prerequisites
none
Events
SS 2019 2150683 Control Technology 2 SWS Lecture (V) Gönnheimer
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105185 Control Technology Prüfung (PR) Fleischer
Competence Certificate
Written Exam (60 min)
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Control Technology
V 2150683, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
Media:
Lecture notes will be provided in ilias (https://ilias.studium.kit.edu/).
Notes
The lecture control technology gives an integral overview of available control components within the field of industrial production
systems.
The first part of the lecture deals with the fundamentals of signal processing and with control peripherals in the form of sensors
and actors which are used in production systems for the detection and manipulation of process states.
The second part handles with the function of electric control systems in the production environment. The main focus in this
chapter is laid on programmable logic controls, computerized numerical controls and robot controls. Finally the course ends with
the topic of cross-linking and decentralization with the help of bus systems.
The lecture is very practice-oriented and illustrated with numerous examples from different branches.
The following topics will be covered:
• Signal processing
• Control peripherals
• Programmable logic controls
• Numerical controls
• Controls for industrial robots
• Distributed control systems
• Field bus
• Trends in the area of control technology
Learning Outcomes:
The students …
• are able to name the electrical controls which occur in the industrial environment and explain their function.
• can explain fundamental methods of signal processing. This involves in particular several coding methods, error protection
methods and analog to digital conversion.
• are able to choose and to dimension control components, including sensors and actors, for an industrial application,
particularly in the field of plant engineering and machine tools. Thereby, they can consider both, technical and economical
issues.
• can describe the approach for projecting and writing software programs for a programmable logic control named Simatic
S7 from Siemens. Thereby they can name several programming languages of the IEC 1131.
Workload:
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Learning Content
The lecture control technology gives an integral overview of available control components within the field of industrial production
systems.
The first part of the lecture deals with the fundamentals of signal processing and with control peripherals in the form of sensors
and actors which are used in production systems for the detection and manipulation of process states.
The second part handles with the function of electric control systems in the production environment. The main focus in this
chapter is laid on programmable logic controls, computerized numerical controls and robot controls. Finally the course ends with
the topic of cross-linking and decentralization with the help of bus systems.
The lecture is very practice-oriented and illustrated with numerous examples from different branches.
The following topics will be covered:
• Signal processing
• Control peripherals
• Programmable logic controls
• Numerical controls
• Controls for industrial robots
• Distributed control systems
• Field bus
• Trends in the area of control technology
Annotation
None
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Events
SS 2019 2550120 Konvexe Analysis SWS Lecture (V) Stein
Exams
SS 2019 7900067_SS2019_HK Convex Analysis Prüfung (PR) Stein
Competence Certificate
The assessment of the lecture is a written examination (60 minutes) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation.
The examination is held in the semester of the lecture and in the following semester.
Prerequisite for admission to the written examination is attaining at least 30% of the exercise points. Therefore the online-
registration for the written examination is subject to fulfilling the prerequisite.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
It is strongly recommended to visit at least one lecture from the Bachelor program of this chair before attending this course.
Annotation
The lecture is offered irregularly. The curriculum of the next three years is available online (www.ior.kit.edu).
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Konvexe Analysis
V 2550120, SS 2019, SWS, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
Convex Analysis deals with properties of convex functions and convex sets, in particular with respect to the minimization of convex
functions over convex sets. That the involved functions are not necessarily assumed to be differentiable allows a number a
applications which are not covered by techniques from smooth optimization, e.g. approximation problems with respect to the
Manhattan or maximum norms, classification problems or the theory of statistical estimates. The lecture develops along another,
geometrically simple example, where a nonsmooth obstacle set is to be described by a single smooth convex constraint such that
minimal and maximal distances to the obstacle can be computed. The lecture is structured as follows:
Literature
Elective literature:
• J. Borwein, A. Lewis, Convex Analysis and Nonlinear Optimization: Theory and Examples (2 ed.), Springer, 2006.
• S. Boyd, L. Vandenberghe, Convex Optimization, Cambridge University Press, 2004.
• O. Güler, Foundations of Optimization, Springer, 2010.
• J.-B. Hiriart-Urruty, C. Lemarechal, Fundamentals of Convex Analysis, Springer, 2001.
• R.T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970.
• R.T. Rockafellar, R.J.B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, Berlin, 1998.
Events
SS 2019 2119100 Fördertechnik und SWS Seminar (S) Furmans, Pagani
Logistiksysteme
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102135 Conveying Technology and Logistics Prüfung (PR) Furmans
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102135 Conveying Technology and Logistics Prüfung (PR) Furmans
Competence Certificate
alternative test achievement (graded):
Prerequisites
none
Events
WS 19/20 24121 Copyright 2 SWS Lecture (V) Dreier
Exams
SS 2019 7500064 Copyright Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
WS 19/20 7500064 Copyright Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
Events
WS 19/20 2400087 Corporate Compliance 2 SWS Lecture (V) Herzig
Exams
SS 2019 7500063 Corporate Compliance Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
WS 19/20 7500063 Corporate Compliance Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
Exams
SS 2019 7900073 Corporate Financial Policy Prüfung (PR) Ruckes
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is a written examination (following §4(2), 1 SPO) of 60 mins.
The exam is offered each semester.
Prerequisites
None
Events
SS 2019 2530218 Corporate Risk Management SWS Lecture (V) Ruckes, Hoang
SS 2019 2530219 Übung zu Corporate Risk SWS Practice (Ü) Silbereis, Ruckes,
Management Hoang
WS 19/20 2530220 SWS Practice (Ü) Ruckes, Hoang,
Silbereis
Exams
SS 2019 7900259 Corporate Risk Management Prüfung (PR) Ruckes
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min.) according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 1 of the examination regulation. The exam is
offered each semester. If there are only a small number of participants registered for the exam, we reserve the right to hold an oral
examination instead of a written one.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
The course will exceptionally be held in the winter semester 2019/2020. Usually, however, the event takes place as a block course
in the summer semester.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
• Stochastic basics
• Firm decisions under risk - expected utility theory
• The value motive for corporate risk management
• Common risk measures from practice (e.g. Cash-flow at Risk)
• Operational and financial risk management instruments
• The risk management organization (central vs. decentral)
• External risk reporting (e.g. obligations and incentives)
Workload
The total workload of this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information, see German version.
Literature
• Friberg, Richard. Managing Risk and Uncertainity: A Strategic Approach. Cambridge, MA: Managing RIsk and Uncertainity,
2015.
• Stulz, René M. Risk Management & Derivatives. Mason, Ohio: Cengage Learning, Inc, 2002.
• Jorion, Philippe. Value at Risk, 3rd Ed: The new Benchmark for Managing Financial Risk. 3 ed. New York: General Finance &
Investing, 2006.
Learning Content
• Stochastic basics
• Firm decisions under risk - expected utility theory
• The value motive for corporate risk management
• Common risk measures from practice (e.g. Cash-flow at Risk)
• Operational and financial risk management instruments
• The risk management organization (central vs. decentral)
• External risk reporting (e.g. obligations and incentives)
Workload
The total workload of this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information, see German version.
Literature
• Friberg, Richard. Managing Risk and Uncertainity: A Strategic Approach. Cambridge, MA: Managing RIsk and Uncertainity,
2015.
• Stulz, René M. Risk Management & Derivatives. Mason, Ohio: Cengage Learning, Inc, 2002.
• Jorion, Philippe. Value at Risk, 3rd Ed: The new Benchmark for Managing Financial Risk. 3 ed. New York: General Finance &
Investing, 2006.
Learning Content
• Stochastic basics
• Firm decisions under risk - expected utility theory
• The value motive for corporate risk management
• Common risk measures from practice (e.g. Cash-flow at Risk)
• Operational and financial risk management instruments
• The risk management organization (central vs. decentral)
• External risk reporting (e.g. obligations and incentives)
Workload
The total workload of this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information, see German version.
Literature
• Friberg, Richard. Managing Risk and Uncertainity: A Strategic Approach. Cambridge, MA: Managing RIsk and Uncertainity,
2015.
• Stulz, René M. Risk Management & Derivatives. Mason, Ohio: Cengage Learning, Inc, 2002.
• Jorion, Philippe. Value at Risk, 3rd Ed: The new Benchmark for Managing Financial Risk. 3 ed. New York: General Finance &
Investing, 2006.
Events
WS 19/20 2572172 Country Manager 1 SWS Block (B) Feurer
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment (30 minutes presentation).
Prerequisites
If the course is selected within the module "Sales Management", the following courses may not be started in this module: price
negotiations and sales presentations, case studies in sales and pricing.
Annotation
The course language is English. In order to participate in this course, you need to apply. Applications are usually accepted at the
start of the lecture period in winter term. Detailed information on the application process is usually provided on the website of the
Marketing and Sales Research Group (marketing.iism.kit.edu) shortly before the lecture period in winter term starts.
Please note that only one of the 1.5-ECTS courses can be chosen in this Module.
Please note: The number of participants for this course is limited. The Marketing and Sales Research Group typically provides the
possibility to attend a course with 1,5 ECTS in the respective module to all students. Participation in a specific course cannot be
guaranteed.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Country Manager
V 2572172, WS 19/20, 1 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Block (B)
Learning Content
Understanding Culture
Understanding International Buyer Behavior
Market Entry Decisions
International Marketing and Sales Management (adaptation vs. differentiation)
Annotation
Workload
Total workload for 1.5 ECTS: ca. 45 hours
Literature
Homburg, Christian (2016), Marketingmanagement, 6. ed., Wiesbaden.
Events
WS 19/20 2530565 Credit Risk 3 SWS Lecture / Practice Uhrig-Homburg,
(VÜ) Mitarbeiter
Exams
SS 2019 7900113 Credit Risk Prüfung (PR) Uhrig-Homburg
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (75 min.) according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 1 of the examination regulation and may be
supplemented by a non exam assessment according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 3. The examination is offered every semester and can be
repeated at every regular examination date.
A bonus can be acquired through successful participation in the practice. If the grade of the written examination is between 4.0 and
1.3, the bonus improves the grade by up to one grade level (0.3 or 0.4). Details will be announced in the lecture.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Knowledge from the course "Derivatives" is very helpful.
Annotation
See German version.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Credit Risk
V 2530565, WS 19/20, 3 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture / Practice (VÜ)
Notes
The lecture deals with the diverse issues arising in the context of measuring and controlling credit risk. At first, the theoretical and
empirical relations between ratings, probabilities of default, and credit spreads are analysed. After that, the focus is on the
valuation of credit risk. Finally, the management of credit risk, e.g. using credit derivatives and credit portfolio analysis, is
examined, and the legal framework and its implications are discussed.
The objective of this course is to become familiar with the credit markets and the credit risk indicators like ratings, default
probabilities and credit spreads. The students learn about the components of credit risk (e.g. default time and default rate) and
quantify these in different theoretical models to price credit derivatives.
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
The assessment consists of a written exam following §4, Abs. 2, 1.
• Lando, D., Credit risk modeling: Theory and Applications, Princeton Univ. Press, (2004).
• Uhrig-Homburg, M., Fremdkapitalkosten, Bonitätsrisiken und optimale Kapitalstruktur, Beiträge zur
betriebswirtschaftlichen Forschung 92, Gabler Verlag, (2001).
Elective literature:
• Bluhm, C., Overbeck, L., Wagner, C. , Introduction to Credit Risk Modelling, 2nd Edition, Chapman & Hall, CRC Financial
Mathematics Series, (2010).
• Duffie, D., Singleton, K.J., Credit Risk: Pricing, Measurement and Management, Princeton Series of Finance, Prentice Hall,
(2003).
Events
WS 19/20 2511400 Critical Information Infrastructures 2 SWS Lecture (V) Sunyaev, Dehling, Lins
WS 19/20 2511401 Exercises to Critical Information 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Sunyaev, Dehling, Lins
Infrastructures
Exams
SS 2019 7900061 Critical Information Infrastructures Prüfung (PR) Sunyaev
WS 19/20 7900067 Critical Information Infrastructures Prüfung (PR) Sunyaev
Competence Certificate
The alternative exam assessment consists of
Prerequisites
None.
Annotation
New lecture from winter semester 2018/2019.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
The course critical information infrastructures introduces students to the world of these complex sociotechnical systems that
permeate societies on a global scale. Students will learn to handle the complexities involved in the design, development, operation
and evaluation of critical information infrastructures. In the beginning of the lecture, critical information infrastructures will be
introduced on a general level.
The following sessions will focus on an in-depth exploration of selected cases that represent current challenges in research and
practice. Students will work (in a group) on a selected case and have to write a seminar paper.
There will be a short introduction to the topics for the course paper on the following topic areas. In addition, it will be possible to
propose your own topics as a group in the topic areas:
• Blockchain
• Cloud Computing
• Digital Health
• Fog Computing
• Information Privacy
• Certification of critical IT-Services
In addition to introductions to the topics, an online course is also offered to introduce students to scientific writing. This means to
learn how to quote, how a scientific work is structured, and in which form the results of one's research are presented. Since we
offer topics in this course that also correspond to the research interests in our research group, there may also be the opportunity to
work on the topics in more depth in the course of a final thesis. Students can choose a topic from a variety of topics of the topics
presented, and write a course paper in a group of four students.
Learning objectives:
Students know concepts and technologies relevant for the design and reliable operation of critical information infrastructures and
can leverage them to develop solutions for real-world challenges.
Notes:
Please note the changed course structure. The course will be held as a block course.
The number of participants is limited. Please register via the WiWi portal: https://portal.wiwi.kit.edu/ys/3073
Please make sure that your are available at the following dates if you would like to attend the course:
Further information on the course structure will be announced in the first session. Depending on the number of participants the
individual sessions can have a shorter duration.
The meetings will take place at the Institute AIFB, KIT Campus South, Kollegiengebäude am Kronenplatz (Geb. 05.20) in Kaiserstr.
89.
The number of participants is limited to 24 students. The registration period is from 31.08.2019 to 29.09.2019. Participation slots
are expected to be allocated on 01.10.2019 and must be accepted by the student by 06.10.2019. If the slot is not accepted, the free
places will be offered to the students in the waiting list.
If you have any questions regarding this registration, please contact sebastian.lins@kit.edu or dehling@kit.edu.
Exams
SS 2019 00030 Current Issues in Innovation Management Prüfung (PR) Weissenberger-Eibl
Competence Certificate
Non exam assessment (following §4(2) 3 of the examination regulation).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
Please note that the seminars we offer vary from semester to semester. Information about the currently offered seminars can be
found in the Wiwi-Portal and on the iTM Website.
Events
SS 2019 2143873 Actual topics of BioMEMS 2 SWS Seminar (S) Guber
WS 19/20 2143873 Actual topics of BioMEMS 2 SWS Seminar (S) Guber
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102176 Current Topics on BioMEMS Prüfung (PR) Guber
Competence Certificate
active participation and own presentation (30 Min.)
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
Written preparations from the participants.
Workload
Active participation on the seminary and preparation of an own presentation of a topic in BioMEMS.
Lecture time: 21 h
Preparation: 40 h
Preparation of own preparation: 60 h
Description
Media:
Written preparations from the participants.
Workload
Active participation on the seminary and preparation of an own presentation of a topic in BioMEMS.
Lecture time: 21 h
Preparation: 40 h
Preparation of own preparation: 60 h
Events
SS 2019 2520375 Data Mining and Applications 2/4 SWS Lecture (V) Nakhaeizadeh
Exams
SS 2019 7900102 Data Mining and Applications (Lecture) Prüfung (PR) Nakhaeizadeh
Competence Certificate
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Part one: Data Mining
Why Data Mining?
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
U. Fayyad, G. Piatetsky-Shapiro, P. Smyth, R. Uthurusamy, editors, Advances in Knowledge Discovery and Data Mining, AAAI/MIT
Press, 1996 (order on-line from Amazon.com or from MIT Press).
• Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, Data Mining : Concepts and Techniques, 2nd edition, Morgan Kaufmann, ISBN
1558609016, 2006.
• David J. Hand, Heikki Mannila and Padhraic Smyth, Principles of Data Mining , MIT Press, Fall 2000
• Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman, The Elements of Statistical Learning: Data Mining, Inference, and
Prediction, Springer Verlag, 2001.
• Pang-Ning Tan, Michael Steinbach, Vipin Kumar, Introduction to Data Mining, Pearson Addison wesley (May, 2005).
Hardcover: 769 pages. ISBN: 0321321367
• Ripley, B.D. (1996) Pattern Recognition and Neural Networks, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
• Ian witten and Eibe Frank, Data Mining: Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques, 2nd Edition, Morgan Kaufmann,
ISBN 0120884070, 2005.
Events
WS 19/20 2400052 Data protection by design 2 SWS Lecture (V) Raabe, Werner
Exams
SS 2019 7500223 Data protection by design Prüfung (PR) Raabe
WS 19/20 7500071 Data Protection by Design Prüfung (PR) Raabe
Events
WS 19/20 24018 Datenschutzrecht 2 SWS Lecture (V) Marsch, Barczak
Exams
SS 2019 7500083 Data Protection Law Prüfung (PR) Marsch
Events
WS 19/20 2511202 Database Systems and XML 2 SWS Lecture (V) Oberweis
WS 19/20 2511203 Exercises Database Systems and 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Oberweis, Fritsch,
XML Schüler
Exams
SS 2019 7900046 Database Systems and XML Prüfung (PR) Oberweis
WS 19/20 7900007 Database Systems and XML Prüfung (PR) Oberweis
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is a written examination (60 min) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation in the first week
after lecture period.
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Databases are a proven technology for managing large amounts of data. The oldest database model, the hierarchical model, was
replaced by different models such as the relational or the object-oriented data model. The hierarchical model became particularly
more important with the emergence of the extensible Markup Language XML. XML is a data format for structured, semi-
structured, and unstructured data. In order to store XML documents consistently and reliably, databases or extensions of existing
data base systems are required. Among other things, this lecture covers the data model of XML, concepts of XML query languages,
aspects of storage of XML documents, and XML-oriented database systems.
Learning objectives:
Students
Workload:
• Lecture 30h
• Exercise 15h
• Preparation of lecture 24h
• Preparation of exercises 25h
• Exam preparation 40h
• Exam 1h
Events
SS 2019 2117084 Decentrally controlled 2 SWS Practical course (P) Furmans, Hochstein,
intralogistic systems Markert
WS 19/20 2117084 Decentrally controlled 2 SWS Practical course (P) Furmans, Hochstein
intralogistic systems
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105230 Decentrally Controlled Intralogistic Prüfung (PR) Furmans
Systems
Competence Certificate
Certificate by colloquium with presentation
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
Lego Mindstorms, PC
Learning Content
Annotation
number of participants limited
participants will be selected
One course during summer semester in english
Workload
regular attendance: 10 hours
self-study: 80 hours (workplace is provided)
Literature
none
Notes
Proof:
Note:
Media:
• Lego Mindstorms, PC
Teaching content:
Learning objectives:
Students are able to:
• Model complex cinematic systems and use object-oriented programming for this purpose,
• Built experimental setups in a team for decentraliced controlled intralogistic systems, choose appropriate system
components and models and finally proof the function by using experiments.
Effort:
Events
SS 2019 2530550 Derivatives 2 SWS Lecture (V) Uhrig-Homburg
SS 2019 2530551 Übungen zu Derivate 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Uhrig-Homburg, Eska
Exams
SS 2019 7900111 Derivatives Prüfung (PR) Uhrig-Homburg
Competence Certificate
The assessment takes place in the form of a written examination (75 minutes) according to §4(2), 1 SPO. The examination takes
place during the semester break. The examination is offered every semester and can be repeated at any regular examination date.
A bonus can be acquired through successful participation in the excercises. If the grade of the written examination is between 4.0
and 1.3, the bonus improves the grade by up to one grade level (0.3 or 0.4). Details will be announced in the lecture.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Derivatives
V 2530550, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
The lecture deals with the application areas and valuation of financial derivatives. After an overview of the most important
derivatives and their relevance, forwards and futures are analysed. Then, an introduction to the Option Pricing Theory follows. The
main emphasis is on option valuation in discrete and continuous time models. Finally, construction and usage of derivatives are
discussed, e.g. in the context of risk management.
Learning Content
The lecture deals with the application areas and valuation of financial derivatives. After an overview of the most important
derivatives and their relevance, forwards and futures are analysed. Then, an introduction to the Option Pricing Theory follows. The
main emphasis is on option valuation in discrete and continuous time models. Finally, construction and usage of derivatives are
discussed, e.g. in the context of risk management.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
• Hull (2012): Options, Futures, & Other Derivatives, Prentice Hall, 8th Edition
Elective literature:
Cox/Rubinstein (1985): Option Markets, Prentice Hall
Events
WS 19/20 2113079 Design and Development of 2 SWS Lecture (V) Geimer, Siebert, Lehr,
Mobile Machines Geiger
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105311 Design and Development of Mobile Prüfung (PR) Geimer
Machines
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105311 Design and Development of Mobile Prüfung (PR) Geimer
Machines
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral exam (20 min) taking place in the recess period. The exam takes place in every semester. Re-
examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
A registration is mandatory, the details will be announced on the webpages of the Institute of Vehicle System Technology / Institute of
Mobile Machines. In case of too many applications, attendance will be granted based on pre-qualification.
The course will be replenished by interestung lectures of professionals from leading hydraulic companies.
Prerequisites
Required for the participation in the examination is the preparation of a report during the semester. The partial service with the
code T-MACH-108887 must have been passed.
Recommendation
Knowledge in Fluid Power Systems (LV 2114093)
Annotation
After completion of the lecture, studens can:
• design working and travel drive train hydraulics of mobile machines and can derive characteristic key factors.
• choose and apply suitable state of the art designing methods succesfully
• analyse a mobile machines and break its structure down from a complex system to subsystems with reduced complexity
• identify and desrcibe interactions and links between subsystems of a mobile maschine
• present and document solutions of a technical problem according to R&D standards
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Wheel loaders and excavators are highly specialized mobile machines. Their function is to detach, pick up and deposit materials
near by. Significant size for dimensioning of the machines is the content of their standard shovel. In this lecture the main steps in
dimensioning a wheel loader or excavator are beeing thought. This includes among others:
The entire design process of these machines is strongly influenced by the use of standards and guidelines (ISO/DIN-EN). Even this
aspect is dealt with.
The lecture is based on the knowledge from the fields of mechanics, strength of materials, machine elements, propulsion and fluid
technique. The lecture requires active participation and continued collaboration.
Workload
Literature
None.
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-108887 Design and Development of Mobile Prüfung (PR) Geimer
Machines - Advance
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-108887 Design and Development of Mobile Prüfung (PR) Geimer
Machines - Advance
Competence Certificate
Preparation of semester report
Prerequisites
none
Events
SS 2019 6200408 Design Basics in Highway 2 SWS Lecture (V) Roos, Zimmermann
Engineering
Exams
SS 2019 8230106613 Design Basics in Highway Engineering Prüfung (PR) Roos
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
SS 2019 2545008 Design Thinking (Track 1) 2 SWS Seminar (S) Terzidis, Jochem, Lau
WS 19/20 2545008 Design Thinking (Track 1) 2 SWS Seminar (S) Jochem, Terzidis, Lau
Exams
SS 2019 7900053 Design Thinking (Track 1) Prüfung (PR) Terzidis
WS 19/20 7900084 Design Thinking (Track 1) Prüfung (PR) Terzidis
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessments (§4(2), 3 SPO).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
The seminar content will be published on the website of the institute.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Design Thinking is a highly user-centric method of the innovation management. In an iterative process, the problem space is
analyzed by an intense interaction with the users and a sound understanding of the context is developed. Subsequently, ideas are
generated to create prototypes which will be tested on the target group iteratively. The result is a validated product that can be
used and applied in the predefined context.
Registration information:
Registration is possible via the Wiwi portal.
ATTENTION: Creditability in the seminar module: The seminar is NOT creditable in the seminar module! The credit is only possible
in the ENTREPRENEURSHIP module.
T 7.92 Course: Developing Business Models for the Semantic Web [T-WIWI-102851]
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessments.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
As a recommendation to attending the seminar, basic knowledge about semantic technologies and concepts should be available.
This may be acquired by attending one of the following lectures – Wissensmanagement, Semantic Web Technologies 1, Semantic
Web Technologies 2 or by studying related literature. Furthermore the topic entrepreneurship should be of interest.
Events
WS 19/20 2511402 Digital Health 2 SWS Lecture (V) Sunyaev, Thiebes
Exams
SS 2019 7900062 Digital Health Prüfung (PR) Sunyaev
WS 19/20 7900068 Digital Health Prüfung (PR) Sunyaev
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment (written elaboration, presentation, peer review, oral participation) according to §4(2),3 of the
examination regulation. Details of the grading will be announced at the beginning of the course.
Prerequisites
None.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Digital Health
V 2511402, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: German/English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Notes
The course Digital Health offers students a possibility to gain insight into current developments in the digitalization of the health
care system. Students will first be introduced to the basics and challenges of the digitalization of the health care system. After the
introduction lecture, the course aims to give insights into current topics in the field of digital health and offers students an
opportunity to prepare a scientific paper in a group of up to three students.
There will be a short introduction lecture on all topics with regard to the written assignments. It is possible for students to write
their paper in one of the following topics. Furthermore, groups of students have the possibility to propose their own topics.
• Artificial Intelligence
• Blockchain
• Cloud Computing
• Gamification
• Genomics
• Information Privacy
In addition to introduction lectures on the topics, an online course is offered to introduce students to scientific writing. This
includes learning how to quote, how a scientific paper is structured and in which form the results of one's research are presented.
Since we offer topics that also correspond to the research interests of our research associates, there may also be the opportunity
to investigate these topics more deeply in a master thesis. Students can give their preferences for the topics offered and are
afterwards assigned to groups of up to three students based on their preferences.
Learning objectives:
Students are familiar with the current developments and challenges of digitization in the health care sector, can independently
develop corresponding solutions, and discuss their developed solutions in groups.
Workload:
4,5 ECTS = approx. 135 hours.
Comments:
The number of participants is limited. Please register via the WiWi portal: https://portal.wiwi.kit.edu/ys/3107
Please keep the following dates available if you are planning to attend the course:
Further information on the procedure will be announced in the first lecture. Depending on the number of participants, each session
may have a shorter duration.
The meetings will take place at the Institute AIFB, KIT-Campus Süd, Kollegiengebäude am Kronenplatz (building 05.20), Kaiserstr.
89.
The number of participants is limited to 30 students. The registration period is from 31.08.2019 to 17.10.2019. The places are
expected to be allocated on 18.10.2019 and must be accepted by the students by 22.10.2019. If the allocation is not accepted, the
free places will be offered to the students in the waiting list.
If you have any questions regarding this registration, please contact scott.thiebes@kit.edu or manuel.schmidt-kraepelin@kit.edu.
Events
WS 19/20 2572176 Digital Marketing and Sales in B2B 1 SWS Others (sonst.) Konhäuser
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 3 of the examination regulation. (team presentation of a case study
with subsequent discussion totalling 30 minutes).
Prerequisites
None.
Annotation
Participation requires an application. The application period starts at the beginning of the semester. More information can be
obtained on the website of the research group Marketing and Sales (marketing.iism.kit.edu).
Access to this course is restricted. Typically all students will be granted the attendance of one course with 1.5 ECTS. Nevertheless
attendance can not be guaranteed.
For further information please contact Marketing and Sales Research Group (marketing.iism.kit.edu).
Please note that only one of the 1.5-ECTS courses can be attended in this module.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Learning Sessions:
The class gives insights into digital marketing strategies as well as the effects and potential of different channels (e.g., SEO, SEA,
Social Media). After an overview of possible activities and leverages in the digital marketing field, including their advantages and
limits, the focus will turn to the B2B markets. There are certain requirements in digital strategy specific to the B2B market,
particularly in relation to the value chain, sales management and customer support. Therefore, certain digital channels are more
relevant for B2B marketing than for B2C marketing.
Once the digital marketing and tactics for the B2B markets are defined, further insights will be given regarding core elements of a
digital strategy: device relevance (mobile, tablet), usability concepts, website appearance, app decision, market research and
content management. A major advantage of digital marketing is the possibility of being able to track many aspects of of user
reactions and user behaviour. Therefore, an overview of key performance indicators (KPIs) will be discussed and relationships
between these KPIs will be explained. To measure the effectiveness of digital activities, a digital report should be set up and
connected to the performance numbers of the company (e.g. product sales) – within the course the setup of the KPI dashboard and
combination of digital and non-digital measures will be shown to calculate the Return on Investment (RoI).
Presentation Sessions:
After the learning sessions, the students will form groups and work on digital strategies within a case study format. The
presentation of the digital strategy will be in front of the class whereas the presentation will take 20 minutes followed by 10
minutes questions and answers.
Workload
time of presentness = 15 hrs.
private study = 30 hrs.
Literature
-
Events
WS 19/20 2540420 Digital Service Design 2 SWS Lecture (V) Mädche
Exams
SS 2019 7900190 Digital Service Design Prüfung (PR) Mädche
Competence Certificate
Assessment consists of a written exam of 1 hour length and by submitting written papers as part of the exercise Details are
announced at the beginning of the course.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
The course is held in English.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Designing services is different from designing products. In contrast to products being discrete and tangible objects, services are co-
produced by people and only provide value when they are actually used. Digital services represent a specific category of services
and specifically leverage and integrate information technology in the service delivery process.
The aim of this course is to introduce key concepts and theoretical foundations of digital service design. Furthermore, a
management perspective looking at the entire service lifecycle, covering the organizational and team level as well as state-of-the-
art digital service design processes (e.g. agile, lean, continuous delivery) is provided. Finally, an introduction of important digital
service design practices and tools supporting user research, conceptualization & prototyping as well as evaluation is given.
The lecture is complemented with a Digital Service Design challenge, where students leverage practices and tools from the lecture
to suggest improvements for an existing digital service. The challenge is carried out in cooperation with practice partners (e.g.
Commerzbank).
Learning Content
• Definition and key concepts of digital service design and related terms
• Introduction to the business and design perspective of a service design project
• The digital service design process from strategy through planning and prototyping to launching the digital service.
• Practice-oriented capstone project focusing on the design of a real-world digital service
Literature
Benyon, D. (2014). Designing interactive systems: A comprehensive guide to HCI, UX and interaction design (3. ed.). Harlow:
Pearson.
Williams, Kevin, Samir Chatterjee, and Matti Rossi. 2008. “Design of Emerging Digital Services: A Taxonomy.” European Journal of
Information Systems 17(5): 505–17
Hill, T.P. 1977. “On Goods and Services.” The review of income and wealth 23(4): 315–38.
Werder K, Zobel B, Maedche A (2016) PDISC -- Towards a Method for Software Product DISCovery. In: Maglyas A, Lamprecht A-L
(eds) Softw. Bus. 7th Int. Conf. ICSOB 2016, Ljubljana, Slov. June 13-14, 2016, Proc. Springer International Publishing, Cham, pp
47–62
Pichler R (2016) Strategize: Product Strategy and Product Roadmap Practices for the Digital Age. Pichler Consulting
Liu, X., Werder, K., & Maedche, A. (2016). A Taxonomy of Digital Service Design Techniques. In Proceedings of the 2016 International
Conference on Information Systems
Events
WS 19/20 2595484 Digital Services: Business Models 2 SWS Lecture (V) Satzger, Schüritz
and Transformation
WS 19/20 2595485 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Enders, Schüritz
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is a written examination (60 min.) (following §4(2), 1 SPOs) and by submitting written papers as part
of the exercise.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
former name until winter semester 2019/2020: "Business and IT Service Management" (T-WIWI-102881)
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Formerly "Business and IT Service Management"
Learning Content
While the digitalization creates new opportunities for organizations, it also comes with its challenges: formerly proven business
models become obsolete and need to be refined, internal processes cannot keep up with the requirements of the market and need
to reassessed in any way.
The shift towards a service-based economy enables and requires companies to leverage advances in information technology to
create added value for their customers. In particular, the emergence of big data and analytics enables better decision-making. The
lecture teaches approaches that enable organizations to adapt their business models to new market requirements and showcases
how to plan and execute a successful transformation to the desired organizational setup.
The lecture links academic content with practical examples and excises. Students are asked to actively engage in the discussion and
contribute their knowledge. Invited guest speakers from industry and case studies emphasize the practical character of this
lecture.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Böhmann, T./ Leimeister, J.M./ Möslein, K. (2014), Service Systems Engineering, Business & Information Systems Engineering, Vol.
6, No.2, 73-79
Cardoso et al. (Hrsg.) (2015), Fundamentals on Service Systems
Hartmann/ Zaki/ Feldmann/ Neely (2016), Capturing value from big data - a taxonomy of data-driven business models used by
start-up firms, IJPOR, 36 (10), 1382-1406.
Schüritz R./Seebacher S./Satzger G./Schwartz L. (2017), Datatization as the Next Frontier of Servitization; in Proceedings of
International Conference on Information Systems 2017
Vargo S. / Lusch R. (2017) Service-dominant logic 2025, in: IJRM 34, 46-67
Weill, P.; Woerner, S.L. (2018): “What‘s your Digital Business Model? – Six Questions to Help you Build the Next-Generation
Enterprise“. Boston, Massachusetts: Harvard Business Review Press.
Wirtz, B.(2019): “Digital Business Models – Concepts, Models, and the Alphabet Case Study”. Springer.
Events
SS 2019 2545103 Digitale Transformation und 2 SWS Seminar (S) Koch
Geschäftsmodelle
Exams
SS 2019 7900284 Digital Transformation and Business Models Prüfung (PR) Weissenberger-Eibl
Competence Certificate
Non exam assessment (following §4(2) 3 of the examination regulation). The final grade is composed 75% of the grade of the
written paper and 25% of the presentation.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Prior attendance of the course Innovation Management is recommended.
Events
SS 2019 2540556 Digital Transformation of 3 SWS Lecture (V) Mädche
Organizations
Exams
SS 2019 791000001 Digital Transformation of Organizations Prüfung (PR) Mädche
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam of 1 hour length and by submitting written papers as part of the exercise. Details will be
announced at the beginning of the course.
Prerequisites
None
Annotation
The course will be held in English.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
During the last decades we witnessed a growing importance of Information Technology (IT) in the business world along with faster
and faster innovation cycles. IT has become core for businesses from an operational company-internal and external customer
perspective. Today, IT is considered as key enabler of operational excellence ranging from the enrichment of routine working tasks
(e.g., enterprise resource planning systems) to e-enabled integration of entire business eco-systems (e.g., e-supply chains).
Complementing this primarily company-internal perspective on IT, we have recently have seen a massive growth of digital
extensions of existing products and services across all industries. The disruptive potential of IT has already transformed selected
key industries, e.g. media or retail, and its impact is continuously growing in all areas of business and society.
Large-scale information systems (IS) in organizations strongly interplay with work practices of individual employees as well as
organizational structures shaping and being shaped by individuals' behavior. Thus, successful implementation of IS requires dealing
with transformation beyond technology. The ability to implement and use IS in a way supporting its overall value proposition has
become a central success determinant. Accordingly, the course “Management of Information Systems” course is designed to
provide a comprehensive insight into theoretical foundations, concepts, tools, and current practice of IS. The lecture is
complemented with a case study. Students get the opportunity to analyze and propose solutions for a selected real-world IS
implementation.
Content:
• Introduction of different types of application systems (organizational process & information-centric systems, customer-
centric systems, supplier-centric systems and people-centric systems) and their characteristics
• The digital transformation process: The pre-implementation, implementation and post-implementation phase covering
facets such as business/IT alignment, packaged software selection, IS implementation projects, as well as adoption & use of
IS
Learning goals:
The students will:
• Get an overview on basic concepts and definitions of information systems and understand key characteristics of IS as a
foundation for digitization of business processes, products and services
• Learn important concepts and theories in order to successfully execute a digital transformation process
T 7.99 Course: Digitalization from Production to the Customer in the Optical Industry [T-
MACH-110176]
Events
WS 19/20 2149701 Digitalization from Production to 2 SWS Lecture (V) Wawerla
the Customer in the Optical
Industry
Competence Certificate
Alternative test achievement (graded):
- Processing and presentation (ca. 15 min) of a case study with weighting 20%
- Oral exam (ca. 20 min) with weighting 80%
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
The lecture deals with Digitalization along the entire value chain end-to-end, with a focus on production and supply chain. Within
this context, concepts, tools, methods, technologies and concrete applications in the industry are presented. Furthermore, the
students get the opportunity to get first-hand insights into the digitalization journey of a German technology company.
Main topics of the lecture:
• Concepts and methods such as disruptive innovation and agile project management
• Overview on technologies at disposal
• Practical approaches in innovation
• Applications in industry
• Field trip to ZEISS
Notes
The lecture deals with Digitalization along the entire value chain end-to-end, with a focus on production and supply chain. Within
this context, concepts, tools, methods, technologies and concrete applications in the industry are presented. Furthermore, the
students get the opportunity to get first-hand insights into the digitalization journey of a German technology company.
Main topics of the lecture:
• Concepts and methods such as disruptive innovation and agile project management
• Overview on technologies at disposal
• Practical approaches in innovation
• Applications in industry
• Field trip to ZEISS
Learning Outcomes:
The students …
Workload:
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Events
SS 2019 2122310 Digitalization of Products, Services 2 SWS Seminar (S) Pätzold
& Production
WS 19/20 2122310 Digitalization of Products, Services 2 SWS Seminar (S) Pätzold
& Production
Competence Certificate
Assessment of another type. Two presentations in team work and two written compositions. Grading: each composition 1/6 and
each presentation 2/3.
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Learning Content
Events
SS 2019 6243803 Verfahrenstechniken der 2 SWS Lecture / Practice Gentes
Demontage (VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 8240101850 Disassembly Process Engineering Prüfung (PR) Gentes
WS 19/20 8240101850 Disassembly Process Engineering Prüfung (PR) Gentes
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
SS 2019 2550488 Ereignisdiskrete Simulation in 3 SWS Lecture (V) Spieckermann
Produktion und Logistik
Exams
SS 2019 7900136 Discrete-Event Simulation in Production and Prüfung (PR) Nickel
Logistics
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written paper and an oral exam of about 30-40 min (alternative exam assessment).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge as conveyed in the module "Introduction to Operations Research" is assumed.
Annotation
Due to capacity restrictions, registration before course start is required. For further information see the webpage of the course.
The course is planned to be held every summer term.
The planned lectures and courses for the next three years are announced online.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Simulation of production and logistics systems is an interdisciplinary subject connecting expert knowledge from production
management and operations research with mathematics/statistics as well as computer science and software engineering. With
completion of this course, students know statistical foundations of discrete simulation, are able to classify and apply related
software applications, and know the relation between simulation and optimization as well as a number of application examples.
Furthermore, students are enabled to structure simulation studies and are aware of specific project scheduling issues.
Learning Content
Simulation of production and logistics systems is an interdisciplinary subject connecting expert knowledge from production
management and operations research with mathematics/statistics as well as computer science and software engineering. With
completion of this course, students know statistical foundations of discrete simulation, are able to classify and apply related
software applications, and know the relation between simulation and optimization as well as a number of application examples.
Furthermore, students are enabled to structure simulation studies and are aware of specific project scheduling issues.
Annotation
Basic knowledge as conveyed in the module "Introduction toOperations Research" is assumed.
Besides knowledge of Operations Research students are assumed to be familiar with the following topics:
• Introduction in Statistics
• Programming basics (algorithms and data structures)
• Basic knowledge in production and logistics
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
• Banks J., Carson II J. S., Nelson B. L., Nicol D. M. (2010) Discrete-event system simulation, 5.Aufl., Pearson, Upper Saddle
River.
• Eley, M. (2012): Simulation in der Logistik - Einführung in die Erstellung ereignisdiskreter Modelle unter Verwendung des
Werkzeuges "Plant Simulation“, Springer, Berlin und Heidelberg
• Kosturiak, J. und M. Gregor (1995): Simulation von Produktionssystemen. Springer, Wien und New York.
• Law, A. M. (2015): Simulation Modeling and Analysis. 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill, New York usw.
• Liebl, F. (1995): Simulation. 2. Auflage, Oldenbourg, München.
• Noche, B. und S. Wenzel (1991): Marktspiegel Simulationstechnik. In: Produktion und Logistik. TÜV Rheinland, Köln.
• Pidd, M. (2004): Computer Simulation in Management Science. 5th Edition, Wiley, Chichester.
• Robinson S (2004) Simulation: the practice of model development and use. John Wiley & Sons, Chichester
• VDI (2014): Simulation von Logistik-, Materialfluß- und Produktionssystemen. VDI Richtlinie 3633, Blatt 1, VDI-Verlag,
Düsseldorf.
Events
WS 19/20 2113077 Drive Train of Mobile Machines 2 SWS Lecture (V) Geimer, Herr
WS 19/20 2113078 Übung zu 'Antriebsstrang 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Geimer, Herr
mobiler Arbeitsmaschinen'
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105307 Drive Train of Mobile Machines Prüfung (PR) Geimer
Competence Certificate
The final assessment will be an oral examination (20 min) taking place during the recess period. The examination will be offered in
ervery semester and can be repeated at any regular examination date.
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
Annotation
At the end of the lecture, participants can explain the structure and function of all discussed drive trains of mobile machines. They
can analyze complex gearbox schematics and synthesize simple transmission functions using rough calculations.
Content:
In this course the different drive trains of mobile machinery will be discussed. The focus of this course is:
• mechanical gears
• torque converter
• hydrostatic drives
• power split drives
• electrical drives
• hybrid drives
• axles
• terra mechanics
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
projector presentation
Learning Content
In this course will be discussed the different drive train of mobile machinerys. The fokus of this course is:
- improve knowledge of fundamentals
- mechanical gears
- torque converter
- hydrostatic drives
- continuous variable transmission
- eletrical drives
- hybrid drives
- axles
- terra mechanic
Workload
Literature
download of scriptum via ILIAS
Events
WS 19/20 2560402 Dynamic Macroeconomics 2 SWS Lecture (V) Scheffel
WS 19/20 2560403 Übung zu Dynamic 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Krause
Macroeconomics
Exams
SS 2019 7900231 Dynamic Macroeconomics Prüfung (PR) Scheffel
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min.) according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 1 of the examination regulation.
Prerequisites
None.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Dynamic Macroeconomics
V 2560402, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
The course Dynamic Macroeconomics addresses macroeconomic questions on an advanced level. The main focus of this course is
on dynamic programming and its fundamental role in modern macroeconomics. After starting with the necessary mathematical
tools, several applications in labor economics, economic growth, and asset pricing are introduced. The course pursues a hands-on
approach so that students not only gain theoretical insights but also learn numerical tools to solve dynamic economic models using
the modern programming language Python.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Literature and lecture notes are provided during the course.
Events
SS 2019 2581006 Efficient Energy Systems and 2 SWS Lecture (V) Jochem, McKenna
Electric Mobility
Exams
SS 2019 7981006 Efficient Energy Systems and Electric Mobility Prüfung (PR) Fichtner
Competence Certificate
See German version.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
This lecture series combines two of the most central topics in the field of energy economics at present, namely energy efficiency
and electric mobility. The objective of the lecture is to provide an introduction and overview to these two subject areas, including
theoretical as well as practical aspects, such as the technologies, political framework conditions and broader implications of these
for national and international energy systems.
The energy efficiency part of the lecture provides an introduction to the concept of energy efficiency, the means of affecting it and
the relevant framework conditions. Further insights into economy-wide measurements of energy efficiency, and associated
difficulties, are given with recourse to several practical examples. The problems associated with market failures in this area are also
highlighted, including the Rebound Effect. Finally and by way of an outlook, perspectives for energy efficiency in diverse economic
sectors are examined.
The electric mobility part of the lecture examines all relevant issues associated with an increased penetration of electric vehicles
including their technology, their impact on the electricity system (power plants and grid), their environmental impact as well as
their optimal integration in the future private electricity demand (i.e. smart grids and V2G). Besides technical aspects the user
acceptance and behavioral aspects are also discussed.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 105.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Will be anounced in the lecture.
Events
WS 19/20 2540454 eFinance: Information Systems for 2 SWS Lecture (V) Weinhardt, Notheisen
Securities Trading
WS 19/20 2540455 Übungen zu eFinance: 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Jaquart, Soufi
Wirtschaftsinformatik für den
Wertpapierhandel
Competence Certificate
Success is monitored by means of ongoing elaborations and presentations of tasks and an examination (60 minutes) at the end of
the lecture period. The scoring scheme for the overall evaluation will be announced at the beginning of the course.
Prerequisites
see below
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
The theoretical part of the course examines the New Institutions Economics which provides a theoretically found explanation for
the existence of markets and intermediaries. Building upon the foundations of the market micro structure, several key parameters
and factors of electronic trading are examined. These insights gained along a structured securities trading process are
complemented and verified by the analysis of prototypical trading systems developed at the institute as well as selected trading
systems used by leading exchanges in the world. In the more practical-oriented second part of the lecture, speakers from practice
will give talks about financial trading systems and link the theoretical findings to real-world systems and applications.
Learning Content
The theoretical part of the course examines the New Institutions Economics which provides a theoretically found explanation for
the existence of markets and intermediaries. Building upon the foundations of the market micro structure, several key parameters
and factors of electronic trading are examined. These insights gained along a structured securities trading process are
complemented and verified by the analysis of prototypical trading systems developed at the institute as well as selected trading
systems used by leading exchanges in the world. In the more practical-oriented second part of the lecture, speakers from practice
will give talks about financial trading systems and link the theoretical findings to real-world systems and applications.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
• Picot, Arnold, Christine Bortenlänger, Heiner Röhrl (1996): "Börsen im Wandel". Knapp, Frankfurt
• Harris, Larry (2003): "Trading and Exchanges - Market Microstructure for Practitioners"". Oxford University Press, New
York
Elective literature:
• Gomber, Peter (2000): "Elektronische Handelssysteme - Innovative Konzepte und Technologien". Physika Verlag,
Heidelberg
• Schwartz, Robert A., Reto Francioni (2004): "Equity Markets in Action - The Fundamentals of Liquidity, Market Structure
and Trading". Wiley, Hoboken, NJ
Events
WS 19/20 2117096 Elements and systems of 3 SWS Lecture / Practice Mittwollen, Rauscher
Technical Logistics (VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102159 Elements and Systems of Technical Prüfung (PR) Mittwollen
Logistics
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral exam (20min) taking place in the recess period according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 2 of the
examination regulation.
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
Knowledge out of Basics of Technical Logistics (T-MACH-102163) preconditioned
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Annotation
Knowledge out of Basics of Technical Logistics preconditioned
Workload
presence: 36h
rework: 84h
Literature
recommendations during lectures
Competence Certificate
The alternative exam assessment consists of a final thesis.
Prerequisites
None.
Annotation
The course is usually held as a block course.
Competence Certificate
The alternative exam assessment consists of a final thesis.
Prerequisites
None.
Annotation
The course is usually held as a block course.
Events
WS 19/20 2581962 Emissions into the Environment 2 SWS Lecture (V) Karl
Exams
SS 2019 7981962 Emissions into the Environment Prüfung (PR) Schultmann
WS 19/20 7981962 Emissions into the Environment Prüfung (PR) Schultmann
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral (30 minutes) or a written (60 minutes) exam (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
The exam takes place in every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
The course will provide an overview of sources of air pollution, waste and municipal waste; methods to monitor and to reduce/
manage pollutant flows; regulatory framework on national and international level.
A Air pollution control
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 105 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Will be announced in thecourse.
Events
WS 19/20 24167 Employment Law I 2 SWS Lecture (V) Hoff
Exams
SS 2019 7500097 Employment Law I Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
WS 19/20 7500040 Employment Law I Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
Events
SS 2019 24668 Employment Law II 2 SWS Lecture (V) Hoff
Exams
SS 2019 7500098 Employment Law II Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
WS 19/20 7500058 Employment Law II Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
Events
SS 2019 2581003 Energy and Environment 2 SWS Lecture (V) Karl
SS 2019 2581004 Übungen zu Energie und Umwelt 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Seddig, Keles
Exams
SS 2019 7981003 Energy and Environment Prüfung (PR) Fichtner
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min.) according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 1 of the examination regulation.
Prerequisites
None.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
The focus of the lecture is put on environmental impacts of fossil fuel conversion and related assessment methods. The list of topics
is given below.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Thr references for further reading are included in the lecture documents (see ILIAS)
Events
WS 19/20 2157961 Energy and Process Technology I 6 SWS Lecture / Practice Wirbser, Bauer,
(VÜ) Mitarbeiter, Wagner
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102211 Energy and Process Technology I Prüfung (PR) Bauer, Wirbser,
Schwitzke
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (120 minutes) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
The last thrid of the lecture deals with the topic Thermal Turbomachinery. The basic principles, the functionality and the scope of
application of gas and steam tubrines for the generation of electrical power and propulsion technology are addressed.
Learning Content
The last thrid of the lecture deals with the topic Thermal Turbomachinery. The basic principles, the functionality and the scope of
application of gas and steam tubrines for the generation of electrical power and propulsion technology are addressed.
Events
SS 2019 2170832 Energy and Process Technology 6 SWS Lecture / Practice Schwitzke, Wirbser,
II (VÜ) Pritz
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102212 Energy and Process Technology II Prüfung (PR) Wirbser, Schwitzke,
Bauer
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (120 minutes) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Thermal Turbomaschinery - In the first part of the lecture deals with energy systems. Questions regarding global energy resources
and their use, especially for the generation and provision of electrical energy, are addressed. Common fossile and nuclear power
plants for the centralized supply with electrical power as well as concepts of power-heat cogeneration for the decentralized
electrical power supply by means of block-unit heat and power plants, etc. are discussed. Moreover, the characteristics and the
potential of renewable energy conversion concepts, such as wind and hydro-power, photovoltaics, solar heat, geothermal energy
and fuel cells are compare and evaluated. The focus is on the description of the potentials, the risks and the economic feasibility of
the different strategies aimed to protect resources and reduce CO2 emissions.
Events
WS 19/20 2133121 Energy Conversion and 2 SWS Lecture (V) Koch
Increased Efficiency in Internal
Combustion Engines
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105564 Energy Conversion and Increased Prüfung (PR) Koch, Kubach
Efficiency in Internal Combustion Engines
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105564 Energy Conversion and Increased Prüfung (PR) Koch
Efficiency in Internal Combustion Engines
Competence Certificate
oral exam, 25 minutes, no auxillary means
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
1. Introduction
2. Thermodynamics of combustion engines
3. Fundamentals
4. gas exchange
5. Flow field
6. Wall heat losses
7. Combustion in gasoline engines
8. Pressure Trace Analysis
9. Combustion in Diesel engines
10. Waste heat recovery
Learning Content
1. Introduction
2. Thermodynamics of combustion engines
3. Fundamentals
4. gas exchange
5. Flow field
6. Wall heat losses
7. Combustion in gasoline engines
8. Pressure Trace Analysis
9. Combustion in Diesel engines
10. Waste heat recovery
Workload
regular attendance: 24 hours, self-study: 96 hours
Events
WS 19/20 2117500 Energy efficient intralogistic 2 SWS Lecture (V) Braun, Schönung
systems
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105151 Energy Efficient Intralogistic Systems Prüfung (PR) Braun
Competence Certificate
Oral, 30 min. examination dates after the end of each lesson period.
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
The content of course “Basics of Technical Logistics” should be known.
Annotation
Visit the IFL homepage of the course for the course dates and/or possible limitations of course participation.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
presentations, black board
Notes
The content of course “Basics of Technical Logistics” should be knownn.
Learning Content
The main focuses of the course are:
Annotation
Visit the IFL homepage of the course for the course dates and/or possible limitations of course participation
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Literature
None.
Events
SS 2019 2540464 Energy Market Engineering 2 SWS Lecture (V) Weinhardt, Staudt
SS 2019 2540465 Übung zu Energy Market 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Staudt, vom Scheidt
Engineering
Exams
SS 2019 79852 Energy Market Engineering Prüfung (PR) Weinhardt
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min) (according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulations). By successful completion
of the exercises (§4 (2), 3 SPO 2007 respectively §4 (3) SPO 2015) a bonus can be obtained. If the grade of the written exam is at
least 4.0 and at most 1.3, the bonus will improve it by one grade level (i.e. by 0.3 or 0.4).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
Former course title until summer term 2017: T-WIWI-102794 "eEnergy: Markets, Services, Systems".
The lecture has also been added in the IIP Module Basics of Liberalised Energy Markets.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
This lecture discusses different design options for electricity markets. We will focus on different approaches of nodal and zonal
pricing as well as single price mechanisms and capacity markets. After a short recap of German and European market designs, the
different design options will be discussed scientifically and with the help of examples. Furthermore, we will evaluate alternative
market design options like microgrids. Besides the fundamental functioning of those markets, we will introduce and discuss
methodological knowledge to evaluate market design options.
Annotation
The lecture has also been added in the IIP Module Basics of Liberalised Energy Markets.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
• Erdmann G, Zweifel P. Energieökonomik, Theorie und Anwendungen. Berlin Heidelberg: Springer; 2007.
• Grimm V, Ockenfels A, Zoettl G. Strommarktdesign: Zur Ausgestaltung der Auktionsregeln an der EEX *. Zeitschrift für
Energiewirtschaft. 2008:147-161.
• Stoft S. Power System Economics: Designing Markets for Electricity. IEEE; 2002.,
• Ströbele W, Pfaffenberger W, Heuterkes M. Energiewirtschaft: Einführung in Theorie und Politik. 2nd ed. München:
Oldenbourg Verlag; 2010:349.
Events
WS 19/20 2540494 Energy Networks and Regulation 2 SWS Lecture (V) Rogat
WS 19/20 2540495 Übung zu Energy Networks and 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Rogat
Regulation
Exams
WS 19/20 7900198 Energy Networks and Regulation Prüfung (PR) Weinhardt
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam according to Section 4 (2), 1 of the examination regulation.
The exam is offered every semester. Re-examinations are offered on every ordinary examination date.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
Former course title until summer term 2017: T-WIWI-103131 "Regulatory Management and Grid Management - Economic
Efficiency of Network Operation"
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
The lecture “Energy Networks and Regulation” provides insights into the regulatory framework of electricity and gas. It touches
upon the way the grids are operated and how regulation affects almost all grid activities. The lecture also addresses approaches of
grid companies to cope with regulation on a managerial level. We analyze how the system influences managerial decisions and
strategies such as investment or maintenance. Furthermore, we discuss how the system affects the operator’s abilities to deal with
the massive challenges lying ahead (“Energiewende”, redispatch, European grid integration, electric vehicles etc.). Finally, we look
at current developments and major upcoming challenges, e.g., the smart meter rollout. Covered topics include:
• Grid operation as a heterogeneous landscape: big vs. small, urban vs. rural, TSO vs. DSO.
• Objectives of regulation: Fair price calculation and high standard access conditions.
• The functioning of incentive regulation
• Amendment to the incentive regulation: its merits, its flaws
• The revenue cap and how it is adjusted according to certain exogenous factors
• Grid tariffs: How are they calculated, what is the underlying rationale, do we need a reform (and which)?
• Exogenous costs shifted (arbitrarily) into the grid, e.g. feed-in tariffs for renewable energy or decentralized supply.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Averch, H.; Johnson, L.L (1962). Behavior of the firm under regulatory constraint, in: American Economic Review, 52 (5), S. 1052 –
1069.
Bundesnetzagentur (2006): Bericht der Bundesnetzagentur nach § 112a EnWG zur Einführung der Anreizregulierung nach § 21a
EnWG, http://www.bundesnetzagentur.de/SharedDocs/Downloads/DE/Sachgebiete/Energie/Unternehmen_Institutionen/
Netzentgelte/Anreizregulierung/BerichtEinfuehrgAnreizregulierung.pdf?__blob=publicationFile&v=3.
Bundesnetzagentur (2015): Evaluierungsbericht nach § 33 Anreizregulierungsverordnung, https://www.bmwi.de/Redaktion/DE/
Downloads/A/anreizregulierungsverordnung-evaluierungsbericht.pdf?__blob=publicationFile&v=1.
Filippini, M.; Wild, J.; Luchsinger, C. (2001) : Regulierung der Verteilnetzpreise zu Beginn der Marktöffnung. Erfahrungen in
Norwegen und Schweden, Bundesamt für Energie, Bern, http://www.iaea.org/inis/collection/NCLCollectionStore/_Public/
34/066/34066585.pdf.
Gómez, T. (2013): Monopoly Regulation, in: Pérez-Arriaga, I.J. (Hg.): Regulation of the Power Sector, S. 151 – 198, Springer-Verlag,
London.
Gómez, T. (2013): Electricity Distribution, in: Pérez-Arriaga, I.J. (Hg.): Regulation of the Power Sector, S. 199 – 250, Springer-
Verlag, London.
Pérez-Arriaga, I.J. (2013): Challenges in Power Sector Regulation, in: Pérez-Arriaga, I.J. (Hg.): Regulation of the Power Sector, S.
647 – 678, Springer-Verlag, London.
Rivier, M.; Pérez-Arriaga, I.J.; Olmos, L. (2013): Electricity Transmission, in: Pérez-Arriaga, I.J. (Hg.): Regulation of the Power Sector,
S. 251 – 340, Springer-Verlag, London.
Events
SS 2019 2581959 Energy Policy 2 SWS Lecture (V) Wietschel
Exams
SS 2019 7981959 Energy Policy Prüfung (PR) Fichtner
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes) according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation.
Prerequisites
None.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Energy Policy
V 2581959, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
The course deals with material and energy policy of policy makers and includes the effects of such policies on the economy as well
as the involvement of industrial and other stakeholders in the policy design. At the beginning the neoclassical environment policy is
discussed. Afterwards the Sustainable Development concept is presented and strategies how to translate the concept in policy
decision follows. In the next part of the course an overview about the different environmental instruments classes, evaluation
criteria for these instruments and examples of environmental instruments like taxes or certificates will be discussed. The final part
deals with implementation strategies of material and energy policy.
Learning Content
The course deals with material and energy policy of policy makers and includes the effects of such policies on the economy as well
as the involvement of industrial and other stakeholders in the policy design. At the beginning the neoclassical environment policy is
discussed. Afterwards the Sustainable Development concept is presented and strategies how to translate the concept in policy
decision follows. In the next part of the course an overview about the different environmental instruments classes, evaluation
criteria for these instruments and examples of environmental instruments like taxes or certificates will be discussed. The final part
deals with implementation strategies of material and energy policy.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 105.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Will be anounced in the lecture.
Events
WS 19/20 2581002 Energy Systems Analysis 2 SWS Lecture (V) Ardone, Keles, Dengiz,
Yilmaz
Exams
SS 2019 7981002 Energy Systems Analysis Prüfung (PR) Fichtner
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
Since 2011 the lecture is offered in winter term. Exams can still be taken in summer term.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
1. Overview and classification of energy systems modelling approaches
2. Usage of scenario techniques for energy systems analysis
3. Unit commitment of power plants
4. Interdependencies in energy economics
5. Scenario-based decision making in the energy sector
6. Visualisation and GIS techniques for decision support in the energy sector
Annotation
Since 2011 the lecture is offered in winter term. Exams can still be taken in summer term.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Events
SS 2019 2581020 Energy Trade and Risk Management 3 SWS Lecture (V) Keles, Cremer
Exams
SS 2019 7981020 Energy Trade and Risk Management Prüfung (PR) Fichtner
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Annotation
The credits have been changed from 3.5 to 4.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 120.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Elective literature:
Burger, M., Graeber, B., Schindlmayr, G. (2007): Managing energy risk: An integrated view on power and other energy markets,
Wiley&Sons, Chichester, England
EEX (2010): Einführung in den Börsenhandel an der EEX auf Xetra und Eurex, www.eex.de
Erdmann, G., Zweifel, P. (2008), Energieökonomik, Theorie und Anwendungen, Springer, ISBN: 978-3-540-71698-3
Hull, J.C. (2006): Options, Futures and other Derivatives, 6. Edition, Pearson Prentice Hall, New Jersey, USA
Borchert, J., Schlemm, R., Korth, S. (2006): Stromhandel: Institutionen, Marktmodelle, Pricing und Risikomanagement (Gebundene
Ausgabe), Schäffer-Poeschel Verlag
www.riskglossary.com
Events
SS 2019 2134137 Engine measurement techniques 2 SWS Lecture (V) Bernhardt
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105169 Engine Measurement Techniques Prüfung (PR) Koch
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105169 Engine Measurement Techniques Prüfung (PR) Koch
Competence Certificate
oral examination, Duration: 0,5 hours, no auxiliary means
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
T-MACH-102194 Combustion Engines I
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Students get to know state-of-the-art measurement techniques for combustion engines. In particular basic techniques for
measuring engine operating parameters such as torque, speed, power and temperature.
Furthermore techniques for measuring exhaust emissions, air/fuel ratio, fuel consumption as well as pressure indication for
thermodynamic analysis are covered.
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 100 hours
Literature
Events
WS 19/20 2500020 Engineering FinTech Solutions 6 SWS Practical course (P) Ulrich
Exams
SS 2019 7900125 Engineering FinTech Solutions Prüfung (PR) Ulrich
SS 2019 7900287 Engineering FinTech Solutions Prüfung (PR) Ulrich
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out in form of a written thesis based on the course "Engineering FinTech Solutions".
Prerequisites
In order to take the course "Engineering FinTech Solutions", students must have completed the module "Data Science for Finance".
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
This project invites students to either pursue their own FinTech innovation project or to contribute to the Chair's ongoing
innovation projects.
Learning Content
The course is targeted to students with strong knowledge in the field of computational risk and asset management and strong
programming skills. It offers students the opportunity to develop an algorithmic solution and hence ample their programming
experience and their understanding of financial economics or asset and risk management.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 270 hours. This consists of regular meetings with members of the research
group and time for independent work on the software project.
Events
SS 2019 6200617 Ingenieurhydrologie 2 SWS Lecture / Practice Ehret
(VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 8236108943 Engineering Hydrology Prüfung (PR) Ehret
Competence Certificate
See German version.
Prerequisites
None
Events
WS 19/20 2511600 Enterprise Architecture 2 SWS Lecture (V) Wolf
Management
WS 19/20 2511601 Exercises to Enterprise 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Wolf
Architecture Management
Exams
SS 2019 7900043 Enterprise Architecture Management Prüfung (PR) Wolf
WS 19/20 7900010 Enterprise Architecture Management Prüfung (PR) Oberweis
Competence Certificate
Please note that the exam for first writers will be offered for the last time in winter semester 2019/2020. A last examination
possibility exists in the summer semester 2020 (only for repeaters).
The assessment of this course is a written (60 min.) or (if necessary) oral examination (30 min.) according to §4(2) of the
examination regulation.
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
The following topics will be covered: components of enterprise architecture, enterprise strategy including methods to develop
strategies, business process (re)engineering, methods to implement changes within enterprises (management of change).
Learning objectives:
Students understand the connection between enterprise strategy, business processes and business objects and IT architecture;
they know methods to depict these connections and how they can be developed based on each other.
Competence Certificate
Please note: The seminar cannot be offered in the winter semester 2019/2020 due to organizational reasons.
Alternative exam assessment.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Events
SS 2019 2545001 Entrepreneurship 2 SWS Lecture (V) Terzidis, Mitarbeiter
Exams
SS 2019 7900002 Entrepreneurship Prüfung (PR) Terzidis
SS 2019 7900192 Entrepreneurship Prüfung (PR) Terzidis
WS 19/20 7900045 Entrepreneurship Prüfung (PR) Terzidis
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Entrepreneurship
V 2545001, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
This lecture, as an obligatory part of the module “Entrepreneurship”, introduces basic concepts of entrepreneurship. It approaches
the individual steps of dynamic corporate development. The focus here is the introduction to methods for generating innovative
business ideas, the translation of patents into business concepts and general principles of business planning.
Other topics are the design and use of service-oriented information systems for founders, technology management, business
model generation and lean startup methods for the implementation of business ideas in the way of controlled experiments in the
market.
Learning Content
This lecture, as an obligatory part of the module "Entrepreneurship", introduces basic concepts of entrepreneurship. It approaches
the individual steps of dynamic corporate development. The focus here is the introduction to methods for generating innovative
business ideas, the translation of patents into business concepts and general principles of financial planning.
Other topics are the design and use of service-oriented information systems for founders, technology management, business
model generation and lean startup methods for the implementation of business ideas in the way of controlled experiments in the
market.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Events
SS 2019 2545002 Entrepreneurship Research 2 SWS Seminar (S) Avila Albez, Terzidis,
Tittel
Exams
SS 2019 7900052 Entrepreneurship Research Prüfung (PR) Terzidis
Competence Certificate
The performance review is done via a so called other methods of performance review (term paper) (alternative exam assessment).
The final grade is a result from both, the grade of the term paper and its presentation, as well as active participation during the
seminar.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
The topics will be prepared in groups. The presentation of the results is done during a a block period seminar at the end of the
semester. Students have to be present all day long during the seminar.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Entrepreneurship Research
V 2545002, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Seminar (S)
Learning Content
Content of the seminar is most recently discussed topics in the field of entrepreneurship. Topics and dates will be communicated
online via the seminar portal.
Annotation
The topics are prepared in small groups. The seminar consists of two attendance meetings (kick-off event and final presentation).
Between the appointments, independent work is required. The results will be presented at the end of the semester. There is an
obligation to attend all seminars.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Will be announced during/prior to the seminar as this varies from topic to topic.
Events
SS 2019 2560548 Environmental and Ressource 2 SWS Lecture / Practice Walz
Policy (VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 7900277 Environmental and Resource Policy Prüfung (PR) Mitusch
Competence Certificate
See German version
Recommendation
It is recommended to already have knowledge in the area of industrial organization and economic policy. This knowledge may be
acquired in the coursesIntroduction to Industrial Organization [2520371] andEconomic Policy[2560280].
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 120 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Elective literature:
Michaelis, P.: Ökonomische Instrumente in der Umweltpolitik. Eine anwendungsorientierte Einführung, Heidelberg
OECD: Environmental Performance Review Germany, Paris
Events
SS 2019 6224905 Environmental Communication 2 SWS Seminar (S) Kämpf
WS 19/20 6224905 Umweltkommunikation / 2 SWS Seminar (S) Kämpf
Environmental Communication
Exams
SS 2019 8244101676 Environmental Communication Prüfung (PR) Kämpf
Competence Certificate
Non exam assessment (following §4(2), 3 of the examination regulation).
Prerequisites
Examination Prerequisite Environmental Communication must be passend.
Recommendation
None
Annotation
none
Events
WS 19/20 2521547 Umweltökonomik und 2 SWS Lecture / Practice Walz
Nachhaltigkeit (mit Übung) (VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 7900273 Environmental Economics and Sustainability Prüfung (PR) Mitusch
Competence Certificate
See German version
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
It is recommended to already have knowledge in the area of macro- and microeconomics. This knowledge may be acquired in the
courses Economics I: Microeconomics [2600012] and Economics II: Macroeconomics [2600014].
Events
WS 19/20 24140 Umweltrecht 2 SWS Lecture (V) Marsch, Barczak
Exams
SS 2019 7500082 Environmental Law Prüfung (PR) Marsch
Events
SS 2019 24666 Europäisches und Internationales 2 SWS Lecture (V) Brühann
Recht
Exams
SS 2019 7500084 European and International Law Prüfung (PR) Marsch
Events
SS 2019 6224905 Environmental Communication 2 SWS Seminar (S) Kämpf
WS 19/20 6224905 Umweltkommunikation / 2 SWS Seminar (S) Kämpf
Environmental Communication
Exams
SS 2019 8244106620 Examination Prerequisite Environmental Prüfung (PR) Kämpf
Communication
Competence Certificate
2 literature annotations, appr. 150 words each, and
short presentation, appr. 10 min.
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
none
Annotation
none
Events
SS 2019 24504 Advanced Civil Law 2 SWS Lecture (V) Matz
SS 2019 24506 Exercises in Civil Law 2 SWS Lecture (V) Dreier
SS 2019 24926 Case Studies in Civil Law 2 SWS Practice (Ü) Kleiner, Käde
WS 19/20 24011 Commercial and Corporate Law 2 SWS Lecture (V) Wiele
Exams
SS 2019 7500099 Wirtschaftsprivatrecht Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
WS 19/20 7500108 Commercial Law Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
Events
WS 19/20 2540489 Experimental Economics 2 SWS Lecture (V) Peukert, Dorner
WS 19/20 2540493 Übung zu Experimentelle 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Greif-Winzrieth,
Wirtschaftsforschung Pietruska
Exams
SS 2019 7900104 Experimental Economics Prüfung (PR) Weinhardt
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min) (according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulations). By successful completion
of the exercises (§4 (2), 3 SPO 2007 respectively §4 (3) SPO 2015) a bonus can be obtained. If the grade of the written exam is at
least 4.0 and at most 1.3, the bonus will improve it by one grade level (i.e. by 0.3 or 0.4).
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Experimental Economics
V 2540489, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
Experimental Economics have become a separate field in Economics. Nearly all fields of the economic discipline use economic
experiments to verify theoretical results. Besides being used for empricial validation, this method is applied in political and
strategic consulting. The lecture gives an introduction to experimental methods in economics and shows differences to
experiments in natural sciences. Scientific studies are used to show exemplary applications.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
• Strategische Spiele; S. Berninghaus, K.-M. Ehrhart, W. Güth; Springer Verlag, 2nd ed., 2006.
• Handbook of Experimental Economics; J. Kagel, A. Roth; Princeton University Press, 1995.
• Experiments in Economics; J.D. Hey; Blackwell Publishers, 1991.
• Experimental Economics; D.D. Davis, C.A. Holt; Princeton University Press, 1993.
• Experimental Methods: A Primer for Economists; D. Friedman, S. Sunder; Cambridge University Press, 1994.
Events
WS 19/20 2173560 Welding Lab Course, in groupes 3 SWS Practical course (P) Dietrich, Schulze
Competence Certificate
Certificate to be issued after evaluation of the lab class report.
Prerequisites
Certtificate of attendance for Welding technique (The participation in the course Welding Technology I/II is assumed.).
Annotation
The lab takes place at the beginning of the winter semester break once a year. The registration is possible during the lecture period
in the secretariat of the Institute of Applied Materials (IAM – WK). The lab is carried out in the Handwerkskammer Karlsruhe.
You need sturdy shoes and long clothes!
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
The lab takes place at the beginning of the winter semester break once a year. The registration is possible during the lecture period
in the secretariat of the Institute of Applied Materials (IAM – WK). The lab is carried out in the Handwerkskammer Karlsruhe.
learning objectives:The students are capable to name a survey of current welding processes and their suitability for joining
different metals. The students can evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of the individual procedures. The students have
weld with different welding processes.
requirements:
Certificate to be issued after evaluation of the lab class report
You need sturdy shoes and long clothes!
workload:
regular attendance: 31,5 hours
preparation: 8,5 hours
lab report: 80 hours
Learning Content
Gas welding of steels with different weld geometries
Brazing of aluminum
Annotation
The lab takes place at the beginning of the winter semester break once a year. The registration is possible during the lecture period
in the secretariat of the Institute of Applied Materials (IAM – WK). The lab is carried out in the Handwerkskammer Karlsruhe.
You need sturdy shoes and long clothes!
Workload
regular attendance: 31,5 hours
preparation: 8,5 hours
lab report: 80 hours
Literature
distributed during the lab attendance
Competence Certificate
The assessment depends on which extraordinary course becomes part of the module "Cross-Functional Management Accounting".
.
Prerequisites
None
Annotation
The pupose of this placeholder is to make it possible zu include an extraordinary course in the module "Cross-Functional
Management Accounting". Proposals for specific courses have to be approved in advance by the module coordinator.
Events
SS 2019 2143882 Fabrication Processes in 2 SWS Lecture (V) Bade
Microsystem Technology
WS 19/20 2143882 Fabrication Processes in 2 SWS Lecture (V) Bade
Microsystem Technology
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102166 Fabrication Processes in Microsystem Prüfung (PR) Bade
Technology
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102166 Fabrication Processes in Microsystem Prüfung (PR) Bade
Technology
Competence Certificate
Oral examination, 20 minutes
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
pdf files of presentation sheets
Learning Content
The lecture offers an advanced understanding of manufacturing processes in microsystem technology. Basic aspects of
microtechnological processing will be introduced. With examples from semiconductor microfabrication and microsystem
technology the base processing steps for conditioning and finishing, patterning, removal are imparted. Nano-patterning is covered
is also included and the micro-nano interface is discussed. By the help of typical processing steps elementary mechanisms, process
execution, and equipment are explained. Additionally quality control, process control and environmental topics are included
Literature
M. Madou
Fundamentals of Microfabrication
CRC Press, Boca Raton, 1997
W. Menz, J. Mohr, O. Paul
Mikrosystemtechnik für Ingenieure
Dritte Auflage, Wiley-VCH, Weinheim 2005
L.F. Thompson, C.G. Willson, A.J. Bowden
Introduction to Microlithography
2nd Edition, ACS, Washington DC, 1994
Description
Media:
pdf files of presentation sheets
Learning Content
The lecture offers an advanced understanding of manufacturing processes in microsystem technology. Basic aspects of
microtechnological processing will be introduced. With examples from semiconductor microfabrication and microsystem
technology the base processing steps for conditioning and finishing, patterning, removal are imparted. Nano-patterning is covered
is also included and the micro-nano interface is discussed. By the help of typical processing steps elementary mechanisms, process
execution, and equipment are explained. Additionally quality control, process control and environmental topics are included
Literature
M. Madou
Fundamentals of Microfabrication
CRC Press, Boca Raton, 1997
W. Menz, J. Mohr, O. Paul
Mikrosystemtechnik für Ingenieure
Dritte Auflage, Wiley-VCH, Weinheim 2005
L.F. Thompson, C.G. Willson, A.J. Bowden
Introduction to Microlithography
2nd Edition, ACS, Washington DC, 1994
T 7.141 Course: Facility Location and Strategic Supply Chain Management [T-
WIWI-102704]
Exams
SS 2019 7900233 Facility Location and Strategic Supply Chain Prüfung (PR) Nickel
Management
Competence Certificate
Due to a research semester of Professor Nickel in WS 19/20, the course "Facility Location and Strategic Supply Chain
Management" does NOT take place in WS 19/20. In particular, neither WS 19/20 nor SS 20 will offer an exam for the lecture. The
follow-up exam to the lecture in WS 18/19 takes place in SS 19 and is exclusively for students in the second examination.
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min) according to Section 4 (2), 1 of the examination regulation.
The exam takes place in every semester.
Prerequisite for admission to examination is the succesful completion of the online assessments.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite for admission to examination is the succesful completion of the online assessments.
Recommendation
None
Annotation
The lecture is held in every winter term. The planned lectures and courses for the next three years are announced online.
Events
WS 19/20 2181711 Failure of structural materials: 3 SWS Lecture / Practice Gumbsch, Weygand
deformation and fracture (VÜ)
Competence Certificate
oral exam ca. 30 minutes
no tools or reference materials
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
preliminary knowlegde in mathematics, mechanics and materials science
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
1. Introduction
2. linear elasticity
3. classification of stresses
4. Failure due to plasticity
tensile test
dislocations
hardening mechanisms
guidelines for dimensioning
5. composite materials
6. fracture mechanics
hypotheses for failure
linear elasic fracture mechanics
crack resitance
experimental measurement of fracture toughness
defect measurement
crack propagation
application of fracture mechanics
atomistics of fracture
The student
• has the basic understanding of mechanical processes to explain the relationship between externally applied load and
materials strength.
• can explain the foundation of linear elastic fracture mechanics and is able to determine if this concept can be applied to a
failure by fracture.
• can decribe the main empirical materials models for deformation and fracture and can apply them.
• has the physical understanding to describe and explain phenomena of failure.
Learning Content
1. Introduction
2. linear elasticity
3. classification of stresses
4. Failure due to plasticity
tensile test
dislocations
hardening mechanisms
guidelines for dimensioning
5. composite materials
6. fracture mechanics
hypotheses for failure
linear elasic fracture mechanics
crack resitance
experimental measurement of fracture toughness
defect measurement
crack propagation
application of fracture mechanics
atomistics of fracture
Workload
regular attendance: 22,5 hours
self-study: 97,5 hours
Literature
• Engineering Materials, M. Ashby and D.R. Jones (2nd Edition, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 1998); worth reading,
relatively simple but comprehensive
• Mechanical Behavior of Materials, Thomas H. Courtney (2nd Edition, McGraw Hill, Singapur); classic on the mechanical
behavior of materials, extensive and good
• Bruchvorgänge in metallischen Werkstoffen, D. Aurich (Werkstofftechnische Verlagsgesellschaft Karlsruhe), relatively
simple but yet comprehensive overview of metallic materials
Events
WS 19/20 2181715 Failure of Structural Materials: 2 SWS Lecture (V) Gruber, Gumbsch
Fatigue and Creep
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102139 Failure of Structural Materials: Fatigue and Prüfung (PR) Gruber, Kraft,
Creep Gumbsch
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102139 Failure of Structural Materials: Fatigue and Prüfung (PR) Kraft, Gumbsch,
Creep Gruber
Competence Certificate
oral exam ca. 30 minutes
no tools or reference materials
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
preliminary knowlegde in mathematics, mechanics and materials science
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
1 Fatigue
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Statistical Aspects
1.3 Lifetime
1.4 Fatigue Mechanisms
1.5 Material Selection
1.6 Thermomechanical Loading
1.7 Notches and Shape Optimization
1.8 Case Study: ICE-Desaster
2 Creep
2.1 Introduction
2.2 High Temperature Plasticity
2.3 Phänomenological DEsciption of Creep
2.4 Creep Mechanisms
2.5 Alloying Effects
The student
• has the basic understanding of mechanical processes to explain the relationships between externally applied load and
materials strength.
• can describe the main empirical materials models for fatigue and creep and can apply them.
• has the physical understanding to describe and explain phenomena of failure.
• can use statistical approaches for reliability predictions.
• can use its acquired skills, to select and develop materials for specific applications.
Learning Content
1 Fatigue
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Statistical Aspects
1.3 Lifetime
1.4 Fatigue Mechanisms
1.5 Material Selection
1.6 Thermomechanical Loading
1.7 Notches and Shape Optimization
1.8 Case Study: ICE-Desaster
2 Creep
2.1 Introduction
2.2 High Temperature Plasticity
2.3 Phänomenological DEsciption of Creep
2.4 Creep Mechanisms
2.5 Alloying Effects
Workload
regular attendance: 22,5 hours
self-study: 97,5 hours
Literature
• Engineering Materials, M. Ashby and D.R. Jones (2nd Edition, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 1998); worth reading,
relatively simple but comprehensive
• Mechanical Behavior of Materials, Thomas H. Courtney (2nd Edition, McGraw Hill, Singapur); classic on the mechanical
behavior of materials, extensive and good
• Bruchvorgänge in metallischen Werkstoffen, D. Aurich (Werkstofftechnische Verlagsgesellschaft Karlsruhe), relatively
simple but yet comprehensive overview of metallic materials
• Fatigue of Materials, Subra Suresh (2nd Edition, Cambridge University Press); standard work on fatigue, all classes of
materials, extensive, for beginners and advanced student
Events
SS 2019 2530205 Financial Analysis 2 SWS Lecture (V) Luedecke
SS 2019 2530206 Übungen zu Financial Analysis 2 SWS Practice (Ü) Luedecke
Exams
SS 2019 7900075 Financial Analysis Prüfung (PR) Luedecke
Competence Certificate
See German version.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge in corporate finance, accounting, and valuation is required.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Financial Analysis
V 2530205, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
This lecture reviews the key financial statements according to international financial reporting standards and provides analytical
tools to evaluate the income statement, the balance sheet, and the cash flow statement in order to measure a firm’s liquidity,
operational efficiency, and profitability.
Learning Content
Topics:
Literature
• Alexander, D. and C. Nobes (2017): Financial Accounting – An International Introduction, 6th ed., Pearson.
• Penman, S.H. (2013): Financial Statement Analysis and Security Valuation, 5th ed., McGraw Hill.
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (90 minutes) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Knowledge of the contents covered by the course "Economics III: Introduction in Econometrics"[2520016]
Annotation
The course takes place each second summer term: 2018/2020....
Events
WS 19/20 2530232 Financial Intermediation 2 SWS Lecture (V) Ruckes
WS 19/20 2530233 Übung zu Finanzintermediation 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Ruckes, Hoang, Benz
Exams
SS 2019 7900078 Financial Intermediation Prüfung (PR) Ruckes
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is a written examination (following §4(2), 1 SPO) of 60 mins.
The exam is offered each semester.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Financial Intermediation
V 2530232, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
Learning Content
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Elective literature:
Events
WS 19/20 2545109 2 SWS Seminar (S) Ntagiakou, Kienzle
Exams
WS 19/20 7900155 Firm creation in IT security Prüfung (PR) Terzidis
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment. The grade consists of the presentation and the written elaboration.
Prerequisites
None
Events
WS 19/20 2530260 Fixed Income Securities 3 SWS Lecture / Practice Uhrig-Homburg,
(VÜ) Mitarbeiter
Exams
SS 2019 7900112 Fixed Income Securities Prüfung (PR) Uhrig-Homburg
Competence Certificate
The assessment takes place in the form of a written examination (75 minutes) according to §4(2), 1 SPO. The examination takes
place during the semester break. The examination is offered every semester and can be repeated at any regular examination date.
A bonus can be acquired through successful participation in the excercises. If the grade of the written examination is between 4.0
and 1.3, the bonus improves the grade by up to one grade level (0.3 or 0.4). Details will be announced in the lecture.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Knowledge from the course "Derivatives" is very helpful.
Annotation
The oourse is offered as a block course.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
The lecture deals with both German and international bond markets, which are an important source of funding for both the
corporate and the public sector. After an overview of the most important bond markets, various definitions of return are discussed.
Based on that, the concept of the yield curve is presented. The modelling of the dynamics of the term structure of interest rates
provides the theoretical foundation for the valuation of interest rate derivatives, which is discussed in the last part of the lecture.
The objective of this course is to become familiar with national and international bond markets. Therefore, we first have a look at
financial instruments that are of particular importance. Thereafter, specific models and methods that allow the evaluation of
interest rate derivatives are introduced and applied.
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
The assessment consists of a written exam following §4, Abs. 2, 1.
• Bühler, W., Uhrig-Homburg, M., Rendite und Renditestruktur am Rentenmarkt, in Obst/Hintner, Geld-, Bank- und
Börsenwesen - Handbuch des Finanzsystems, (2000), S.298-337.
• Sundaresan, S., Fixed Income Markets and Their Derivatives, Academic Press, 3rd Edition, (2009).
Elective literature:
• Hull, J., Options, Futures, & Other Derivatives, Prentice Hall, 8th Edition, (2012).
Events
WS 19/20 2114093 Fluid Technology 2 SWS Lecture (V) Geimer, Pult
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102093 Fluid Power Systems Prüfung (PR) Geimer
WS 19/20 76T-MACH-102093 Fluid Power Systems Prüfung (PR) Geimer
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a writen exam (90 minutes) taking place in the recess period. The exam takes place in every semester.
Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Fluid Technology
V 2114093, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
In the range of hydrostatics the following topics will be introduced:
• Hydraulic fluids
• Pumps and motors
• Valves
• Accessories
• Hydraulic circuits.
• Compressors
• Motors
• Valves
• Pneumatic circuits.
Workload
Literature
Scritum for the lecture Fluidtechnik
Institute of Vehicle System Technology
downloadable
Events
SS 2019 2174575 Foundry Technology 2 SWS Lecture (V) Wilhelm
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105157 Foundry Technology Prüfung (PR) Wilhelm
Competence Certificate
oral exam; about 25 minutes
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
It is strongly recommended to pass the two courses "Materials Science I" (T-MACH-102078) and "Materials Science II" (T-
MACH-102079).
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Foundry Technology
V 2174575, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Notes
Moulding and casting processes
Solidifying of melts
Castability
Fe-Alloys
Non-Fe-Alloys
Moulding and additive materials
Core production
Sand reclamation
Design in casting technology
Casting simulation
Foundry Processes
learning objectives:
The students know the specific moulding and casting techniques and are able to describe them in detail. The students know the
application of moulding and casting techniques concerning castings and metals, their advantages and disadvantages in comparison,
their application limits and are able to describe these in detail.
The students know the applied metals and are able to describe advantages and disadvantages as well as the specific range of use.
The students are able, to describe detailled mould and core materials, technologies, their application focus and mould-affected
casting defects.
The students know the basics of casting process of any casting parts concerning the above mentioned criteria and are able to
describe detailled.
requirements:
Required: Material Science and Engineering I and II
workload:
The workload for the lecture Foundry Technology is 120 h per semester and consists of the presence during the lecture (21 h) as
well as preparation and rework time at home (99 h).
Learning Content
Moulding and casting processes
Solidifying of melts
Castability
Fe-Alloys
Non-Fe-Alloys
Moulding and additive materials
Core production
Sand reclamation
Design in casting technology
Casting simulation
Foundry Processes
Workload
The workload for the lecture Foundry Technology is 120 h per semester and consists of the presence during the lecture (21 h) as
well as preparation and rework time at home (99 h).
Literature
Reference to literature, documentation and partial lecture notes given in lecture
Events
SS 2019 6232809 Güterverkehr 2 SWS Lecture / Practice Chlond
(VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 8245106611 Freight Transport Prüfung (PR) Chlond
Competence Certificate
written exam, 60 min.
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
none
Annotation
none
Events
WS 19/20 2133108 Fuels and Lubricants for 2 SWS Lecture (V) Kehrwald
Combustion Engines
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105184 Fuels and Lubricants for Combustion Prüfung (PR) Kehrwald
Engines
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105184 Fuels and Lubricants for Combustion Prüfung (PR) Kehrwald
Engines
Competence Certificate
oral examination, Duration: ca. 25 min., no auxiliary means
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Introduction and basics
Hydrogen
Learning Content
Introduction and basics
Hydrogen
Workload
regular attendance: 24 hours
self-study: 96 hours
Literature
Lecturer notes
Events
WS 19/20 2113814 Fundamentals for Design of 1 SWS Lecture (V) Bardehle
Motor-Vehicles Bodies I
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102116 Fundamentals for Design of Motor-Vehicle Prüfung (PR) Bardehle, Unrau
Bodies I
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102116 Fundamentals for Design of Motor-Vehicle Prüfung (PR) Unrau, Bardehle
Bodies I
Competence Certificate
Oral group examination
Duration: 30 minutes
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Anticipated dates: 23 October 2019, 30 October 2019, 6 November 2019, 20 November 2019, 27 November 2019 (alternate
date), and 4 December 2019 (alternate date).
Further information will be published on the homepage of the institute
Learning Content
1. History and design
2. Aerodynamics
5. Fastening technologie
Workload
regular attendance: 10,5 hours
self-study: 49,5 hours
Literature
1. Automobiltechnische Zeitschrift ATZ, Friedr. Vieweg & Sohn Verlagsges. mbH,
Wiesbaden
2. Automobil Revue, Bern (Schweiz)
3. Automobil Produktion, Verlag Moderne Industrie, Landsberg
Events
SS 2019 2114840 Fundamentals for Design of 1 SWS Lecture (V) Bardehle
Motor-Vehicles Bodies II
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102119 Fundamentals for Design of Motor-Vehicle Prüfung (PR) Bardehle, Gauterin
Bodies II
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102119 Fundamentals for Design of Motor-Vehicle Prüfung (PR) Bardehle
Bodies II
Competence Certificate
Oral group examination
Duration: 30 minutes
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Scheduled dates:
see homepage of the institute.
Further information and possible changes of date: see homepage of the institute.
Learning Content
1. Body properties/testing procedures
2. External body-parts
3. Interior trim
6. Crash tests
Workload
regular attendance: 10,5 hours
self-study: 49,5 hours
Literature
1. Automobiltechnische Zeitschrift ATZ, Friedr. Vieweg & Sohn Verlagsges. mbH,
Wiesbaden
2. Automobil Revue, Bern (Schweiz)
3. Automobil Produktion, Verlag Moderne Industrie, Landsberg
Events
WS 19/20 2113812 Fundamentals in the 1 SWS Lecture (V) Zürn
Development of Commercial
Vehicles I
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105160 Fundamentals in the Development of Prüfung (PR) Zürn
Commercial Vehicles I
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105160 Fundamentals in the Development of Prüfung (PR) Zürn
Commercial Vehicles I
Competence Certificate
Oral group examination
Duration: 30 minutes
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Anticipated dates: 12 November 2019, 19 November 2019, 26 November 2019, and 10 December 2019.
Further information will be published on the homepage of the institute.
Learning Content
1. Introduction, definitions, history
2. Development tools
3. Complete vehicle
4. Cab, bodyshell work
5. Cab, interior fitting
6. Alternative drive systems
7. Drive train
8. Drive system diesel engine
9. Intercooled diesel engines
Workload
regular attendance: 10,5 hours
self-study: 49,5 hours
Literature
1. Marwitz, H., Zittel, S.: ACTROS -- die neue schwere Lastwagenbaureihe von Mercedes-Benz, ATZ 98, 1996, Nr. 9
2. Alber, P., McKellip, S.: ACTROS -- Optimierte passive Sicherheit, ATZ 98, 1996
Events
SS 2019 2114844 Fundamentals in the 1 SWS Lecture (V) Zürn
Development of Commercial
Vehicles II
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105161 Fundamentals in the Development of Prüfung (PR) Zürn
Commercial Vehicles II
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105161 Fundamentals in the Development of Prüfung (PR) Zürn
Commercial Vehicles II
Competence Certificate
Oral group examination
Duration: 30 minutes
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
1. Gear boxes of commercial vehicles
2. Intermediate elements of the drive train
3. Axle systems
4. Front axles and driving dynamics
5. Chassis and axle suspension
6. Braking System
7. Systems
8. Excursion
Workload
regular attendance: 10,5 hours
self-study: 49,5 hours
Literature
1. Schittler, M., Heinrich, R., Kerschbaum, W.: Mercedes-Benz Baureihe 500 -- neue V-Motorengeneration für schwere
Nutzfahrzeuge, MTZ 57 Nr. 9, S. 460 ff., 1996
2. Robert Bosch GmbH (Hrsg.): Bremsanlagen für Kraftfahrzeuge, VDI-Verlag, Düsseldorf, 1. Auflage, 1994
3. Rubi, V., Strifler, P. (Hrsg. Institut für Kraftfahrwesen RWTH Aachen): Industrielle Nutzfahrzeugentwicklung, Schriftenreihe
Automobiltechnik, 1993
Events
WS 19/20 2113810 Fundamentals of Automobile 1 SWS Lecture (V) Frech
Development I
WS 19/20 2113851 Principles of Whole Vehicle 1 SWS Lecture (V) Frech
Engineering I
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105162 Fundamentals of Automobile Development Prüfung (PR) Frech, Unrau
I
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105162 Fundamentals of Automobile Development Prüfung (PR) Frech, Unrau
I
Competence Certificate
Written examination
Duration: 90 minutes
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Block lecture in room 219 in building 70.04 (Campus East).
Date: 21 October 2019, 28 October 2019 and 18 November 2019 from 8:00 to 11:00 a.m.
Further information will be published on the homepage of the institute.
Learning Content
1. Process of automobile development
2. Conceptual dimensioning and design of an automobile
3. Laws and regulations – National and international boundary conditions
4. Aero dynamical dimensioning and design of an automobile I
5. Aero dynamical dimensioning and design of an automobile II
6. Thermo-management in the conflict of objectives between styling, aerodynamic and packaging guidelines I
7. Thermo-management in the conflict of objectives between styling, aerodynamic and packaging guidelines II
Workload
regular attendance: 10,5 hours
self-study: 49,5 hours
Literature
The scriptum will be provided during the first lessons
Notes
Block lecture in room 219 in building 70.04 (Campus East), in English.
Date: 21 October 2019, 28 October 2019 and 18 November 2019 from 11:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m.
Further information will be published on the homepage of the institute.
Learning Content
1. Process of automobile development
2. Conceptual dimensioning and design of an automobile
3. Laws and regulations – National and international boundary conditions
4. Aero dynamical dimensioning and design of an automobile I
5. Aero dynamical dimensioning and design of an automobile II
6. Thermo-management in the conflict of objectives between styling, aerodynamic and packaging guidelines I
7. Thermo-management in the conflict of objectives between styling, aerodynamic and packaging guidelines II
Workload
regular attendance: 10,5 hours
self-study: 49,5 hours
Literature
The scriptum will be provided during the first lessons
Events
SS 2019 2114842 Fundamentals of Automobile 1 SWS Lecture (V) Frech
Development II
SS 2019 2114860 Principles of Whole Vehicle 1 SWS Frech
Engineering II
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105163 Fundamentals of Automobile Development Prüfung (PR) Frech, Unrau
II
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105163 Fundamentals of Automobile Development Prüfung (PR) Unrau, Frech
II
Competence Certificate
Written examination
Duration: 90 minutes
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
1. Application-oriented material and production technology I
2. Application-oriented material and production technology II
3. Overall vehicle acoustics in the automobile development
4. Drive train acoustics in the automobile development
5. Testing of the complete vehicle
6. Properties of the complete automobile
Workload
regular attendance: 10,5 hours
self-study: 49,5 hours
Literature
The scriptum will be provided during the first lessons.
Notes
In English language.
Learning Content
1. Application-oriented material and production technology I
2. Application-oriented material and production technology II
3. Overall vehicle acoustics in the automobile development
4. Drive train acoustics in the automobile development
5. Testing of the complete vehicle
6. Properties of the complete automobile
Workload
regular attendance: 10,5 hours
self-study: 49,5 hours
Literature
The scriptum will be provided during the first lessons.
Events
SS 2019 2134138 Fundamentals of catalytic 2 SWS Lecture (V) Lox, Grunwaldt,
exhaust gas aftertreatment Deutschmann
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105044 Fundamentals of Catalytic Exhaust Gas Prüfung (PR) Lox
Aftertreatment
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105044 Fundamentals of Catalytic Exhaust Gas Prüfung (PR) Lox
Aftertreatment
Competence Certificate
oral examination, Duration: 25 min., no auxiliary means
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
1. kind and source of emissions
2. emission legislation
3. principal of catalytic exhaust gas aftertreatment (EGA)
4. EGA at stoichiometric gasoline engines
5. EGA at gasoline engines with lean mixtures
6. EGA at diesel engines
7. economical basic conditions for catalytic EGA
Workload
regular attendance: 36 hours
self-study: 84 hours
Literature
Lecture notes available in the lectures
1. ''Environmental Catalysis'' Edited by G.Ertl, H. Knötzinger, J. Weitkamp Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH, Weinheim, 1999 ISBN
3-527-29827-4
2. ''Cleaner Cars- the history and technology of emission control since the 1960s'' J. R. Mondt Society of Automotive Engineers,
Inc., USA, 2000 Publication R-226, ISBN 0-7680-0222-2
3. ''Catalytic Air Pollution Control - commercial technology'' R. M. Heck, R. J. Farrauto John Wiley & Sons, Inc., USA, 1995 ISBN
0-471-28614-1
4. ''Automobiles and Pollution'' P. Degobert Editions Technic, Paris, 1995 ISBN 2-7108-0676-2
5. ''Reduced Emissions and Fuel Consumption in Automobile Engines'' F. Schaeder, R. van Basshuysen, Springer Verlag Wien New
York, 1995 ISBN 3-211-82718-8
6. ''Autoabgaskatalysatoren : Grudlagen - Herstellung - Entwicklung - Recycling - Ökologie'' Ch. Hagelüken und 11 Mitautoren,
Expert Verlag, Renningen, 2001 ISBN 3-8169-1932-4
Competence Certificate
Oral examination, duration 25 min., no auxillary means
Prerequisites
none
Events
WS 19/20 2149655 Gear Technology 2 SWS Lecture (V) Klaiber
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102148 Gear Cutting Technology Prüfung (PR) Schulze
Competence Certificate
Oral Exam (20 min)
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Gear Technology
V 2149655, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
Media:
Lecture notes will be provided in Ilias (https://ilias.studium.kit.edu/)
Notes
Based on the gearing theory, manufacturing processes and machine technologies for producing gearings, the needs of modern gear
manufacturing will be discussed in the lecture. For this purpose, various processes for various gear types are taught which
represent the state of the art in practice today. A classification in soft and hard machining and furthermore in cutting and non-
cutting technologies will be made. For comprehensive understanding the processes, machine technologies, tools and applications
of the manufacturing of gearings will be introduced and the current developments presented. For assessment and classification of
the applications and the performance of the technologies, the methods of mass production and manufacturing defects will be
discussed. Sample parts, reports from current developments in the field of research and an excursion to a gear manufacturing
company round out the lecture.
Learning Outcomes:
The students …
• can describe the basic terms of gearings and are able to explain the imparted basics of the gearwheel and gearing theory.
• are able to specify the different manufacturing processes and machine technologies for producing gearings. Furthermore
they are able to explain the functional principles and the dis-/advantages of these manufacturing processes.
• can apply the basics of the gearing theory and manufacturing processes on new problems.
• are able to read and interpret measuring records for gearings. are able to make an appropriate selection of a process based
on a given application
• can describe the entire process chain for the production of toothed components and their respective influence on the
resulting workpiece properties.
Workload:
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Learning Content
Based on the gearing theory, manufacturing processes and machine technologies for producing gearings, the needs of modern gear
manufacturing will be discussed in the lecture. For this purpose, various processes for various gear types are taught which
represent the state of the art in practice today. A classification in soft and hard machining and furthermore in cutting and non-
cutting technologies will be made. For comprehensive understanding the processes, machine technologies, tools and applications
of the manufacturing of gearings will be introduced and the current developments presented. For assessment and classification of
the applications and the performance of the technologies, the methods of mass production and manufacturing defects will be
discussed. Sample parts, reports from current developments in the field of research and an excursion to a gear manufacturing
company round out the lecture.
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Events
SS 2019 2550134 Globale Optimierung I 2 SWS Lecture (V) Stein
SS 2019 2550135 Übungen zu Globale 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Stein
Optimierung I+II
Exams
SS 2019 7900061_SS2019_HK Global Optimization I Prüfung (PR) Stein
Competence Certificate
Success is in the form of a written examination (60 min.) (according to § 4(2), 1 SPO) and possibly of a compulsory prerequisite.
The exam is offered in the lecture of semester and the following semester.
The success check can be done also with the success control for "Global optimization II". In this case, the duration of the written
exam is 120 min.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
Part I and II of the lecture are held consecutively in the samesemester.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Globale Optimierung I
V 2550134, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
In many optimization problems from economics, engineering and natural sciences, numerical solution methods are only able to
efficiently identify local optimizers, while it is much harder to find globally optimal points. This corresponds to the fact that by local
search it is easy to find the summit of the closest mountain, but that the search for the summit of Mount Everest is rather elaborate.
Part I of the lecture treats methods for global optimization of convex functions under convex constraints. It is structured as
follows:
Literature
Events
SS 2019 2550134 Globale Optimierung I 2 SWS Lecture (V) Stein
SS 2019 2550136 Globale Optimierung II 2 SWS Lecture (V) Stein
Exams
SS 2019 7900063_SS2019_HK Global Optimization I and II Prüfung (PR) Stein
Competence Certificate
The assessment of the lecture is a written examination (120 minutes) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation and
possibly of a compulsory prerequisite.
The examination is held in the semester of the lecture and in the following semester.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
Part I and II of the lecture are held consecutively in the same semester.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Globale Optimierung I
V 2550134, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
In many optimization problems from economics, engineering and natural sciences, numerical solution methods are only able to
efficiently identify local optimizers, while it is much harder to find globally optimal points. This corresponds to the fact that by local
search it is easy to find the summit of the closest mountain, but that the search for the summit of Mount Everest is rather elaborate.
Part I of the lecture treats methods for global optimization of convex functions under convex constraints. It is structured as
follows:
Literature
Globale Optimierung II
V 2550136, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
In many optimization problems from economics, engineering and natural sciences, numerical solution methods are only able to
efficiently identify local optimizers, while it is much harder to find globally optimal points. This corresponds to the fact that by local
search it is easy to find the summit of the closest mountain, but that the search for the summit of Mount Everest is rather elaborate.
The global solution of convex optimization problems is subject of part I of the lecture.
Part II of the lecture treats methods for global optimization of nonconvex functions under nonconvex constraints. It is structured
as follows:
The lecture is accompanied by computer exercises in which you can learn the programming language MATLAB and implement and
test some of the methods for practically relevant examples.
Literature
Events
SS 2019 2550135 Übungen zu Globale 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Stein
Optimierung I+II
SS 2019 2550136 Globale Optimierung II 2 SWS Lecture (V) Stein
Exams
SS 2019 7900062_SS2019_HK Global Optimization II Prüfung (PR) Stein
Competence Certificate
The assessment of the lecture is a written examination (60 minutes) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation and
possibly of a compulsory prerequisite.
The examination is held in the semester of the lecture and in the following semester.
The examination can also be combined with the examination of "Global optimization I". In this case, the duration of the written
examination takes 120 minutes.
Prerequisites
None
Annotation
Part I and II of the lecture are held consecutively in the samesemester.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Globale Optimierung II
V 2550136, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
In many optimization problems from economics, engineering and natural sciences, numerical solution methods are only able to
efficiently identify local optimizers, while it is much harder to find globally optimal points. This corresponds to the fact that by local
search it is easy to find the summit of the closest mountain, but that the search for the summit of Mount Everest is rather elaborate.
The global solution of convex optimization problems is subject of part I of the lecture.
Part II of the lecture treats methods for global optimization of nonconvex functions under nonconvex constraints. It is structured
as follows:
The lecture is accompanied by computer exercises in which you can learn the programming language MATLAB and implement and
test some of the methods for practically relevant examples.
Literature
T 7.165 Course: Global Production and Logistics - Part 1: Global Production [T-
MACH-105158]
Events
WS 19/20 2149610 Global Production and Logistics 2 SWS Lecture (V) Lanza
- Part 1: Global Production
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105158 Global Production and Logistics - Part 1: Prüfung (PR) Lanza
Global Production
Competence Certificate
Written Exam (60 min)
Prerequisites
"T-MACH-108848 - Globale Produktion und Logistik - Teil 1: Globale Produktion" must not be commenced.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
Lecture notes will be provided in Ilias (https://ilias.studium.kit.edu/)
Notes
The lecture examines the management of global production networks of manufacturing companies. It gives an overview of the
influencing factors and challenges of global production. In-depth knowledge of common methods and procedures for planning,
designing and managing global production networks is imparted.
Therefore, the lecture first of all discusses the connections and interdependencies between the business strategy and the
production strategy and illustrates necessary tasks for the definition of a production strategy. Methods for site selection, for the
site-specific adaptation of product design and production technology as well as for the establishment of new production sites and
for the adaptation of existing production networks to changing framework conditions are subsequently taught within the context
of the design of the network footprint. With regard to the management of global production networks, the lecture addresses
challenges associated with coordination, procurement and order management in global networks. The lecture is complemented by
a discussion on the use of industry 4.0 applications in global production and current trends in planning, designing and managing
global production networks.
The topics include:
• Basic conditions and influencing factors of global production (historical development, targets, chances and threats)
• Framework for planning, designing and managing global production networks
• Production strategies for global production networks
From business strategy to production strategy
Tasks of the production strategy (product portfolio management, circular economy, planning of production depth,
production-related research and development)
• Design of global production networks
Basic types of network structures
Planning process for the design of the network footprint
Adaptation of the network footprint
Site selection
Location-specific adaptation of production technology and product design
• Management of global production networks
Network coordination
Procurement process
Order management
Learning Outcomes:
The students …
• can explain the general conditions and influencing factors of global production
• are capable to apply defined procedures for site selection and to evaluate site decisions with the help of different methods
• are able to select the adequate scope of design for siteappropriate production and product construction casespecifically
• can state the central elements in the planning process of establishing a new production site.
• are capable to make use of the methods to design and scale global production networks for company-individual problems
• are able to show up the challenges and potentials of the departments sales, procurement as well as research and
development on global basis.
Workload:
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Recommendations:
Combination with Global Production and Logistics – Part 2
Learning Content
The lecture examines the management of global production networks of manufacturing companies. It gives an overview of the
influencing factors and challenges of global production. In-depth knowledge of common methods and procedures for planning,
designing and managing global production networks is imparted.
Therefore, the lecture first of all discusses the connections and interdependencies between the business strategy and the
production strategy and illustrates necessary tasks for the definition of a production strategy. Methods for site selection, for the
site-specific adaptation of product design and production technology as well as for the establishment of new production sites and
for the adaptation of existing production networks to changing framework conditions are subsequently taught within the context
of the design of the network footprint. With regard to the management of global production networks, the lecture addresses
challenges associated with coordination, procurement and order management in global networks. The lecture is complemented by
a discussion on the use of industry 4.0 applications in global production and current trends in planning, designing and managing
global production networks.
The topics include:
• Basic conditions and influencing factors of global production (historical development, targets, chances and threats)
• Framework for planning, designing and managing global production networks
• Production strategies for global production networks
From business strategy to production strategy
Tasks of the production strategy (product portfolio management, circular economy, planning of production depth,
production-related research and development)
• Design of global production networks
Basic types of network structures
Planning process for the design of the network footprint
Adaptation of the network footprint
Site selection
Location-specific adaptation of production technology and product design
• Management of global production networks
Network coordination
Procurement process
Order management
• Trends in planning, designing and managing global production networks
Annotation
None
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Literature
Lecture Notes
recommended secondary literature:
Abele, E. et al: Global Production – A Handbook for Strategy and Implementation, Springer 2008 (english)
T 7.166 Course: Global Production and Logistics - Part 2: Global Logistics [T-
MACH-105159]
Events
SS 2019 2149600 Global Production and Logistics 2 SWS Lecture (V) Furmans
- Part 2: Global Logistics
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105159 Global Production and Logistics - Part 2: Prüfung (PR) Furmans
Global Logistics
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a 60 minutes written examination (according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
We recommend attending the course "Logistics - organization, design and control of logistic systems " (2118078) beforehand.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
presentations, black board
Notes
Characteristics of global trade
• Incoterms
• Customs clearance, documents and export control
• SCOR model
• Value stream analysis
• assign basic problems of planning and operation of global supply chains and plan them with apropriate methods,
• describe requirements and characteristics of global trade and transport, and
• evaluate characteristics of the design from logistic chains regarding their suitability.
The assessment consists of a 60 minutes written examination (according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
The main exam is offered every summer semester. A second date for the exam is offered in winter semester only for students that
did not pass the main exam.
Recommendations:
We recommend the course "Logistics - organisation, design and control of logistic systems " (2118078) beforehand.
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Learning Content
Characteristics of global trade
• Incoterms
• Customs clearance, documents and export control
• SCOR model
• Value stream analysis
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Literature
Elective literature:
Competence Certificate
The assessment is a 60 minutes written examination (according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
The examination is held in the term of the lecture and the following lecture.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge as conveyed in the module "Introduction to Operations Research" is assumed.
Annotation
The course is offered irregularly. Planned lectures for the next three years can be found in the internet at http://dol.ior.kit.edu/
english/Courses.php.
Events
WS 19/20 2113807 Handling Characteristics of 2 SWS Lecture (V) Unrau
Motor Vehicles I
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105152 Handling Characteristics of Motor Vehicles Prüfung (PR) Unrau
I
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105152 Handling Characteristics of Motor Vehicles Prüfung (PR) Unrau
I
Competence Certificate
Verbally
Duration: 30 up to 40 minutes
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
1. Problem definition: Control loop driver - vehicle - environment (e.g. coordinate systems, modes of motion of the car body and the
wheels)
2. Simulation models: Creation from motion equations (method according to D'Alembert, method according to Lagrange,
programme packages for automatically producing of simulation equations), model for handling characteristics (task, motion
equations)
Workload
regular attendance: 22,5 hours
self-study: 97,5 hours
Literature
1. Willumeit, H.-P.: Modelle und Modellierungsverfahren in der Fahrzeugdynamik,
B. G. Teubner Verlag, 1998
3. Gnadler, R.; Unrau, H.-J.: Reprint collection to the lecture Handling Characteristics of Motor Vehicles I
Events
SS 2019 2114838 Handling Characteristics of 2 SWS Lecture (V) Unrau
Motor Vehicles II
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105153 Handling Characteristics of Motor Vehicles Prüfung (PR) Unrau
II
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105153 Handling Characteristics of Motor Vehicles Prüfung (PR) Unrau
II
Competence Certificate
Oral Examination
Duration: 30 up to 40 minutes
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
1. Vehicle handling: Bases, steady state cornering, steering input step, single sine, double track switching, slalom, cross-wind
behavior, uneven roadway
2. stability behavior: Basics, stability conditions for single vehicles and for vehicles with trailer
Workload
regular attendance: 22,5 hours
self-study: 97,5 hours
Literature
1. Zomotor, A.: Fahrwerktechnik: Fahrverhalten, Vogel Verlag, 1991
2. Mitschke, M./Wallentowitz, H.: Dynamik von Kraftfahrzeugen, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2004
3. Gnadler, R. Unrau, H.-J.: Reprint collection to the lecture Handling Characteristics of Motor Vehicles II
Exams
SS 2019 7981001 Heat Economy Prüfung (PR) Fichtner
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min.) according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 1 of the examination regulation.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
None
Annotation
See German version.
Events
SS 2019 2126749 Advanced powder metals 2 SWS Lecture (V) Schell
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102157 High Performance Powder Metallurgy Prüfung (PR) Schell
Materials
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102157 High Performance Powder Metallurgy Prüfung (PR) Schell
Materials
Competence Certificate
oral exam, 20- 30 min
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
The lecture gives an overview on production, properties and application of structural and functional powder metallurgy material.
The following groups of materials are presented: PM High Speed Steels, Cemented Carbides, PM Metal Matrix Composites, PM
Specialities, PM Soft Magnetic and Hard Magnetic Materials.
Workload
regular attendance: 22 hours
self-study: 98 hours
Literature
• W. Schatt ; K.-P. Wieters ; B. Kieback. ".Pulvermetallurgie: Technologien und Werkstoffe", Springer, 2007
• R.M. German. "Powder metallurgy and particulate materials processing. Metal Powder Industries Federation, 2005
• F. Thümmler, R. Oberacker. "Introduction to Powder Metallurgy", Institute of Materials, 1993
Exams
SS 2019 7307360 High-Voltage Technology I Prüfung (PR) Badent
Prerequisites
none
Events
SS 2019 2307361 High-Voltage Technology II 2 SWS Lecture (V) Badent
SS 2019 2307363 Übungen zu 2307361 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Schulze
Hochspannungstechnik II
Exams
SS 2019 7307361 High-Voltage Technology II Prüfung (PR) Badent
Prerequisites
none
Events
WS 19/20 2307392 High-Voltage Test Technique 2 SWS Lecture (V) Badent
WS 19/20 2307394 Tutorial for 2307392 High-Voltage 2 SWS Practice (Ü) Görtz
Test Technique
Exams
SS 2019 7307392 High-Voltage Test Technique Prüfung (PR) Badent
WS 19/20 7307392 High-Voltage Test Technique Prüfung (PR) Badent
Prerequisites
none
Exams
SS 2019 7900084 Human Factors in Security and Privacy Prüfung (PR) Volkamer
WS 19/20 7900113 Human Factors in Security and Privacy Prüfung (PR) Volkamer
Competence Certificate
The lecture will not be offered in the winter semester 2019/2020.
The assessment of this course is a written examination (60 min) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation or an oral exam
(30 min) following §4, Abs. 2, 2 of the examination regulation.
The exam takes place every semester and can be repeated at every regular examination date.
Prerequisites
Successful participation in the exercises.
Recommendation
The prior attendance of the lecture "Information Security" is strongly recommended.
Events
SS 2019 2573003 Incentives in Organizations 2 SWS Lecture (V) Nieken
SS 2019 2573004 Übung zu Incentives in 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Nieken, Mitarbeiter
Organizations
Exams
SS 2019 7900132 Incentives in Organizations Prüfung (PR) Nieken
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation). The exam takes place in
every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
In case of a small number of registrations, we might offer an oral exam instead of a written exam.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Knowledge of microeconomics, game theory, and statistics is assumed.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Incentives in Organizations
V 2573003, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Notes
The students acquire profound knowledge about the design and the impact of different incentive and compensation systems.
Topics covered are, for instance, performance based compensation, team work, intrinsic motivation, multitasking, andsubjective
performance evaluations. We will use microeconomic or behavioral models as well as empirical data to analyzeincentive systems.
We will investigate several widely used compensation schemes and their relationship with corporatestrategy. Students will learn
to develop practical implications which are based on the acquired knowledge of this course.
Aim
The student
• develops a strategic understanding about incentives systems and how they work.
• analyzes models from personnel economics.
• understands how econometric methods can be used to analyze performance and compensation data.
• knows incentives schemes that are used in companies and is able to evaluate them critically.
• can develop practical implications which are based on theoretical models and empirical datafor companies.
• understands the challenges of managing incentive and compensation systems and their relationship with
corporatestrategy.
Recommendations
Knowledge of microeconomics, game theory, and statistics is assumed.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135 hours.
Lecture 32h
Preparation of lecture 52h
Exam preparation 51h
Literature
Slides
Additional case studies and research papers will be announced in the lecture.
Events
WS 19/20 2595505 Industrial Services 2 SWS Lecture (V) Fromm
WS 19/20 2595506 Übungen zu Industrial Services 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Walk
Exams
SS 2019 7900219 Industrial Services Prüfung (PR) Fromm
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min.) according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 1 of the examination regulation.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Industrial Services
V 2595505, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
Services are becoming ever more important in business. Today, the gross income share of services in Germany exceeds 70%.
Following this trend, many companies that previously focused solely on the sale of goods, strive to an extension of their business
model: In order to realize new competitive advantages in domestic and international markets, they enrich their material goods with
customer-specific services. This transformation to a provider of integrated solutions is called "Servitization" (Neely 2009). For this
reason, so-called industrial services to companies of increasing importance. They benefit from the increasingly detailed data
collected (on "Big Data"), e.g. concerning user profiles, failure statistics, usage history, accrued expenses, etc. Only these data allow
in principle to end products and spare parts are delivered faster, cheaper and more targeted and technicians can be used more
efficiently with the correct skills. This requires, however, also suitable methods of optimization, prognosis or predictive modeling.
When used properly, such methods can minimize logistics costs, increase availability, prevent potential failures and improve repair
planning. This is also enabled by latest "Technology Enabled Services" along with corresponding data transfer and analysis
("Internet of Things", automatic error detection, remote diagnostics, centralized collection of consumption data, etc.). The change
from goods manufacturer to a provider of integrated solutions requires new services, transformation of business models as well as
intelligent new contract types, which are addressed in the course as well.
More specifically, the lessons of this lecture will include:
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Silver, E. A., Pyke, D. F., & Peterson, R. (1998). Inventory management and production planning and scheduling (Vol. 3, p. 30). New York:
Wiley.
Pintelon, L., & Van Puyvelde, F. (2013). Asset Management. The Maintenance Perspective. Acco.
Chopra, S., & Meindl, P. (2007). Supply chain management. Strategy, planning & operation. In Das summa summarum des
management (pp. 265-275). Gabler.
Koole, G. (2007). Call Center Mathematics: A scientific method for understanding and improving contact centers. Departement of
Mathematics, Vrije Universiteit, Amsterdam.
Oliva, R., & Kallenberg, R. (2003). Managing the transition from products to services. International journal of service industry
management, 14(2), 160-172.
Events
SS 2019 2122014 Information Engineering 2 SWS Seminar (S) Ovtcharova,
Mitarbeiter
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102209 Information Engineering Prüfung (PR) Ovtcharova
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment (written composition and speech)
Prerequisites
None
Events
SS 2019 6232813 Informationsmanagement für 2 SWS Block (B) Vortisch
öffentliche Mobilitätsangebote
Competence Certificate
lecture accompanying exercises, appr. 5 pieces
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
none
Annotation
none
Events
SS 2019 2511606 Information Service Engineering 2 SWS Lecture (V) Sack
SS 2019 2511607 Übungen zu Information Service 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Sack
Engineering
Exams
SS 2019 7900070 Information Service Engineering Prüfung (PR) Sack
WS 19/20 7900071 Information Service Engineering Prüfung (PR) Sack
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is a written examination (60 min) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation or an oral exam
(20 min) following §4, Abs. 2, 2 of the examination regulation.
The exam takes place every semester and can be repeated at every regular examination date.
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
- Information, Natural Language and the Web
- Natural Language Processing
- Information Retrieval
- Knowledge Mining
Annotation
New lecture, since summer semester 2017
Literature
• D. Jurafsky, J.H. Martin, Speech and Language Processing, 2nd ed. Pearson Int., 2009.
• S. Hitzler, S. Rudolph, Foundations of Semantic Web Technologies, Chapman / Hall, 2009.
• R. Baeza-Yates, B. Ribeiro-Neto, Modern Information Retrieval, 2nd ed., Addison Wesley, 2010.#
Events
SS 2019 2118094 Information Systems in Logistics 2 SWS Lecture (V) Kilger
and Supply Chain Management
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102128 Information Systems and Supply Chain Prüfung (PR) Mittwollen
Management
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral exam (20 min.) taking place in the recess period according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 2 of the
examination regulation.
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
presentations
Learning Content
1) Overview of logistics systems and processes
2) Basic concepts of information systems and information technology
3) Introduction to IS in logistics: Overview and applications
4) Detailed discussion of selected SAP modules for logistics support
Annotation
none
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Literature
Stadtler, Kilger: Supply Chain Management and Advanced Planning, Springer, 4. Auflage 2008
Events
SS 2019 6233801 Entwurf und Bau von Straßen 2 SWS Lecture (V) Roos
SS 2019 6233802 Betrieb und Erhaltung von Straßen 2 SWS Lecture (V) Roos
Exams
SS 2019 8245106300 Infrastructure Management Prüfung (PR) Roos
Competence Certificate
written exam, 120 min.
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
none
Annotation
none
Events
WS 19/20 2303192 Innovation Lab 2 SWS Project (PRO) Hohmann, Zwick, Sax,
Stork
Exams
WS 19/20 7303192 Innovation Lab Prüfung (PR) Hohmann, Zwick,
Stork, Sax
Competence Certificate
see module description
Events
SS 2019 2545100 Innovation Management: Concepts, 2 SWS Lecture (V) Weissenberger-Eibl
Strategies and Methods
Exams
SS 2019 7900144 Innovation Management: Concepts, Strategies Prüfung (PR) Weissenberger-Eibl
and Methods
SS 2019 7900145 Innovation Management: Concepts, Strategies Prüfung (PR) Weissenberger-Eibl
and Methods
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes). The exam takes place in every summer semester. Re-examinations are
offered at every ordinary examination date.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
The lecture will be held in German.
Learning Content
The course 'Innovation Management: Concepts, Strategies and Methods' offers scientific concepts which facilitate the un-
derstanding of the different phases of the innovation process and resulting strategies and appropriate methodologies suitable for
application.
The concepts refer to the entire innovation process so that an integrated perspective is made possible. This is the basis for the
teaching of strategies and methods which fulfil the diverse demands of the complex innovation process. The course focuses
particu-larly on the creation of interfaces between departments and between various actors in a company's environment and the
organisation of a company's internal procedures. In this context a basic understanding of knowledge and communication is taught
in addi-tion to the specific characteristics of the respective actors. Subsequently methods are shown which are suitable for the
profitable and innovation-led implementation of inte-grated knowledge.
Annotation
This course was formerly named "Innovation Management".
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
A detailed bibliography is provided with the lecture notes.
Exams
WS 19/20 7900141 Innovation Processes Live Prüfung (PR) Weissenberger-Eibl
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessments (§4(2), 3 SPO). The grade consists of an exposé (15%), a guideline interview or an analysis tool (25%),
a group presentation of the results (20%) and a seminar paper (40%).
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
Prior attendance of the course Innovation Management [2545015] is recommended.
Events
SS 2019 2560236 Innovationtheory and -policy SWS Lecture (V) Ott
SS 2019 2560237 Übung zu Innovationstheorie und SWS Practice (Ü) Ott, Eraydin
-politik
Exams
SS 2019 7900107 Innovationtheory and -Policy Prüfung (PR) Ott
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min) according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation. The exam takes
place in every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
A bonus can be earned through a short written homework and its presentation in the exercise. If the grade of the written
examination is between 4.0 and 1.3, the bonus improves the grade by a maximum of one grade level (0.3 or 0.4). The exact criteria
for awarding a bonus will be announced at the beginning of the course.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge of micro- and macroeconomics is assumed, as taught in the courses Economics I [2600012], and Economics II
[2600014]. In addition, an interest in quantitative-mathematical modeling is required.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Excerpt:
• Aghion, P., Howitt, P. (2009), The Economics of Growth, MIT Press, Cambridge MA.
• de la Fuente, A. (2000), Mathematical Methods and Models for Economists. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK.
• Klodt, H. (1995), Grundlagen der Forschungs- und Technologiepolitik. Vahlen, München.
• Linde, R. (2000), Allokation, Wettbewerb, Verteilung - Theorie, UNIBUCH Verlag, Lüneburg.
• Ruttan, V. W. (2001), Technology, Growth, and Development. Oxford University Press, Oxford.
• Scotchmer, S. (2004), Incentives and Innovation, MIT Press.
• Tirole, Jean (1988), The Theory of Industrial Organization, MIT Press, Cambridge MA.
Events
WS 19/20 2145156 Integrated Product Development 4 SWS Lecture (V) Albers
WS 19/20 2145157 Workshop Product Development 4 SWS Practice (Ü) Albers, Mitarbeiter
WS 19/20 2145300 Project Work in Product 2 SWS Others (sonst.) Albers
Development
Competence Certificate
oral examination (60 minutes)
Prerequisites
none
Annotation
Due to organizational reasons, the number of participants is limited. Thus a selection has to be made. For registration to the
selection process a standard form has to be used, that can be downloaded from IPEK hompage from april to july. The selection itself
is made by Prof. Albers in personal interviews.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Registration required in the previous summer semester. The lecture starts in first week of October.
Prerequisites:
The participation in "Integrated Product Development" requires the concurrent participation in lectures (2145156), tutorials
(2145157) and project work (2145300).
Due to organizational reasons, the number of participants is limited. Thus a selection has to be made. For registration to the
selection process a standard form has to be used, that can be downloaded from IPEK hompage from april to july. The selection itself
is made by Prof. Albers in personal interviews.
Recommendations:
none
Workload:
regular attendance: 84 h
self-study: 288 h
Examination:
oral examination (60 minutes)
combined examination of lectures, tutorials and project work
Course content:
organizational integration: integrated product engineering model, core team management and simultaneous engineering
informational integration: innovation management, cost management, quality management and knowledge management
personal integration: team coaching and leadership management
invited lectures
Learning objectives:
The Students are able to ...
• analyze and evaluate product development processes based on examples and their own experiences.
• plan, control and evaluate the working process systematically.
• choose and use suitable methods of product development, system analysis and innovation management under
consideration of the particular situation.
• prove their results.
• develop complex technical solutions in a team and to present them to qualified persons as well as non-qualified persons
• to design overall product development processes under consideration of market-, customer- and company- aspects
Notes
Prerequisites:
The participation in "Integrated Product Development" requires the concurrent participation in lectures (2145156), tutorials
(2145157) and project work (2145300).
Due to organizational reasons, the number of participants is limited to 42 persons. Thus a selection has to be made. For registration
to the selection process a standard form has to be used, that can be downloaded from IPEK hompage from april to july. The
selection itself is made by Prof. Albers in personal interviews.
Recommendations:
none
Workload:
regular attendance: 84 h
self-study: 288 h
Examination:
lectures: 21 h
preparation to exam: 99 h
Course content:
problem solving: analysis techniques, creativity techniques and evaluation methods
professional skills: presentation techniques, moderation and teamcoaching
development tools: MS Project, Szenario-Manager & Pro/Engineer Wildfire
Learning objectives:
The theoretical background taught in the lecture, is deepened through methodworkshops, business games and case studies. The
reflexion of the onself precedure allows for an applicability and practicability of the contents in the accompnying development
project as well as for the career entry.
Notes
Participation only possible in combination with the lecture 2145156 'Integrated Product Development'.
Prerequisites:
The participation in "Integrated Product Development" requires the concurrent participation in lectures (2145156), tutorials
(2145157) and project work (2145300).
Due to organizational reasons, the number of participants is limited to 42 persons. Thus a selection has to be made. For registration
to the selection process a standard form has to be used, that can be downloaded from IPEK hompage from april to july. The
selection itself is made by Prof. Albers in personal interviews.
Recommendations:
none
Workload:
regular attendance: 21 h
self-study: 99 h
Examination:
oral examination (60 minutes)
combined examination of lectures, tutorials and project work
Course content:
The project work begins with the early stages of product development, i.e. the identification of market trends and needs. Based on
this information the students develop scenarios for future markets and create product profiles, which describe the customers and
their demands without anticipating possible product solutions. After having passed several following milestones for ideas, concepts
and designs, virtual prototypes and function prototypes are presented to an audience.
The project work is supported by coaching through skilled faculty staff. Additionally weekly tutorials, respectively workshops are
given. For doing the project the teams gain access to team workspaces featuring IT-infrastructure and relevant software, such as
office, CAD or FEA. Further on the teams learn how team cooperation and knowledge management can be supported in design
project by using a wiki system.s
Learning objectives:
The center of "Integrated Product Development" constitutes itself in the development of a technical product within independent
working student teams on the basis of the market situation up to virtual and real prototypes. Thereby the integrate treatment of
the product development process is of importance. The project teams hereby represent development departments of medium
sized companies, in which the presented methods and tools are field - experienced applied and ideas are transformed into concrete
product models.
For the preparation of this development project the basics of 3D-CAD-modelling (Pro/ENGINEER) as well as different tools and
methods of creative designing, of sketching and solution finding are mediated in workshops. Special events impart an insight of
presentation techniques and the meaning of technical design.
T 7.188 Course: Integrated Production Planning in the Age of Industry 4.0 [T-
MACH-109054]
Events
SS 2019 2150660 Integrated Production Planning 6 SWS Lecture / Practice Lanza
in the Age of Industry 4.0 (VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-109054 Integrated Production Planning in the Age Prüfung (PR) Lanza
of Industry 4.0
Competence Certificate
Written Exam (120 min)
Prerequisites
"T-MACH-108849 - Integrierte Produktionsplanung im Zeitalter von Industrie 4.0" as well as "T-MACH-102106 Integrierte
Produktionsplanung" must not be commenced.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
Lecture notes will be provided in Ilias (https://ilias.studium.kit.edu/)
Notes
Integrated production planning in the age of industry 4.0 will be taught in the context of this engineering science lecture. In
addition to a comprehensive introduction to Industry 4.0, the following topics will be addressed at the beginning of the lecture:
Building on this, the phases of integrated production planning are taught in accordance with VDI Guideline 5200, whereby special
features of parts production and assembly are dealt with in the context of case studies:
The lecture contents are rounded off by numerous current practical examples with a strong industry 4.0 reference. Within the
exercises the lecture contents are deepened and applied to specific problems and tasks.
Learning Outcomes:
The students …
Workload:
MACH:
regular attendance: 63 hours
self-study: 177 hours
WING:
regular attendance: 63 hours
self-study: 207 hours
Learning Content
Integrated production planning in the age of industry 4.0 will be taught in the context of this engineering science lecture. In
addition to a comprehensive introduction to Industry 4.0, the following topics will be addressed at the beginning of the lecture:
Building on this, the phases of integrated production planning are taught in accordance with VDI Guideline 5200, whereby special
features of parts production and assembly are dealt with in the context of case studies:
The lecture contents are rounded off by numerous current practical examples with a strong industry 4.0 reference. Within the
exercises the lecture contents are deepened and applied to specific problems and tasks.
Workload
MACH:
regular attendance: 63 hours
self-study: 177 hours
WING:
regular attendance: 63 hours
self-study: 207 hours
Literature
Lecture Notes
Events
SS 2019 2150601 Integrative Strategies in 2 SWS Lecture (V) Schlichtenmayer
Production and Development of
High Performance Cars
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105188 Integrative Strategies in Production and Prüfung (PR) Lanza
Development of High Performance Cars
Competence Certificate
Written Exam (60 min)
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
Lecture notes will be provided in Ilias (https://ilias.studium.kit.edu/).
Notes
The lecture deals with the technical and organizational aspects of integrated development and production of sports cars on the
example of Porsche AG. The lecture begins with an introduction and discussion of social trends. The deepening of standardized
development processes in the automotive practice and current development strategies follow. The management of complex
development projects is a first focus of the lecture. The complex interlinkage between development, production and purchasing are
a second focus. Methods of analysis of technological core competencies complement the lecture. The course is strongly oriented
towards the practice and is provided with many current examples.
The main topics are:
Learning Outcomes:
The students …
• are capable to specify the current technological and social challenges in automotive industry.
• are qualified to identify interlinkages between development processes and production systems.
• are able to explain challenges and solutions of global markets and global production of premium products.
• are able to explain modern methods to identify key competences of producing companies.
Workload:
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Learning Content
The lecture deals with the technical and organizational aspects of integrated development and production of sports cars on the
example of Porsche AG. The lecture begins with an introduction and discussion of social trends. The deepening of standardized
development processes in the automotive practice and current development strategies follow. The management of complex
development projects is a first focus of the lecture. The complex interlinkage between development, production and purchasing are
a second focus. Methods of analysis of technological core competencies complement the lecture. The course is strongly oriented
towards the practice and is provided with many current examples.
The main topics are:
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Literature
Lecture Slides
Events
WS 19/20 2540525 Intelligent CRM Architectures 2 SWS Lecture (V) Geyer-Schulz
WS 19/20 2540526 Übung zu Intelligent CRM 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Nazemi
Architectures
Exams
SS 2019 7900280 Intelligent CRM Architectures Prüfung (PR) Geyer-Schulz
Competence Certificate
This lecture will be offered for the last time in winter semester 2019/20.
Written examination (60 minutes) according to §4(2), 1 SPO. The exam is considered passed if at least 50 out of a maximum of 100
possible points are achieved. The grades are graded in five steps (best grade 1.0 from 95 points). Details of the grade formation and
scale will be announced in the course.
A bonus can be acquired through successful participation in the practice. If the grade of the written examination is between 4.0 and
1.3, the bonus improves the grade by one grade level (0.3 or 0.4). The exact criteria for awarding a bonus will be announced at the
beginning of the course.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
It is recommended to additionally review the Bachelor-level lecture "Customer Relationship Management" from the module "CRM
and Servicemanagement".
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
The lecture is structured in three parts:
In the first part the methods used for architecture design are introduced (system analysis, UML, formal specification of interfaces,
software and analysis patterns, and the separation in conceptual and IT-architectures. The second part is dedicated to learning
architectures and machine learning methods. The third part presents examples of learning CRM-Architectures.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135 hours (4.5 credits):
Time of attendance
Self-study
Literature
• P. Clements et al., Documenting Software Architectures. Views and Beyond. Upper Saddle River: Addison-Wesley, 2011.
• M. Fowler, Patterns of Enterprise Application Architecture. Amsterdam: Addison-Wesley Longman, 2002.
• S. Russell and P. Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, 3rd ed. Harlow Essex England: Pearson New International
Edition, 2014.
• V. N. Vapnik, The Nature of Statistical Learning Theory. New York: Springer, 1995.
Events
SS 2019 2540558 Interactive Systems 3 SWS Lecture (V) Mädche, Morana
Exams
SS 2019 791000002 Interactive Systems Prüfung (PR) Mädche
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam of 1 hour and by submitting written papers as part of the exercise.
Details will be announced at the beginning of the course.
Prerequisites
None
Annotation
This course replaces T-WIWI-106342 "Interactive Systems" starting summer term 2018.
The course is held in english.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Interactive Systems
V 2540558, SS 2019, 3 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Notes
Advanced information and communication technologies make interactive systems ever-present in the users’ private and business
life. They are an integral part of smartphones, devices in the smart home, mobility vehicles as well as at the working place in
production and administration (e.g. in the form of dashboards).
With the continuous growing capabilities of computers, the design of the interaction between human and computer becomes even
more important. The aim of this course is to introduce the foundations, theoretical grounding, key concepts and principles as well
as current practice of interactive systems. The contents of the course abstract from the technical implementation details. The
students get the necessary knowledge to guide the successful implementation of interactive systems in business and private life.
Content:
• Basics
• Theoretical foundations
• Key concepts and design principles for specific interactive systems classes
• Capstone project
Learning goals:
The students
• know what interactive systems are and how they can be conceptualized
• explore the theoretical grounding of interactive systems leveraging theories from reference disciplines such as psychology
• know key concepts and design principles of specific classes of interactive systems (e.g. assistance, behavior change
systems)
• get hands-on experience by analyzing existing interactive systems and suggesting enrichments based on the lecture
contents.
The lecture is complemented with a capstone project assignment, where students analyze and review existing interactive systems
and suggest areas of improvement / extensions.
Events
SS 2019 2530570 International Finance 2 SWS Lecture (V) Walter, Uhrig-
Homburg
Exams
SS 2019 7900097 International Finance Prüfung (PR) Uhrig-Homburg
Competence Certificate
See German version.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
See German version.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
International Finance
V 2530570, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
The main aspects of this course are the chances and the risks which are associated with international transactions. We carry outour
analysis fromtwo distinctperspectives:First the point of view of an international investor second that, of an international
corporation.Several alternativesto the management of foreignexchangerisks are shown. Due to the importance of foreign
exchangerisks, the first part of the course deals withcurrency markets. Furthermore current exchange rate theories are discussed.
Learning Content
The main aspects of this course are the chances and the risks which are associated with international transactions. We carry out
our analysis from two distinct perspectives: First the point of view of an international investor second that, of an international
corporation. Several alternatives to the management of foreign exchange risks are shown. Due to the importance of foreign
exchange risks, the first part of the course deals with currency markets. Furthermore current exchange rate theories are discussed.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Elective literature:
Events
WS 19/20 2581956 International Management in 2 SWS Lecture (V) Sasse
Engineering and Production
Exams
SS 2019 7981956 International Management in Engineering and Prüfung (PR) Schultmann
Production
WS 19/20 7981956 International Management in Engineering and Prüfung (PR) Schultmann
Production
Competence Certificate
The examination will be in form of a written exam acc. to §4(2), 1 ER. Exams are offered in every semester and can be re-examined
at every ordinary examination date.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 105 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Will be announced in the course.
Events
WS 19/20 2572179 International Selling – EUCOR 2 SWS Block (B) Klarmann
Competence Certificate
Non exam assessment according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 3 of the examination regulation (presentation). The grade is based on the
presentation and the subsequent discussion.
Prerequisites
The courses "Business Planning for Founders - EUCOR" and the course "International Selling - EUCOR" must be taken together.
Annotation
An application is required to participate in this course. The application phase usually takes place at the beginning of the lecture
period. Further information on the application process can be found on the website of the Marketing and Sales Research Group
(marketing.iism.kit.edu) shortly before the start of the lecture period.
Please note that the courses "Business Planning for Founders - EUCOR" (3 ECTS) and "International Selling - EUCOR" (3 ECTS) can
only be taken together (6 ECTS in total). In combination with the mandatory course "Sales Management and Retailing" (3 ECTS) the
module is completed.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
This course is offered as part of the EUCOR programme in cooperation with EM Strasbourg. Max. 10 students of KIT and max. 10
students of EM Strasbourg will develop a sales presentation in tandems (teams of 2). This is based on the value proposition of a
business model developed in the LV "Business Planning for Founders - EUCOR".
Annotation
• An application is required to participate in this event. The application phase usually takes place at the beginning of the
lecture period. Further information on the application process can be found on the website of the Marketing and Sales
Research Group (marketing.iism.kit.edu) shortly before the start of the lecture period.
• Please note that the courses "Business Planning for Founders - EUCOR" (3 ECTS) and "International Selling - EUCOR" (3
ECTS) can only be taken together (6 ECTS in total). In combination with the mandatory course "Sales Management and
Retailing" (3 ECTS) the module is completed.
Workload
Total workload for 3 ECTS: about 90 hours
Events
WS 19/20 24354 Internet Law 2 SWS Lecture (V) Dreier
Exams
SS 2019 7500057 Internet Law Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
WS 19/20 7500060 Internet Law Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
Events
WS 19/20 2125757 Introduction to Ceramics 3 SWS Lecture (V) Hoffmann
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-100287 Introduction to Ceramics Prüfung (PR) Hoffmann, Schell,
Wagner
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-100287 Introduction to Ceramics Prüfung (PR) Hoffmann, Schell,
Wagner
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral exam (30 min) taking place at a specific date.
The re-examination is offered at a specific date.
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Introduction to Ceramics
V 2125757, WS 19/20, 3 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
Media:
Slides for the lecture:
available under http://www.iam.kit.edu/km
Learning Content
After a short introduction to interatomic bonding, fundamental concepts of crystallography, the stereographic projection and the
most important symmetry elements will be given. Different types of crystal structures are explained and the relevance of
imperfections are analysed with respect to the mechanical and electrical properties of ceramics. Then, the impact of surfaces,
interfaces and grain boundaries for the preparation, microstructural evolution and the resulting properties is discussed. Finally, an
introduction is given to ternary phase diagrams.
The second part of the course covers structure, preparation and application aspects of nonmetallic inorganic glasses, followed by
an introduction to the properties and processing methods of fine-grained technical powders. The most relevant shaping methods,
such as pressing, slip casting, injection moulding and extrusion are introduced. Subsequently, the basics of science of sintering and
the mechanisms for normal and abnormal grain growth are discussed. Mechanical properties of ceramics are analysed using basic
principles of linear elastic fracture mechanics, Weibull statistics, concepts for subcritical crack growth and creep models to explain
the behaviour at elevated temperatures. Furthermore it is demonstrated that mechanical properties can be siginificantly enhanced
by various types of microstructural toughening mechanisms. The electronic and ionic conductivity of ceramic materials are
explained based on defect-chemical considerations and band structure models. Finally, the characteristics of a dielectric,
pyroelectric, and piezoelectric behaviour is discussed.
Workload
regular attendance: 45 hours
self-study: 135 hours
Literature
Events
WS 19/20 6339050 Grundlagen der Hydrogeologie 4 SWS Lecture / Practice Goldscheider
(Studienplan 2009 G10-1, G10-2) (VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 8210_101499 Introduction to Hydrogeology Prüfung (PR) Goldscheider
WS 19/20 8210_101499 Introduction to Hydrogeology Prüfung (PR) Goldscheider
Competence Certificate
Written exam with 90 minutes
Prerequisites
none
Events
WS 19/20 2141861 Introduction to Microsystem 2 SWS Lecture (V) Korvink, Badilita
Technology I
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105182 Introduction to Microsystem Technology I Prüfung (PR) Korvink, Badilita
Competence Certificate
written examination for implementation in a major field, 30 min oral exam for elective subject
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
- Introduction in Nano- and Microtechnologies
- Silicon and processes for fabricating microelectronics circuits
- Basic physics background and crystal structure
- Materials for micromachining
- Processing technologies for microfabrication
- Silicon micromachining
- Examples
Workload
Literature: 20 h
Lessions: 21 h
Preparation and Review: 50 h
Exam preparation: 30 h
Literature
M. Madou
Fundamentals of Microfabrication
Taylor & Francis Ltd.; Auflage: 3. Auflage. 2011
Events
SS 2019 2142874 Introduction to Microsystem 2 SWS Lecture (V) Korvink, Badilita
Technology II
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105183 Introduction to Microsystem Technology II Prüfung (PR) Korvink, Badilita
Competence Certificate
written examination for major field, oral exam (30 min) for elective field
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
- Introduction in Nano- and Microtechnologies
- Lithography
- LIGA-technique
- Mechanical microfabrication
- Patterning with lasers
- Assembly and packaging
- Microsystems
Workload
Literature: 20 h
Lessions: 21 h
Preparation and Review: 50 h
Exam preparation: 30 h
Literature
M. Madou
Fundamentals of Microfabrication
Taylor & Francis Ltd.; Auflage: 3. Auflage. 2011
Events
SS 2019 2550470 Einführung in die Stochastische 2 SWS Lecture (V) Rebennack
Optimierung
SS 2019 2550471 Übung zur Einführung in die 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Rebennack,
Stochastische Optimierung Assistenten
Exams
SS 2019 7900198 Introduction to Stochastic Optimization Prüfung (PR) Rebennack
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes) according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation. The exam takes
place in every the semester.
Prerequisites
None.
Events
SS 2019 2123352 IoT platform for engineering 3 SWS Ovtcharova, Maier
WS 19/20 2123352 IoT platform for engineering SWS Ovtcharova, Maier
Competence Certificate
Assessment of another type (graded), procedure see webpage. Number of participants limited to 20 people. There is a participant
selection process.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Number of participants limited to 15 people. There is a participant selection process.
Learning Content
Industry 4.0, IT systems for fabrication and assembly, process modelling and execution, project work in teams, practice-relevant
I4.0 problems, in automation, manufacturing industry and service.
Events
WS 19/20 6233901 DV-gestützter Straßenentwurf 2 SWS Lecture / Practice Zimmermann
(VÜ)
Competence Certificate
oram exam with 15 minutes
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
SS 2019 2118183 IT-Fundamentals of Logistics 2 SWS Lecture (V) Thomas
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105187 IT-Fundamentals of Logistics Prüfung (PR) Furmans, Mittwollen
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral exam (30min) taking place in the recess period according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 2 of the
examination regulation.
Prerequisites
none
Annotation
1) Detailed script can be downloaded online (www.tup.com), updated and enhanced annually.
2) CD-ROM with chapters and exercises at the end of the semester available from the lecturer, also updated and enhanced
annually.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
IT-Fundamentals of Logistics
V 2118183, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
The rapid development of information technology influences business processes drastically.
A strategic IT-orientation for an enterprise without a critical appreciation of worldwide IT-development (where the half-life value
of IT for logistic systems knowledge is less than 3 years) is dangerous. The pressure of costs is always in focus. For this purpose the
contents of this course, as well as the detailed script will be continuously revised, and the influences on business processes will be
shown in practical examples.
Focuses:
A guiding principle for a new system architecture for MFC systems is the consideration of making new standardized, functional
groups available for re-usability.
The most important task of the MFCS is the commissioning of conveying systems with driving commands in a way that optimally
utilizes the facility and serves the logistics processes on schedule.
Along with business processes, coded information is the link between the flow of information and the flow of materials, and
contributes to error prevention in the communication between people and machines.
If the business processes from Goods Incoming to Goods Outgoing are adapted with reusable building blocks then capabilities
become visible. Against this background the consideration becomes apparent, how, through an innovative software architecture,
a reusable building-block based framework can be made.
Therefore applies: Software follows function. And only if all project requirements are documented in the planing phase, and
supported together in an inter-disciplinary team - consisting of logistics planners, the customers (users) and the implementation
leader (IL).
Today's development of object-oriented software, and the increasing penetration of industrial software production with this
technology, makes it possible to create system designs that already offer these opportunities in their facility - both for a high
degree of reuse and for easier adaptability.
In software development, object-oriented methods are used to improve the productivity, maintainability and software quality. An
important aspect of object-orientation is: the objects used are primarily intended to depict the real world.
Annotation
1) Detailed script can be downloaded online (www.tup.com), updated and enhanced annually.
2) CD-ROM with chapters and exercises at the end of the semester available from the lecturer, also updated and enhanced
annually.
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Events
SS 2019 2545021 Joint Entrepreneurship School SWS Seminar (S) Terzidis, Ntagiakou
Exams
SS 2019 7900228 Joint Entrepreneurship School 2019 Prüfung (PR) Terzidis
Competence Certificate
The learning control of the program (Summer School) consists of two parts:
A) Investor Pitch:
Based on a presentation (investor pitch) in front of a jury, the insights gained and developed during the course of the event are
presented and the business idea presented. Among other things, the presentation performance of the team, the structured content
and the logical consistency of the business idea are evaluated. The exact evaluation criteria will be announced in the course.
B) Written elaboration:
The second part of the assessment is a written report. The iterative knowledge gain of the entire event is systematically logged and
can be further supplemented by the contents of the presentation. The report documents key action steps, applied methods,
findings, market analyzes and interviews and prepares them in writing. The exact structure and requirements will be announced in
the course.
The grade consists of 50% presentation performance and 50% written preparation.
Prerequisites
The Summer School is aimed at master students of KIT. Prerequisite is the participation in the selection process.
Recommendation
We recommend basic business knowledge, the lecture Entrepreneurship as well as openness and interest in intercultural exchange.
Solid knowledge of the English language is an advantage.
Annotation
The working language during the Summer School is English. A one-week stay in China is part of the Summer School.
Events
WS 19/20 2511302 Knowledge Discovery 2 SWS Lecture (V) Sure-Vetter, Färber
WS 19/20 2511303 Exercises to Knowledge Discovery 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Sure-Vetter, Färber,
Weller
Exams
SS 2019 7900039 Knowledge Discovery Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
WS 19/20 7900013 Knowledge Discovery Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an 1h written exam following §4, Abs. 2, 1 of the examination regulation.
Students can be awarded a bonus on their final grade if they successfully complete special assignments.
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Knowledge Discovery
V 2511302, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Notes
The lecture provides an overview of machine learning and data mining techniques for knowledge discovery from large data sets.
These techniques are examined in respect of algorithms, applicability to different data representations and application in the real
world.
Knowledge discovery is a well-established field with a large community investigating methods for the discovery of patterns and
regularities in large data sets, including relational databases and unstructured text.
A variety of methods are available to assist in extracting patterns that, if interpreted, provide valuable, possibly previously
unknown, insights. This information can be predictive or descriptive in nature.
This lecture provides an overview of this field. The lecture imparts specific techniques and methods, challenges and current and
future research workin this field.
Topics of the lectures comprise the whole Machine Learning and Data Mining process like CRISP, data warehousing, OLAP-
techniques, learning algorithms, visualization and empircial evaluation. Covered learning techniques range from traditional
approaches like decision trees, neural networks and support vector machines to selected approaches resulting from current
research. Discussed learning problems are amongst others feauturevector-based learning, text mining and social network analysis.
Learning obectives:
Students
Workload:
Notes
The exercises are related to the lecture Knowledge Discovery.
Multiple exercises are held that capture the topics, held in the lecture Knowledge Discovery, and discuss them in detail. Thereby,
practical examples are given to the students in order to transfer theoretical aspects into practical implementation.
Topics of the lectures comprise the whole Machine Learning and Data Mining process like CRISP, data warehousing, OLAP-
techniques, learning algorithms, visualization and empircial evaluation. Covered learning techniques range from traditional
approaches like decision trees, neural networks and support vector machines to selected approaches resulting from current
research. Discussed learning problems are amongst others feauturevector-based learning, text mining and social network analysis.
Learning objectives:
Students
Events
SS 2019 2183640 Laboratory "Laser Materials 3 SWS Practical course (P) Schneider, Pfleging
Processing"
WS 19/20 2183640 Laboratory "Laser Materials 3 SWS Practical course (P) Schneider, Pfleging
Processing"
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102154 Laboratory Laser Materials Processing Prüfung (PR) Schneider
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102154 Laboratory Laser Materials Processing Prüfung (PR) Schneider
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a colloquium for every single experiment and an overall final colloquium incl. an oral presentation of 20
min.
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
basic knowledge of physics, chemistry and material science
The attendance to one of the courses Physical Basics of Laser Technology (2181612) or Laser Application in Automotive
Engineering (2182642) is strongly recommended.
Annotation
The maximum number of students is 12 per semester.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
lecture notes via ILIAS
Notes
The laboratory compromises 8 half-day experiments, which address the following laser processing topics of metals, ceramics and
polymers:
• safety aspects
• surface hardening and remelting
• melt and reactive cutting
• surface modification by dispersing or alloying
• welding
• surface texturing
• metrology
There are used CO2-, excimer-, Nd:YAG- and high power diode-laser sources within the laboratory.
The student
• can describe the influence of laser, material and process parameters and can choose suitable parameters for the most
important methods of laser-based processing in automotive engineering.
• can explain the requirements for safe handling of laser radiation and for the design of safe laser systems.
Learning Content
The laboratory compromises 8 half-day experiments, which address the following laser processing topics of metals, ceramics and
polymers:
• safety aspects
• surface hardening and remelting
• melt and reactive cutting
• surface modification by dispersing or alloying
• welding
• surface texturing
• metrology
There are used CO2-, excimer-, Nd:YAG- and high power diode-laser sources within the laboratory.
Annotation
The maximum number of students is 12 per semester.
Workload
regular attendance: 34 hours
self-study: 86 hours
Literature
W.T. Silfvast: Laser Fundamentals, 2008, Cambrigde University Press
W.M. Steen: Laser Materials Processing, 2010, Springer
Description
Media:
lecture notes via ILIAS
Notes
The laboratory compromises 8 half-day experiments, which address the following laser processing topics of metals, ceramics and
polymers:
• safety aspects
• surface hardening and remelting
• melt and reactive cutting
• surface modification by dispersing or alloying
• welding
• surface texturing
• metrology
There are used CO2-, excimer-, Nd:YAG- and high power diode-laser sources within the laboratory.
The student
• can describe the influence of laser, material and process parameters and can choose suitable parameters for the most
important methods of laser-based processing in automotive engineering.
• can explain the requirements for safe handling of laser radiation and for the design of safe laser systems.
Learning Content
The laboratory compromises 8 half-day experiments, which address the following laser processing topics of metals, ceramics and
polymers:
• safety aspects
• surface hardening and remelting
• melt and reactive cutting
• surface modification by dispersing or alloying
• welding
• surface texturing
• metrology
There are used CO2-, excimer-, Nd:YAG- and high power diode-laser sources within the laboratory.
Annotation
The maximum number of students is 12 per semester.
Workload
regular attendance: 34 hours
self-study: 86 hours
Literature
W.T. Silfvast: Laser Fundamentals, 2008, Cambrigde University Press
W.M. Steen: Laser Materials Processing, 2010, Springer
Events
SS 2019 2150550 Laboratory Production 3 SWS Practical course (P) Häfner
Metrology
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-108878 Laboratory Production Metrology Prüfung (PR) Häfner
Competence Certificate
Alternative Test Achievement: Group presentation of 15 min at the beginning of each experiment and evaluation of the
participation during the experiments
and
Oral Exam (15 min)
Prerequisites
none
Annotation
For organizational reasons the number of participants for the course is limited. Hence al selection process will take place.
Applications are made via the homepage of wbk (http://www.wbk.kit.edu/studium-und-lehre.php).
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Lecture notes will be provided in Ilias (https://ilias.studium.kit.edu/). Additional reference to literature will be provided, as well.
Notes
During this course, students get to know measurement systems that are used in a production system. In the age of Industry 4.0,
sensors are becoming more important. Therefore, the application of in-line measurement technology such as machine vision and
non-destructive testing is focussed. Additionally, laboratory based measurement technologies such as computed tomography are
addressed. The student learn the theoretical background as well as practical applications for industrial examples. The students use
sensors by themselves during the course. Additionally, they are trained on how to integrate sensors in production processes and
how to analyze measurement data with suitable software.
The following topics are addressed:
Learning Outcomes:
The students …
• are able to name, describe and mark out different measurement technologies that are relevant in a production
environment.
• are able to conduct measurements with the presented in-line and laboratory based measurement systems.
• are able to analyze measurement results and asses the measurement uncertainty of these.
• are able to deduce whether a work piece fulfills quality relevant specifications by analysing measurement results.
• are able to use the presented measurement technologies for a new task.
Workload:
regular attendance: 31,5 hours
self-study: 88,5 hours
Learning Content
During this course, students get to know measurement systems that are used in a production system. In the age of Industry 4.0,
sensors are becoming more important. Therefore, the application of in-line measurement technology such as machine vision and
non-destructive testing is focussed. Additionally, laboratory based measurement technologies such as computed tomography are
addressed. The student learn the theoretical background as well as practical applications for industrial examples. The students use
sensors by themselves during the course. Additionally, they are trained on how to integrate sensors in production processes and
how to analyze measurement data with suitable software. The following topics are addressed:
Workload
regular attendance: 31,5 hours
self-study: 88,5 hours
Events
WS 19/20 22664 Practical course: Water quality and 2 SWS Practical course (P) Horn, Abbt-Braun, und
water assessment Mitarbeiter
Exams
SS 2019 7232002 Laboratory Work Water Chemistry Prüfung (PR) Horn, Abbt-Braun
WS 19/20 7232002 Laboratory Work Water Chemistry Prüfung (PR) Horn, Abbt-Braun
Prerequisites
none
Events
SS 2019 2550475 Large-Scale Optimization 2 SWS Lecture (V) Rebennack
SS 2019 2550476 Übung zu Large-Scale Optimization 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Rebennack,
Assistenten
Exams
SS 2019 7900197 Large-scale Optimization Prüfung (PR) Rebennack
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes) according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation. The exam takes
place in every the semester.
Prerequisites
None.
Events
SS 2019 2182642 Laser in automotive engineering 2 SWS Lecture (V) Schneider
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105164 Laser in Automotive Engineering Prüfung (PR) Schneider
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105164 Laser in Automotive Engineering Prüfung (PR) Schneider
Competence Certificate
oral examination (30 min)
Prerequisites
It is not possible, to combine this brick with brick Physical Basics of Laser Technology [T-MACH-109084] and brick Physical Basics
of Laser Technology [T-MACH-102102]
Recommendation
preliminary knowlegde in mathematics, physics and materials science
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
lecture notes via ILIAS
Notes
Based on a short description of the physical basics of laser technology the lecture reviews the most important high power lasers
and their various applications in automotive engineering. Furthermore the application of laser light in metrology and safety aspects
will be addressed.
The student
• can explain the principles of light generation, the conditions for light amplification as well as the basic structure and
function of Nd:YAG-, CO2- and high power diode-laser sources.
• can describe the most important methods of laser-based processing in automotive engineering and illustrate the influence
of laser, material and process parameters
• can analyse manufacturing problems and is able to choose a suitable laser source and process parameters.
• can explain the requirements for safe handling of laser radiation and for the design of safe laser systems.
Learning Content
Based on a short description of the physical basics of laser technology the lecture reviews the most important high power lasers
and their various applications in automotive engineering. Furthermore the application of laser light in metrology and safety aspects
will be addressed.
Annotation
It is allowed to select only one of the lectures "Laser in automotive engineering" (2182642) or "Physical basics of laser
technology" (2181612) during the Bachelor and Master studies.
Workload
regular attendance: 22,5 hours
self-study: 97,5 hours
Literature
W. M. Steen: Laser Material Processing, 2010, Springer
W. T. Silfvast: Laser Fundamentals, 2008, Cambridge University Press
Events
WS 19/20 2301480 Laserphysics 2 SWS Lecture (V) Eichhorn
WS 19/20 2301481 Tutorial for 2301480 Laserphysics 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Eichhorn
Exams
SS 2019 7301480 Laser Physics Prüfung (PR) Eichhorn
WS 19/20 7301480 Laser Physics Prüfung (PR) Eichhorn
Prerequisites
none
Events
SS 2019 24671 Law of Contracts 2 SWS Lecture (V) Hoff
Exams
SS 2019 7500055 Law of Contracts Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
WS 19/20 7500059 Law of Contracts Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
Events
SS 2019 6233803 Verkehrs-, Planungs- und 2 SWS Lecture (V) Hönig
Wegerecht
Exams
SS 2019 8240106615 Laws concerning Traffic and Roads Prüfung (PR) Roos, Hönig
Competence Certificate
written exam, 60 min.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
WS 19/20 6241901 Lean Construction 4 SWS Lecture / Practice Haghsheno,
(VÜ) Mitarbeiter/innen
Exams
SS 2019 8246108000 Lean Construction Prüfung (PR) Haghsheno
Competence Certificate
written exam, 70 min.
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
none
Annotation
none
Events
WS 19/20 2149612 Learning Factory “Global 2 SWS Lanza
Production“
Competence Certificate
Alternative test achievement (graded):
• Knowledge acquisition in the context of the seminar (3 achievements 20 min each ) with weighting 40%.
• Interaction between participants with weighting 15%.
• Scientific colloquium (in groups of 3 students approx. 45 min each) with weighting 45%.
Prerequisites
none
Annotation
For organisational reasons, the number of participants for the course is limited to 20. As a result, a selection process will take place.
Applications must be submitted via the wbk homepage (http://www.wbk.kit.edu/studium-und-lehre.php).
Due to the limited number of participants, advance registration is required.
Students should have previous knowledge in at least one of the following areas:
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
E-learning platform ilias, powerpoint, photo protocol. The media are provided through ilias (https://ilias.studium.kit.edu/).
Notes
The learning factory “Global Production“ serves as a modern teaching environment for the challenges of global production. To
make this challenges come alive, students can run a production of electric motors under real production conditions.
The course is divided into e-learning units and presence dates. The e-learning units help to learn essential basics and to immerse
themselves in specific topics (e.g. selection of location, supplier selection and planning of production networks). The focus of the
presence appointments is the case-specific application of relevant methods for planning and control of production systems that are
suitable for the location. In addition to traditional methods and tools to organize lean production systems (e.g. Kanban and JIT/ JIS,
Line Balancing) the lecture in particular deals with site-specific quality assurance and scalable automation. Essential methods for
quality assurance in complex production systems are taught and brought to practical experience by a Six Sigma project. In the area
of scalable automation, it is important to find solutions for the adaption of the level of automation of the production system to the
local production conditions (e.g. automated workpiece transport, integration of lightweight robots for process linking) and to
implement them physically. At the same time safety concepts should be developed and implemented as enablers for human-robot
collaboration.
The course also includes an excursion to the production plant for the manufacturing of electric motors of an industrial partner.
Main focus of the lecture:
• site selection
• site-specific factory planning
• site-specific quality assurance
• scalable automation
• supplier selection
Learning Outcomes:
The students are able to …
Workload:
e-Learning: ~ 24 h
regular attendence: ~ 36 h
self-study: ~ 60 h
Learning Content
The learning factory “Global Production“ serves as a modern teaching environment for the challenges of global production. To
make this challenges come alive, students can run a production of electric motors under real production conditions.
The course is divided into e-learning units and presence dates. The e-learning units help to learn essential basics and to immerse
themselves in specific topics (e.g. selection of location, supplier selection and planning of production networks). The focus of the
presence appointments is the case-specific application of relevant methods for planning and control of production systems that are
suitable for the location. In addition to traditional methods and tools to organize lean production systems (e.g. Kanban and JIT/ JIS,
Line Balancing) the lecture in particular deals with site-specific quality assurance and scalable automation. Essential methods for
quality assurance in complex production systems are taught and brought to practical experience by a Six Sigma project. In the area
of scalable automation, it is important to find solutions for the adaption of the level of automation of the production system to the
local production conditions (e.g. automated workpiece transport, integration of lightweight robots for process linking) and to
implement them physically. At the same time safety concepts should be developed and implemented as enablers for human-robot
collaboration.
The course also includes an excursion to the production plant for the manufacturing of electric motors of an industrial partner.
Main focus of the lecture:
• site selection
• site-specific factory planning
• site-specific quality assurance
• scalable automation
• supplier selection
Annotation
For organisational reasons, the number of participants for the course is limited to 20. As a result, a selection process will take place.
Applications must be submitted via the wbk homepage (http://www.wbk.kit.edu/studium-und-lehre.php).
Due to the limited number of participants, advance registration is required.
Students should have previous knowledge in at least one of the following areas:
Workload
e-Learning: ~ 24 h
regular attendence: ~ 36 h
self-study: ~ 60 h
Events
WS 19/20 2581998 Liberalised Power Markets 2 SWS Lecture (V) Fichtner
Exams
SS 2019 7900253 Liberalised Power Markets Prüfung (PR) Fichtner
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
1. The European liberalisation process
1.1 The concept of a competitive market
1.2 The regulated market
1.3 Deregulation in Europe
2. Pricing and investments in a liberalised power market
2.1 Merit order
2.2 Prices and investments
2.3 Market flaws and market failure
2.4 Regulation in liberalised markets
2.5 Additional regulation mechanisms
3. The power market and the corresponding submarkets
3.1 List of submarkets
3.2 Types of submarkets
3.3 Market rules
4. Risk management
4.1 Uncertainties in a liberalised market
4.2 Investment decisions under uncertainty
4.3 Estimating future electricity prices
4.4 Portfolio management
5. Market power
5.1 Defining market power
5.2 Indicators of market power
5.3 Reducing market power
6. Market structures in the value chain of the power sector
Annotation
The course "Basics of Liberalised Energy Markets" [2581998] will be reduced to 3 credits in winter term 2015/2016 and the
tutorial [2581999] is no longer offered.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 105.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Elective literature:
Power System Economics; Steven Stoft, IEEE Press/Wiley-Interscience Press, 0-471-15040-1
Events
WS 19/20 2581995 Life Cycle Assessment 2 SWS Lecture (V) Schultmann, Maier
Competence Certificate
The examination takes place in the form of a written examination (according to §4(2), 1 SPO). The examination is offered every
semester and can be repeated at any regular examination date.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Our society has reached a historically unique material prosperity. At the same time, environmental burdens and resource
consumption are continuously reaching new peaks - not only regarding greenhouse gas emissions and oil production rates. It is
obvious that the material and energy intensity of products and services has to decrease if we want to keep our current level of
material prosperity on the long run. Enormous efficiency gains, as they have been reached e.g. for labour productivity, however,
require that environmental burdens and resource consumption per unit of product are in the first place known, transparent and
can thus be optimised. This data and its calculation are increasingly requested and sooner or later will have to become as essential
for management as e.g. unit labour costs.
Life cycle assessment is a methodology in sustainability assessment that provides this information and deduces optimisation
potentials and decision support for companies, politics, consumers etc. To this end, material and energy flows are compiled along
the whole life cycle of a product from extraction of raw materials, via production and use of a product until its disposal.
Subsequently, environmental impacts of these flows are analysed.
This lecture describes structure and individual steps of life cycle assessments in detail. Furthermore, it explains its application in
decision support. In interactive phases, participants recapitulate the theoretical basis by own calculations. As an outlook, further
instruments in sustainability assessment are introduced that analyse other sustainability aspects.
Workload
Total effort required will account for approximately 105h (3.5 credits).
Literature
will be announced in the course
T 7.219 Course: Logistics - Organisation, Design and Control of Logistic Systems [T-
MACH-102089]
Events
SS 2019 2118078 Logistics - Organisation, Design, 3 SWS Lecture (V) Furmans
and Control of Logistic Systems
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102089 Logistics - Organisation, Design and Prüfung (PR) Furmans, Mittwollen
Control of Logistic Systems
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a 90 minutes written examination (according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Requied are lectures on “Linear Algebra” and “Stochastic”.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
Blackboard, LCD projector, in excercises also PCs.
Learning Content
Introduction
• historical overview
• lines of development
• location planning
• Vehicle Routing Planning
• distribution centers
Inventory management
• demand forecasting
• Inventory management policies
• Bullwhip effect
Production logistics
• layout planning
• material handling
• flow control
Supply Managament
• information flow
• transportation organization
• controlling and development of a logistics system
• co-operation mechanisms
• Lean SCM
• SCOR model
Identification Technologies
Workload
180 hrs
Literature
Events
WS 19/20 6232904 Fern- und Luftverkehr 2 SWS Lecture (V) Chlond, Dozenten
Exams
SS 2019 8245106301 Long-distance and Air Traffic Prüfung (PR) Chlond
Competence Certificate
written exam, 60 min.
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
none
Annotation
none
Events
WS 19/20 2511500 Machine Learning 1 - Fundamental 2 SWS Lecture (V) Zöllner
Methods
WS 19/20 2511501 Exercises to Machine Learning 1 - 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Zöllner
Fundamental Methods
Exams
SS 2019 7900154 Machine Learning 1 - Basic Methods Prüfung (PR) Zöllner
WS 19/20 7900076 Machine Learning 1 - Basic Methods Prüfung (PR) Zöllner
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is a written examination (60 min) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation or an oral exam
(20 min) following §4, Abs. 2, 2 of the examination regulation.
The exam takes place every semester and can be repeated at every regular examination date.
Prerequisites
None.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
The field of knowledge acquisition and machine learning is a rapidly expanding field of knowledge and the subject of numerous
research and development projects. The acquisition of knowledge can take place in different ways. Thus a system can benefit from
experiences already made, it can be trained, or it draws conclusions from extensive background knowledge.
The lecture covers symbolic learning methods such as inductive learning (learning from examples, learning by observation),
deductive learning (explanation-based learning) and learning from analogies, as well as sub-symbolic techniques such as neural
networks, support vector machines and genetic algorithms. The lecture introduces the basic principles and structures of learning
systems and examines the algorithms developed so far. The structure and operation of learning systems is presented and explained
with some examples, especially from the fields of robotics and image processing.
Learning obectives:
• Students acquire knowledge of the fundamental methods in the field of machine learning.
• Students can classify, formally describe and evaluate methods of machine learning.
• Students can use their knowledge to select suitable models and methods for selected problems in the field of of machine
learning.
Events
SS 2019 2511502 Machine Learning 2 - Advanced 2 SWS Lecture (V) Zöllner
methods
SS 2019 2511503 Exercises for Machine Learning 2 - 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Zöllner
Advanced Methods
Exams
SS 2019 7900080 Machine Learning 2 – Advanced Methods Prüfung (PR) Zöllner
WS 19/20 7900050 Machine Learning 2 – Advanced Methods Prüfung (PR) Zöllner
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is a written examination (60 min) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation or an oral exam
(20 min) following §4, Abs. 2, 2 of the examination regulation.
The exam takes place every semester and can be repeated at every regular examination date.
Prerequisites
None.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
The field of machine decision-making and inference procedures, taking into account uncertainties and incomplete knowledge, is a
rapidly expanding field of knowledge and the subject of numerous research and development projects.
The focus of this lecture is on the embedding and application of machine-learning methods in decision and inference systems
starting with methods of dimension reduction, feature selection/evaluation via semi-supervised learning to methods of
probabilistic inference (e.g. Dempster Shafer information fusion, dynamic and object-oriented Bayesian networks, POMDP, etc).
The lecture introduces the basic principles and structures and explains algorithms developed so far. The structure and operation of
the procedures and methods are presented and explained using a number of application scenarios, in particular from the field of
technical (semi-)autonomous systems.
Notes
The first exercise will take place on 08.05.2019.
Learning Content
The subject area of ??machine intelligence and, in particular, machine learning, taking into account real challenges of complex
application domains, is a rapidly expanding field of knowledge and the subject of numerous research and development projects.
The lecture "Machine Learning 2" deals with advanced methods of machine learning such as semi-supervised and active learning,
deep neural networks (deep learning), pulsed networks, hierarchical approaches, e.g. As well as dynamic, probabilistic relational
methods. Another focus is the embedding and application of machine learning methods in real systems.
The lecture introduces the latest basic principles as well as extended basic structures and elucidates previously developed
algorithms. The structure and the mode of operation of the methods and methods are presented and explained by means of some
application scenarios, especially in the field of technical (sub) autonomous systems (robotics, neurorobotics, image processing,
etc.).
Literature
The slides are available as a PDF
Related Literature
Notes
The first exercise will take place on 08.05.2019.
Events
WS 19/20 2149902 Machine Tools and 6 SWS Lecture / Practice Fleischer
Industrial Handling (VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102158-MIT Machine Tools and Industrial Prüfung (PR) Fleischer
Handling
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102158-WING Machine Tools and Industrial Prüfung (PR) Fleischer
Handling
Competence Certificate
Written exam (120 minutes)
Prerequisites
"T-MACH-109055 - Werkzeugmaschinen und Handhabungstechnik" must not be commenced.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
Lecture notes will be provided in Ilias (https://ilias.studium.kit.edu/)
Notes
The lecture gives an overview of the construction, use and application of machine tools and industrial handling equipment. In the
course of the lecture a well-founded and practice-oriented knowledge for the selection, design and evaluation of machine tools is
conveyed. First, the main components of the machine tools are systematically explained and their design principles as well as the
integral machine tool design are discussed. Subsequently, the use and application of machine tools will be demonstrated using
typical machine examples. Based on examples from current research and industrial applications, the latest developments are
discussed, especially concerning the implementation of Industry 4.0.
The individual topics are:
Learning Outcomes:
The students …
• are able to assess the use and application of machine tools and handling equipment and to differentiate between them in
terms of their characteristics and design.
• can describe and discuss the essential elements of the machine tool (frame, main spindle, feed axes, peripheral equipment,
control unit).
• are able to select and dimension the essential components of a machine tool.
• are capable of selecting and evaluating machine tools according to technical and economic criteria.
Workload:
MACH:
regular attendance: 63 hours
self-study: 177 hours
WING:
regular attendance: 63 hours
self-study: 207 hours
Learning Content
The lecture gives an overview of the construction, use and application of machine tools and industrial handling equipment. In the
course of the lecture a well-founded and practice-oriented knowledge for the selection, design and evaluation of machine tools is
conveyed. First, the main components of the machine tools are systematically explained and their design principles as well as the
integral machine tool design are discussed. Subsequently, the use and application of machine tools will be demonstrated using
typical machine examples. Based on examples from current research and industrial applications, the latest developments are
discussed, especially concerning the implementation of Industry 4.0.
The individual topics are:
Annotation
None
Workload
MACH:
regular attendance: 63 hours
self-study: 177 hours
WiIng:/TVWL
regular attendance: 63 hours
self-study: 207 hours
Events
SS 2019 2579900 Management Accounting 1 2 SWS Lecture (V) Wouters
SS 2019 2579901 Übung zu Management Accounting 2 SWS Practice (Ü) Riar
1
Exams
SS 2019 79-2579900-00 Management Accounting 1 Prüfung (PR) Wouters
WS 19/20 79-2579900-00 Management Accounting 1 Prüfung (PR) Wouters
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (120 minutes) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation) at the end of each
semester.
Prerequisites
None
Annotation
Students in the Bachelor' program can only take the related tutorial and examination. Students in the Master's program (and
Bachelor's students who are already completing examinations for their Master's program) can only take the related tuturial and
examination.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Management Accounting 1
V 2579900, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Notes
see Module Handbook
Learning Content
The course covers topics in management accounting in a decision-making framework. Some of these topics in the course MA1 are:
short-term planning, investment decisions, budgeting and activity-based costing.
We will use international material written in English.
We will approach these topics primarily from the perspective of the users of financial information (not so much from the controller
who prepares the information).
The course builds on an introductory level of understanding of accounting concepts from Business Administration courses in the
core program. The course is intended for students in Industrial Engineering.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
• Marc Wouters, Frank H. Selto, Ronald W. Hilton, Michael W. Maher: Cost Management – Strategies for Business Decisions,
2012, Publisher: McGraw-Hill Higher Education (ISBN-13 9780077132392 / ISBN-10 0077132394)
• In addition, several papers that will be available on ILIAS.
Notes
see Module Handbook
Events
WS 19/20 2579903 Management Accounting 2 2 SWS Lecture (V) Wouters
WS 19/20 2579904 2 SWS Practice (Ü) Ebinger
WS 19/20 2579905 2 SWS Practice (Ü) Ebinger
Exams
SS 2019 79-2579902-00 Management Accounting 2 Prüfung (PR) Wouters
WS 19/20 79-2579903-00 Management Accounting 2 Prüfung (PR) Wouters
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (90 minutes) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation) at the end of each
semester.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
It is recommended to take part in the course "Management Accounting 1" before this course.
Annotation
Students in the Bachelor' program can only take the related tutorial and examination. Students in the Master's program (and
Bachelor's students who are already completing examinations for their Master's program) can only take the related tuturial and
examination.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Management Accounting 2
V 2579903, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Notes
The course covers topics in management accounting in a decision-making framework. Some of these topics in the course MA2 are:
cost estimation, product costing and cost allocation, financial performance measures, transfer pricing, strategic performance
measurement systems and customer value propositions.
We will use international material written in English.
We will approach these topics primarily from the perspective of the users of financial information (not so much from the controller
who prepares the information).
The course builds on an introductory level of understanding of accounting concepts from Business Administration courses in the
core program. The course is intended for students in Industrial Engineering.
Learning objectives:
• Students have an understanding of theory and applications of management accounting topics. They can use financial
information for various purposes in organizations.
Recommendations:
• It is recommended to take part in the course "Management Accounting 1" before this course.
Workload:
• The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Learning Content
The course covers topics in management accounting in a decision-making framework. Some of these topics in the course MA2 are:
cost estimation, product costing and cost allocation, financial performance measures, transfer pricing, strategic performance
measurement systems and customer value propositions.
We will use international material written in English.
We will approach these topics primarily from the perspective of the users of financial information (not so much from the controller
who prepares the information).
The course builds on an introductory level of understanding of accounting concepts from Business Administration courses in the
core program. The course is intended for students in Industrial Engineering.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
• Marc Wouters, Frank H. Selto, Ronald W. Hilton, Michael W. Maher: Cost Management – Strategies for Business Decisions,
2012, Publisher: McGraw-Hill Higher Education (ISBN-13 9780077132392 / ISBN-10 0077132394)
• In addition, several papers that will be available on ILIAS.
Notes
see ILIAS
Notes
see ILIAS
Events
SS 2019 2511214 Management of IT-Projects 2 SWS Lecture (V) Schätzle
SS 2019 2511215 Übungen zu Management von 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Schätzle
Informatik-Projekten
Exams
SS 2019 7900045 Management of IT-Projects Prüfung (PR) Oberweis
WS 19/20 7900014 Management of IT-Projects Prüfung (PR) Oberweis
Competence Certificate
The assessment takes place in the form of a written examination (exam) in the amount of 60 minutes. The examination is offered
every semester and can be repeated at any regular examination date.
Prerequisite for the participation in the examination is the successful participation in the exercise, which takes place in the summer
semester, starting from summer semester 2020. The number of participants in the exercise is limited.
The exact details will be announced in the lecture.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite for the participation in the examination is the successful participation in the exercise, which takes place in the summer
semester, starting from summer semester 2020. The number of participants in the exercise is limited.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Management of IT-Projects
V 2511214, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
The lecture deals with the general framework, impact factors and methods for planning, handling, and controlling of IT projects.
Especially following topics are addressed:
• project environment
• project organisation
• project planning including the following items:
plan of the project structure
flow chart
project schedule
plan of resources
• effort estimation
• project infrastructur
• project controlling
• risk management
• feasibility studies
• decision processes, conduct of negotiations, time management.
Workload
Lecture 30h
Exercise 15h
Total: 150h
Literature
Events
SS 2019 6224801 Management of Water Resources 4 SWS Lecture / Practice Ehret
and River Basins (VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 8244106597 Management of Water Resources and River Prüfung (PR) Ehret
Basins
Competence Certificate
course associated assignments, short reports appr. 2 pages each, and
final take home exam, report appr. 10 pages and colloquium
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
none
Annotation
none
Events
SS 2019 2545003 Managing New Technologies 2 SWS Lecture (V) Reiß
Exams
SS 2019 7900257 Managing New Technologies Prüfung (PR) Terzidis
Competence Certificate
Written exam 100% following §4, Abs. 2.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
The credit points for T-WIWI-102612 "Management of New Technologies" were reduced to 3 credit points in the 2019 summer
semester.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
The course provides an overview of the international development of a selected number of key technologies such as biotechnology,
nanotechnology, neurotechnologies, converging technologies. Methods for monitoring new technologies including foresight
approaches will be presented and the economic and social impacts of new technologies will be discussed.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Events
WS 19/20 2149657 Manufacturing Technology 6 SWS Lecture / Practice Schulze, Zanger
(VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102105 Manufacturing Technology Prüfung (PR) Schulze
Competence Certificate
Written Exam (180 min)
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Manufacturing Technology
V 2149657, WS 19/20, 6 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture / Practice (VÜ)
Description
Media:
Lecture notes will be provided in ilias (https://ilias.studium.kit.edu/).
Notes
The objective of the lecture is to look at manufacturing technology within the wider context of production engineering, to provide
an overview of the different manufacturing processes and to impart detailed process knowledge of the common processes. The
lecture covers the basic principles of manufacturing technology and deals with the manufacturing processes according to their
classification into main groups regarding technical and economic aspects. The lecture is completed with topics such as process
chains in manufacturing.
The following topics will be covered:
• Quality control
• Primary processing (casting, plastics engineering, sintering, additive manufacturing processes)
• Forming (sheet-metal forming, massive forming, plastics engineering)
• Cutting (machining with geometrically defined and geometrically undefined cutting edges, separating, abrading)
• Joining
• Coating
• Heat treatment and surface treatment
• Process chains in manufacturing
• are capable to specify the different manufacturing processes and to explain their functions.
• are able to classify the manufacturing processes by their general structure and functionality according to the specific main
groups.
• have the ability to perform a process selection based on their specific characteristics.
• are enabled to identify correlations between different processes and to select a process regarding possible applications.
• are qualified to evaluate different processes regarding specific applications based on technical and economic aspects.
• are experienced to classify manufacturing processes in a process chain and to evaluate their specific influence on surface
integrity of workpieces regarding the entire process chain.
Workload:
regular attendance: 63 hours
self-study: 177 hours
Learning Content
The objective of the lecture is to look at manufacturing technology within the wider context of production engineering, to provide
an overview of the different manufacturing processes and to impart detailed process knowledge of the common processes. The
lecture covers the basic principles of manufacturing technology and deals with the manufacturing processes according to their
classification into main groups regarding technical and economic aspects. The lecture is completed with topics such as process
chains in manufacturing.
The following topics will be covered:
• Quality control
• Primary processing (casting, plastics engineering, sintering, additive manufacturing processes)
• Forming (sheet-metal forming, massive forming, plastics engineering)
• Cutting (machining with geometrically defined and geometrically undefined cutting edges, separating, abrading)
• Joining
• Coating
• Heat treatment and surface treatment
• Process chains in manufacturing
Annotation
None
Workload
regular attendance: 63 hours
self-study: 177 hours
Literature
Lecture Notes
Events
SS 2019 2540460 Market Engineering: Information in 2 SWS Lecture (V) Weinhardt, Straub
Institutions
SS 2019 2540461 Übungen zu Market Engineering: 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Weinhardt
Information in Institutions
Exams
SS 2019 7910804 Market Engineering: Information in Prüfung (PR) Weinhardt
Institutions
SS 2019 7979235 Market Engineering: Information in Prüfung (PR) Weinhardt
Institutions
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min) (according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulations). By successful completion
of the exercises (§4 (2), 3 SPO 2007 respectively §4 (3) SPO 2015) up to 6 bonus points can be obtained. If the grade of the written
examination is between 4.0 and 1.3, the bonus improves the grade by max. one grade level (0.3 or 0.4).
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
The ongoing advancements in information technology have revolutionized traditional business processes and given rise to
electronic marketplaces. In contrast to physical marketplaces, electronic markets do not just evolve, but must be carefully
designed, implemented and monitored and evaluated. Moreover electronic markets demand open and flexible platforms as well as
adequate standards and information services. Future Market Engineers must therefore be able to consider the economic, legal and
technological dimension of markets simultaneously. The lecture focuses on the discussion of (1) Microstructure, (2) IT
Infrastructure, and (3) Business Structure of electronic markets. Hence, students will be taught the economic incentives that a
market can impose on market participants, development models for implementing markets, and business models for the
application of markets.
Learning Content
The ongoing advancements in information technology have revolutionized traditional business processes and given rise to
electronic marketplaces. In contrast to physical marketplaces, electronic markets do not just evolve, but must be carefully
designed, implemented and monitored and evaluated. Moreover electronic markets demand open and flexible platforms as well as
adequate standards and information services. Future Market Engineers must therefore be able to consider the economic, legal and
technological dimension of markets simultaneously. The lecture focuses on the discussion of (1) Microstructure, (2) IT
Infrastructure, and (3) Business Structure of electronic markets. Hence, students will be taught the economic incentives that a
market can impose on market participants, development models for implementing markets, and business models for the
application of markets.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
• Roth, A., The Economist as Engineer: Game Theory, Experimental Economics and Computation as Tools for Design
Economics. Econometrica 70(4): 1341-1378, 2002.
• Weinhardt, C. ,Holtmann, C., Neumann, D., Market Engineering. Wirtschaftsinformatik, 2003.
• Wolfstetter, E., Topics in Microeconomics - Industrial Organization, Auctions, and Incentives. Cambridge, Cambridge
University Press, 1999.
• Smith, V. "Theory, Experiments and Economics", The Journal of Economic Perspectives,Vol. 3, No. 1, 151-69 1989
Events
SS 2019 2571150 Market Research 2 SWS Lecture (V) Klarmann
SS 2019 2571151 Market Research Tutorial 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Honold
Exams
SS 2019 7900015 Market Research Prüfung (PR) Klarmann
SS 2019 7900203 Market Research Prüfung (PR) Klarmann
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
Please note that this course has to be completed successfully by students interested in master thesis positions at the Marketing &
Sales Research Group.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Market Research
V 2571150, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
Within the lecture, essential statistical methods for measuring customer attitudes (e.g. satisfaction measurement), understanding
customer behavior and making strategic decisions will be discussed. The practical use as well as the correct handling of different
survey methods will be taught, such as experiments and surveys. To analyze the collected data, various analysis methods are
presented, including hypothesis tests, factor analyses, cluster analyses, variance and regression analyses. Building on this, the
interpretation of the results will be discussed.
Topics addressed in this course are for example:
Annotation
For further information please contact Marketing & Sales Research Group (marketing.iism.kit.edu).
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours.
Presence time: 30 hours
Preparation and wrap-up of the course: 45.0 hours
Exam and exam preparation: 60.0 hours
Literature
Homburg, Christian (2016), Marketingmanagement, 6th. ed., Wiesbaden.
Events
WS 19/20 2572170 Marketing Analytics 2 SWS Lecture (V) Klarmann
WS 19/20 2572171 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Halbauer
Exams
WS 19/20 7900082 Marketing Analytics Prüfung (PR) Klarmann
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min) (according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation)
Prerequisites
The prerequisite for taking the course is the successful completion of the course Market Research [2571150].
Recommendation
It is strongly recommended to complete the course Market Research prior to taking the Marketing Analytics course.
Annotation
For further information please contact the Marketing and Sales Research Group (marketing.iism.kit.edu).
Exchange students can bypass the requirement of passing Market Research if they can prove that they possess sufficient statistical
knowledge based on courses attended at their home institution. This will be examined individually by the Marketing & Sales
Research Group.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Marketing Analytics
V 2572170, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
In this course various relevant market research questions are addressed, as for example measuring and understanding customer
attitudes, preparing strategic decisions and sales forecasting. In order to analyze these questions, students learn to handle social
media data, panel data, nested observations and experimental design. To analyze the data, advanced methods, as for example
multilevel modeling, structural equation modeling and return on marketing models are taught. Also, problems of causality are
addressed in-depth. The lecture is accompanied by a computer-based exercise, in the course of which the methods are applied
practically.
Annotation
For further information please contact the Marketing and Sales Research Group (marketing.iism.kit.edu).
Exchange students can bypass the requirement of passing Market Research if they can prove that they possess sufficient statistical
knowledge based on courses attended at their home institution. This will be examined individually by the Marketing & Sales
Research Group.
Workload
Total workload for 4.5 ECTS: ca. 135 hours
Literature
• Hanssens, Dominique M., Parsons, Leonard J., Schultz, Randall L. (2003), Market response models: Econometric and time
series analysis, 2nd ed, Boston.
• Gelman, Andrew, Hill, Jennifer (2006), Data analysis using regression and multilevel/hierarchical models, New York.
• Cameron, A. Colin, Trivedi, Pravin K. (2005), Microeconometrics: methods and applications, New York.
• Chapman, Christopher, Feit, Elea M. (2015), R for Marketing Research and Analytics, Cham.
• Ledolter, Johannes (2013), Data mining and business analytics with R, New York.
Events
SS 2019 2571183 Marketing Strategy Business Game 1 SWS Block (B) Klarmann, Assistenten
Exams
SS 2019 7900022 Marketing Strategy Business Game Prüfung (PR) Klarmann
Competence Certificate
The assessment (alternative exam assessment) consists of a group presentation and a subsequent round of questions totalling 20
minutes.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
Please note that only one of the courses from the election block can be chosen in the module.
Please note: The number of participants for this course is limited. The Marketing and Sales Research Group typically provides the
possibility to attend a course with 1.5 ECTS points in the respective module to all students. Participation in a specific course cannot
be guaranteed.
In order to participate in this course, you need to apply. Applications are usually accepted at the start of the lecture period in
summer term. Detailed information on the application process is usually provided on the website of the Marketing and Sales
Research Group (marketing.iism.kit.edu) shortly before the lecture period in summer term starts.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Using Markstrat, a marketing strategy business game, students work in groups representing a company that competes on a
simulated market against the other groups' companies.
Annotation
• Please note that only one of the courses from the election block can be chosen in the module.
• Please note: The number of participants for this course is limited. The Marketing and Sales Research Group typically
provides the possibility to attend a course with 1.5 ECTS in the respective module to all students. Participation in a specific
course cannot be guaranteed.
• In order to participate in this course, you need to apply. Applications are usually accepted at the start of the lecture period
in summer term. Detailed information on the application process is usually provided on the website of the Marketing and
Sales Research Group (marketing.iism.kit.edu) shortly before the lecture period in summer term starts.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 45.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Homburg, Christian (2016), Marketingmanagement, 6. ed., Wiesbaden.
Exams
SS 2019 8179-10001 My Thesis Oberweis
SS 2019 8179-10002 My Thesis Oberweis
SS 2019 8179-10003 Conceptual Design and Evaluation of Modular Fleischer
Handling and Assembly Systems for Stacking
Fuel Cells for Use in Automotive Production
SS 2019 8179-10004 Analyzing Power Plant Behavior and Weinhardt
Identifying Strategies with Generative
Adversarial Neural Networks
SS 2019 8179-10008 Development and Simulation of Business Lanza
Models for the Circular Economy in a Global
Context
SS 2019 8179-10009 Analysis of Manufacturing Processes and Fleischer
Identification of Potential Issues in PEMFC
Assembly for Automotive Mass Production
with Focus on Technology Transfer from Other
Industries
SS 2019 8179-10010 Trajektorienplanung in kooperativen Multi- Zöllner
Agent-Szenarien durch Deep Reinforcement
Learning
SS 2019 8179-10011 Dynamic Pricing in Parahotellerie - an adaption Heller, Schienle
using the example of CASAMUNDO
SS 2019 8179-10012 Development and Implementation of Lindstädt
Computer-Controlled Players for Use in
Software-Based Wargaming Simulations
SS 2019 8179-10013 Planning and control of an integrated material Furmans
supply area of an alternative assembly system
in the automotive industry
SS 2019 8179-10015 Kopplung von Strom- und Gasinfrastruktur auf Weinhardt
Verteilnetzebene zur Vermeidung von
Einspeisemanagement
SS 2019 8179-10016 Development of a Generic Process Model for Oberweis
the Integration of BPM and IoT
SS 2019 8179-10017 Reinforcement Learning in der Produktion - Lanza
Eine Analyse der Entscheidungen, des
Agentenverhaltens und des Einflusses von
Demonstrationsdaten
SS 2019 8179-10018 The Impact of Sustainability on Trading Weinhardt
Behavior - A Retail Investor Perspective
WS 19/20 8179-10020 Development of an instrument for the analysis, Schultmann
evaluation and avoidance of transport relevant
CO2 emissions using the example of an
automotive supplier
SS 2019 8179-10021 Measurement of Option Liquidity Uhrig-Homburg
SS 2019 8179-10092 Basics for a Smart Service System Using the Lanza
Example of a Universal Robot in the Context of
a Learning Factory
WS 19/20 8179-10094 IT supported process optimization to increase
efficiency in inventory management
WS 19/20 8179-10095 Produktion von Hochvoltbatterien in der Fleischer
Automobilindustrie: Optimierung der
Produktionssteuerung unter dem Einfluss
einer zunehmenden Batterievarianz
SS 2019 8179-10096 Development of a B2B webshop concept and Klarmann
fitting pricing model for the company TOGE
WS 19/20 8179-10097 Developing and Evaluating a Solution Schultmann
Procedure for Material Flow Based Machine
Scheduling Taking into Account recent
Advances in Artificial Intelligence
SS 2019 8600-10000 Usage profiles of free-floating carsharing in Vortisch
Karlsruhe
SS 2019 8600-10001 Agility scenarios of agile cooperation and Albers
derivation of an Agility Roadmap 2025 using
Daimler AG as an example
WS 19/20 8600-10002 Termination and Mental Resignation of an Nieken
Employee: An Analysis of Reasons,
Consequences and Measures
SS 2019 8600-10003 Design of a decision support system for Satzger
different user groups based on automatic wear
characterization
SS 2019 8610-10003 Nachweis der DSGVO-Konformität: Entwurf Sunyaev
einer automatisierten Lösung zur Erstellung
des Verarbeitungsverzeichnisses
SS 2019 8610-10004 Probabilistic Forecasting of Individual Weinhardt
Electrical Load Using GRU Considering
Weather Effects
SS 2019 8610-10006 Evaluation and Implementation of Methods for Stork
Process Recognition With Artificial Neural
Networks in Videos
SS 2019 8610-10007 Evaluation eines Konversationsagenten als Beigl
instruktives Assistenzsystem für industrielle
und häusliche Wartungsarbeit
SS 2019 8610-10008 A Distributed Platform Approach to Sax
Cooperative Perception Based on Cellular-
V2X Communication
SS 2019 8610-10009 Analyse von Bodenfeuchte-Zeitreihen mithilfe Beigl
von neuronalen Netzen (Deep Learning)
SS 2019 8610-10010 Value Propositions of Startups in the Context Klarmann
of Fundraisung: Overstatements due to Vision
Communications
SS 2019 8610-10011 Designing a Self-Learning Decision Support Satzger
System for Viticulture Campaigns
WS 19/20 8610-10012 Meta-Learning zur Erkennung von Anomalien Hagenmeyer
in Energiezeitreihen
WS 19/20 8610-10013 Planning and Optimization of MRO-Services in Schultmann
the Aircraft Industry
WS 19/20 8610-10015 Help! My Favorite Product Has Been Lindstädt
Discontinued - Developing a Consumer-Driven
Recommender Service
SS 2019 8610-10016 Principles for Efficient Business Model Design Terzidis
in Entrepreneurship: Between Standardization
and Business Context Orientation
WS 19/20 8610-10017 Evaluation of Expert Estimates of the Cost of Geyer-Schulz
IT-Projects
Competence Certificate
see module description
Prerequisites
see module description
Final Thesis
This course represents a final thesis. The following periods have been supplied:
Submission deadline 6 months
Maximum extension period 3 months
Correction period 8 weeks
Events
WS 19/20 2117051 Material flow in logistic systems 6 SWS Others (sonst.) Furmans
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102151 Material Flow in Logistic Systems Prüfung (PR) Furmans
Competence Certificate
The assessment (Prüfungsleistung anderer Art) consists of the following assignments:
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
Recommended elective subject: Probability Theory and Statistics
Annotation
Students are divided into groups for this course. Five case studies are carried out in these groups. The results of the group work
during the lecture period are presented and evaluated in writing. In the oral examination during the case study colloquiums, the
understanding of the result of the group work and the models dealt with in the course is tested. The participation in the oral
defenses is compulsory and will be controlled. For the written submission the group receives a common grade, in the oral defense
each group member is evaluated individually.
After the lecture period, there is the final case study. This case study contains the curriculum of the whole semester. The students
work individually on this case study which takes place at a predefined place and time (duration: 4h).
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Students are divided into groups for this course. Five case studies are carried out in these groups. The results of the group work
during the lecture period are presented and evaluated in writing. During the colloquiums, the result of the case study is presented
and the understanding of the group work and the models dealt with in the course are tested in an oral defense. The participation in
the colloquiums is compulsory and will be controlled. For the written submission and the presentation the group receives a
common grade, in the oral defense each group member is evaluated individually.
After the lecture period, there is the final case study. This case study contains the curriculum of the whole semester. The students
work individually on this case study which takes place at a predefined place and time (duration: 4h).
Media: Presentations, black board, book, video recordings
Notes
Learning Content:
After successful completion of the course, you are able (alone and in a team) to:
Literature:
Arnold, Dieter; Furmans, Kai: Materialfluss in Logistiksystemen; Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 2009
Description:
Students are divided into groups for this course. Five case studies are carried out in these groups. The results of the group work
during the lecture period are presented and evaluated in writing. During the colloquiums, the result of the case study is presented
and the understanding of the group work and the models dealt with in the course are tested in an oral defense. The participation in
the colloquiums is compulsory and will be controlled. For the written submission and the presentation the group receives a
common grade, in the oral defense each group member is evaluated individually.
After the lecture period, there is the final case study. This case study contains the curriculum of the whole semester. The students
work individually on this case study which takes place at a predefined place and time (duration: 4h).
We strongly recommend to attend the introductory session at 16.10.2019. In this session, the teaching concept of "Materialfluss
in Logistiksysteme" is explained and outstanding issues are clarified.
Workload:
• Regular attendance: 35 h
• Self-study: 135 h
• Group work: 100 h
Competence Certificate:
The assessment (Prüfungsleistung anderer Art) consists of the following assignments:
Learning Content
Annotation
none
Workload
Regular attendance: 35 h
Self-study: 135 h
Group work: 100 h
Literature
Arnold, Dieter; Furmans, Kai : Materialfluss in Logistiksystemen; Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 2009
T 7.236 Course: Mathematical Models and Methods for Production Systems [T-
MACH-105189]
Events
WS 19/20 2117059 Mathematical models and methods 4 SWS Lecture (V) Baumann, Furmans
for Production Systems
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral exam (20 min.) taking place in the recess period according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 2 of the
examination regulation.
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Media:
black board, lecture notes, presentations
Learning Content:
Learning Goals:
Students are able to:
Recommendations:
Workload:
regular attendance: 42 hours
self-study: 198 hours
Events
SS 2019 2150681 Metal Forming 2 SWS Lecture (V) Herlan
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105177 Metal Forming Prüfung (PR) Schulze
Competence Certificate
Oral Exam (20 min)
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Metal Forming
V 2150681, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
Media:
Lecture notes will be provided in Ilias (https://ilias.studium.kit.edu/)
Notes
At the beginning of the lecture the basics of metal forming are briefly introduced. The focus of the lecture is on massive forming
(forging, extrusion, rolling) and sheet forming (car body forming, deep drawing, stretch drawing). This includes the systematic
treatment of the appropriate metal forming Machines and the corresponding tool technology. Aspects of tribology, as well as
basics in material science and aspects of production planning are also discussed briefly. The plastic theory is presented to the
extent necessary in order to present the numerical simulation method and the FEM computation of forming processes or tool
design. The lecture will be completed
by product samples from the forming technology.
The topics are as follows:
Learning Outcomes:
The students …
• are able to reflect the basics, forming processes, tools, Machines and equipment of metal forming in an integrated and
systematic way.
• are capable to illustrate the differences between the forming processes, tools, machines and equipment with concrete
examples and are qualified to analyze and assess them in terms of their suitability for the particular application.
• are also able to transfer and apply the acquired knowledge to other metal forming problems.
Workload:
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Learning Content
At the beginning of the lecture the basics of metal forming are briefly introduced. The focus of the lecture is on massive forming
(forging, extrusion, rolling) and sheet forming (car body forming, deep drawing, stretch drawing). This includes the systematic
treatment of the appropriate metal forming Machines and the corresponding tool technology. Aspects of tribology, as well as
basics in material science and aspects of production planning are also discussed briefly. The plastic theory is presented to the
extent necessary in order to present the numerical simulation method and the FEM computation of forming processes or tool
design. The lecture will be completed
by product samples from the forming technology.
The topics are as follows:
Annotation
None
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Events
WS 19/20 6232701 Berechnungsverfahren und Modelle 2 SWS Lecture / Practice Vortisch, Mitarbeiter/
in der Verkehrsplanung (VÜ) innen
Exams
SS 2019 8240101797 Methods and Models in Transportation Prüfung (PR) Vortisch
Planning
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
SS 2019 2560240 Methods in Economic Dynamics SWS Lecture (V) Ott, Bälz
Exams
SS 2019 7900108 Methods in Economic Dynamics Prüfung (PR) Ott
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge of micro- and macroeconomics is assumed, as taught in the courses Economics I [2600012] and Economics II
[2600014]. Further, it is assumed that students have interest in using quantiative-mathematical methods.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
The workshop offers the possibility to deepen the understanding about different aspects of theoretical modelling of innovation-
based growth and induced economic effects. This includes the implementation of formal models in computer algebra systems as
well as recording, processing and econometric analysis of related data from relational databases (concerning for example patents
or trademarks). Moreover, methods of network theory are discussed.
Annotation
The course has been added summer 2015.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 45 hours.
Lecture: 15h
Preparation of lecture/exam: 30h
Events
WS 19/20 2545107 Methoden im 2 SWS Seminar (S) Koch
Innovationsmanagement
Exams
WS 19/20 7900143 Methods in Innovation Management Prüfung (PR) Weissenberger-Eibl
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessments (§4(2), 3 SPO). The final grade is composed 75% of the grade of the written paper and 25% of the
grade of the presentation.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
Prior attendance of the course “Innovation Management: Concepts, Strategies and Methods” is recommended.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Methoden im Innovationsmanagement
V 2545107, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Seminar (S)
Notes
The seminar "Methods in Innovation Management" aims at the discussion and development of different methods for the
structured generation of ideas in selected contexts. In a block seminar, methods and contexts are discussed, from which seminar
topics are defined with the participants. These topics are to be worked on independently using methods and procedures. The
results will be presented at a presentation date and then a written seminar paper will be prepared. This means that creativity
methods and their combination will be presented and applied. The methods are worked on in a structured form and process-like
sequence in order to clarify the advantages and disadvantages of different methods.
Events
SS 2019 2142881 Microactuators 2 SWS Lecture (V) Kohl
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-101910 Microactuators Prüfung (PR) Kohl
Competence Certificate
written exam, 60 min.
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Microactuators
V 2142881, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
Media:
Script of ppt-slides
Learning Content
- Basic knowledge in the material science of the actuation principles
- Layout and design optimization
- Fabrication technologies
- Selected developments
- Applications
The lecture includes amongst others the following topics:
Annotation
Details will be announced at the beginning of the lecture
Workload
lecture time 1.5 h/week
self preparation: 8.5 h/week
Literature
- Lecture notes
- D. Jendritza, Technischer Einsatz Neuer Aktoren: Grundlagen, Werkstoffe, Designregeln und Anwendungsbeispiele, Expert-
Verlag, 3. Auflage, 2008
- M. Kohl, Shape Memory Microactuators, M. Kohl, Springer-Verlag Berlin, 2004
- N.TR. Nguyen, S.T. Wereley, Fundamentals and applications of Microfluidics, Artech House, Inc. 2002
- H. Zappe, Fundamentals of Micro-Optics, Cambride University Press 2010
Events
WS 19/20 2550138 Mixted Integer Programming I SWS Lecture (V) Stein
WS 19/20 2550139 Exercises Mixted Integer SWS Practice (Ü) Stein
Programming I
Competence Certificate
The assessment of the lecture is a written examination (60 minutes) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation.
The examination is held in the semester of the lecture and in the following semester.
Prerequisite for admission to the written examination is attaining at least 30% of the exercise points. Therefore the online-
registration for the written examination is subject to fulfilling the prerequisite.
The examination can also be combined with the examination of Mixed Integer Programming II [25140]. In this case, the duration of
the written examination takes 120 minutes.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
It is strongly recommended to visit at least one lecture from the Bachelor program of this chair before attending this course.
Annotation
The lecture is offered irregularly. The curriculum of the next three years is available online (kop.ior.kit.edu).
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Many optimization problems from economics, engineering and natural sciences are modeled with continuous as well as discrete
variables. Examples are the energy minimal design of a chemical process in which several reactors may be switched on or off, or the
time minimal covering of a distance with a vehicle equipped with a gear shift. While optimal points can be defined
straightforwardly, for their numerical identification an interplay of ideas from discrete and continuous optimization is necessary.
The lecture treats methods for the numerical solution of linear optimization problems which depend on continuous as well as
discrete variables. It is structured as follows:
Literature
• C.A. Floudas, Nonlinear and Mixed-Integer Optimization: Fundamentals and Applications, Oxford University Press, 1995
• J. Kallrath: Gemischt-ganzzahlige Optimierung, Vieweg, 2002
• D. Li, X. Sun: Nonlinear Integer Programming, Springer, 2006
• G.L. Nemhauser, L.A. Wolsey, Integer and Combinatorial Optimization, Wiley, 1988
• M. Tawarmalani, N.V. Sahinidis, Convexification and Global Optimization in Continuous and Mixed-Integer Nonlinear
Programming, Kluwer, 2002.
Competence Certificate
The assessment of the lecture is a written examination (60 minutes) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation.
The examination is held in the semester of the lecture and in the following semester.
Prerequisite for admission to the written examination is attaining at least 30% of the exercise points. Therefore the online-
registration for the written examination is subject to fulfilling the prerequisite.
The examination can also be combined with the examination ofMixed Integer Programming I[2550138]. In this case, the duration of
the written examination takes 120 minutes.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
It is strongly recommended to visit at least one lecture from the Bachelor program of this chair before attending this course.
Annotation
The lecture is offered irregularly. The curriculum of the next three years is available online (kop.ior.kit.edu).
Events
SS 2019 2114073 Mobile Machines 4 SWS Lecture (V) Geimer, Geiger
Exams
SS 2019 76T-MACH-105168 Mobile Machines Prüfung (PR) Geimer
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105168 Mobile Machines Prüfung (PR) Geimer
WS 19/20 76T-MACH-105168 Mobile Machines Prüfung (PR) Geimer
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral exam (45 min) taking place in the recess period. The exam takes place in every semester. Re-
examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
Knowledge in Fluid Power Systems is required. It is recommended to attend the course Fluid Power Systems [2114093] beforehand.
Annotation
After completion of the course the students have knowledge of:
Content:
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Mobile Machines
V 2114073, SS 2019, 4 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
Media:
Lecture notes.
Learning Content
Workload
Events
SS 2019 6232811 Mobilitätsservices und neue 2 SWS Lecture / Practice Kagerbauer
Formen der Mobilität (VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 8240103425 Mobility Services and new Forms of Mobility Prüfung (PR) Kagerbauer
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Competence Certificate
take-home exam, short presentation with oral examination
Prerequisites
none
Events
SS 2019 2540470 Modeling and Analyzing Consumer 2 SWS Lecture (V) Dorner, Knierim
Behavior with R
SS 2019 2540471 Übung zu Modeling and Analyzing 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Knierim, Greif-
Consumer Behaviour with R Winzrieth
Exams
SS 2019 7901391 Modeling and Analyzing Consumer Behavior Prüfung (PR) Weinhardt
with R
SS 2019 79791391 Modeling and Analyzing Consumer Behavior Prüfung (PR) Weinhardt
with R
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min) (according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulations). By successful completion
of the exercises (§4 (2), 3 SPO 2007 respectively §4 (3) SPO 2015) a bonus can be obtained. If the grade of the written exam is at
least 4.0 and at most 1.3, the bonus will improve it by one grade level (i.e. by 0.3 or 0.4).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
Number of participants limited.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Students learn the fundamental methods, algorithms and concepts for analysing consumer data. The students deepen their
knowledge in working on a case study and computer exercises, especially in the areas of e-commerce and behavioural economics.
In addition, students learn to write applications in R and to organize and execute larger data mining and general data analytics
projects. Furthermore, students learn methods for evaluating and visualizing data.
The event will focus on the following topics:
1. basic programming concepts in R
2. data mining with R using established process models such as CRISP-DM
3. text mining and analysis of online data with R
4. working on a case study from the area of Consumer and User Analytics
5. data visualization and evaluation with R
Annotation
The course has been added summer term 2015.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Field, A., Miles, J., Field, Z., Discovering Statistics Using R, SAGE 2014
Jones, O., Maillardet, R., Robinson, A., Scientific Programming and Simulation Using R, Chapmann & Hall / CRC Press 2009
Venables, W.N., Smith, D.M. and the R Core Team, "An Introduction to R", 2012 (Version 2.15.2), http://cran.r-project.org/doc/
manuals/R-intro.pdf
Wickham, Hadley, ggplot2: Elegant Graphics for Data Analysis (Use R!), Springer 2009 (2nd edition)
Events
WS 19/20 2550490 Modellieren und OR-Software: 3 SWS Practical course (P) Pomes, Zander, Bakker
Fortgeschrittene Themen
Competence Certificate
The assessment is a 120 minutes examination, including a written and a practical part (according to §4(2), 1 of the examination
regulation).
The examination is held in the term of the software laboratory and the following term.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
Basic knowledge as conveyed in the module Introduction to Operations Research is assumed.
Successful completion of the course Modeling and OR-Software: Introduction.
Annotation
Due to capacity restrictions, registration before course start is required. For further information see the webpage of the course.
The lecture is held in every term. The planned lectures and courses for the next three years are announced online.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
The advanced course is designated for Master students that already attended the introductory course or gained equivalent
experience elsewhere, e.g. during a seminar or bachelor thesis. We will work on advanced topics and methods in OR, among others
cutting planes, column generation and constraint programming. The Software used for the exercises is IBM ILOG CPLEX
Optimization Studio. The associated modelling progamming languages are OPL and ILOG Script.
Learning Content
The advanced course is designated for Master students that already attended the introductory course or gained equivalent
experience elsewhere, e.g. during a seminar or bachelor thesis.
We will work on advanced topics and methods in OR, among others cutting planes, column generation and constraint
programming. The Software used for the exercises is IBM ILOG CPLEX Optimization Studio. The associated modelling progamming
languages are OPL and ILOG Script.
Annotation
The lecture is for Master students who have already attended the introduction or have achieved comparable knowledge e.g. in a
Bachelor thesis.
Interested students are requested to send an e-mail to Anika Pomes (anika.pomes@kit.edu) from now until 29.09.2019, including
the Bachelor's and the current Master's grade transcripts. If the introduction has not been checked, please let us know how the
necessary knowledge has been obtained.
For further information see the webpage of the course.
The lecture is offered in every winter term. The planned lectures and courses for the next three years are announced online.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Events
SS 2019 6222805 Morphodynamics 2 SWS Lecture / Practice Nestmann
(VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 8230101859 Morphodynamics Prüfung (PR) Nestmann
Competence Certificate
See German version.
Prerequisites
None
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is a written examination (60 min) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation. A bonus
program can improve the grade by one grade level (i.e. by 0.3 or 0.4).
The exam is offered every semester. Re-examinations are offered only for repeaters.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
The course covers highly advanced statistical methods with a quantitative focus. Hence, participants are necessarily expected to
have advanced statistical knowledge, e.g. acquired in the course ''Advanced Statistics''. Without this, participation in the course is
not advised.
Previous attendance of the course Analysis of Multivariate Data is recommended. Alternatively, the script can be provided to
interested students.
Events
SS 2019 2142861 Nanotechnology for Engineers 2 SWS Lecture (V) Hölscher, Dienwiebel,
and Natural Scientists Walheim
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105180 Nanotechnology for Engineers and Natural Prüfung (PR) Hölscher, Dienwiebel
Scientists
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105180 Nanotechnology for Engineers and Natural Prüfung (PR) Hölscher, Dienwiebel
Scientists
Competence Certificate
written exam 90 min
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
1) Introduction into nanotechnology
2) History of scanning probe techniques
3) Scanning tunneling microscopy (STM)
4) Atomic force microscopy (AFM)
5) Dynamic Modes (DFM, ncAFM, MFM, KPFM, ...)
6) Friction force microscopy & nanotribology
7) Nanolithography
8) Other families of the SPM family
The student can
• explain the most common measurement principles of nanotechnology especialy scanning probe methods and is able to use
them for the characterisation of chemical and physical properties of surfaces
• decribe interatomic forces and their influence on nanotechnology
• describe methods of micro- and nanofabrication and of –nanolithography
• explain simple models used in contact mechanics and nanotribology
• describe basic concepts used for nanoscale components
Learning Content
1) Introduction into nanotechnology
2) History of scanning probe techniques
3) Scanning tunneling microscopy (STM)
4) Atomic force microscopy (AFM)
5) Dynamic Modes (DFM, ncAFM, MFM, KPFM, ...)
6) Friction force microscopy & nanotribology
7) Nanolithography
8) Other families of the SPM family
Workload
lectures 30 h
self study 30 h
preparation for examination 30 h
Literature
Competence Certificate
written examination
presence in more that 70% of the lectures
Duration: 1 h
aids: none
Prerequisites
none
Events
SS 2019 2182712 Nanotribology and -Mechanics 2 SWS Lecture / Practice Dienwiebel
(VÜ)
WS 19/20 2182712 Nanotribology and -Mechanics 2 SWS Block (B) Dienwiebel
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102167 Nanotribology and -Mechanics Prüfung (PR) Dienwiebel
Competence Certificate
presentation (40%) and colloquium (30 min, 60%)
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
preliminary knowlegde in mathematics and physics
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
In the summer semester the lecture is offered in German and in the winter semester in English!
Part 1: Fundamentals of nanotribology
• explain the physical foundations and common models used in the field of nanotribology and nanomechanics
• describe the most important experimental methods in nanotribology
• critically evaluate scientific papers on nanotribological issues with respect to their substantial quality
Learning Content
Part 1: Fundamentals of nanotribology
Workload
regular attendance: 22,5 hours
preparation for presentation: 22,5 hours
self-study: 75 hours
Literature
Edward L. Wolf
Nanophysics and Nanotechnology, Wiley-VCH, 2006
C. Mathew Mate
Tribology on the Small Scale: A Bottom Up Approach to Friction, Lubrication, and Wear (Mesoscopic Physics and Nanotechnology)
1st Edition, Oxford University Press
Lecture notes, slides and copies of articles
Notes
In the summer semester the lecture is offered in German and in the winter semester in English!
Part 1: Fundamentals of nanotribology
• explain the physical foundations and common models used in the field of nanotribology and nanomechanics
• describe the most important experimental methods in nanotribology
• critically evaluate scientific papers on nanotribological issues with respect to their substantial quality
Learning Content
Part 1: Basics:
• Nanotechnology
• Forces at nanometer scale
• contact mechanics models (Hertz, JKR, DMT)
• Experimental methods (SFA, QCM, FFM)
• Prandtl-Tomlinson model
• Superlubricity
• Atomic-Scale Wear
Workload
regular attendance: 22,5 hours
preparation for presentation: 22,5 hours
self-study: 75 hours
Literature
Lecture notes, slides and copies of articles
Events
SS 2019 2511106 Nature-Inspired Optimization 2 SWS Lecture (V) Shukla
Methods
SS 2019 2511107 Übungen zu Nature-Inspired 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Shukla
Optimization Methods
Exams
SS 2019 7900026 Nature-Inspired Optimization Methods Prüfung (PR) Shukla
WS 19/20 7900016 Nature-Inspired Optimisation Methods Prüfung (PR) Shukla
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min) (according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation) and an additional
written examination called “bonus exam”, 60 min (according Section 4(2), 3 of the examination regulation) or a selection of
exersices . The bonus exam may be split into several shorter written tests.
The grade of this course is the achieved grade in the written examination. If this grade is at least 4.0 and at most 1.3, a passed bonus
exam will improve it by one grade level (i.e. by 0.3 or 0.4).
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Many optimization problems are too complex to be solved to optimality. A promising alternative is to use stochastic heuristics,
based on some fundamental principles observed in nature. Examples include evolutionary algorithms, ant algorithms, or simulated
annealing. These methods are widely applicable and have proven very powerful in practice. During the course, such optimization
methods based on natural principles are presented, analyzed and compared. Since the algorithms are usually quite computational
intensive, possibilities for parallelization are also investigated.
Events
WS 19/20 2521300 2 SWS Lecture (V) Schienle
WS 19/20 2521301 2 SWS Practice (Ü) Schienle, Görgen
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (90 minutes) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Knowledge of the contents covered by the course "Applied Econometrics" [2520020]
Annotation
The course takes place every second winter semester: 2018/19 then 2020/21
Events
WS 19/20 2550111 Nonlinear Optimization I 2 SWS Lecture (V) Stein
WS 19/20 2550112 Exercises Nonlinear SWS Practice (Ü) Stein
Optimization I + II
Exams
SS 2019 7900064_SS2019_NK Nonlinear Optimization I Prüfung (PR) Stein
Competence Certificate
The assessment consits of a written exam (60 minutes) according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation and possibly of a
compulsory prerequisite.
The exam takes place in the semester of the lecture and in the following semester.
The examination can also be combined with the examination ofNonlinear OptimizationII[2550113]. In this case, the duration of the
written examination takes 120 minutes.
Prerequisites
The module component exam T-WIWI-103637 "Nonlinear Optimization I and II" may not be selected.
Annotation
Part I and II of the lecture are held consecutively in the same semester.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Nonlinear Optimization I
V 2550111, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
The lecture treats the minimization of smooth nonlinear functions under nonlinear constraints. For such problems, which occur
very often in economics, engineering, and natural sciences, we derive optimality conditions that form the basis for numerical
solution methods. The lecture is structured as follows:
Annotation
Part I and II of the lecture are held consecutively in thesamesemester.
Literature
Elective literature:
Events
WS 19/20 2550111 Nonlinear Optimization I 2 SWS Lecture (V) Stein
WS 19/20 2550112 Exercises Nonlinear SWS Practice (Ü) Stein
Optimization I + II
WS 19/20 2550113 Nonlinear Optimization II 2 SWS Lecture (V) Stein
Exams
SS 2019 7900066_SS2019_NK Nonlinear Optimization I and II Prüfung (PR) Stein
Competence Certificate
The assessment consits of a written exam (120 minutes) according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation and possibly of a
compulsory prerequisite.
The exam takes place in the semester of the lecture and in the following semester.
Prerequisites
None.
Annotation
Part I and II of the lecture are held consecutively in the same semester.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Nonlinear Optimization I
V 2550111, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
The lecture treats the minimization of smooth nonlinear functions under nonlinear constraints. For such problems, which occur
very often in economics, engineering, and natural sciences, we derive optimality conditions that form the basis for numerical
solution methods. The lecture is structured as follows:
Annotation
Part I and II of the lecture are held consecutively in thesamesemester.
Literature
Elective literature:
Nonlinear Optimization II
V 2550113, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
The lecture treats the minimization of smooth nonlinear functions under nonlinear constraints. For such problems, which occur
very often in economics, engineering, and natural sciences, we derive optimality conditions that form the basis for numerical
solution methods. Part I of the lecture treats unconstrained optimization problems. Part II of the lecture is structured as follows:
The lecture is accompanied by computer exercises in which you can learn the programming language MATLAB and implement and
test some of the methods for practically relevant examples.
Annotation
Part I and II of the lecture are held consecutively in thesamesemester.
Literature
Elective literature:
Events
WS 19/20 2550112 Exercises Nonlinear SWS Practice (Ü) Stein
Optimization I + II
WS 19/20 2550113 Nonlinear Optimization II 2 SWS Lecture (V) Stein
Exams
SS 2019 7900065_SS2019_NK Nonlinear Optimization II Prüfung (PR) Stein
Competence Certificate
The assessment consits of a written exam (60 minutes) according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation and possibly of a
compulsory prerequisite.
The exam takes place in the semester of the lecture and in the following semester.
The exam can also be combined with the examination of Nonlinear OptimizationI [2550111]. In this case, the duration of the written
exam takes 120 minutes.
Prerequisites
None.
Annotation
Part I and II of the lecture are held consecutively in the same semester.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Nonlinear Optimization II
V 2550113, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
The lecture treats the minimization of smooth nonlinear functions under nonlinear constraints. For such problems, which occur
very often in economics, engineering, and natural sciences, we derive optimality conditions that form the basis for numerical
solution methods. Part I of the lecture treats unconstrained optimization problems. Part II of the lecture is structured as follows:
The lecture is accompanied by computer exercises in which you can learn the programming language MATLAB and implement and
test some of the methods for practically relevant examples.
Annotation
Part I and II of the lecture are held consecutively in thesamesemester.
Literature
Elective literature:
Events
WS 19/20 2141865 Novel actuators and sensors 2 SWS Lecture (V) Kohl, Sommer
Competence Certificate
written exam, 60 minutes
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
Script / script of ppt foils (part 2)
Learning Content
Contents: - Basic knowledge in the material science of actuator and sensor principles
- Layout and design optimization
- Fabrication technologies
- Selected developments
- Applications
Index: The lecture includes amongst others the following topics:
• Piezo actuators
• Magnetostrictive actuators
• Shape memory actuators
• Electro-/magnetorheological actuators
• Sensors: Concepts, materials, fabrication
• Micromechanical sensors: Pressure, force, inertia sensors
• Temperature sensors
• Micro sensors for bio analytics
• Mechano-magnetic sensors
The lecture addresses students in the fields of mechanical engineering, mechatronics and information technology, materials
science and engineering, electrical engineering and economic sciences. A comprehensive introduction is given in the basics and
current developments on the macroscopic length scale.
The lecture is core subject of the major course "Actuators and Sensors" of the specialization "Mechatronics and Microsystems
Technology" in Mechanical Engineering.
Workload
Work Lecture:
time of attendance: 21 hours
Self-study: 99 hours
Literature
- Lecture notes
- Donald J. Leo, Engineering Analysis of Smart Material Systems, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007
- "Sensors Update", Edited by H.Baltes, W. Göpel, J. Hesse, VCH, 1996, ISBN: 3-527-29432-5
- "Multivariate Datenanalyse – Methodik und Anwendungen in der Chemie", R. Henrion, G. Henrion, Springer 1994, ISBN
3-540-58188-X
Events
WS 19/20 6241905 Erdbau 1 SWS Lecture (V) Haghsheno,
Mitarbeiter/innen
Exams
SS 2019 8240101801 Operation Methods for Earthmoving Prüfung (PR) Schneider
WS 19/20 8240101801 Operation Methods for Earthmoving Prüfung (PR) Schneider
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
T 7.261 Course: Operation Methods for Foundation and Marine Construction [T-
BGU-101832]
Events
WS 19/20 6241904 Tiefbau 1 SWS Lecture (V) Haghsheno, Schneider
Exams
SS 2019 8240101832 Operation Methods for Foundation and Prüfung (PR) Schneider
Marine Construction
WS 19/20 8240101832 Operation Methods for Foundation and Prüfung (PR) Schneider
Marine Construction
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Competence Certificate
The assessment is a 60 minutes written examination (according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
The examination is held in the term of the lecture and the following lecture.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge as conveyed in the module "Introduction to Operations Research" is assumed.
Annotation
The course is offered irregularly. Planned lectures for the next three years can be found in the internet at http://dol.ior.kit.edu/
english/Courses.php.
Events
SS 2019 2550480 Operations Research in Supply 2 SWS Lecture (V) Nickel
Chain Management
SS 2019 2550481 Übungen zu OR in Supply Chain 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Dunke
Management
Exams
SS 2019 7900128 Operations Research in Supply Chain Prüfung (PR) Nickel
Management
Competence Certificate
The assessment is a 60 minutes written examination (according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
The examination is held in the term of the lecture and the following lecture.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge as conveyed in the module Introduction to Operations Research and in the lectures Facility Location and Strategic
SCM,Tactical and operational SCMis assumed.
Annotation
The course is offered irregularly. Planned lectures for the next three years can be found in the internet at http://dol.ior.kit.edu/
english/Courses.php.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Supply Chain Management constitutes a general tool for logistics process planning in supply networks. To an increasing degree
quantitative decision support is provided by methods and models from Operations Research. The lecture "OR in Supply Chain
Management" conveys concepts and approaches for solving practical problems and presents an insight to current research topics.
The lecture's focus is set on modeling and solution methods for applications originating in different domains of a supply chain. The
emphasis is put on mathematical methods like mixed integer programming, valid inequalities or column generation, and the
derivation of optimal solution strategies.
In form and content, the lecture addresses all levels of Supply Chain Management: After a short introduction, the tactical and
operational level will be discussed with regard to inventory models, scheduling as well as cutting and packing. The strategic level
will be discussed in terms of layout planning. Another main focus of the lecture is the application of methods from online
optimization. This optimization discipline has gained more and more importance in the optimization of supply chains over the
several past years due to an increasing amount of dynamic data flows.
Learning Content
Supply Chain Management constitutes a general tool for logistics process planning in supply networks. To an increasing degree
quantitative decision support is provided by methods and models from Operations Research. The lecture "OR in Supply Chain
Management" conveys concepts and approaches for solving practical problems and presents an insight to current research topics.
The lecture's focus is set on modeling and solution methods for applications originating in different domains of a supply chain. The
emphasis is put on mathematical methods like mixed integer programming, valid inequalities or column generation, and the
derivation of optimal solution strategies.
In form and content, the lecture addresses all levels of Supply Chain Management: After a short introduction, the tactical and
operational level will be discussed with regard to inventory models, scheduling as well as cutting and packing. The strategic level
will be discussed in terms of layout planning. Another main focus of the lecture is the application of methods from online
optimization. This optimization discipline has gained more and more importance in the optimization of supply chains over the
several past years due to an increasing amount of dynamic data flows.
Annotation
The course is offered irregularly. Planned lectures for the next three years can be found in the internet at http://dol.ior.kit.edu/
english/Courses.php.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
• Simchi-Levi, D.; Chen, X.; Bramel, J.: The Logic of Logistics: Theory, Algorithms, and Applications for Logistics and Supply
Chain Management, 2nd edition, Springer, 2005
• Simchi-Levi, D.; Kaminsky, P.; Simchi-Levi, E.: Designing and Managing the Supply Chain: Concepts, Strategies, and Case
Studies, McGraw-Hill, 2000
• Silver, E. A.; Pyke, D. F.; Peterson, R.: Inventory Management and Production Planning and Scheduling, 3rd edition, Wiley,
1998
• Blazewicz, J.: Handbook on Scheduling - From Theory to Applications, Springer, 2007
• Pinedo, M. L.: Scheduling - Theory, Algorithms, and Systems (3rd edition), Springer, 2008
• Dyckhoff, H.; Finke, U.: Cutting and Packing in Production and Distribution - A Typology and Bibliography, Physica-Verlag,
1992
• Borodin, A.; El-Yaniv, R.: Online Computation and Competitive Analysis, Cambridge University Press, 2005
• Francis, R. L.; McGinnis, L. F.; White, A.: Facility Layout and Location: An Analytical Approach, 2nd edition, Prentice-Hall,
1992
Events
WS 19/20 2309460 Optical Transmitters and Receivers 2 SWS Lecture (V) Freude
WS 19/20 2309461 Tutorial for 2309460 Optical 2 SWS Practice (Ü) Freude
Transmitters and Receivers
Exams
SS 2019 7309460 Optical Transmitters and Receivers Prüfung (PR) Freude
SS 2019 7309460-W2 Optical Transmitters and Receivers (2. Prüfung (PR) Freude
Wiederholung)
WS 19/20 7309460 Optical Transmitters and Receivers Prüfung (PR) Freude
Prerequisites
none
Events
WS 19/20 2309464 Optical Waveguides and Fibers 2 SWS Lecture (V) Koos
WS 19/20 2309465 Tutorial for 2309464 Optical 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Koos
Waveguides and Fibers
Exams
SS 2019 7309464 Optical Waveguides and Fibers Prüfung (PR) Koos
WS 19/20 7309464 Optical Waveguides and Fibers Prüfung (PR) Koos
Prerequisites
none
Events
WS 19/20 2550140 Optimization Models and 2 SWS Lecture (V) Sudermann-Merx
Application
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min.) according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 1 of the examination regulation.
The prerequisite for participation in the exam is the achievement of a minimum number of points in delivery sheets. Details will be
announced at the beginning of the course.
Prerequisites
None.
Events
WS 19/20 2550464 Optimierungsansätze unter SWS Lecture (V) Rebennack
Unsicherheit
WS 19/20 2550465 Übungen zu Optimierungsansätze SWS Practice (Ü) Rebennack, Füllner
unter Unsicherheit
WS 19/20 2550466 2 SWS Practice (Ü) Rebennack, Füllner
Exams
SS 2019 7900202 Optimization under Uncertainty Prüfung (PR) Rebennack
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes) according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation. The exam takes
place in every the semester.
Prerequisites
None.
Events
SS 2019 2309486 Optoelectronic Components 2 SWS Lecture (V) Freude
SS 2019 2309487 Optoelectronic Components 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Freude
(Tutorial)
Exams
SS 2019 7309486 Optoelectronic Components Prüfung (PR) Freude
SS 2019 7309486-W Optoelectronic Components Prüfung (PR) Freude
(Wiederholungsprüfung)
WS 19/20 7309486 Optoelectronic Components Prüfung (PR) Freude
Prerequisites
none
Events
SS 2019 2520320 Paneldaten 2 SWS Lecture (V) Heller
SS 2019 2520321 Übungen zu Paneldaten 2 SWS Practice (Ü) Heller
Exams
SS 2019 7900115 Panel Data Prüfung (PR) Heller
Prerequisites
None
Exams
SS 2019 7900068_SS2019_NK Parametric Optimization Prüfung (PR) Stein
Competence Certificate
The assessment of the lecture is a written examination (60 minutes) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation.
The examination is held in the semester of the lecture and in the following semester.
Prerequisite for admission to the written examination is attaining at least 30% of the exercise points. Therefore the online-
registration for the written examination is subject to fulfilling the prerequisite.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
It is strongly recommended to visit at least one lecture from the Bachelor program of this chair before attending this course.
Annotation
The lecture is offered irregularly. The curriculum of the next three years is available online (www.ior.kit.edu).
Events
SS 2019 24656 Patent Law 2 SWS Lecture (V) Koch
Exams
SS 2019 7500062 Patent Law Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
WS 19/20 7500001 Patent Law Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
Events
WS 19/20 2540533 Personalization & Services 2 SWS Lecture (V) Sonnenbichler, Geyer-
Schulz
WS 19/20 2540534 Exercise Personalization & Services 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Sonnenbichler, Geyer-
Schulz
Exams
SS 2019 7900283 Personalization and Services Prüfung (PR) Geyer-Schulz
Competence Certificate
Written examination (60 minutes) according to §4(2), 1 SPO. The exam is considered passed if at least 50 out of a maximum of 100
possible points are achieved. The grades are graded in five steps (best grade 1.0 from 95 points). Details of the grade formation and
scale will be announced in the course.
A bonus can be acquired through successful participation in the practice. If the grade of the written examination is between 4.0 and
1.3, the bonus improves the grade by one grade level (0.3 or 0.4). The exact criteria for awarding a bonus will be announced at the
beginning of the course.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135 hours (4.5 credits):
Time of attendance
Self-study
Literature
The course follows latest scientific papers. References to these papers are listed at the end of each course unit.
Organisation: University
Part of: M-WIWI-101404 - Extracurricular Module in Engineering
Organisation: University
Part of: M-WIWI-101404 - Extracurricular Module in Engineering
Organisation: University
Part of: M-WIWI-101404 - Extracurricular Module in Engineering
Organisation: University
Part of: M-WIWI-101404 - Extracurricular Module in Engineering
Organisation: University
Part of: M-WIWI-101404 - Extracurricular Module in Engineering
Organisation: University
Part of: M-WIWI-101404 - Extracurricular Module in Engineering
Organisation: University
Part of: M-WIWI-101404 - Extracurricular Module in Engineering
Events
SS 2019 2307380 Photovoltaische Systemtechnik 2 SWS Lecture (V) Grab
Exams
SS 2019 7307380 Photovoltaics Prüfung (PR) Leibfried
Prerequisites
none
Events
WS 19/20 2181612 Physical basics of laser 3 SWS Lecture / Practice Schneider
technology (VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102102 Physical Basics of Laser Technology Prüfung (PR) Schneider
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102102 Physical Basics of Laser Technology Prüfung (PR) Schneider
Competence Certificate
oral examination (30 min)
Prerequisites
It is not possible, to combine this brick with brick Laser Application in Automotive Engineering [T-MACH-105164] and brick
Physical Basics of Laser Technology [T-MACH-109084]
Recommendation
Basic knowledge of physics, chemistry and material science
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
lecture notes via ILIAS
Notes
Based on the description of the physical basics about the formation and the properties of laser light the lecture goes through the
different types of laser beam sources used in industry these days. The lecture focuses on the usage of lasers especially in materials
engineering. Other areas like measurement technology or medical applications are also mentioned. An excursion to the laser
laboratory of the Institute for Applied Materials (IAM) will be offered.
• can explain the principles of light generation, the conditions for light amplification as well as the basic structure and
function of different laser sources.
• can describe the influence of laser, material and process parameters for the most important methods of laser-based
materials processing and choose laser sources suitable for specific applications.
• can illustrate the possible applications of laser sources in measurement and medicine technology
• can explain the requirements for safe handling of laser radiation and for the design of safe laser systems.
Learning Content
Based on the description of the physical basics about the formation and the properties of laser light the lecture goes through the
different types of laser beam sources used in industry these days. The lecture focuses on the usage of lasers especially in materials
engineering. Other areas like measurement technology or medical applications are also mentioned. An excursion to the laser
laboratory of the Institute for Applied Materials (IAM) will be offered.
Annotation
It is allowed to select only one of the lectures "Laser in automotive engineering" (2182642) or "Physical basics of laser
technology" (2181612) during the Bachelor and Master studies.
Workload
regular attendance: 33,5 hours
self-study: 116,5 hours
Literature
W. T. Silfvast: Laser Fundamentals, 2008, Cambridge University Press
W. M. Steen: Laser Material Processing, 2010, Springer
Events
SS 2019 2142890 Physics for Engineers 2 SWS Lecture (V) Weygand, Dienwiebel,
Nesterov-Müller,
Gumbsch
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-100530 Physics for Engineers Prüfung (PR) Gumbsch, Weygand,
Nesterov-Müller,
Dienwiebel
Competence Certificate
written exam 90 min
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
1) Foundations of solid state physics
3) Optics
Exercises (2142891, 2 SWS) are used for complementing and deepening the contents of the lecture as well as for answering more
extensive questions raised by the students and for testing progress in learning of the topics.
The student
• has the basic understanding of the physical foundations to explain the relationship between the quantum mechanical
principles and the optical as well as electrical properties of materials
• can describe the fundamental experiments, which allow the illustration of these principles
regular attendance: 22,5 hours (lecture) and 22,5 hours (excerises 2142891)
self-study: 97,5 hours and 49 hours (excerises 2142891)
The assessment consists of a written exam (90 minutes) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
Learning Content
1) Foundations of solid state physics
3) Optics
Exercises (2142891, 2 SWS) are used for complementing and deepening the contents of the lecture as well as for answering more
extensive questions raised by the students and for testing progress in learning of the topics.
Workload
regular attendance: 22,5 hours (lecture) and 22,5 hours (excerises 2142891)
self-study: 97,5 hours and 49 hours (excerises 2142891)
Literature
• Tipler und Mosca: Physik für Wissenschaftler und Ingenieure, Elsevier, 2004
• Haken und Wolf: Atom- und Quantenphysik. Einführung in die experimentellen und theoretischen Grundlagen, 7. Aufl.,
Springer, 2000
• Harris, Moderne Physik, Pearson Verlag, 2013
Events
WS 19/20 2581952 Planning and Management of 2 SWS Lecture (V) Glöser-Chahoud,
Industrial Plants Schultmann
WS 19/20 2581953 Übungen Anlagenwirtschaft 2 SWS Practice (Ü) Rosenberg,
Schultmann
Exams
SS 2019 7981952 Planning and Management of Industrial Plants Prüfung (PR) Schultmann
WS 19/20 7981952 Planning and Management of Industrial Plants Prüfung (PR) Schultmann
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (90 minutes) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation). The exam takes place in
every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Industrial plant management incorporates a complex set of tasks along the entire life cycle of an industrial plant, starting with the
initiation and erection up to operating and dismantling.
During this course students will get to know special characteristics of industrial plant management. Students will learn important
methods to plan, realize and supervise the supply, start-up, maintenance, optimisation and shut-down of industrial plants.
Alongside, students will have to handle the inherent question of choosing between technologies and evaluating each of them. This
course pays special attention to the specific characteristics of plant engineering, commissioning and investment.
Workload
Total effort required will account for approximately 165h (5.5 credits).
Literature
will be announced in the course
Events
SS 2019 2122376 PLM for product development in SWS Lecture (V) Eigner
mechatronics
WS 19/20 2122376 PLM for product development in SWS Lecture (V) Eigner
mechatronics
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102181 PLM for Product Development in Prüfung (PR) Eigner
Mechatronics
Competence Certificate
Oral examination 20 min.
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 120 hours. For further information see German version.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 120 hours. For further information see German version.
Events
SS 2019 2121357 PLM-CAD Workshop 4 SWS Practical course (P) Ovtcharova,
Mitarbeiter
WS 19/20 2121357 PLM-CAD Workshop 4 SWS Project (PRO) Ovtcharova,
Mitarbeiter
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102153 PLM-CAD Workshop Prüfung (PR) Ovtcharova
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment (graded)
Prerequisites
None
Annotation
Number of participants is limited, compulsory attendance
Events
WS 19/20 2117070 Plug-and-play material handling 2 SWS Practical course (P) Furmans, Dziedzitz
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-106693 Plug-and-play material handling Prüfung (PR) Furmans
Competence Certificate
Presentation of the four steps of the course content (design, implementation, test concept and evaluation)
Prerequisites
None
Events
WS 19/20 2173590 Polymer Engineering I 2 SWS Lecture (V) Elsner, Liebig
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102137 Polymer Engineering I Prüfung (PR) Elsner
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102137 Polymer Engineering I Prüfung (PR) Elsner
Competence Certificate
Oral exam, about 25 minutes
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Polymer Engineering I
V 2173590, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Notes
1. Economical aspects of polymers
2. Introductiom of mechanical,
chemical end electrical properties
3. Processing of polymers
(introduction)
4. Material science of polymers
5. Synthesis
learning objectives:
The field of Polymer Engineering includes synthesis, material science, processing, construction, design, tool engineering,
production technology, surface engineering and recycling. The aim is, to equip the students with knowledge and technical skills, and
to use the material "polymer" meeting its requirements in an economical and ecological way.
The students
requirements:
none
workload:
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Learning Content
1. Economical aspects of polymers
2. Introductiom of mechanical,
chemical end electrical properties
3. Processing of polymers
(introduction)
4. Material science of polymers
5. Synthesis
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Literature
Recommended literature and selected official lecture notes are provided in the lecture
Events
SS 2019 2174596 Polymer Engineering II 2 SWS Lecture (V) Elsner
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102138 Polymerengineering II Prüfung (PR) Elsner
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102138 Polymerengineering II Prüfung (PR) Elsner
Competence Certificate
Oral exam, about 25 minutes
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
Knowledge in Polymerengineering I
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Polymer Engineering II
V 2174596, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Notes
1. Processing of polymers
2. Properties of polymer components
Based on practical examples and components
2.1 Selection of material
2.2 Component design
2.3 Tool engineering
2.4 Production technology
2.5 Surface engineering
2.6 Sustainability, recycling
learning objectives:
The field of Polymer Engineering includes synthesis, material science, processing, construction, design, tool engineering,
production technology, surface engineering and recycling. The aim is, that the students gather knowledge and technical skills to use
the material "polymer" meeting its requirements in an economical and ecological way.
The students
requirements:
Polymerengineering I
workload:
The workload for the lecture Polymerengineering II is 120 h per semester and consists of the presence during the lecture (21 h) as
well as preparation and rework time at home (99 h).
Learning Content
1. Processing of polymers
2. Properties of polymer components
Based on practical examples and components
2.1 Selection of material
2.2 Component design
2.3 Tool engineering
2.4 Production technology
2.5 Surface engineering
2.6 Sustainability, recycling
Workload
The workload for the lecture Polymerengineering II is 120 h per semester and consists of the presence during the lecture (21 h) as
well as preparation and rework time at home (99 h).
Literature
Recommended literature and selected official lecture notes are provided in the lecture.
Events
WS 19/20 2141853 Polymers in MEMS A: Chemistry, 2 SWS Rapp
Synthesis and Applications
Competence Certificate
Oral examination
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
The lecture slides will be given out as scriptum during each lecture course.
Learning Content
We all come in contact with numerous polymeric products in everyday life. From water bottles to packaging to the cover of the
iPad, many things are made of polymers. Polymers are also important materials for modern microelectromechanical systems
(MEMS) allowing cost effective mass market compatible products, e.g., in the life sciences or diagnostics. But polymers are not just
cost-effective replacements for more expensive classical materials in MEMS (such as, e.g., silicon) – some polymers have intrinsic
properties that make them ideal materials for sensors, actuators or templates for biology and chemistry in MEMS.
This lecture will introduce the basics of organic chemistry required for understanding what polymers are, how they are
manufactured and which mechanisms are responsible for their unique properties. The lecture will highlight (in the context of
MEMS but also in a wider scope) where and why polymers are applied with a strong focus on their chemical and physical properties
(and on their synthesis).
Some of the topics covered are:
• What is the basic chemistry of polymers? What are monomers, what are macromolecules and how are they formed?
• How are polymers produced on industrial scale – but also on the laboratory scale? Numerous examples of how to make
(commonly and lesser known) polymers will be discussed including materials such as Plexiglas.
• Why are polymers so important for biochemistry and tissue engineering?
• How do photoresists work and why do some polymers contract when exposed to light?
• What are high-performance polymers and why do they have such a wide application range, e.g., in implants?
• What polymers fuel the household 3D printing community and what materials do 3D printers such as, e.g., the RepRap
work with?
• How does 3D printing and rapid prototyping work and which polymers can be employed for which techniques?
• Why does silicone always smell like vinegar and why is this material so important for modern day microfluidics? How do you
built fluid-logic devices using silicone?
• How do shape memory polymers remember their shape?
• What are polymer foams and why are they not only important for heat insulation but also for organic chemistry?
• How do glues work? Why are there two-component glues, what is superglue and how can you make glue from potatoes?
The lecture will be given in German language unless non-German speaking students attend. In this case, the lecture will be given in
English (with some German translations of technical vocabulary). The lecture slides are in English language and will be handed out
for taking notes. Additional literature is not required.
For further details, please contact the lecturer, Dr. Ing. Bastian E. Rapp (bastian.rapp@kit.edu). Preregistration is not necessary.
The examination will be held in oral form at the end of the lecture. The lecture can be chosen as "Nebenfach" or part of a
"Hauptfach". The second lecture of the lecture series "Polymers in MEMS B – Physics, manufacturing and applications" (which is
also held in winter semester) can be combined with this lecture as part of a "Hauptfach". In summer semester, the third part of the
lecture series "Polymers in MEMS C – Biopolymers, Biopolymers and applications" will be given which may be combined with
lectures A and B to form a complete "Hauptfach".
Annotation
For further details, please contact the lecturer, Dr. Ing. Bastian E. Rapp (bastian.rapp@kit.edu). Preregistration is not necessary.
Workload
Events
WS 19/20 2141854 Polymers in MEMS B: Physics, 2 SWS Lecture (V) Worgull
Microstructuring and
Applications
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102191 Polymers in MEMS B: Physics, Prüfung (PR) Worgull
Microstructuring and Applications
Competence Certificate
Oral examination
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
The lecture slides will be given out as scriptum during each lecture course.
Learning Content
We all come in contact with numerous polymeric products in everyday life. From water bottles to packaging to the cover of the
iPad, many things are made of polymers. Polymers are also important materials for modern microelectromechanical systems
(MEMS) allowing cost effective mass market compatible products, e.g., in the life sciences or diagnostics. But polymers are not just
cost-effective replacements for more expensive classical materials in MEMS (such as, e.g., silicon) – some polymers have intrinsic
properties that make them ideal materials for sensors, actuators or templates for biology and chemistry in MEMS.
This lecture will introduce the basics of physics and material science required for the understanding of the mechanical behavior
seen from the engineers view. Micro and nanostructuring of polymers allows the fabrication of micro parts fulfilling their tasks in
mostly invisible different applications. But also the fabrication of polymer parts with functional surfaces inspired from Bionics will
be presented in this lesson. The lesson will give further an overview over the polymer based structuring processes and will
underline the importance by a number of applications e.g. photonic structures or Lotus-like structures.
Some of the topics covered are:
The lecture will be given in German language unless non-German speaking students attend. In this case, the lecture will be given in
English (with some German translations of technical vocabulary). The lecture slides are in English language and will be handed out
for taking notes. Additional literature is not required.
For further details, please contact the lecturer, PD Dr.-Ing. Matthias Worgull (matthias.worgull@kit.edu). Preregistration is not
necessary.
The examination will be held in oral form at the end of the lecture. The lecture can be chosen as "Nebenfach" or part of a
"Hauptfach". The second lecture of the lecture series ""Polymers in MEMS A – Chemistry, synthesis and applications " (which is
also held in winter semester) can be combined with this lecture as part of a "Hauptfach". In summer semester, the third part of the
lecture series "Polymers in MEMS C – Biopolymers, Biopolymers and applications" will be given which may be combined with
lectures A and B to form a complete "Hauptfach".
Annotation
For further details, please contact the lecturer, PD Dr.-Ing. Matthias Worgull (matthias.worgull@kit.edu). Preregistration is not
necessary.
Workload
Events
SS 2019 2142855 Polymers in MEMS C - 2 SWS Worgull, Rapp
Biopolymers and Bioplastics
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102200 Polymers in MEMS C: Biopolymers and Prüfung (PR) Worgull, Rapp
Bioplastics
Competence Certificate
Oral examination
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Polymers are ubiquitous in everyday life: from packaging materials all the way to specialty products in medicine and medical
engineering. Today it is difficult to find a product which does not (at least in parts) consist of polymeric materials. The question of
how these materials can be improved with respect to their disposal and consumption of (natural) resources during manufacturing is
often raised. Today polymers must be fully recycled in Germany and many other countries due to the fact that they do not (or only
very slowly) decompose in nature. Furthermore significant reductions of crude oil consumption during synthesis are of increasing
importance in order to improve the sustainability of this class of materials. With respect to disposal polymers which do not have to
be disposed by combustion but rather allow natural decomposition (composting) are of increasing interest. Polymers from
renewable sources are also of interest for modern microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) especially if the systems designed are
intended as single-use products.
This lecture will introduce the most important classes of these so-called biopolymers and bioplastics. It will also discuss and
highlight polymers which are created from naturally created analogues (e.g. via fermentation) to petrochemical polymer precursors
and describe their technical processing. Numerous examples from MEMS as well as everyday life will be given.
Some of the topics covered are:
• What are biopolyurethanes and how can you produce them from castor oil?
• What are "natural glues" and how are they different from chemical glues?
• How do you make tires from natural rubbers?
• What are the two most important polymers for life on earth?
• How can you make polymers from potatoes?
• Can wood be formed by injection molding?
• How do you make buttons from milk?
• Can you play music on biopolymers?
• Where and how do you use polymers for tissue engineering?
• How can you built LEGO with DNA?
The lecture will be given in German language unless non-German speaking students attend. In this case, the lecture will be given in
English (with some German translations of technical vocabulary). The lecture slides are in English language and will be handed out
for taking notes. Additional literature is not required.
For further details, please contact the lecturer, Dr. Ing. Bastian E. Rapp (bastian.rapp@kit.edu) and PD Dr.-Ing. Matthias Worgull
(matthias.worgull@kit.edu). Preregistration is not necessary.
Annotation
For further details, please contact the lecturer, Dr. Ing. Bastian E. Rapp (bastian.rapp@kit.edu) and PD Dr.-Ing. Matthias Worgull
(matthias.worgull@kit.edu). Preregistration is not necessary.
Workload
Literature
Additional literature is not required.
Events
SS 2019 2520357 Portfolio and Asset Liability 2 SWS Lecture (V) Safarian
Management
SS 2019 2520358 Übungen zu Portfolio and Asset 2 SWS Practice (Ü) Safarian
Liability Management
Exams
SS 2019 7900116 Portfolio and Asset Liability Management Prüfung (PR) Safarian
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course consists of a written examination (following §4(2), 1 SPOs, 180 min.) and of possible additional
assignments during the course (§4 (2), 3 SPO 2007 respectively §4 (3) SPO 2015).
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Portfolio theory: principles of investment, Markowitz- portfolio analysis, Modigliani-Miller theorems and absence of arbitrage,
efficient markets, capital asset pricing model (CAPM), multi factorial CAPM, arbitragepricing theory (APT), arbitrage and hedging,
multi factorial models, equity-portfolio management, passive strategies, active investment
Asset liability: statistical portfolio analysis in stock allocation, measures of success, dynamic multi seasonal models, models in
building scenarios, stochastic programming in bond and liability management, optimal investment strategies, integrated asset
liability management
Learning Content
Portfolio theory: principles of investment, Markowitz- portfolio analysis, Modigliani-Miller theorems and absence of arbitrage,
efficient markets, capital asset pricing model (CAPM), multi factorial CAPM, arbitragepricing theory (APT), arbitrage and hedging,
multi factorial models, equity-portfolio management, passive strategies, active investment
Asset liability: statistical portfolio analysis in stock allocation, measures of success, dynamic multi seasonal models, models in
building scenarios, stochastic programming in bond and liability management, optimal investment strategies, integrated asset
liability management
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 150 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
To be announced in lecture.
Elective literature:
To be announced in lecture.
Events
WS 19/20 2307371 Power Network 2 SWS Lecture (V) Leibfried
WS 19/20 2307373 Tutorial for 2307371 Power 2 SWS Practice (Ü) Hirsching, Leibfried
Network
Exams
SS 2019 7307371 Power Network Prüfung (PR) Leibfried
WS 19/20 7307371 Power Network Prüfung (PR) Leibfried
Events
SS 2019 2307372 Power Transmission and Power 2 SWS Lecture (V) Leibfried
Network Control
SS 2019 2307374 Übungen zu 2307372 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Nowak
Energieübertragung und
Netzregelung
Exams
SS 2019 7307372 Power Transmission and Power Network Prüfung (PR) Leibfried
Control
WS 19/20 7307372 Power Transmission and Power Network Prüfung (PR) Leibfried
Control
Prerequisites
none
Events
SS 2019 2142856 Practical Course Polymers in MEMS 2 SWS Block (B) Worgull, Rapp
Competence Certificate
The practical course will close with an oral examination.There will be only passed and failed results, no grades.
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
descriptions of the experiments
Learning Content
This practical course complements the lectures "Polymers in MEMS A", "Polymers in MEMS B" and "Polymers in MEMS C" and will
allow students to gain a deeper understanding of polymers and their processing. During the course of this practical course, various
polymers will be synthesized and molded into components suitable for microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) applications. The
aim of the course is to bring a polymer all the way from synthesis to application.
The practical course will be given in German language unless non-German speaking students attend. In this case, the course will be
given in English (with some German translations of technical vocabulary). Lecture notes for the experiments are in English language
and will be handed out to the students. The practical course will be held "en block" at the end of the semester (presumably
beginning of October)
For further details, please contact the lecturer, Dr. Ing. Bastian E. Rapp (bastian.rapp@kit.edu) and PD Dr.-Ing. Matthias Worgull
(matthias.worgull@kit.edu). Preregistration is mandatory. The number of participants is limited to 5 students.
Workload
Literature
Scripts of the corresponding lectures, further literature as named there.
Events
WS 19/20 2125751 Practical Course Technical 2 SWS Practical course (P) Schell
Ceramics
Exams
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105178 Practical Course Technical Ceramics Prüfung (PR) Schell
Competence Certificate
Colloquium and laboratory report for the respective experiments.
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Based on alumina as a model material, major test methods for the characterization of raw materials, intermediate and final
products are practically applied. Topics:
• powder caracterization
• Shaping of powder compacts
• sintering
• microstructural characterization
• mechanical testing
On the basis of short descriptions of the methods, the students prepare themselfes, carry out the experiments and write a
laboratory report.
Workload
regular attendance: 30 hours
self-study: 90 hours
Literature
Salmang, H.: Keramik, 7. Aufl., Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2007. - Online-Ressource
Richerson, D. R.: Modern Ceramic Engineering, CRC Taylor & Francis, 2006
Events
SS 2019 2540554 Practical Seminar: Information 3 SWS Lecture (V) Mädche
Systems & Service Design
WS 19/20 2540554 Practical Seminar: Information 3 SWS Seminar (S) Mädche
Systems & Service Design
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a seminar paper, a presentation of the results and the contribution to the discussion (according
to §4(2), 3 of the examination regulation). The final grade is based on the evaluation of each component (seminar paper, oral
presentation, and active participation).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
New course title starting summer term 2017: "Practical Seminar Digital Service Systems".
The current range of seminar topics is announced on the KSRI website www.ksri.kit.edu.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Contemporary trends of every increasing digitalization in businesses lead to new challenges and fusion of technologies blurring the
lines between the digital, physical and biological spheres, thereby calling for a new approaches for corporate management.
Recently, physician Michio Kaku put it like the following: “The destiny of computers – like other mass technologies like electricity,
paper, and running water- is to become invisible, that is, to disappear into the fabric of our lives, to be everywhere and nowhere,
silently and seamlessly carrying out our wishes.” Michio Kaku (2016)
In the Practical Seminar Digital Service Design students address a real-world challenge in businesses and apply digital service
design practices and tools. Furthermore, during the time of the seminar the students prototypical implement a running digital
service.
Real-world challenges will vary over time. This time, the challenges are from the domain of Future Corporate Management. The
practical seminar is carried out in close cooperation with SAP SE and leverages state-of-the-art digital platforms for prototyping.
Content:
• Foundations
• Digital Service Design Challenges in Future Corporate Management
• Basics of Digital Service Design practices and tools
• Prototyping and development Digital Services
• Delivering digital service prototypes
Learning goals:
The students will:
Description
Contemporary trends of every increasing digitalization in businesses lead to new challenges and fusion of technologies blurring the
lines between the digital, physical and biological spheres, thereby calling for a new approaches for corporate management.
Recently, physician Michio Kaku put it like the following: “The destiny of computers – like other mass technologies like electricity,
paper, and running water- is to become invisible, that is, to disappear into the fabric of our lives, to be everywhere and nowhere,
silently and seamlessly carrying out our wishes.” Michio Kaku (2016)
In the Practical Seminar Digital Service Design students address a real-world challenge in businesses and apply digital service
design practices and tools. Furthermore, during the time of the seminar the students prototypical implement a running digital
service.
Real-world challenges will vary over time. This time, the challenges are from the domain of Future Corporate Management. The
practical seminar is carried out in close cooperation with SAP SE and leverages state-of-the-art digital platforms for prototyping.
Learning Content
• Foundations
• Digital Service Design Challenges in Future Corporate Management
• Basics of Digital Service Design practices and tools
• Prototyping and development Digital Services
• Delivering digital service prototypes
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is according to §4(2), 3 SPO in form of a written documentation, a presentation of the outcome of the
conducted pracitical components and an active participation in class.
Please take into account that, beside the written documentation, also a practical component (such as a survey or an
implementation of an application) is part of the course. Please examine the course description for the particular tasks.
The final mark is based on the graded and weighted attainments (such as the written documentation, presentation, practical work
and an active participation in class).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Knowledge of Service Innovation Methods is assumed. Therefore it is recommended to attend the course Service Innovation
[2540468] beforehand.
Annotation
Due to the project work, the number of participants is limited and participation requires knowledge about models, concepts and
approaches that are taught in the Service Innovation lecture. Having taken the Service Innovation lecture or demonstrating
equivalent knowledge is a prerequisite for participating in this Practical Seminar. Details for registration will be announced on the
web pages for this course.
The seminar is not offered regularly.
Exams
SS 2019 7900211 Practical Seminar: Advanced Analytics Prüfung (PR) Weinhardt
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of practical work in the field of advanced analytics, a seminar paper, a presentation of the results and the
contribution to the discussion (according to §4(2), 3 of the examination regulation). The final grade is based on the evaluation of
each component (seminar paper, oral presentation, and active participation).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
At least one module offered by the institute should have been chosen before attending this seminar.
Annotation
The course is held in English. The course is not offered regularly.
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a seminar paper, a presentation of the results and the contribution to the discussion (according to §4(2),
3 of the examination regulation). The final grade is based on the evaluation of each component (seminar paper, oral presentation,
and active participation).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
At least one module offered by the institute should have been chosen before attending this seminar.
Annotation
The course is held in english. The course is not offered regularly.
T 7.301 Course: Practical Seminar: Health Care Management (with Case Studies) [T-
WIWI-102716]
Events
SS 2019 2550498 Practical seminar: Health Care 5 SWS Nickel, Reuter-
Management Oppermann
Exams
SS 2019 7900014 Practical Seminar: Health Care Management Prüfung (PR) Nickel
(with Case Studies)
Competence Certificate
Due to a research semester of Professor Nickel in WS 19/20, the courses Location Planning and Strategic SCM and Practice Seminar:
Health Care Management do NOT take place in WS 19/20. Please also refer to the information at https://dol.ior.kit.edu/
Lehrveranstaltungen.php for further details.
The assessment consists in a case study, the writing of a corresponding paper, and an oral exam (according to §4(2), 2 of the
examination regulation).
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
Basic knowledge as conveyed in the module Introduction toOperations Research is assumed.
Annotation
The credits have been reduced to 4,5 starting summer term 2016.
The lecture is offered every term.
The planned lectures and courses for the next three years are announced online.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Processes in a hospital are often grown historically ("We have always done it this way"), so that there has not been the need to
analyze processes until reforms of the health system have put increasing pressure on hospitals. Consequently, nowadays hospitals
look for possibilities to improve their processes. The students are confronted with case studies and are asked to develop a solution.
Therefore they have to collect and analyze relevant data , processes and structures. When developing the solution the students
have to bear in mind that besides the economic efficiency also the quality of care and patient satisfaction (e.g. measured in waiting
time) may not be neglected in the health care sector.
Annotation
The lecture is offered every term.
The planned lectures and courses for the next three years are announced online.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately135 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Elective literature:
T 7.302 Course: Practical Seminar: Information Systems and Service Design [T-
WIWI-108437]
Events
SS 2019 2540554 Practical Seminar: Information 3 SWS Lecture (V) Mädche
Systems & Service Design
Exams
SS 2019 7900261 Information Systems and Design (ISSD) Prüfung (PR) Mädche
Seminar
SS 2019 7900262 Practical Seminar: Information Systems and Prüfung (PR) Mädche
Service Design / Seminarpraktikum:
Information Systems und Service Design
SS 2019 7900265 Interactive Analytics Seminar Prüfung (PR) Mädche
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is according to §4(2), 3 SPO in form of a written documentation, a presentation of the outcome of the
conducted practical components and an active participation in class. Please take into account that, beside the written
documentation, also a practical component (e.g. implementation of a prototype) is part of the course. Please examine the course
description for the particular tasks. The final mark is based on the graded and weighted attainments (such as the written
documentation, presentation, practical work and an active participation in class). In the winter terms, the course is only offered as a
seminar.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
Attending the course „Digital Service Design“ is recommended, but not mandatory.
Annotation
The course is held in English.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Contemporary trends of every increasing digitalization in businesses lead to new challenges and fusion of technologies blurring the
lines between the digital, physical and biological spheres, thereby calling for a new approaches for corporate management.
Recently, physician Michio Kaku put it like the following: “The destiny of computers – like other mass technologies like electricity,
paper, and running water- is to become invisible, that is, to disappear into the fabric of our lives, to be everywhere and nowhere,
silently and seamlessly carrying out our wishes.” Michio Kaku (2016)
In the Practical Seminar Digital Service Design students address a real-world challenge in businesses and apply digital service
design practices and tools. Furthermore, during the time of the seminar the students prototypical implement a running digital
service.
Real-world challenges will vary over time. This time, the challenges are from the domain of Future Corporate Management. The
practical seminar is carried out in close cooperation with SAP SE and leverages state-of-the-art digital platforms for prototyping.
Content:
• Foundations
• Digital Service Design Challenges in Future Corporate Management
• Basics of Digital Service Design practices and tools
• Prototyping and development Digital Services
• Delivering digital service prototypes
Learning goals:
The students will:
Events
SS 2019 2143875 Introduction to Microsystem 2 SWS Practical course (P) Last
Technology - Practical Course
SS 2019 2143877 Introduction to Microsystem 2 SWS Practical course (P) Last
Technology - Practical Course
WS 19/20 2143875 Introduction to Microsystem 2 SWS Practical course (P) Last
Technology - Practical Course
WS 19/20 2143877 Introduction to Microsystem 2 SWS Practical course (P) Last
Technology - Practical Course
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102164 Practical Training in Basics of Microsystem Prüfung (PR) Last
Technology
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
In the practical training includes nine experiments:
1. Hot embossing of plastics micro structures
2. Micro electroforming
3. Mikro optics: "LIGA-micro spectrometer"
4. UV-lithography
5. Optical waveguides
6. Capillary electrophoresis on a chip
7. SAW gas sensor
8. Metrology
9. Atomic force microscopy
Each student takes part in only five experiments.
The experiments are carried out at real workstations at the IMT and coached by IMT-staff.
Workload
Time of attendance: 21 h + 2 h exam
Privat studies: 5 h preparing experiments + 10 h preparing the exam
Learning Content
In the practical training includes nine experiments:
1. Hot embossing of plastics micro structures
2. Micro electroforming
3. Mikro optics: "LIGA-micro spectrometer"
4. UV-lithography
5. Optical waveguides
6. Capillary electrophoresis on a chip
7. SAW gas sensor
8. Metrology
9. Atomic force microscopy
Each student takes part in only five experiments.
The experiments are carried out at real workstations at the IMT and coached by IMT-staff.
Workload
Time of attendance: 21 h + 2 h exam
Privat studies: 5 h preparing experiments + 10 h preparing the exam
Learning Content
In the practical training includes nine experiments:
1. Hot embossing of plastics micro structures
2. Micro electroforming
3. Mikro optics: "LIGA-micro spectrometer"
4. UV-lithography
5. Optical waveguides
6. Capillary electrophoresis on a chip
7. SAW gas sensor
8. Metrology
9. Atomic force microscopy
Each student takes part in only five experiments.
The experiments are carried out at real workstations at the IMT and coached by IMT-staff.
Workload
Time of attendance: 21 h + 2 h exam
Privat studies: 5 h preparing experiments + 10 h preparing the exam
Learning Content
In the practical training includes nine experiments:
1. Hot embossing of plastics micro structures
2. Micro electroforming
3. Mikro optics: "LIGA-micro spectrometer"
4. UV-lithography
5. Optical waveguides
6. Capillary electrophoresis on a chip
7. SAW gas sensor
8. Metrology
9. Atomic force microscopy
Each student takes part in only five experiments.
The experiments are carried out at real workstations at the IMT and coached by IMT-staff.
Workload
Time of attendance: 21 h + 2 h exam
Privat studies: 5 h preparing experiments + 10 h preparing the exam
Events
WS 19/20 2520402 Predictive Mechanism and Market 2 SWS Lecture (V) Reiß
Design
WS 19/20 2520403 SWS Practice (Ü) Reiß
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
Prerequisites
None
Annotation
The course is given every second fall term, e.g., WS2017/18, WS2019/20, ...
The retake exam is given in the summer term subsequent to the fall term where the course (lecture and final exam) is given.
Competence Certificate
Lecture and exam will not be offered in summer semester 2019. The next examination is in the summer semester 2020.
Written examination (60 minutes) according to §4(2), 1 SPO. The exam is considered passed if at least 50 out of a maximum of 100
possible points are achieved. The grades are graded in five steps (best grade 1.0 from 95 points). Details of the grade formation and
scale will be announced in the course.
A bonus can be acquired through successful participation in the practice. If the grade of the written examination is between 4.0 and
1.3, the bonus improves the grade by one grade level (0.3 or 0.4). The exact criteria for awarding a bonus will be announced at the
beginning of the course.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
The lecture is offered for the first time in summer term 2016.
Events
WS 19/20 2572198 Price Negotiation and Sales 1 SWS Block (B) Klarmann, Schröder
Presentations
Competence Certificate
This alternative exam assessment consists of a presentation with a subsequent discussion totalling 25 minutes. Moreover learning
contents are checked by realistic 30-minute price negotiations.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
Participation requires an application. The application period starts at the beginning of the semester. More information can be
obtained on the website of the research group Marketing & Sales (marketing.iism.kit.edu).
Access to this course is restricted. Typically all students will be granted the attendance of one course with 1.5 ECTS. Nevertheless
attendance can not be guaranteed.
For further information please contact Marketing and Sales Research Group (marketing.iism.kit.edu).
Please note that only one of the courses from the election block can be attended in the module.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
At first, theoretical knowledge about the behavior in selling contexts is discussed. Then, in a practical part, students will apply this
knowledge in their own price negotiations.
Annotation
• In order to participate in this course, you need to apply. Applications are usually accepted at the start of the lecture period
in winter term. Detailed information on the application process is usually provided on the website of the Marketing and
Sales Research Group (marketing.iism.kit.edu) shortly before the lecture period in winter term starts.
• Please note that only one of the following courses can be chosen in the Sales Management Module: Country Manager
Simulation, Case Studies in Sales and Pricing or Preisverhandlungen und Verkaufspräsentationen.
• Please note: The number of participants for this course is limited. The Marketing and Sales Research Group typically
provides the possibility to attend a course with 1,5 ECTS in the respective module to all students. Participation in a specific
course cannot be guaranteed.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 45.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
None
Events
WS 19/20 2572157 Pricing 2 SWS Lecture (V) Klarmann
WS 19/20 2572169 Übung zu Pricing 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Moosbrugger
Exams
SS 2019 7900081 Pricing Prüfung (PR) Feurer
WS 19/20 7900138 Pricing Prüfung (PR) Klarmann
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Pricing
V 2572157, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
This course addresses central elements and peculiarities of pricing goods and services. The topics are below others:
Annotation
For further information please contact Marketing & Sales Research Group (marketing.iism.kit.edu).
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Events
WS 19/20 2193010 Basic principles of powder 2 SWS Lecture (V) Schell
metallurgical and ceramic
processing
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102111 Principles of Ceramic and Powder Prüfung (PR) Schell
Metallurgy Processing
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102111 Principles of Ceramic and Powder Prüfung (PR) Schell
Metallurgy Processing
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral exam (20-30 min) taking place at the agreed date. The re-examination is offered upon
agreement.
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
The course covers fundamentals of the process technology for shaping of ceramic or metal particle systems. Important shaping
methods are reviewed. The focus is on characterization and properties of particulate systems, and, in particular, on process
technology for shaping of powders, pastes, and suspensions.
Workload
regular attendance: 25 hours
self-study: 95 hours
Literature
Events
SS 2019 22214 Vertiefung verfahrenstechnischer 2 SWS Lecture (V) Gaukel
Grundlagen am Beispiel
Lebensmittel
SS 2019 22215 Produktgestaltung: Beispiele aus 2 SWS Lecture (V) Bröckel, Esper, Hirth,
der Praxis Karbstein, Kind,
Müller, Nirschl, Sass,
Türk
WS 19/20 22207 Lebensmittelkunde und 2 SWS Lecture (V) Watzl
-funktionalität
WS 19/20 22213 Verfahrenstechnische Grundlagen 2 SWS Lecture (V) Gaukel
am Beispiel der
Lebensmittelverarbeitung (für
LmCh, WiWi)
Exams
SS 2019 7220008 Principles of Food Process Engineering Prüfung (PR) Gaukel
WS 19/20 7220008 Principles of Food Process Engineering Prüfung (PR) Gaukel
Prerequisites
none
Events
WS 19/20 6241703 Verfahrenstechnik 2 SWS Lecture (V) Schneider, Schlick
Exams
SS 2019 8240101844 Process Engineering Prüfung (PR) Schneider
WS 19/20 8240101844 Process Engineering Prüfung (PR) Schneider
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
SS 2019 2511204 Process Mining 2 SWS Lecture (V) Oberweis
SS 2019 2511205 Exercise Process Mining 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Oberweis, Ullrich
Exams
SS 2019 7900048 Process Mining Prüfung (PR) Oberweis
WS 19/20 7900033 Process Mining Prüfung (PR) Oberweis
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is a written examination (60 min) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation in the first week
after lecture period.
Prerequisites
None
Annotation
Former name (up to winter semester 2018/1019) "Workflow Management".
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Process Mining
V 2511204, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
The area of process mining covers approaches which aim at deducting new knowledge on the basis of logfiles generated by
information systems. Such information systems are e.g., workflow-management-systems which are used for an efficient control of
processes in enterprises and organisations. The lecture introduces the foundations of processes and respective modeling and
analysis techniques. In the following, the foundations of process mining and the three classical types of approaches - discovery,
conformance and enhancement - will be taught. In addition to the theoretical basics, tools, application scenarios in practice and
open research questions are covered as well.
Workload
Lecture 30h
Exercise 15h
Total: 150h
Literature
• W. van der Aalst, H. van Kees: Workflow Management: Models, Methods and Systems, Cambridge, The MIT Press, 2002.
• W. van der Aalst: Process Mining: Data Science in Action. Springer, 2016.
• J. Carmona, B. van Dongen, A. Solti, M. Weidlich: Conformance Checking: Relating Processes and Models. Springer, 2018.
• A. Drescher, A. Koschmider, A. Oberweis: Modellierung und Analyse von Geschäftsprozessen: Grundlagen und
Übungsaufgaben mit Lösungen. De Gruyter Studium, 2017.
• A. Oberweis: Modellierung und Ausführung von Workflows mit Petri-Netzen. Teubner-Reihe Wirtschaftsinformatik, B.G.
Teubner Verlag, 1996.
• R. Peters, M. Nauroth: Process-Mining: Geschäftsprozesse: smart, schnell und einfach, Springer, 2019.
• F. Schönthaler, G.Vossen, A. Oberweis, T. Karle: Business Processes for Business Communities: Modeling Languages,
Methods, Tools. Springer, 2012.
• M. Weske: Business Process Management: Concepts, Languages, Architectures. Springer, 2012.
•
Further literature is given in the lecture.
Events
SS 2019 2571154 Product and Innovation 2 SWS Lecture (V) Klarmann
Management
Exams
SS 2019 7900024 Product- and Innovation Management Prüfung (PR) Klarmann
SS 2019 7900204 Product and Innovation Management Prüfung (PR) Klarmann
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
Prerequisites
None
Annotation
For further information please contact Marketing & Sales Research Group (marketing.iism.kit.edu).
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
This course addresses topics around the management of new as well as existing products. After the foundations of product
management, especially the product choice behavior of customers, students get to know in detail different steps of the innovation
process. Another section regards the management of the existing product portfolio.
Annotation
For further information please contact Marketing & Sales Research Group (marketing.iism.kit.edu).
Workload
Total effort for 3 credit points: approx. 90 hours
Presence time: 30 hours
Preparation and wrap-up of LV: 45.0 hours
Exam and exam preparation: 15.0 hours
Literature
Homburg, Christian (2016), Marketingmanagement, 6. ed., Wiesbaden.
Events
WS 19/20 2149670 Product- and Production-Concepts 2 SWS Lecture (V) Steegmüller, Kienzle
for modern Automobiles
Competence Certificate
Oral Exam (20 min)
Prerequisites
T-MACH-105166 - Materials and Processes for Body Leightweight Construction in the Automotive Industry must not have been
started.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
Lecture notes will be provided in Ilias (https://ilias.studium.kit.edu/)
Notes
The lecture illuminates the practical challenges of modern automotive engineering. As former leaders of the automotive industry,
the lecturers refer to current aspects of automotive product development and production.
The aim is to provide students with an overview of technological trends in the automotive industry. In this context, the course also
focuses on changes in requirements due to new vehicle concepts, which may be caused by increased demands for individualisation,
digitisation and sustainability. The challenges that arise in this context will be examined from both a production technology and
product development perspective and will be illustrated with practical examples thanks to the many years of industrial experience
of both lecturers.
The topics covered are:
Learning Outcomes:
The students …
• are able to name the presented general conditions of vehicle development and are able to discuss their influences on the
final product using practical examples.
• are able to name the various lightweight approaches and identify possible
areas of application.
• are able to identify the different production processes for manufacturing
lightweight structures and explain their functions.
• are able to perform a process selection based on the methods and their
characteristics.
Workload:
regular attendance: 25 hours
self-study: 95 hours
Learning Content
The lecture illuminates the practical challenges of modern automotive engineering. As former leaders of the automotive industry,
the lecturers refer to current aspects of automotive product development and production.
The aim is to provide students with an overview of technological trends in the automotive industry. In this context, the course also
focuses on changes in requirements due to new vehicle concepts, which may be caused by increased demands for individualisation,
digitisation and sustainability. The challenges that arise in this context will be examined from both a production technology and
product development perspective and will be illustrated with practical examples thanks to the many years of industrial experience
of both lecturers.
The topics covered are:
Workload
regular attendance: 25 hours
self-study: 95 hours
Exams
SS 2019 79-T-WIWI-103091 Production and Logistics Controlling Prüfung (PR) Furmans, Mittwollen
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes) following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation.
The exam takes place in every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
Prerequisites
None
Events
SS 2019 2581954 Production and Logistics 2 SWS Lecture (V) Schultmann
Management
SS 2019 2581955 Übung zu Produktions- und 2 SWS Practice (Ü) Rudi, Zimmer
Logistikmanagement
Exams
SS 2019 7981954 Production and Logistics Management Prüfung (PR) Schultmann
WS 19/20 7981954 Production and Logistics Management Prüfung (PR) Schultmann
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (90 minutes) (following § 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation). The exam takes place in
every semester. Reexaminations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
This course covers central tasks and challenges of an operative production and logistics management. Students get to know the
set-up and mode of operation of planning systems such as PPS-, ERP- and Advanced Planning Systems to cope with the
accompanying planning tasks. Methods to solve these tasks will be explored with respect to manufacturing program planning,
material and time. Alongside to MRP II, students will be introduced to integrated supply chain management approaches in PPS.
Finally, commercially available PPS-, ERP- and Advanced Planning Systems will be presented and discussed.
Learning Content
This course covers central tasks and challenges of operational production and logistics management. Systems analytically, central
planning tasks are discussed. Exemplary solution approaches for these tasks are presented. Further practical approaches are
explained. Students get to know the set-up and mode of operation of planning systems such as PPS-, ERP- and Advanced Planning
Systems to cope with the accompanying planning tasks. Alongside to MRP II, students will be introduced to integrated supply chain
management approaches in Supply Chain Management.
Workload
Total effort required will account for approximately 165h (5.5 credits).
Literature
will be announced in the course
Events
WS 19/20 2512501 Project lab Cognitive automobiles 3 SWS Practical course (P) Zöllner
and robots
Exams
WS 19/20 7900107 Advanced Lab Cognitive Automobile and Prüfung (PR) Zöllner
Robots
Competence Certificate
The alternative exam assessment consists of:
• a practical work
• a presentation and
• a written seminar thesis
Details of the grade formation will be announced at the beginning of the course.
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Learning objectives:
• Students can practically apply knowledge from the Machine Learning lecture in a selected field of current research in
robotics or cognitive automobiles.
• The students master the analysis and solution of corresponding problems in the team.
• The students can evaluate, document and present their concepts and results.
Workload:
The workload of 4.5 credits consists of time of attendance at the test site for the practical implementation of the chosen solution,
as well as the time for literature research and planning / specification of the planned solution. In addition, a short report and a
presentation of the work carried out will be prepared.
Events
SS 2019 2512500 Projektpraktikum Maschinelles 3 SWS Practical course (P) Zöllner
Lernen
Exams
SS 2019 7900086 Project Lab Machine Learning Prüfung (PR) Zöllner
Competence Certificate
The alternative exam assessment consists of:
• a practical work
• a presentation and
• a written seminar thesis
Details of the grade formation will be announced at the beginning of the course.
Prerequisites
None
Events
WS 19/20 2581963 Project Management 2 SWS Lecture (V) Schultmann, Volk,
Wiens, Schumacher,
Rosenberg, Wehrle
WS 19/20 2581964 Übung zu Project Management 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Volk, Wiens,
Schumacher,
Rosenberg, Wehrle
Exams
SS 2019 7981963 Project Management Prüfung (PR) Schultmann
WS 19/20 7981963 Project Management Prüfung (PR) Schultmann
Competence Certificate
The examination will be in form of a written exam acc. to §4(2), 1 ER. Exams are offered in every semester and can be re-examined
at every ordinary examination date.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Project Management
V 2581963, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
1. Introduction
2. Principles of Project Management
3. Project Scope Management
4. Time Management and Resource Scheduling
5. Cost Management
6. Quality Management
7. Risk Management
8. Stakeholder
9. Communication, Negotiation and Leadership
10. Project Controlling
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 105 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
will be announced in the course
T 7.319 Course: Project Management in Construction and Real Estate Industry I [T-
BGU-103432]
Events
WS 19/20 6241701 Projektmanagement in der Bau- 4 SWS Lecture / Practice Haghsheno,
und Immobilienwirtschaft (VÜ) Hirschberger, Sittinger,
Münzl
Exams
SS 2019 8240103432 Project Management in Construction and Real Prüfung (PR) Haghsheno
Estate Industry I
WS 19/20 8240103432 Project Management in Construction and Real Prüfung (PR) Haghsheno
Estate Industry I
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
T 7.320 Course: Project Management in Construction and Real Estate Industry II [T-
BGU-103433]
Events
WS 19/20 6241701 Projektmanagement in der Bau- 4 SWS Lecture / Practice Haghsheno,
und Immobilienwirtschaft (VÜ) Hirschberger, Sittinger,
Münzl
Exams
SS 2019 8240103433 Project Management in Construction and Real Prüfung (PR) Haghsheno
Estate Industry II
WS 19/20 8240103433 Project Management in Construction and Real Prüfung (PR) Haghsheno
Estate Industry II
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
WS 19/20 6241901 Lean Construction 4 SWS Lecture / Practice Haghsheno,
(VÜ) Mitarbeiter/innen
Competence Certificate
project:
report, appr. 10 pages, and
presentation, appr. 10 min.
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
none
Annotation
none
Events
SS 2019 6243801 Projektstudien 2 SWS Lecture / Practice Haupenthal, Gentes
(VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 8240101847 Project Studies Prüfung (PR) Gentes
WS 19/20 8240101847 Project Studies Prüfung (PR) Gentes
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
SS 2019 2115817 Project Workshop: Automotive 3 SWS Lecture (V) Gauterin, Gießler, Frey
Engineering
WS 19/20 2115817 Project Workshop: Automotive 3 SWS Lecture (V) Gauterin, Gießler, Frey
Engineering
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102156 Project Workshop: Automotive Prüfung (PR) Gauterin
Engineering
Competence Certificate
Oral examination
Duration: 30 up to 40 minutes
Auxiliary means: none
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
During the Project Workshop Automotive Engineering a team of six persons will work on a task given by an German industrial
partner using the instruments of project management. The task is relevant for the actual business and the results are intended to
be industrialized after the completion of the project workshop.
The team will generate approaches in its own responsibility and will develop solutions for practical application. Coaching will be
supplied by both, company and institute.
At the beginning in a start-up meeting goals and structure of the project will be specified. During the project workshop there will be
weekly team meetings. Also a milestone meeting will be held together with persons from the industrial company. In a final
presentation the project results will be presented to the company management and to institute representatives.
Annotation
Selection procedure, applications are to submit in the end of the preceding semester.
Workload
regular attendance: 49 hours
self-study:131 hours
Literature
Steinle, Claus; Bruch, Heike; Lawa, Dieter (Hrsg.), Projektmanagement, Instrument moderner Innovation, FAZ Verlag, Frankfurt a.
M., 2001, ISBN 978-3929368277
Notes
Limited number of participants with selection procedure, in German language. Please send the application at the end of the
previous semester
Date and room: see homepage of institute.
Learning Content
During the Project Workshop Automotive Engineering a team of six persons will work on a task given by an German industrial
partner using the instruments of project management. The task is relevant for the actual business and the results are intended to
be industrialized after the completion of the project workshop.
The team will generate approaches in its own responsibility and will develop solutions for practical application. Coaching will be
supplied by both, company and institute.
At the beginning in a start-up meeting goals and structure of the project will be specified. During the project workshop there will be
weekly team meetings. Also a milestone meeting will be held together with persons from the industrial company. In a final
presentation the project results will be presented to the company management and to institute representatives.
Annotation
Selection procedure, applications are to submit in the end of the preceding semester.
Workload
regular attendance: 49 hours
self-study: 131 hours
Literature
Steinle, Claus; Bruch, Heike; Lawa, Dieter (Hrsg.), Projektmanagement, Instrument moderner Innovation, FAZ Verlag, Frankfurt a.
M., 2001, ISBN 978-3929368277
Events
WS 19/20 2561127 Public Management 3 SWS Lecture / Practice Wigger
(VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 790puma Public Management Prüfung (PR) Wigger
WS 19/20 790puma Public Management Prüfung (PR) Wigger
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an 1h written exam following Art. 4, para. 2, clause 1 of the examination regulation. The grade for this
course equals the grade of the written exam.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge of Public Finance is required.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Public Management
V 2561127, WS 19/20, 3 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture / Practice (VÜ)
Learning Content
The lecture "Public Management" deals with the economic theory of public sector administration. It is divided into four parts. The
first section gives an overview of the legal framework of governmental administration in the Federal Republic of Germany and
introduces the classical theory of administration as developed by Weber. Part two studies concepts of public decision-making,
which have a significant impact on the operation of public sector administrations and where one focus is on consistency problems
of collective decision-making. The third chapter deals with efficiency problems arising in conventionally organized public
administrations and companies. X-inefficiency, information and control problems, the isolated consideration of income-spending-
relations as well as rent-seeking problems will be considered. In section four the concept of New Public Management, which is a
new approach to public sector administration that is mainly based in contract theory, is introduced. Its foundations in institutional
economics are developed, with a focus on the specific incentive structures in self-administered administrations. Finally, the
achievements of New Public Management approaches are discussed.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Elective literature:
Events
WS 19/20 24082 Public Media Law 2 SWS Lecture (V) Kirchberg
Exams
SS 2019 7500058 Public Media Law Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
WS 19/20 7500062 Public Media Law Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
Events
SS 2019 2560120 Public Revenues 2 SWS Lecture (V) Wigger
SS 2019 2560121 Übung zu Öffentliche Einnahmen 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Wigger
Exams
SS 2019 790oeff Public Revenues Prüfung (PR) Wigger
WS 19/20 790oeff Public Revenues Prüfung (PR) Wigger
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an 1h written exam following Art. 4, para. 2, clause 1 of the examination regulation. The grade for this
course equals the grade of the written exam.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge of Public Finance is required.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Public Revenues
V 2560120, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
The Public Revenues lecture is concerned with the theory and policy of taxation and public dept. In the first chapter, fundamental
concepts of taxation theory are introduced, whereas the second chapter deals with key elements of the German taxation system.
The allocative and distributive effects of different taxation types are examined in chapter three and four. Chapter five integrates
both allocative and distributive components in order to derive a theory of optimal taxation. The core of the sixth chapter is
represented by international aspects of taxation. The debt part begins with a description of the extent and structure of public dept
in chapter seven. In the following chapter, macroeconomic theories of national dept are evolved, while chapter nine is concerned
with its long term consequences when employed as a regular instrument of budgeting. Finally, the tenth chapter deals with
constitutional limits to public debt-incurring.
Notes
The Public Revenues lecture is concerned with the theory and policy of taxation and public dept. In the first chapter, fundamental
concepts of taxation theory are introduced, whereas the second chapter deals with key elements of the German taxation system.
The allocative and distributive effects of different taxation types are examined in chapter three and four. Chapter five integrates
both allocative and distributive components in order to derive a theory of optimal taxation. The core of the sixth chapter is
represented by international aspects of taxation. The debt part begins with a description of the extent and structure of public dept
in chapter seven. In the following chapter, macroeconomic theories of national dept are evolved, while chapter nine is concerned
with its long term consequences when employed as a regular instrument of budgeting. Finally, the tenth chapter deals with
constitutional limits to public debt-incurring.
Learning goals:
See German version.
Workload:
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Learning Content
The Public Revenues lecture is concerned with the theory and policy of taxation and public dept. In the first chapter, fundamental
concepts of taxation theory are introduced, whereas the second chapter deals with key elements of the German taxation system.
The allocative and distributive effects of different taxation types are examined in chapter three and four. Chapter five integrates
both allocative and distributive components in order to derive a theory of optimal taxation. The core of the sixth chapter is
represented by international aspects of taxation. The debt part begins with a description of the extent and structure of public dept
in chapter seven. In the following chapter, macroeconomic theories of national dept are evolved, while chapter nine is concerned
with its long term consequences when employed as a regular instrument of budgeting. Finally, the tenth chapter deals with
constitutional limits to public debt-incurring.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Elective literature:
T 7.327 Course: Python for Computational Risk and Asset Management [T-
WIWI-110213]
Events
WS 19/20 2500016 Python for Computational Risk and 2 SWS Practical course (P) Ulrich
Asset Management
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out in form of twelve weekly Python programming tasks and offered each winter term. The grade of this
course is determined by the points achieved in the programming tasks.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
Good knowledge of statistics and first programming experience with Python is recommended.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
The aim of this course is to provide students with strong knowledge in Python to independently solve real-world data problems
related to automated robo investment advisory.
Learning Content
The course covers several topics from a programming perspective, among them:
Return Densities: Forecasting with Traditional and Machine Learning Approaches, Monte Carlo Simulation
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours.
Events
WS 19/20 2149667 Quality Management 2 SWS Lecture (V) Lanza
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102107 Quality Management Prüfung (PR) Lanza
Competence Certificate
Written Exam (60 min)
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Quality Management
V 2149667, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
Media:
Lecture notes will be provided in Ilias (https://ilias.studium.kit.edu/)
Notes
Based on the quality philosophies Total Quality Management (TQM) and Six Sigma, the lecture deals with the requirements of
modern quality management. Within this context, the process concept of a modern enterprise and the process-specific fields of
application of quality assurance methods are presented. The lecture covers the current state of the art in preventive and non-
preventive quality management methods in addition to manufacturing metrology, statistical methods and service related quality
management. The content is completed with the presentation of certification possibilities and legal quality aspects.
Main topics of the lecture:
Learning Outcomes:
The students …
Workload:
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Learning Content
Based on the quality philosophies Total Quality Management (TQM) and Six Sigma, the lecture deals with the requirements of
modern quality management. Within this context, the process concept of a modern enterprise and the process-specific fields of
application of quality assurance methods are presented. The lecture covers the current state of the art in preventive and non-
preventive quality management methods in addition to manufacturing metrology, statistical methods and service related quality
management. The content is completed with the presentation of certification possibilities and legal quality aspects.
Main topics of the lecture:
Annotation
None
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Events
WS 19/20 2581007 Quantitative Methods in Energy 2 SWS Lecture (V) Plötz, Keles
Economics
WS 19/20 2581008 Übung zu Quantitative Methods in 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Plötz
Energy Economics
Exams
SS 2019 7981007 Quantitative Methods in Energy Economics Prüfung (PR) Fichtner
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
The exam takes place in every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Energy economics makes use of many quantitative methods in exploration and analysis of data as well as in simulations and
modelling. This lecture course aims at introducing students of energy economics into the application of quantitative methods and
techniques as taught in elementary courses to real problems in energy economics. The focus is mainly on regression, simulation,
time series analysis and related statistical methods as applied in energy economics.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 120 hours. For further information see German version.
Events
SS 2019 2309476 Quantum Functional Devices and 2 SWS Lecture (V) Walther
Semiconductor Technology
Exams
SS 2019 7309476 Quantum Functional Devices and Prüfung (PR) Walther
Semiconductor Technology
Prerequisites
none
Events
SS 2019 2115919 Rail System Technology 2 SWS Lecture (V) Gratzfeld
SS 2019 2115996 Rail Vehicle Technology 2 SWS Lecture (V) Gratzfeld
WS 19/20 2115919 Rail System Technology 2 SWS Lecture (V) Gratzfeld
WS 19/20 2115996 Rail Vehicle Technology 2 SWS Lecture (V) Gratzfeld
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102143 Rail System Technology Prüfung (PR) Gratzfeld
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102143 Rail System Technology Prüfung (PR) Gratzfeld
Competence Certificate
Oral examination
Duration: ca. 45 minutes
No tools or reference materials may be used during the exam.
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
All slides are available for download (Ilias-platform).
Notes
1. Railway System: railway as system, subsystems and interdependencies, definitions, laws, rules, railway and environment,
economic impact
2. Operation: Transportation, public transport, regional transport, long-distance transport, freight service, scheduling
3. Infrastructure: rail facilities, track alignment, railway stations, clearance diagram
4. Wheel-rail-contact: carrying of vehicle mass, adhesion, wheel guidance, current return
5. Vehicle dynamics: tractive and brake effort, driving resistance, inertial force, load cycles
6. Signaling and Control: operating procedure, succession of trains, European Train Control System, blocking period,
automatic train control
7. Traction power supply: power supply of rail vehicles, power networks, filling stations
8. History (optional)
Learning Content
1. Railway System: railway as system, subsystems and interdependencies, definitions, laws, rules, railway and environment,
economic impact
2. Operation: Transportation, public transport, regional transport, long-distance transport, freight service, scheduling
3. Infrastructure: rail facilities, track alignment, railway stations, clearance diagram
4. Wheel-rail-contact: carrying of vehicle mass, adhesion, wheel guidance, current return
5. Vehicle dynamics: tractive and brake effort, driving resistance, inertial force, load cycles
6. Signaling and Control: operating procedure, succession of trains, European Train Control System, blocking period,
automatic train control
7. Traction power supply: power supply of rail vehicles, power networks, filling stations
8. History (optional)
Workload
Regular attendance: 21 hours
Self-study: 21 hours
Exam and preparation: 78 hours
Literature
A bibliography is available for download (Ilias-platform).
Description
Media:
All slides are available for download (Ilias-platform).
Notes
Learning Content
Workload
Regular attendance: 21 hours
Self-study: 21 hours
Exam and preparation: 78 hours
Literature
A bibliography is available for download (Ilias-platform).
Description
Media:
All slides are available for download (Ilias-platform).
Notes
1. Railway System: railway as system, subsystems and interdependencies, definitions, laws, rules, railway and environment,
economic impact
2. Operation: Transportation, public transport, regional transport, long-distance transport, freight service, scheduling
3. Infrastructure: rail facilities, track alignment, railway stations, clearance diagram
4. Wheel-rail-contact: carrying of vehicle mass, adhesion, wheel guidance, current return
5. Vehicle dynamics: tractive and brake effort, driving resistance, inertial force, load cycles
6. Signaling and Control: operating procedure, succession of trains, European Train Control System, blocking period,
automatic train control
7. Traction power supply: power supply of rail vehicles, power networks, filling stations
8. History (optional)
Learning Content
1. Railway System: railway as system, subsystems and interdependencies, definitions, laws, rules, railway and environment,
economic impact
2. Operation: Transportation, public transport, regional transport, long-distance transport, freight service, scheduling
3. Infrastructure: rail facilities, track alignment, railway stations, clearance diagram
4. Wheel-rail-contact: carrying of vehicle mass, adhesion, wheel guidance, current return
5. Vehicle dynamics: tractive and brake effort, driving resistance, inertial force, load cycles
6. Signalling and Control: operating procedure, succession of trains, European Train Control System, blocking period,
automatic train control
7. Traction power supply: power supply of rail vehicles, power networks, filling stations
8. History (optional)
Workload
Regular attendance: 21 hours
Self-study: 21 hours
Exam and preparation: 78 hours
Literature
A bibliography is available for download (Ilias-platform).
Notes
Learning Content
Workload
Regular attendance: 21 hours
Self-study: 21 hours
Exam and preparation: 78 hours
Literature
A bibliography is available for download (Ilias-platform).
Events
SS 2019 2540506 Recommender Systems 2 SWS Lecture (V) Geyer-Schulz
SS 2019 2540507 Exercise Recommender Systems 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Schweizer
Exams
SS 2019 7900138 Recommender Systems Prüfung (PR) Geyer-Schulz
Competence Certificate
Written examination (60 minutes) according to §4(2), 1 SPO. The exam is considered passed if at least 50 out of a maximum of 100
possible points are achieved. The grades are graded in five steps (best grade 1.0 from 95 points). Details of the grade formation and
scale will be announced in the course.
A bonus can be acquired through successful participation in the practice. If the grade of the written examination is between 4.0 and
1.3, the bonus improves the grade by one grade level (0.3 or 0.4). The exact criteria for awarding a bonus will be announced at the
beginning of the course.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Recommender Systems
V 2540506, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
At first, an overview of general aspects and concepts of recommender systems and its relevance for service providers and
customers is given. Next, different categories of recommender systems are discussed. This includes explicit recommendations like
customer reviews as well as implicit services based on behavioral data. Furthermore, the course gives a detailed view of the current
research on recommender systems at the Chair of Information Services and Electronic Markets.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135 hours (4.5 credits):
Time of attendance
Self-study
Literature
Rakesh Agrawal, Tomasz Imielinski, and Arun Swami. Mining association rules between sets of items in large databases. In Sushil
Jajodia Peter Buneman, editor, Proceedings of the ACM SIGMOD International Conference on Management of Data, volume 22,
Washington, D.C., USA, Jun 1993. ACM, ACM Press.
Rakesh Agrawal and Ramakrishnan Srikant. Fast algorithms for mining association rules. In Proceedings of the 20th Very Large
Databases Conference, Santiago, Chile, pages 487 – 499, Sep 1994.
Asim Ansari, Skander Essegaier, and Rajeev Kohli. Internet recommendation systems. Journal of Marketing Research, 37:363 –
375, Aug 2000.
Christopher Avery, Paul Resnick, and Richard Zweckhauser. The market for evaluations. American Economic Review, 89(3):564 –
584, 1999.
Ibrahim Cingil, Asuman Dogac, and Ayca Azgin. A Broader Approach to Personalization. Communications of the ACM, 43(8):136 –
141, Aug 2000.
Richard O. Duda, Peter E. Hart, and David G. Stork. Pattern Classification. Wiley-Interscience, New York, 2 edition, 2001.
Andreas Geyer-Schulz, Michael Hahsler, and Maximilian Jahn. A customer purchase incidence model applied to recommender
services. In R. Kohavi et al., editor, Proceedings of the WebKDD 2001 – Mining log data across all customer touchpoints, volume
2356 of Lecture Notes in Artificial Intelligence LNAI, pages 25–47, Berlin, 2002. ACM, Springer-Verlag.
Jon M. Kleinberg. Authoritative sources in a hyperlinked environment. JACM, 46(5):604–632, sep 1999.
Joseph Konstan, Bradley Miller, David Maltz, Jonathan Herlocker, Lee Gordon, and John Riedl. Grouplens: Applying Collaborative
Filtering to Usernet News. Communications of the ACM, 40(3):77 – 87, Mar 1997.
Paul Resnick, Neophytos Iacovou, Peter Bergstrom, and John Riedl. Grouplens: An open architecture for collaborative filtering of
netnews. In Proceedings of the conference on Computer supported cooperative work, pages 175 – 186. ACM Press, 1994.
Elective literature:
Antoinette Alexander. The return of hardware: A necessary evil? Accounting Technology, 15(8):46 – 49, Sep 1999.
Christopher Avery and Richard Zeckhauser. Recommender systems for evaluating computer messages. Communications of the
ACM, 40(3):88 – 89, Mar 1997.
Steven Bellman, Gerald Lohse, and Eric Johnson. Predictors of Online Buying Behavior. Communications of the ACM, 42(12):32 –
38, Dec 1999.
Thomas J. Blischok. Every transaction tells a story. Chain Store Age Executive with Shopping Center Age, 71(3):50–56, Mar 1995.
Hans Hermann Bock. Automatische Klassifikation. Vandenhoeck und Ruprecht, Göttingen, 1974.
Andrew S.C. Ehrenberg. Repeat-Buying: Facts, Theory and Applications. Charles Griffin & Company Ltd, London, 2 edition, 1988.
Wolfgang Gaul, Andreas Geyer-Schulz, Michael Hahsler, and Lars Schmidt-Thieme. eMarketing mittels Recommendersystemen.
Marketing ZFP, 24:47 – 55, 2002.
Andreas Geyer-Schulz, Michael Hahsler, and Maximilian Jahn. myvu: a next generation recommender system based on observed
consumer behavior and interactive evolutionary algorithms. In W. Gaul, O. Opitz, and M. Schader, editors, Data Analysis – Scientific
Modeling and Practical Applications, volume 18 of Studies in Classification, Data Analysis and Knowledge Organization, pages 447
– 457, Heidelberg, Germany, 2000. Springer.
Andreas Geyer-Schulz, Michael Hahsler, and Maximillian Jahn. Educational and scientific recommender systems: Designing the
information channels of the virtual university. International Journal of Engineering Education, 17(2):153 – 163, 2001.
Mark-Edward Grey. Recommendersysteme auf Basis linearer Regression, 2004.
John A. Hartigan. Clustering Algorithms. John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1975.
Kevin Kelly. New Rules for the New Economy: 10 Radical Strategies for a Connected World. Viking, 1998.
Taek-Hun Kim, Young-Suk Ryu, Seok-In Park, and Sung-Bong Yang. An improved recommendation algorithm in collaborative
filtering. In K. Bauknecht, A. Min Tjoa, and G. Quirchmayr, editors, E-Commerce and Web Technologies, Third International
Conference, Aix-en-Provence, France, volume 2455 of Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 254–261, Berlin, Sep 2002.
Springer-Verlag.
Ron Kohavi, Brij Masand, Myra Spiliopoulou, and Jaideep Srivastava. Web mining. Data Mining and Knowledge Discovery, 6:5 – 8,
2002.
G. S. Maddala. Introduction to Econometrics. John Wiley, Chichester, 3 edition, 2001.
Andreas Mild and Martin Natter. Collaborative filtering or regression models for Internet recommendation systems? Journal of
Targeting, Measurement and Analysis for Marketing, 10(4):304 – 313, Jan 2002.
Andreas Mild and Thomas Reutterer. An improved collaborative filtering approach for predicting cross-category purchases based
on binary market basket data. Journal of Retailing & Consumer Services, 10(3):123–133, may 2003.
Paul Resnick and Hal R. Varian. Recommender Systems. Communications of the ACM, 40(3):56 – 58, Mar 1997.
Badrul M. Sarwar, Joseph A. Konstan, Al Borchers, Jon Herlocker, Brad Miller, and John Riedl. Using filtering agents to improve
prediction quality in the grouplens research collaborative filtering system. In Proceedings of ACM Conference on Computer-
Supported Cooperative Work, Social Filtering, Social Influences, pages 345 – 354, New York, 1998. ACM Press.
J. Ben Schafer, Joseph Konstan, and Jon Riedl. Recommender Systems in E-commerce. In Proceedings of the 1st ACM conference
on Electronic commerce, pages 158 – 166, Denver, Colorado, USA, Nov 1999. ACM.
Upendra Shardanand and Patti Maes. Social information filtering: Algorithms for automating "word of mouth". In Proceedings of
ACM SIGCHI, volume 1 of Papers: Using the Information of Others, pages 210 – 217. ACM, 1995.
Competence Certificate
The lecture is not offered for an indefinite period of time.
Result of success is made by a 20-30 minutes oral examination. Examination is offered every semester and can be retried at any
regular examination date.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge and skills of microeconomics from undergraduate studies (bachelor’s degree) are expected.
Particularly helpful but not necessary: Industrial Economics and Principal-Agent- or Contract theories. Prior attendance of the
lectureCompetition in Networks [26240] is helpful in any case but not considered a formal precondition.
Annotation
The lecture is not offered for an indefinite period of time.
Events
WS 19/20 2581992 Risk Management in Industrial 2 SWS Lecture (V) Wiens
Supply Networks
WS 19/20 2581993 Übung zu Risk Management in 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Klein, Wiens
Industrial Supply Networks
Exams
SS 2019 7981992 Risk Management in Industrial Supply Prüfung (PR) Schultmann
Networks
WS 19/20 7981992 Risk Management in Industrial Supply Prüfung (PR) Schultmann
Networks
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral (30 minutes) or a written (60 minutes) exam (following § 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
The exam takes place in every semester. Reexaminations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 105 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
will be announced in the course
Events
SS 2019 2545102 Roadmapping 2 SWS Seminar (S) Koch
Exams
SS 2019 7900055 Roadmapping Prüfung (PR) Weissenberger-Eibl
Competence Certificate
Non exam assessment (§4 (2), 3 SPO 2007) respectively alternative exam assessments (§4(2), 3 SPO).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Prior attendance of the course Innovation Management is recommended.
Annotation
See German version.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Roadmapping
V 2545102, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Seminar (S)
Learning Content
Roadmapping is a method used to support innovation decisions in the early phase of innovation management. The roadmapping
process addresses the procedure of constructing roadmaps which can then be assessed. Roadmapping provides structured and
graphical visualizations of preferably future-oriented topics which have innovation potentials. The benefits of the roadmapping
method lie in the structured bundling of both technology- and market-driven individual topics and the joint setting of priorities and
processes to achieve predetermined corporate targets. As a rule, roadmaps represent a consensus reached by the people involved
in their compilation. For this reason, roadmaps are suited to the designation and initial prioritization of emerging technologies and
corresponding development projects.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Events
WS 19/20 2117061 Safety Engineering 2 SWS Lecture (V) Kany
Exams
SS 2019 7600017 Safety Engineering Prüfung (PR) Kany
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral exam (20 min.) taking place in the recess period according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 2 of the
examination regulation.
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Safety Engineering
V 2117061, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
Media:
presentations
Notes
Media
Presentations
Learning content
The course provides basic knowledge of safety engineering. In particular the basics of health at the working place, job safety in
Germany, national and European safety rules and the basics of safe machine design are covered. The implementation of these
aspects will be illustrated by examples of material handling and storage technology. This course focuses on: basics of safety at
work, safety regulations, basic safety principles of machine design, protection devices, system security with risk analysis,
electronics in safety engineering, safety engineering for storage and material handling technique, electrical dangers and
ergonomics. So, mainly, the technical measures of risk reduction in specific technical circumstances are covered.
Learning goals
The students are able to:
Recommendations
None
Workload
Regular attendance: 21 hours
Self-study: 99 hours
Note
Dates: See IFL-Homepage
Learning Content
The course provides basic knowledge of safety engineering. In particular the basics of health at the working place, job safety in
Germany, national and European safety rules and the basics of safe machine design are covered. The implementation of these
aspects will be illustrated by examples of material handling and storage technology. This course focuses on: basics of safety at
work, safety regulations, basic safety principles of machine design, protection devices, system security with risk analysis,
electronics in safety engineering, safety engineering for storage and material handling technique, electrical dangers and
ergonomics. So, mainly, the technical measures of risk reduction in specific technical circumstances are covered.
Annotation
none
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Literature
Defren/Wickert: Sicherheit für den Maschinen- und Anlagenbau, Druckerei und
Verlag: H. von Ameln, Ratingen, ISBN: 3-926069-06-6
Events
WS 19/20 6233906 Sicherheitsmanagement im 2 SWS Lecture / Practice Zimmermann
Straßenwesen (VÜ)
Competence Certificate
oral exam with 15 minutes
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
WS 19/20 2572156 Sales Management and Retailing 2 SWS Lecture (V) Klarmann
Exams
SS 2019 7900196 Sales Management and Retailing Prüfung (PR) Klarmann
WS 19/20 7900080 Sales Management and Retailing Prüfung (PR) Klarmann
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
The lecture is compulsory for the module Sales Management. It is taught in English.
For further information please contact Marketing and Sales Research Group (marketing.iism.kit.edu).
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
The aim of the course "Sales Management and Retailing" is on the one hand to give insights into the challenging realization of a
successful sales management and on the other hand to discuss peculiarities of retailing contexts. The contents are below others:
• Customer relationship management (word-of-mouth-analysis, key account management, loyalty programs, complain
management etc.)
• Retail marketing (trends, point of sale design etc.)
• Retailer-producer relationships
Annotation
For further information please contact Marketing & Sales Research Group (marketing.iism.kit.edu).
This course is held in English.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Homburg, Christian (2016), Marketingmanagement, 6. ed., Wiesbaden.
Events
SS 2019 2118087 Selected Applications of 3 SWS Lecture (V) Mittwollen, Milushev
Technical Logistics
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102160 Selected Applications of Technical Logistics Prüfung (PR) Mittwollen
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral exam (20 min.) taking place in the recess period according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 2 of the
examination regulation.
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
Knowledge out of Basics of Technical Logistics (T-MACH-102163) / Elements and Systems of Technical Logistics (T-
MACH-102159) preconditioned
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
supplementary sheets,projector, blackboard
Notes
Details according schedule will be published
Learning Content
Annotation
Knowledge out of Basics of Technical Logistics preconditioned
Workload
presence: 36h
rework: 84h
Literature
Recommendations during lessons
Events
SS 2019 2513401 Selected Issues in Critical SWS Seminar (S) Sunyaev, Lins
Information Infrastructures
Exams
SS 2019 7900114 Selected Issues in Critical Information Prüfung (PR) Sunyaev
Infrastructures
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment (§ 4(2), 3 SPO). Details will be announced in the respective course.
Prerequisites
None.
Annotation
T-WIWI-109251 "Selected Issues in Critical Information Infrastructures" serves to credit an extracurricular course in the module
"Critical Digital Infrastructures".
Events
SS 2019 24821 Selected legal issues of Internet law 2 SWS Colloquium (KOL) Dreier
Exams
SS 2019 7500226 Selected legal issues of Internet law Prüfung (PR) Dreier
T 7.342 Course: Selected Topics on Optics and Microoptics for Mechanical Engineers [T-
MACH-102165]
Competence Certificate
Oral examination
Prerequisites
none
Events
SS 2019 2511310 Semantic Web Technologies 2 SWS Lecture (V) Sure-Vetter, Acosta
Deibe, Käfer
SS 2019 2511311 Exercises to Semantic Web 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Sure-Vetter, Acosta
Technologies Deibe, Käfer
Exams
SS 2019 7900028 Semantic Web Technologies Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
WS 19/20 7900022 Semantic Web Technologies Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an 1h written exam following §4, Abs. 2, 1 of the examination regulation or of an oral exam (20 min)
following §4, Abs. 2, 2 of the examination regulation.
The exam takes place every semester and can be repeated at every regular examination date.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Lectures on Informatics of the Bachelor on Information Systems (Semester 1-4) or equivalent are required.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
The aim of the Semantic Web is to make the meaning (semantics) of data on the web usable in intelligent systems, e.g. in e-
commerce and internet portals
Central concepts are the representation of knowledge in form of RDF and ontologies, the access via Linked Data, as well as
querying the data by using SPARQL. This lecture provides the foundations of knowledge representation and processing for the
corresponding technologies and presents example applications.
Learning Content
The following topics are covered:
Workload
Literature
• Pascal Hitzler, Markus Krötzsch, Sebastian Rudolph, York Sure: Semantic Web – Grundlagen. Springer, 2008.
• John Domingue, Dieter Fensel, James A. Hendler (Editors). Handbook of Semantic Web Technologies. Springer, 2011.
Additional Literature
• S. Staab, R. Studer (Editors). Handbook on Ontologies. International Handbooks in Information Systems. Springer, 2003.
• Tim Berners-Lee. Weaving the Web. Harper, 1999 geb. 2000 Taschenbuch.
• Ian Jacobs, Norman Walsh. Architecture of the World Wide Web, Volume One. W3C Recommendation 15 December
2004. http://www.w3.org/TR/webarch/
• Dean Allemang. Semantic Web for the Working Ontologist: Effective Modeling in RDFS and OWL. Morgan Kaufmann,
2008.
• Tom Heath and Chris Bizer. Linked Data: Evolving the Web into a Global Data Space. Synthesis Lectures on the Semantic
Web: Theory and Technology, 2011.
Description
Multiple exercises are held that capture the topics, held in the lecture Semantic Web Technologies, and discuss them in detail.
Thereby, practical examples are given to the students in order to transfer theoretical aspects into practical implementation.
Learning Content
The following topics are covered:
Workload
The total workload for the lecture Semantic Web Technologiesis given out on the description of the lecture.
Literature
• Pascal Hitzler, Markus Krötzsch, Sebastian Rudolph, York Sure: Semantic Web – Grundlagen. Springer, 2008.
• John Domingue, Dieter Fensel, James A. Hendler (Editors). Handbook of Semantic Web Technologies. Springer, 2011.
Additional Literature
• S. Staab, R. Studer (Editors). Handbook on Ontologies. International Handbooks in Information Systems. Springer, 2003.
• Tim Berners-Lee. Weaving the Web. Harper, 1999 geb. 2000 Taschenbuch.
• Ian Jacobs, Norman Walsh. Architecture of the World Wide Web, Volume One. W3C Recommendation 15 December
2004. http://www.w3.org/TR/webarch/
• Dean Allemang. Semantic Web for the Working Ontologist: Effective Modeling in RDFS and OWL. Morgan Kaufmann,
2008.
• Tom Heath and Chris Bizer. Linked Data: Evolving the Web into a Global Data Space. Synthesis Lectures on the Semantic
Web: Theory and Technology, 2011.
Events
SS 2019 2151643 Seminar Data Mining in 2 SWS Seminar (S) Lanza
Production
WS 19/20 2151643 Seminar Data Mining in 2 SWS Seminar (S) Lanza
Production
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-108737 Seminar Data-Mining in Production Prüfung (PR) Lanza
Competence Certificate
alternative test achievement (graded):
Prerequisites
none
Annotation
The number of students is limited to twelve. Dates and deadlines for the seminar will be announced at https://www.wbk.kit.edu/
studium-und-lehre.php.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
KNIME Analytics Platform
Notes
In the age of Industry 4.0, large amounts of production data are generated by the global production networks and value chains.
Their analysis enables valuable conclusions about production and lead to an increasing process efficiency. The aim of the seminar is
to get to know production data analysis as an important component of future industrial projects. The students get to know the data
mining tool KNIME and use it for analyses. A specific industrial use case with real production data enables practical work and offers
direct references to industrial applications. The participants learn selected methods of data mining and apply them to the
production data. The work within the seminar takes place in small groups on the computer. Subsequently, presentations on specific
data mining methods have to be prepared.
Learning Outcomes:
The students …
• can name, describe and distinguish between different methods, procedures and techniques of production data analysis.
• can perform basic data analyses with the data mining tool KNIME.
• can analyze and evaluate the results of data analyses in the production environment.
• are able to derive suitable recommendations for action.
• are able to explain and apply the CRISP-DM model.
Workload:
regular attendance: 10 hours
self-study: 80 hours
Learning Content
In the age of Industry 4.0, large amounts of production data are generated by the global production networks and value chains.
Their analysis enables valuable conclusions about production and lead to an increasing process efficiency. The aim of the seminar is
to get to know production data analysis as an important component of future industrial projects. The students get to know the data
mining tool KNIME and use it for analyses. A specific industrial use case with real production data enables practical work and offers
direct references to industrial applications. The participants learn selected methods of data mining and apply them to the
production data. The work within the seminar takes place in small groups on the computer. Subsequently, presentations on specific
data mining methods have to be prepared.
Annotation
The number of students is limited to twelve. Dates and deadlines for the seminar will be announced at https://www.wbk.kit.edu/
studium-und-lehre.php.
Workload
regular attendance: 10 hours
self-study: 80 hours
Description
Media:
KNIME Analytics Platform
Notes
In the age of Industry 4.0, large amounts of production data are generated by the global production networks and value chains.
Their analysis enables valuable conclusions about production and lead to an increasing process efficiency. The aim of the seminar is
to get to know production data analysis as an important component of future industrial projects. The students get to know the data
mining tool KNIME and use it for analyses. A specific industrial use case with real production data enables practical work and offers
direct references to industrial applications. The participants learn selected methods of data mining and apply them to the
production data. The work within the seminar takes place in small groups on the computer. Subsequently, presentations on specific
data mining methods have to be prepared.
Learning Outcomes:
The students …
• can name, describe and distinguish between different methods, procedures and techniques of production data analysis.
• can perform basic data analyses with the data mining tool KNIME.
• can analyze and evaluate the results of data analyses in the production environment.
• are able to derive suitable recommendations for action.
• are able to explain and apply the CRISP-DM model.
Workload:
regular attendance: 10 hours
self-study: 80 hours
Learning Content
In the age of Industry 4.0, large amounts of production data are generated by the global production networks and value chains.
Their analysis enables valuable conclusions about production and lead to an increasing process efficiency. The aim of the seminar is
to get to know production data analysis as an important component of future industrial projects. The students get to know the data
mining tool KNIME and use it for analyses. A specific industrial use case with real production data enables practical work and offers
direct references to industrial applications. The participants learn selected methods of data mining and apply them to the
production data. The work within the seminar takes place in small groups on the computer. Subsequently, presentations on specific
data mining methods have to be prepared.
Annotation
The number of students is limited to twelve. Dates and deadlines for the seminar will be announced at https://www.wbk.kit.edu/
studium-und-lehre.php.
Workload
regular attendance: 10 hours
self-study: 80 hours
Events
SS 2019 2400121 Interactive Analytics Seminar 2 SWS Beigl, Mädche, Pescara,
Toreini
SS 2019 2500006 Seminar Human Resource 2 SWS Seminar (S) Nieken, Mitarbeiter
Management (Master)
SS 2019 2500007 Seminar Human Resources and 2 SWS Seminar (S) Nieken, Mitarbeiter
Organizations (Master)
SS 2019 2530372 Automated Financial Advisory 2 SWS Seminar (S) Ulrich
SS 2019 2530374 Applied Risk and Asset 2 SWS Seminar (S) Ulrich
Management
SS 2019 2530580 Seminar in Finance (Master, Prof. 2 SWS Seminar (S) Uhrig-Homburg,
Uhrig-Homburg) Hofmann,
Reichenbacher, Eska
SS 2019 2540510 Masterseminar Big Data Mining in 2 SWS Seminar (S) Geyer-Schulz
Finance
SS 2019 2540559 Digital Service Design Seminar 3 SWS Seminar (S) Mädche
SS 2019 2550493 Hospital Management 2 SWS Block (B) Hansis
SS 2019 2577915 Strategische Unternehmensführung 2 SWS Seminar (S) Klopfer
SS 2019 2579904 Seminar Management Accounting 2 SWS Seminar (S) Hammann, Disch
SS 2019 2579905 Special Topics in Management 2 SWS Seminar (S) Mickovic, Riar
Accounting
SS 2019 2581977 Seminar Produktionswirtschaft und 2 SWS Seminar (S) Schultmann
Logistik II
WS 19/20 2500006 Seminar Human Resource 2 SWS Seminar (S) Nieken, Mitarbeiter
Management (Master)
WS 19/20 2500007 Seminar Human Resources and 2 SWS Seminar (S) Nieken, Mitarbeiter
Organizations (Master)
WS 19/20 2500029 Seminar in Data Science for Finance 2 SWS Seminar (S) Ulrich
WS 19/20 2530293 2 SWS Seminar (S) Ruckes, Hoang, Benz,
Strych, Luedecke,
Silbereis, Stengel,
Schubert
WS 19/20 2540473 Data Science in Service 2 SWS Seminar (S) Haubner,
Management Frankenhauser,
Gröschel
WS 19/20 2540475 Electronic Markets & User behavior 2 SWS Seminar (S) Dorner, Knierim, Dann,
Jaquart
WS 19/20 2540477 Digital Experience and Participation 2 SWS Seminar (S) Straub, Peukert,
Hoffmann, Kloker,
Pusmaz, Willrich,
Kloepper, Fegert,
Greif-Winzrieth
WS 19/20 2540478 Smart Grids and Energy Markets 2 SWS Seminar (S) Dinther, Staudt,
Richter, Huber, vom
Scheidt, Golla
WS 19/20 2540510 Masterseminar in Data Science and 2 SWS Seminar (S) Geyer-Schulz,
Machine Learning Schweigert, Schweizer,
Nazemi
WS 19/20 2540557 Literature Review Seminar: 3 SWS Seminar (S) Mädche
Information Systems and Service
Design
WS 19/20 2540559 Digital Service Design Seminar 3 SWS Seminar (S) Mädche
WS 19/20 2572181 2 SWS Seminar (S) Klarmann
WS 19/20 2573010 Seminar: Human Resources and 2 SWS Seminar (S) Nieken, Mitarbeiter
Organizations (Bachelor)
WS 19/20 2573011 Seminar: Human Resource 2 SWS Seminar (S) Nieken, Mitarbeiter
Management (Bachelor)
WS 19/20 2577915 Strategische Unternehmensführung 2 SWS Seminar (S) Klopfer
WS 19/20 2579919 Seminar Management Accounting - 2 SWS Seminar (S) Riar
Special Topics
WS 19/20 2581976 Seminar in Production and 2 SWS Seminar (S) Glöser-Chahoud,
Operations Management I Schultmann
WS 19/20 2581977 Seminar in Production and 2 SWS Seminar (S) Volk, Schultmann
Operations Management II
WS 19/20 2581978 Seminar in Production and 2 SWS Seminar (S) Wiens, Schultmann
Operations Management III
WS 19/20 2581980 2 SWS Seminar (S) Keles, Fett, Yilmaz
WS 19/20 2581981 2 SWS Seminar (S) Ardone, Ruppert,
Sandmeier, Slednev
WS 19/20 2581990 2 SWS Seminar (S) Schultmann,
Schumacher
Exams
SS 2019 00019 Seminar Digital Service Innovation Prüfung (PR) Satzger
SS 2019 00030 Current Issues in Innovation Management Prüfung (PR) Weissenberger-Eibl
SS 2019 7500148 Proseminar: Practical Seminar: Interactive Prüfung (PR) Beigl, Mädche
Analytics
SS 2019 7900008 Hospital Management Prüfung (PR) Nickel
SS 2019 7900017 Soziale Innovationen unter die Lupe Prüfung (PR) Weissenberger-Eibl
genommen
SS 2019 7900019 Master Seminar in Information Engineering Prüfung (PR) Geyer-Schulz
and Management
SS 2019 7900052 Entrepreneurship Research Prüfung (PR) Terzidis
SS 2019 7900055 Roadmapping Prüfung (PR) Weissenberger-Eibl
SS 2019 7900093 Seminar in Business Administration A Prüfung (PR) Weinhardt
SS 2019 7900126 Seminar Strategic Management Prüfung (PR) Lindstädt
SS 2019 7900127 Seminar in Finance (Master) Prüfung (PR) Uhrig-Homburg
SS 2019 7900180 Seminar in Business Administration Prüfung (PR) Weinhardt
SS 2019 7900214 Seminar Business Data Analytics (Master) Prüfung (PR) Weinhardt
SS 2019 7900242 Applied Risk and Asset Management Prüfung (PR) Ulrich
SS 2019 7900244 Digital Service Design Seminar Prüfung (PR) Mädche
SS 2019 7900256 Seminar Electronic Markets & User Behavior Prüfung (PR) Weinhardt
SS 2019 7900261 Information Systems and Design (ISSD) Prüfung (PR) Mädche
Seminar
SS 2019 7900262 Practical Seminar: Information Systems and Prüfung (PR) Mädche
Service Design / Seminarpraktikum:
Information Systems und Service Design
SS 2019 7900265 Interactive Analytics Seminar Prüfung (PR) Mädche
SS 2019 7900284 Digital Transformation and Business Models Prüfung (PR) Weissenberger-Eibl
SS 2019 7900296 Seminar in Business Administration A (Master) Prüfung (PR) Satzger
Data Science for the Industrial Internet of
Things
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment (§ 4(2), 3 SPO 2015). The following aspects are included:
The point scheme for the assessment is determined by the lecturer of the respective course. It will be announced at the beginning
of the course.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
See seminar description in the course catalogue of the KIT (https://campus.kit.edu/)
Annotation
The listed seminar titles are placeholders. Currently offered seminars of each semester will be published on the websites of the
institutes and in the course catalogue of the KIT. In general, the current seminar topics of each semester are already announced at
the end of the previous semester. Furthermore for some seminars there is an application required.
The available places are listed on the internet: https://portal.wiwi.kit.edu.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
See Module Handbook
Notes
See Module Handbook
Learning Content
At the beginning of the semester, a selection of seminar topics will be discussed with each student of the seminar.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours.
Literature
Literature will be distributed during the first lecture.
Learning Content
Within this seminar different topics of current concern are treated. These topics have their foundations in the contents of certain
lectures.
The topics of the seminar are published on the website of the involved finance chairs at the end of the foregoing semester.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Will be announced at the end of the foregoing semester.
Literature
Literature:
• Goodfellow, I., Bengio, Y., & Courville, A. (2017). Deep Learning. MIT Press.
• Jean, N., Burke, M., Xie, M., Davis, W. M., Lobell, D. B., & Ermon, S. (2016). Combining satellite imagery and machine learning
to predict poverty. Science, 353(6301), 790-794.
• LeCun, Y., Bengio, Y., & Hinton, G. (2015). Deep learning. Nature, 521(7553), 436-444.
• Leskovec, J., Rajaraman, A., & Ullman, J. D. (2014). Mining of Massive Datasets. Cambridge University Press.
• Lopez De Prado, M. (2018). Advances in Financial Machine Learning. John Wiley & Sons
Hospital Management
V 2550493, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Block (B)
Description
The seminar 'Hospital Management' presents internal organization structures, work conditions and work environments at the
example of hospitals und relates this to common and expected conditions of other service industries.
Covered topics include normative environment, intra-organizational structure, personnel management, quality, external
networking and market appearance. The course consists of two full-day sessions.
Learning Content
The seminar 'Hospital Management' presents internal organization structures, work conditions and work environments at the
example of hospitals und relates this to common and expected conditions of other service industries.
Covered topics include normative environment, intra-organizational structure, personnel management, quality, external
networking and market appearance. The course consists of two full-day sessions.
Annotation
It is planned to offer the course every semester.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours.
Notes
see Module Handbook
Learning Content
The course will be a mix of lectures, discussions, and student presentations. Students will write a paper in small groups, and present
this in the final week. You are to a large extent free to select your own topic. The seminar course is concentrated in four meetings
that are spread throughout the semester.
Meeting 1: Introductory lecture. You need to conduct a first literature search and at the end of the first week you should identify
(provisionally) the topic for your paper.
Meeting 2 and 3: The purpose of the second week is to define the topics and research questions in much more detail. Different
types of papers may be selected: literature review, research paper, descriptive case study, or teaching case. Students will present
their ideas and all participants should ask questions, help each other focus, offer ideas, etc.
Meeting 4: In the third week we are going to present and discuss the final papers.
Annotation
Maximum of 24 students.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Will be announced in the course.
Notes
see Module Handbook
Learning Content
The course will be a mix of lectures, discussions, and student presentations. Students will write a paper in small groups, and present
this in the final week. Topics are selectively prediscibed. The seminar course is concentrated in four meetings that are spread
throughout the semester.
Meeting 1: Introductory lecture. You need to conduct a first literature search and at the end of the first week you should identify
(provisionally) the topic for your paper.
Meeting 2 and 3: The purpose of the second week is to define the topics and research questions in much more detail. Different
types of papers may be selected: literature review, research paper, descriptive case study, or teaching case. Students will present
their ideas and all participants should ask questions, help each other focus, offer ideas, etc.
Meeting 4: In the third week we are going to present and discuss the final papers.
Annotation
Maximum of 24 students.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Will be announced in the course.
Notes
The topics are redefined each semester on basis of current research topics. The topics will be announced on the website of the
Chair.
Aim
The student
• looks critically into current research topics in the fields of Human Resource Management and Personnel Economics.
• trains his / her presentation skills.
• learns to get his / her ideas and insights across in a focused and concise way, both in oral and written form, and to sum up
the crucial facts.
• cultivates the discussion of research approaches.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours.
Lecture 30h
Preparation of lecture 45h
Exam preparation 15h
Literature
Selected journal articles and books.
Notes
The topics are redefined each semester on basis of current research topics. The topics will be announced on the website of the
Chair.
Aim
The student
• looks critically into current research topics in the fields of human resources and organizations.
• trains his / her presentation skills.
• learns to get his / her ideas and insights across in a focused and concise way, both in oral and written form, and to sum up
the crucial facts.
• cultivates the discussion of research approaches.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours.
Lecture 30h
Preparation of lecture 45h
Exam preparation 15h
Literature
Selected journal articles and books.
Description
The aim of this seminar is to master real-world challenges of computational risk and asset management. The CRAM team offers a
wide range of topics across different asset classes and different stages of the investment process.
Learning Content
Students will work on a quantitative problem related to risk and asset management. This seminar is ideally suited for students who
want to deepen and apply their statistics / programming skills and knowledge about financial markets. Industry-relevant problems
will be solved with financial data and modern statistical tools in close collaboration with a supervisor. Topics which students solved
in the past include the option-based pricing of dividends during the Euro crisis, the estimation of risk neutral moments with high-
frequent data and the application of a particle filter to estimate stochastic volatility. The current topics will be presented during the
first meeting.
Notes
wird auf deutsch und englisch gehalten
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours (3 ECTS). Depending on the realization of the work, the times may
vary. The main focus is always on working independently.
Description
Contemporary trends of every increasing digitalization in businesses lead to new challenges and fusion of technologies blurring the
lines between the digital, physical and biological spheres, thereby calling for a new approaches for corporate management.
Recently, physician Michio Kaku put it like the following: “The destiny of computers – like other mass technologies like electricity,
paper, and running water- is to become invisible, that is, to disappear into the fabric of our lives, to be everywhere and nowhere,
silently and seamlessly carrying out our wishes.” Michio Kaku (2016)
In the Practical Seminar Digital Service Design students address a real-world challenge in businesses and apply digital service
design practices and tools. Furthermore, during the time of the seminar the students prototypical implement a running digital
service.
Real-world challenges will vary over time. This time, the challenges are from the domain of Future Corporate Management. The
practical seminar is carried out in close cooperation with SAP SE and leverages state-of-the-art digital platforms for prototyping.
Learning Content
• Foundations
• Digital Service Design Challenges in Future Corporate Management
• Basics of Digital Service Design practices and tools
• Prototyping and development Digital Services
• Delivering digital service prototypes
Learning Content
The seminary teaches students to gain a systematic overview of a field of literature in Marketing - an important prerequisite for a
successful master thesis. Central aspects are identification of relevant literature sources, systematization of the field, working out
central insights, writing comprehensively, and identification of research gaps.
Annotation
Students interested in master thesis positions at the chair of marketing should participate in the marketing seminar. For further
information please contact Marketing & Sales Research Group (marketing.iism.kit.edu)
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
will be announced in the seminary.
Notes
The topics are redefined each semester on basis of current research topics. The topics will be announced on the website of the
Chair.
Aim
The student
• looks critically into current research topics in the fields of human resources and organizations.
• trains his / her presentation skills.
• learns to get his / her ideas and insights across in a focused and concise way, both in oral and written form, and to sum up
the crucial facts.
• cultivates the discussion of research approaches.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours.
Lecture 30h
Preparation of lecture 45h
Exam preparation 15h
Literature
Selected journal articles and books.
Notes
The topics are redefined each semester on basis of current research topics. The topics will be announced on the website of the
Chair.
Aim
The student
• looks critically into current research topics in the fields of Human Resource Management and Personnel Economics.
• trains his / her presentation skills.
• learns to get his / her ideas and insights across in a focused and concise way, both in oral and written form, and to sum up
the crucial facts.
• cultivates the discussion of research approaches.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours.
Lecture 30h
Preparation of lecture 45h
Exam preparation 15h
Literature
Selected journal articles and books.
Notes
The course will be a mix of lectures, discussions, and student presentations. Students will write a paper in small groups, and present
this in the final week. Topics are selectively prediscibed. The seminar course is concentrated in four meetings that are spread
throughout the semester.
Meeting 1: Introductory lecture. You need to conduct a first literature search and at the end of the first week you should identify
(provisionally) the topic for your paper.
Meeting 2 and 3: The purpose of the second week is to define the topics and research questions in much more detail. Different
types of papers may be selected: literature review, research paper, descriptive case study, or teaching case. Students will present
their ideas and all participants should ask questions, help each other focus, offer ideas, etc.
Meeting 4: In the third week we are going to present and discuss the final papers.
Learning objectives:
• Students are largely independently able to identify a distinct topic in Management Accounting,
• Students are capable to research the topic, analyze the information, to conceptualize and deduct fundamental principles
and relationships from relatively unstructured information,
• Students can afterwards logically and systematically present the results in writing and as an oral presentation, following a
scientific approach (structuring, terminology, sources.
Examination:
• The final grade of the course is the grade awarded to the paper.
• The LV "Betriebswirtschaftslehre: Finanzwirtschaft und Rechnungswesen" (2600026) must have been completed before
starting this seminar.
Workload:
• The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Note:
• Maximum of 24 students.
Learning Content
The course will be a mix of lectures, discussions, and student presentations. Students will write a paper in small groups, and present
this in the final week. Topics are selectively prediscibed. The seminar course is concentrated in four to five meetings that are
spread throughout the semester.
Annotation
Maximum of 24 students.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Will be announced in the course.
Events
SS 2019 2500006 Seminar Human Resource 2 SWS Seminar (S) Nieken, Mitarbeiter
Management (Master)
SS 2019 2500007 Seminar Human Resources and 2 SWS Seminar (S) Nieken, Mitarbeiter
Organizations (Master)
SS 2019 2530372 Automated Financial Advisory 2 SWS Seminar (S) Ulrich
SS 2019 2530374 Applied Risk and Asset 2 SWS Seminar (S) Ulrich
Management
SS 2019 2530580 Seminar in Finance (Master, Prof. 2 SWS Seminar (S) Uhrig-Homburg,
Uhrig-Homburg) Hofmann,
Reichenbacher, Eska
SS 2019 2540510 Masterseminar Big Data Mining in 2 SWS Seminar (S) Geyer-Schulz
Finance
SS 2019 2540559 Digital Service Design Seminar 3 SWS Seminar (S) Mädche
SS 2019 2550493 Hospital Management 2 SWS Block (B) Hansis
SS 2019 2577915 Strategische Unternehmensführung 2 SWS Seminar (S) Klopfer
SS 2019 2579904 Seminar Management Accounting 2 SWS Seminar (S) Hammann, Disch
SS 2019 2579905 Special Topics in Management 2 SWS Seminar (S) Mickovic, Riar
Accounting
SS 2019 2581977 Seminar Produktionswirtschaft und 2 SWS Seminar (S) Schultmann
Logistik II
WS 19/20 2500006 Seminar Human Resource 2 SWS Seminar (S) Nieken, Mitarbeiter
Management (Master)
WS 19/20 2500007 Seminar Human Resources and 2 SWS Seminar (S) Nieken, Mitarbeiter
Organizations (Master)
WS 19/20 2500029 Seminar in Data Science for Finance 2 SWS Seminar (S) Ulrich
WS 19/20 2530293 2 SWS Seminar (S) Ruckes, Hoang, Benz,
Strych, Luedecke,
Silbereis, Stengel,
Schubert
WS 19/20 2540473 Data Science in Service 2 SWS Seminar (S) Haubner,
Management Frankenhauser,
Gröschel
WS 19/20 2540475 Electronic Markets & User behavior 2 SWS Seminar (S) Dorner, Knierim, Dann,
Jaquart
WS 19/20 2540477 Digital Experience and Participation 2 SWS Seminar (S) Straub, Peukert,
Hoffmann, Kloker,
Pusmaz, Willrich,
Kloepper, Fegert,
Greif-Winzrieth
WS 19/20 2540478 Smart Grids and Energy Markets 2 SWS Seminar (S) Dinther, Staudt,
Richter, Huber, vom
Scheidt, Golla
WS 19/20 2540510 Masterseminar in Data Science and 2 SWS Seminar (S) Geyer-Schulz,
Machine Learning Schweigert, Schweizer,
Nazemi
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment (§ 4(2), 3 SPO 2015). The following aspects are included:
The point scheme for the assessment is determined by the lecturer of the respective course. It will be announced at the beginning
of the course.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
See seminar description in the course catalogue of the KIT (https://campus.kit.edu/)
Annotation
The listed seminar titles are placeholders. Currently offered seminars of each semester will be published on the websites of the
institutes and in the course catalogue of the KIT. In general, the current seminar topics of each semester are already announced at
the end of the previous semester. Furthermore for some seminars there is an application required.
The available places are listed on the internet: https://portal.wiwi.kit.edu.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
See Module Handbook
Notes
See Module Handbook
Learning Content
At the beginning of the semester, a selection of seminar topics will be discussed with each student of the seminar.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours.
Literature
Literature will be distributed during the first lecture.
Learning Content
Within this seminar different topics of current concern are treated. These topics have their foundations in the contents of certain
lectures.
The topics of the seminar are published on the website of the involved finance chairs at the end of the foregoing semester.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Will be announced at the end of the foregoing semester.
Literature
Literature:
• Goodfellow, I., Bengio, Y., & Courville, A. (2017). Deep Learning. MIT Press.
• Jean, N., Burke, M., Xie, M., Davis, W. M., Lobell, D. B., & Ermon, S. (2016). Combining satellite imagery and machine learning
to predict poverty. Science, 353(6301), 790-794.
• LeCun, Y., Bengio, Y., & Hinton, G. (2015). Deep learning. Nature, 521(7553), 436-444.
• Leskovec, J., Rajaraman, A., & Ullman, J. D. (2014). Mining of Massive Datasets. Cambridge University Press.
• Lopez De Prado, M. (2018). Advances in Financial Machine Learning. John Wiley & Sons
Hospital Management
V 2550493, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Block (B)
Description
The seminar 'Hospital Management' presents internal organization structures, work conditions and work environments at the
example of hospitals und relates this to common and expected conditions of other service industries.
Covered topics include normative environment, intra-organizational structure, personnel management, quality, external
networking and market appearance. The course consists of two full-day sessions.
Learning Content
The seminar 'Hospital Management' presents internal organization structures, work conditions and work environments at the
example of hospitals und relates this to common and expected conditions of other service industries.
Covered topics include normative environment, intra-organizational structure, personnel management, quality, external
networking and market appearance. The course consists of two full-day sessions.
Annotation
It is planned to offer the course every semester.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours.
Notes
see Module Handbook
Learning Content
The course will be a mix of lectures, discussions, and student presentations. Students will write a paper in small groups, and present
this in the final week. You are to a large extent free to select your own topic. The seminar course is concentrated in four meetings
that are spread throughout the semester.
Meeting 1: Introductory lecture. You need to conduct a first literature search and at the end of the first week you should identify
(provisionally) the topic for your paper.
Meeting 2 and 3: The purpose of the second week is to define the topics and research questions in much more detail. Different
types of papers may be selected: literature review, research paper, descriptive case study, or teaching case. Students will present
their ideas and all participants should ask questions, help each other focus, offer ideas, etc.
Meeting 4: In the third week we are going to present and discuss the final papers.
Annotation
Maximum of 24 students.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Will be announced in the course.
Notes
see Module Handbook
Learning Content
The course will be a mix of lectures, discussions, and student presentations. Students will write a paper in small groups, and present
this in the final week. Topics are selectively prediscibed. The seminar course is concentrated in four meetings that are spread
throughout the semester.
Meeting 1: Introductory lecture. You need to conduct a first literature search and at the end of the first week you should identify
(provisionally) the topic for your paper.
Meeting 2 and 3: The purpose of the second week is to define the topics and research questions in much more detail. Different
types of papers may be selected: literature review, research paper, descriptive case study, or teaching case. Students will present
their ideas and all participants should ask questions, help each other focus, offer ideas, etc.
Meeting 4: In the third week we are going to present and discuss the final papers.
Annotation
Maximum of 24 students.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Will be announced in the course.
Notes
The topics are redefined each semester on basis of current research topics. The topics will be announced on the website of the
Chair.
Aim
The student
• looks critically into current research topics in the fields of Human Resource Management and Personnel Economics.
• trains his / her presentation skills.
• learns to get his / her ideas and insights across in a focused and concise way, both in oral and written form, and to sum up
the crucial facts.
• cultivates the discussion of research approaches.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours.
Lecture 30h
Preparation of lecture 45h
Exam preparation 15h
Literature
Selected journal articles and books.
Notes
The topics are redefined each semester on basis of current research topics. The topics will be announced on the website of the
Chair.
Aim
The student
• looks critically into current research topics in the fields of human resources and organizations.
• trains his / her presentation skills.
• learns to get his / her ideas and insights across in a focused and concise way, both in oral and written form, and to sum up
the crucial facts.
• cultivates the discussion of research approaches.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours.
Lecture 30h
Preparation of lecture 45h
Exam preparation 15h
Literature
Selected journal articles and books.
Description
The aim of this seminar is to master real-world challenges of computational risk and asset management. The CRAM team offers a
wide range of topics across different asset classes and different stages of the investment process.
Learning Content
Students will work on a quantitative problem related to risk and asset management. This seminar is ideally suited for students who
want to deepen and apply their statistics / programming skills and knowledge about financial markets. Industry-relevant problems
will be solved with financial data and modern statistical tools in close collaboration with a supervisor. Topics which students solved
in the past include the option-based pricing of dividends during the Euro crisis, the estimation of risk neutral moments with high-
frequent data and the application of a particle filter to estimate stochastic volatility. The current topics will be presented during the
first meeting.
Notes
wird auf deutsch und englisch gehalten
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours (3 ECTS). Depending on the realization of the work, the times may
vary. The main focus is always on working independently.
Description
Contemporary trends of every increasing digitalization in businesses lead to new challenges and fusion of technologies blurring the
lines between the digital, physical and biological spheres, thereby calling for a new approaches for corporate management.
Recently, physician Michio Kaku put it like the following: “The destiny of computers – like other mass technologies like electricity,
paper, and running water- is to become invisible, that is, to disappear into the fabric of our lives, to be everywhere and nowhere,
silently and seamlessly carrying out our wishes.” Michio Kaku (2016)
In the Practical Seminar Digital Service Design students address a real-world challenge in businesses and apply digital service
design practices and tools. Furthermore, during the time of the seminar the students prototypical implement a running digital
service.
Real-world challenges will vary over time. This time, the challenges are from the domain of Future Corporate Management. The
practical seminar is carried out in close cooperation with SAP SE and leverages state-of-the-art digital platforms for prototyping.
Learning Content
• Foundations
• Digital Service Design Challenges in Future Corporate Management
• Basics of Digital Service Design practices and tools
• Prototyping and development Digital Services
• Delivering digital service prototypes
Learning Content
The seminary teaches students to gain a systematic overview of a field of literature in Marketing - an important prerequisite for a
successful master thesis. Central aspects are identification of relevant literature sources, systematization of the field, working out
central insights, writing comprehensively, and identification of research gaps.
Annotation
Students interested in master thesis positions at the chair of marketing should participate in the marketing seminar. For further
information please contact Marketing & Sales Research Group (marketing.iism.kit.edu)
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
will be announced in the seminary.
Notes
The topics are redefined each semester on basis of current research topics. The topics will be announced on the website of the
Chair.
Aim
The student
• looks critically into current research topics in the fields of human resources and organizations.
• trains his / her presentation skills.
• learns to get his / her ideas and insights across in a focused and concise way, both in oral and written form, and to sum up
the crucial facts.
• cultivates the discussion of research approaches.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours.
Lecture 30h
Preparation of lecture 45h
Exam preparation 15h
Literature
Selected journal articles and books.
Notes
The topics are redefined each semester on basis of current research topics. The topics will be announced on the website of the
Chair.
Aim
The student
• looks critically into current research topics in the fields of Human Resource Management and Personnel Economics.
• trains his / her presentation skills.
• learns to get his / her ideas and insights across in a focused and concise way, both in oral and written form, and to sum up
the crucial facts.
• cultivates the discussion of research approaches.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours.
Lecture 30h
Preparation of lecture 45h
Exam preparation 15h
Literature
Selected journal articles and books.
Notes
The course will be a mix of lectures, discussions, and student presentations. Students will write a paper in small groups, and present
this in the final week. Topics are selectively prediscibed. The seminar course is concentrated in four meetings that are spread
throughout the semester.
Meeting 1: Introductory lecture. You need to conduct a first literature search and at the end of the first week you should identify
(provisionally) the topic for your paper.
Meeting 2 and 3: The purpose of the second week is to define the topics and research questions in much more detail. Different
types of papers may be selected: literature review, research paper, descriptive case study, or teaching case. Students will present
their ideas and all participants should ask questions, help each other focus, offer ideas, etc.
Meeting 4: In the third week we are going to present and discuss the final papers.
Learning objectives:
• Students are largely independently able to identify a distinct topic in Management Accounting,
• Students are capable to research the topic, analyze the information, to conceptualize and deduct fundamental principles
and relationships from relatively unstructured information,
• Students can afterwards logically and systematically present the results in writing and as an oral presentation, following a
scientific approach (structuring, terminology, sources.
Examination:
• The final grade of the course is the grade awarded to the paper.
• The LV "Betriebswirtschaftslehre: Finanzwirtschaft und Rechnungswesen" (2600026) must have been completed before
starting this seminar.
Workload:
• The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Note:
• Maximum of 24 students.
Learning Content
The course will be a mix of lectures, discussions, and student presentations. Students will write a paper in small groups, and present
this in the final week. Topics are selectively prediscibed. The seminar course is concentrated in four to five meetings that are
spread throughout the semester.
Annotation
Maximum of 24 students.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Will be announced in the course.
Exams
SS 2019 7900051 Seminar in Economic Policy (Master) Prüfung (PR) Ott
WS 19/20 7900103 Data-driven innovation and science Prüfung (PR) Ott
communication (Master)
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out through a term paper within the range of 12 to 15 pages, a presentation of the results of the work in a
seminar meeting, and active participation in the discussions of the seminar meeting (§ 4 (2), 3 SPO).
The final grade is composed of the weighted graded examinations. (Essay 50%, 40% oral presentation, active participation 10%).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
At least one of the lectures "Theory of Endogenous Growth" or "Innovation Theory and Policy" should be attended in advance, if
possible.
Events
SS 2019 2521310 Advanced Topics in Econometrics 2 SWS Seminar (S) Schienle, Chen, Görgen
SS 2019 2560282 Wirtschaftspolitisches Seminar 2 SWS Seminar (S) Ott, Assistenten
SS 2019 2560552 Topics in Political Economics 2 SWS Seminar (S) Szech, Maus
(Master)
SS 2019 2560554 Morals and Social Behavior 2 SWS Seminar (S) Szech, Huber
(Master)
WS 19/20 2560140 Topics in Political Economy 2 SWS Seminar (S) Ehrlich, Huber
(Bachelor)
WS 19/20 2560141 Morals & Social Behavior (Bachelor 2 SWS Seminar (S) Huber, Ehrlich
& Master)
WS 19/20 2560142 Topics in Political Economy 2 SWS Seminar (S) Ehrlich, Huber
(Master)
WS 19/20 2561208 Ausgewählte Aspekte der 1 SWS Seminar (S) Szimba
europäischen Verkehrsplanung und
-modellierung
Exams
SS 2019 7900051 Seminar in Economic Policy (Master) Prüfung (PR) Ott
SS 2019 7900059 Seminar in Economics B (Master) Prüfung (PR) Szech
SS 2019 7900060 Seminar in Economics B (Master) Prüfung (PR) Szech
SS 2019 7900147 Seminar in Economics (Bachelor) Prüfung (PR) Fuchs-Seliger
SS 2019 7900222 Seminar in Economics B (Master) Prüfung (PR) Melik-Tangian
SS 2019 7900237 Seminar Strategic Decisions Prüfung (PR) Ehrhart
SS 2019 7900266 Seminar in Macroeconomics I Prüfung (PR) Scheffel
SS 2019 7900272 Seminar in Macroeconomics II Prüfung (PR) Scheffel
SS 2019 7900282 Digital IT-Solutions and Services Transforming Prüfung (PR) Mitusch
the Field of Public Transportation
SS 2019 791192ee Topics in Experimental Economics Prüfung (PR) Reiß
SS 2019 79sefi2 Seminar Infrastructure and Science Networks Prüfung (PR) Wigger
A (Master)
WS 19/20 7900103 Data-driven innovation and science Prüfung (PR) Ott
communication (Master)
WS 19/20 7900132 Seminar in Economics A (Master) Prüfung (PR) Fuchs-Seliger
WS 19/20 7900140 Seminar in Economics A (Master) Prüfung (PR) Szech, Puppe
WS 19/20 7900278 Seminar on Morals and Social Behavior Prüfung (PR) Szech, Puppe
WS 19/20 79sefi2 Seminar in Economics A (Master) Prüfung (PR) Wigger
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment (§ 4(2), 3 SPO 2015). The following aspects are included:
The point scheme for the assessment is determined by the lecturer of the respective course. It will be announced at the beginning
of the course.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
See seminar description in the course catalogue of the KIT (https://campus.kit.edu/)
Annotation
The listed seminar titles are placeholders. Currently offered seminars of each semester will be published on the websites of the
institutes and in the course catalogue of the KIT. In general, the current seminar topics of each semester are already announced at
the end of the previous semester. Furthermore for some seminars there is an application required.
The available places are listed on the internet: https://portal.wiwi.kit.edu.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Annotation
The course will be offered in English.
Description
In many companies relative reward schemes are used whereby employees earn a bonus if they perform better than their
colleagues. Moreover, hierarchical structures mean that in many organizations, employees find themselves in constant competition
for promotions. This is meant to provide incentives for higher performance. However, competitive remuneration schemes could
also have detrimental effects such that individual workers may view their colleagues as direct competitors generating more selfish
and/or less helpful behavior in the workplace. Furthermore, age, gender and culture seem to have impacts on willingness to
compete. For example, in western cultures, adult men sometimes enter competition even though their performance level is way too
low for success, i.e., they harm themselves by over-competitiveness. In contrast, adult females sometimes compete less than they
could do successfully.
Another challenge in contest design, e.g. in sports, is that when competition takes place among workers with mixed abilities it may
lead to a discouragement effect, which establishes that lower ability individuals often reduce effort competing against an individual
they do not feel up to (e.g. it has been found that average golf players performed significantly worse when competing against a
superstar like Tiger Woods). One solution suggested by the economic literature is to level the playing field between advantaged
and disadvantaged individuals by favoring weaker individuals through bid-caps, asymmetric tie-breaking rules, or advances. In
sports, asymmetric tie-breaking is already common, for instance, in the
Champions League soccer playoffs “away goals” become the decisive factor in determining the winning team in case of a tie.
Contests are not only a well-established mechanism for incentivizing workers but also for encouraging innovation and advancing
R&D. Elements of research and innovation contests can be found in the procurement of various goods and services. For instance,
the construction of new buildings, proposals in a venture capital firm or TV shows for entertainment companies all flow through a
similar innovation process that involves the solicitation of bids from multiple potential suppliers and the preparation of a pilot or a
proposal. In other cases, e.g., in lobbying contests, it is often discussed whether investments are beneficial or not. Some authors
have argued that investments into lobbying should be capped in order to soften competition among asymmetrically strong interest
groups (e.g. the lobbying industry versus consumers’ interest groups). Of course, then the question arises whether such caps
achieve the respective design goal or not.
In this seminar, we discuss questions like: How can we design workplaces and labor contracts to increase motivation and
productivity? How can contests be used to foster innovation? Which role should social preferences play and how could they inspire
specific contest designs? How should sport contests be engineered depending on the respective goals? How should we design
lobbying contests?
Also related topics are very welcome!
Notes
Participation will be limited to 12 students.
Annotation
For further questions, please contact Patrick Maus (Patrick.Maus@kit.edu).
Workload
About 90 hours
Literature
Charness, G., Kuhn, P. (2011) Lab labor: What can labor economists learn from the lab? Handbook of labor economics, 4, 229-330.
Cassar, A., Friedman, D. (2004) Economics lab: an intensive course in experimental economics. Routledge.
Croson, R., Gneezy, U. (2009). Gender differences in preferences. Journal of Economic literature, 47(2), 448-474.
Dechenaux, Emmanuel, Dan Kovenock, and Roman M. Sheremeta. "A survey of experimental research on contests, all-pay auctions
and tournaments." Experimental Economics 18.4 (2015): 609-669.
Description
For a long time, economists studied given markets and mechanisms to predict outcomes, future developments or generally the
participants’ behavior. In contrast, Market Design uses theory, empirical and experimental work to design markets which
incentivize their participants in a way that leads to a “desirable” outcome. In this, the designer can have different objectives, for
example: Maximizing efficiency, welfare or minimizing negative externalities.
Prominent applications of Market Design include, quite topical, Germany’s auction of 5G mobile licenses and matching markets,
where there are two large populations that need to be matched to one another (think of hospitals and interns, students and dorm
rooms or kidney donors and receivers). In this seminar, we think about ways to either design new markets or how we could alter
existing ones in a socially beneficial way. Alternatively, research ideas could focus on finding failures or shortcomings of
ineffectively designed markets.
Notes
Participation will be limited to 12 students.
Annotation
For further questions, please contact David Huber (david.huber@kit.edu).
Workload
About 90 hours.
Notes
For Bachelor and Master students of the fields Industrial Engineering and Management, Information Engineering and
Management, Economics Engineering or Economathematics.
The student develops an own idea for an economic experiment in this research direction. Students work in groups of three.
Seminar Papers of 8–10 pages are to be handed in before Feb 20, 2020.
For bachelor students grades will be based on the quality of presentations in the seminar (50%) and the seminar paper (50%).
Students can improve their grades by 0.3 for good and constructive discussion contributions or by 0.7 for excellent and
constructive discussion contributions.
Recommendation: Knowledge in the field of experimental economic research or behavioral economics as well as in the field of
microeconomics and game theory may be helpful.
Notes
Chaning topics each semester. For current topics, see http://polit.econ.kit.edu or https://portal.wiwi.kit.edu/Seminare
Notes
For Bachelor and Master students of the fields Industrial Engineering and Management, Information Engineering and
Management, Economics Engineering or Economathematics.
Objective: The student develops an own idea for an economic experiment in this research direction.
Students work in groups of three.
Seminar Papers of 8–10 pages are to be handed in before Feb 20, 2020.
Grades will be based on the quality of presentations in the seminar (40%) and the seminar paper (40%). Additionally students will
have to hand in two abstracts with their paper – one with a maximum length of 100 words and one with a maximum length of 150
words. The quality of abstracts will reflect with 20% in the final grade. Students can improve their grades by 0.3 for good and
constructive discussion contributions or by 0.7 for excellent and constructive discussion contributions.
Recommendation: Knowledge in the field of experimental economic research or behavioral economics as well as in the field of
microeconomics and game theory may be helpful.
Workload
About 90 hours.
Events
SS 2019 2521310 Advanced Topics in Econometrics 2 SWS Seminar (S) Schienle, Chen, Görgen
SS 2019 2560282 Wirtschaftspolitisches Seminar 2 SWS Seminar (S) Ott, Assistenten
SS 2019 2560552 Topics in Political Economics 2 SWS Seminar (S) Szech, Maus
(Master)
SS 2019 2560554 Morals and Social Behavior 2 SWS Seminar (S) Szech, Huber
(Master)
WS 19/20 2560140 Topics in Political Economy 2 SWS Seminar (S) Ehrlich, Huber
(Bachelor)
WS 19/20 2560141 Morals & Social Behavior (Bachelor 2 SWS Seminar (S) Huber, Ehrlich
& Master)
WS 19/20 2560142 Topics in Political Economy 2 SWS Seminar (S) Ehrlich, Huber
(Master)
WS 19/20 2561208 Ausgewählte Aspekte der 1 SWS Seminar (S) Szimba
europäischen Verkehrsplanung und
-modellierung
Exams
SS 2019 7900051 Seminar in Economic Policy (Master) Prüfung (PR) Ott
SS 2019 7900059 Seminar in Economics B (Master) Prüfung (PR) Szech
SS 2019 7900060 Seminar in Economics B (Master) Prüfung (PR) Szech
SS 2019 7900147 Seminar in Economics (Bachelor) Prüfung (PR) Fuchs-Seliger
SS 2019 7900222 Seminar in Economics B (Master) Prüfung (PR) Melik-Tangian
SS 2019 7900237 Seminar Strategic Decisions Prüfung (PR) Ehrhart
SS 2019 7900266 Seminar in Macroeconomics I Prüfung (PR) Scheffel
SS 2019 7900272 Seminar in Macroeconomics II Prüfung (PR) Scheffel
SS 2019 7900282 Digital IT-Solutions and Services Transforming Prüfung (PR) Mitusch
the Field of Public Transportation
SS 2019 791192ee Topics in Experimental Economics Prüfung (PR) Reiß
SS 2019 79sefi3 Seminar Infrastructure and Science Networks Prüfung (PR) Wigger
B (Master)
WS 19/20 7900103 Data-driven innovation and science Prüfung (PR) Ott
communication (Master)
WS 19/20 7900132 Seminar in Economics A (Master) Prüfung (PR) Fuchs-Seliger
WS 19/20 7900140 Seminar in Economics A (Master) Prüfung (PR) Szech, Puppe
WS 19/20 7900278 Seminar on Morals and Social Behavior Prüfung (PR) Szech, Puppe
WS 19/20 79sefi3 Seminar in Economics B (Master) Prüfung (PR) Wigger
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment (§ 4(2), 3 SPO 2015). The following aspects are included:
The point scheme for the assessment is determined by the lecturer of the respective course. It will be announced at the beginning
of the course.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
See seminar description in the course catalogue of the KIT (https://campus.kit.edu/)
Annotation
The listed seminar titles are placeholders. Currently offered seminars of each semester will be published on the websites of the
institutes and in the course catalogue of the KIT. In general, the current seminar topics of each semester are already announced at
the end of the previous semester. Furthermore for some seminars there is an application required.
The available places are listed on the internet: https://portal.wiwi.kit.edu.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Annotation
The course will be offered in English.
Description
In many companies relative reward schemes are used whereby employees earn a bonus if they perform better than their
colleagues. Moreover, hierarchical structures mean that in many organizations, employees find themselves in constant competition
for promotions. This is meant to provide incentives for higher performance. However, competitive remuneration schemes could
also have detrimental effects such that individual workers may view their colleagues as direct competitors generating more selfish
and/or less helpful behavior in the workplace. Furthermore, age, gender and culture seem to have impacts on willingness to
compete. For example, in western cultures, adult men sometimes enter competition even though their performance level is way too
low for success, i.e., they harm themselves by over-competitiveness. In contrast, adult females sometimes compete less than they
could do successfully.
Another challenge in contest design, e.g. in sports, is that when competition takes place among workers with mixed abilities it may
lead to a discouragement effect, which establishes that lower ability individuals often reduce effort competing against an individual
they do not feel up to (e.g. it has been found that average golf players performed significantly worse when competing against a
superstar like Tiger Woods). One solution suggested by the economic literature is to level the playing field between advantaged
and disadvantaged individuals by favoring weaker individuals through bid-caps, asymmetric tie-breaking rules, or advances. In
sports, asymmetric tie-breaking is already common, for instance, in the
Champions League soccer playoffs “away goals” become the decisive factor in determining the winning team in case of a tie.
Contests are not only a well-established mechanism for incentivizing workers but also for encouraging innovation and advancing
R&D. Elements of research and innovation contests can be found in the procurement of various goods and services. For instance,
the construction of new buildings, proposals in a venture capital firm or TV shows for entertainment companies all flow through a
similar innovation process that involves the solicitation of bids from multiple potential suppliers and the preparation of a pilot or a
proposal. In other cases, e.g., in lobbying contests, it is often discussed whether investments are beneficial or not. Some authors
have argued that investments into lobbying should be capped in order to soften competition among asymmetrically strong interest
groups (e.g. the lobbying industry versus consumers’ interest groups). Of course, then the question arises whether such caps
achieve the respective design goal or not.
In this seminar, we discuss questions like: How can we design workplaces and labor contracts to increase motivation and
productivity? How can contests be used to foster innovation? Which role should social preferences play and how could they inspire
specific contest designs? How should sport contests be engineered depending on the respective goals? How should we design
lobbying contests?
Also related topics are very welcome!
Notes
Participation will be limited to 12 students.
Annotation
For further questions, please contact Patrick Maus (Patrick.Maus@kit.edu).
Workload
About 90 hours
Literature
Charness, G., Kuhn, P. (2011) Lab labor: What can labor economists learn from the lab? Handbook of labor economics, 4, 229-330.
Cassar, A., Friedman, D. (2004) Economics lab: an intensive course in experimental economics. Routledge.
Croson, R., Gneezy, U. (2009). Gender differences in preferences. Journal of Economic literature, 47(2), 448-474.
Dechenaux, Emmanuel, Dan Kovenock, and Roman M. Sheremeta. "A survey of experimental research on contests, all-pay auctions
and tournaments." Experimental Economics 18.4 (2015): 609-669.
Description
For a long time, economists studied given markets and mechanisms to predict outcomes, future developments or generally the
participants’ behavior. In contrast, Market Design uses theory, empirical and experimental work to design markets which
incentivize their participants in a way that leads to a “desirable” outcome. In this, the designer can have different objectives, for
example: Maximizing efficiency, welfare or minimizing negative externalities.
Prominent applications of Market Design include, quite topical, Germany’s auction of 5G mobile licenses and matching markets,
where there are two large populations that need to be matched to one another (think of hospitals and interns, students and dorm
rooms or kidney donors and receivers). In this seminar, we think about ways to either design new markets or how we could alter
existing ones in a socially beneficial way. Alternatively, research ideas could focus on finding failures or shortcomings of
ineffectively designed markets.
Notes
Participation will be limited to 12 students.
Annotation
For further questions, please contact David Huber (david.huber@kit.edu).
Workload
About 90 hours.
Notes
For Bachelor and Master students of the fields Industrial Engineering and Management, Information Engineering and
Management, Economics Engineering or Economathematics.
The student develops an own idea for an economic experiment in this research direction. Students work in groups of three.
Seminar Papers of 8–10 pages are to be handed in before Feb 20, 2020.
For bachelor students grades will be based on the quality of presentations in the seminar (50%) and the seminar paper (50%).
Students can improve their grades by 0.3 for good and constructive discussion contributions or by 0.7 for excellent and
constructive discussion contributions.
Recommendation: Knowledge in the field of experimental economic research or behavioral economics as well as in the field of
microeconomics and game theory may be helpful.
Notes
Chaning topics each semester. For current topics, see http://polit.econ.kit.edu or https://portal.wiwi.kit.edu/Seminare
Notes
For Bachelor and Master students of the fields Industrial Engineering and Management, Information Engineering and
Management, Economics Engineering or Economathematics.
Objective: The student develops an own idea for an economic experiment in this research direction.
Students work in groups of three.
Seminar Papers of 8–10 pages are to be handed in before Feb 20, 2020.
Grades will be based on the quality of presentations in the seminar (40%) and the seminar paper (40%). Additionally students will
have to hand in two abstracts with their paper – one with a maximum length of 100 words and one with a maximum length of 150
words. The quality of abstracts will reflect with 20% in the final grade. Students can improve their grades by 0.3 for good and
constructive discussion contributions or by 0.7 for excellent and constructive discussion contributions.
Recommendation: Knowledge in the field of experimental economic research or behavioral economics as well as in the field of
microeconomics and game theory may be helpful.
Workload
About 90 hours.
Exams
SS 2019 7311633 Seminar Creating a Patent Specification Prüfung (PR) Stork
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-00002 Seminar for Rail System Technology Prüfung (PR) Gratzfeld
Competence Certificate
See German version.
Prerequisites
See module description.
Recommendation
None
Events
SS 2019 2512300 Knowledge Discovery and Data 3 SWS Sure-Vetter, Färber,
Mining Nguyen, Weller
SS 2019 2513306 Data Science & Real-time Big Data 2 SWS Sure-Vetter, Riemer,
Analytics Zehnder
SS 2019 2513400 Emerging Trends in Critical 2 SWS Seminar (S) Lins, Sunyaev, Thiebes
Information Infrastructures
SS 2019 2595470 Seminar Service Science, 2 SWS Seminar (S) Weinhardt, Nickel,
Management & Engineering Fichtner, Satzger, Sure-
Vetter, Fromm
WS 19/20 2400125 Security and Privacy Awareness 2 SWS Seminar (S) Boehm, Seidel-Saul,
Volkamer, Aldag,
Gerber, Gottschalk
WS 19/20 2512301 Linked Data and the Semantic Web 3 SWS Sure-Vetter, Acosta
Deibe, Käfer, Heling
WS 19/20 2512311 Real-World Challenges in Data 3 SWS Sure-Vetter, Nickel,
Science and Analytics Weinhardt, Zehnder,
Brandt
WS 19/20 2513500 Cognitive Automobiles and Robots 2 SWS Seminar (S) Zöllner
WS 19/20 2595470 Seminar Service Science, 3 SWS Seminar (S) Weinhardt, Satzger,
Management & Engineering Nickel, Fromm,
Fichtner, Sure-Vetter
Exams
SS 2019 7900090 Data Science & Real-time Big Data Analytics Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
SS 2019 7900092 Seminar Service Science, Management & Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
Engineering
SS 2019 7900094 Knowledge Discovery and Data Mining Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
SS 2019 7900114 Selected Issues in Critical Information Prüfung (PR) Sunyaev
Infrastructures
SS 2019 7900187 Emerging Trends in Critical Information Prüfung (PR) Sunyaev
Infrastructures
WS 19/20 7900038 Linked Data and the Semantic Web Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
WS 19/20 7900044 Seminar Service Science, Management & Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
Engineering
WS 19/20 7900129 Security and Privacy Awareness Prüfung (PR) Volkamer
WS 19/20 7900187 Real-World Challenges in Data Science und Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
Analytics
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment (§ 4(2), 3 SPO 2015). The following aspects are included:
The point scheme for the assessment is determined by the lecturer of the respective course. It will be announced at the beginning
of the course.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
See seminar description in the course catalogue of the KIT (https://campus.kit.edu/)
Annotation
Placeholder for seminars offered by the Institute AIFB.
Currently offered seminars of each semester will be published on the websites of the institutes and in the course catalogue of the
KIT. In general, the current seminar topics of each semester are already announced at the end of the previous semester.
Furthermore for some seminars there is an application required.
The available places are listed on the internet: https://portal.wiwi.kit.edu.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
The seminar includes different methods of machine learning and data mining. Participants of the seminar should have basic
knowledge of machine learning and programming skills.
Notes
The exact dates and information for registration will be announced at the event page.
Learning Content
Domains of interest include, but are not limited to:
• Medicine
• Social Media
• Finance Market
Literature
Detailed references are indicated together with the respective subjects. For general background information look up the following
textbooks:
Description
Event processing and real-time data are everywhere: financial market data, sensors, business intelligence, social media analytics,
logistics. Many applications collect large volumes of data in real time and are increasingly faced with the challenge of being able to
process them quickly and react promptly. The challenges of this real-time processing are currently also receiving a great deal of
attention under the term "Big Data". The complex processing of real-time data requires both knowledge of methods for data
analysis (data science) and their processing (real-time analytics). Seminar papers are offered on both of these areas as well as on
interface topics, the input of own ideas is explicitly desired.
Learning Content
Each Semester, the seminar will cover topics from a different selected subfield of Service Science, Management & Engineering.
Topics include service innovation, service economics, service computing, transformation and coordination of service value
networks as well as collaboration for knowledge intensive services.
See the KSRI website for more information about this seminar: www.ksri.kit.edu
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
The student will receive the necessary literature for his research topic.
Notes
Within the framework of this interdisciplinary seminar, the topics security awareness and privacy awareness are to be considered
from different perspectives. It deals with legal, information technology, psychological, social as well as philosophical aspects.
Dates:
• Kick-Off (with topic placing): 25.10.19, 11:30-13:00 Building 5.20 Room 1C-01
• Final version: 10.03.20
• Presentation: 25.03.20
• Mass surveillance of communication nodes and chilling effects - a legal and ethical debate (Supervisor: Prof. Seidel, Prof.
Boehm, Gottschalk)
• Ethical analysis of so-called attack studies in the context of the survey of security awareness (Supervisor: Prof. Seidel, Prof.
Volkamer)
• Privacy awareness in the context of Alexa and Co. (Supervisor: Prof. Boehm, Gottschalk, Prof. Volkamer, Aldag)
• Security awareness in the context of 2 factor authentication when paying with credit cards on the Internet (Supervisor:
Prof. Volkamer, Aldag)
• What is the worth of privacy? (Supervisor: Prof. Seidel)
• Processing Social Media Content for Law Enforcement (Supervisor: Prof. Boehm, Gottschalk)
Notes
Linked Data is a way of publishing data on the web in a machine-understandable fashion. The aim of this practical seminar is to
build applications and devise algorithms that consume, provide, or analyse Linked Data.
The Linked Data principles are a set of practices for data publishing on the web. Linked Data builds on the web architecture and
uses HTTP for data access, and RDF for describing data, thus aiming towards web-scale data integration. There is a vast amount of
data available published according to those principles: recently, 4.5 billion facts have been counted with information about various
domains, including music, movies, geography, natural sciences. Linked Data is also used to make web-pages machine-
understandable, corresponding annotations are considered by the big search engine providers. On a smaller scale, devices on the
Internet of Things can also be accessed using Linked Data which makes the unified processing of device data and data from the web
easy.
In this practical seminar, students will build prototypical applications and devise algorithms that consume, provide, or analyse
Linked Data. Those applications and algorithms can also extend existing applications ranging from databases to mobile apps.
For the seminar, programming skills or knowledge about web development tools/technologies are highly recommended. Basic
knowledge of RDF and SPARQL are also recommended, but may be acquired during the seminar. Students will work in groups.
Seminar meetings will take place as 'Block-Seminar'.
Topics of interest include, but are not limited to:
• Travel Security
• Geo data
• Linked News
• Social Media
The exact dates and information for registration will be announced at the event page.
Notes
In the seminar, various Real-World Challenges in Data Science and Analytics will be worked on.
During this seminar, groups of students work on a case challenge with data provided. Here, the typical process of a data science
project is depicted: integration of data, analysis of these, modeling of the decisions and visualization of the results.
During the seminar, solution concepts are worked out, implemented as a software solution and presented in an intermediate and
final presentation. The seminar "Real-World Challenges in Data Science and Analytics" is aimed at students in master's programs.
The exact dates and information for registration will be announced at the course page.
Notes
Each Semester, the seminar will cover topics from a different selected subfield of Service Science, Management & Engineering.
Topics include service innovation, service economics, service computing, transformation and coordination of service value
networks as well as collaboration for knowledge intensive services.
See the KSRI website for more information about this seminar: www.ksri.kit.edu
The assessment of this course is according to §4(2), 3 SPO in form of an examination of the written seminar thesis (15-20 pages), a
presentation and active participation in class.
The final mark is based on the examination of the written seminar thesis but can be upgraded or downgraded according to the
quality of the presentation.
Learning objectives:
The student
• illustrates and evaluates classic and current research questions in service science, management and engineering,
• applies models and techniques in service science, also with regard to their applicability in practical cases,
• successfully gets in touch with scientific working by an in-depth working on a special scientific topic which makes the
student familiar with scientific literature research and argumentation methods,
• acquires good rhetorical and presentation skills.
As a further aspect of scientific work, especially for Master students the emphasis is put on a critical discussion of the seminar
topic.
Recommendations:
Lecture eServices [2595466] is recommended.
Workload:
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Events
SS 2019 2512300 Knowledge Discovery and Data 3 SWS Sure-Vetter, Färber,
Mining Nguyen, Weller
SS 2019 2513306 Data Science & Real-time Big Data 2 SWS Sure-Vetter, Riemer,
Analytics Zehnder
SS 2019 2513400 Emerging Trends in Critical 2 SWS Seminar (S) Lins, Sunyaev, Thiebes
Information Infrastructures
SS 2019 2595470 Seminar Service Science, 2 SWS Seminar (S) Weinhardt, Nickel,
Management & Engineering Fichtner, Satzger, Sure-
Vetter, Fromm
WS 19/20 2400125 Security and Privacy Awareness 2 SWS Seminar (S) Boehm, Seidel-Saul,
Volkamer, Aldag,
Gerber, Gottschalk
WS 19/20 2512301 Linked Data and the Semantic Web 3 SWS Sure-Vetter, Acosta
Deibe, Käfer, Heling
WS 19/20 2512311 Real-World Challenges in Data 3 SWS Sure-Vetter, Nickel,
Science and Analytics Weinhardt, Zehnder,
Brandt
WS 19/20 2513500 Cognitive Automobiles and Robots 2 SWS Seminar (S) Zöllner
WS 19/20 2595470 Seminar Service Science, 3 SWS Seminar (S) Weinhardt, Satzger,
Management & Engineering Nickel, Fromm,
Fichtner, Sure-Vetter
Exams
SS 2019 7900090 Data Science & Real-time Big Data Analytics Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
SS 2019 7900092 Seminar Service Science, Management & Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
Engineering
SS 2019 7900094 Knowledge Discovery and Data Mining Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
SS 2019 7900114 Selected Issues in Critical Information Prüfung (PR) Sunyaev
Infrastructures
SS 2019 7900187 Emerging Trends in Critical Information Prüfung (PR) Sunyaev
Infrastructures
WS 19/20 7900038 Linked Data and the Semantic Web Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
WS 19/20 7900044 Seminar Service Science, Management & Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
Engineering
WS 19/20 7900129 Security and Privacy Awareness Prüfung (PR) Volkamer
WS 19/20 7900187 Real-World Challenges in Data Science und Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
Analytics
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment (§ 4(2), 3 SPO 2015). The following aspects are included:
The point scheme for the assessment is determined by the lecturer of the respective course. It will be announced at the beginning
of the course.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
See seminar description in the course catalogue of the KIT (https://campus.kit.edu/)
Annotation
Placeholder for seminars offered by the Institute AIFB.
The listed seminar titles are placeholders. Currently offered seminars of each semester will be published on the websites of the
institutes and in the course catalogue of the KIT. In general, the current seminar topics of each semester are already announced at
the end of the previous semester. Furthermore for some seminars there is an application required.
The available places are listed on the internet: https://portal.wiwi.kit.edu.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
The seminar includes different methods of machine learning and data mining. Participants of the seminar should have basic
knowledge of machine learning and programming skills.
Notes
The exact dates and information for registration will be announced at the event page.
Learning Content
Domains of interest include, but are not limited to:
• Medicine
• Social Media
• Finance Market
Literature
Detailed references are indicated together with the respective subjects. For general background information look up the following
textbooks:
Description
Event processing and real-time data are everywhere: financial market data, sensors, business intelligence, social media analytics,
logistics. Many applications collect large volumes of data in real time and are increasingly faced with the challenge of being able to
process them quickly and react promptly. The challenges of this real-time processing are currently also receiving a great deal of
attention under the term "Big Data". The complex processing of real-time data requires both knowledge of methods for data
analysis (data science) and their processing (real-time analytics). Seminar papers are offered on both of these areas as well as on
interface topics, the input of own ideas is explicitly desired.
Learning Content
Each Semester, the seminar will cover topics from a different selected subfield of Service Science, Management & Engineering.
Topics include service innovation, service economics, service computing, transformation and coordination of service value
networks as well as collaboration for knowledge intensive services.
See the KSRI website for more information about this seminar: www.ksri.kit.edu
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
The student will receive the necessary literature for his research topic.
Notes
Within the framework of this interdisciplinary seminar, the topics security awareness and privacy awareness are to be considered
from different perspectives. It deals with legal, information technology, psychological, social as well as philosophical aspects.
Dates:
• Kick-Off (with topic placing): 25.10.19, 11:30-13:00 Building 5.20 Room 1C-01
• Final version: 10.03.20
• Presentation: 25.03.20
• Mass surveillance of communication nodes and chilling effects - a legal and ethical debate (Supervisor: Prof. Seidel, Prof.
Boehm, Gottschalk)
• Ethical analysis of so-called attack studies in the context of the survey of security awareness (Supervisor: Prof. Seidel, Prof.
Volkamer)
• Privacy awareness in the context of Alexa and Co. (Supervisor: Prof. Boehm, Gottschalk, Prof. Volkamer, Aldag)
• Security awareness in the context of 2 factor authentication when paying with credit cards on the Internet (Supervisor:
Prof. Volkamer, Aldag)
• What is the worth of privacy? (Supervisor: Prof. Seidel)
• Processing Social Media Content for Law Enforcement (Supervisor: Prof. Boehm, Gottschalk)
Notes
Linked Data is a way of publishing data on the web in a machine-understandable fashion. The aim of this practical seminar is to
build applications and devise algorithms that consume, provide, or analyse Linked Data.
The Linked Data principles are a set of practices for data publishing on the web. Linked Data builds on the web architecture and
uses HTTP for data access, and RDF for describing data, thus aiming towards web-scale data integration. There is a vast amount of
data available published according to those principles: recently, 4.5 billion facts have been counted with information about various
domains, including music, movies, geography, natural sciences. Linked Data is also used to make web-pages machine-
understandable, corresponding annotations are considered by the big search engine providers. On a smaller scale, devices on the
Internet of Things can also be accessed using Linked Data which makes the unified processing of device data and data from the web
easy.
In this practical seminar, students will build prototypical applications and devise algorithms that consume, provide, or analyse
Linked Data. Those applications and algorithms can also extend existing applications ranging from databases to mobile apps.
For the seminar, programming skills or knowledge about web development tools/technologies are highly recommended. Basic
knowledge of RDF and SPARQL are also recommended, but may be acquired during the seminar. Students will work in groups.
Seminar meetings will take place as 'Block-Seminar'.
Topics of interest include, but are not limited to:
• Travel Security
• Geo data
• Linked News
• Social Media
The exact dates and information for registration will be announced at the event page.
Notes
In the seminar, various Real-World Challenges in Data Science and Analytics will be worked on.
During this seminar, groups of students work on a case challenge with data provided. Here, the typical process of a data science
project is depicted: integration of data, analysis of these, modeling of the decisions and visualization of the results.
During the seminar, solution concepts are worked out, implemented as a software solution and presented in an intermediate and
final presentation. The seminar "Real-World Challenges in Data Science and Analytics" is aimed at students in master's programs.
The exact dates and information for registration will be announced at the course page.
Notes
Each Semester, the seminar will cover topics from a different selected subfield of Service Science, Management & Engineering.
Topics include service innovation, service economics, service computing, transformation and coordination of service value
networks as well as collaboration for knowledge intensive services.
See the KSRI website for more information about this seminar: www.ksri.kit.edu
The assessment of this course is according to §4(2), 3 SPO in form of an examination of the written seminar thesis (15-20 pages), a
presentation and active participation in class.
The final mark is based on the examination of the written seminar thesis but can be upgraded or downgraded according to the
quality of the presentation.
Learning objectives:
The student
• illustrates and evaluates classic and current research questions in service science, management and engineering,
• applies models and techniques in service science, also with regard to their applicability in practical cases,
• successfully gets in touch with scientific working by an in-depth working on a special scientific topic which makes the
student familiar with scientific literature research and argumentation methods,
• acquires good rhetorical and presentation skills.
As a further aspect of scientific work, especially for Master students the emphasis is put on a critical discussion of the seminar
topic.
Recommendations:
Lecture eServices [2595466] is recommended.
Workload:
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Events
SS 2019 2550132 Seminar zur Mathematischen 2 SWS Seminar (S) Stein, Mohr, Neumann
Optimierung (MA)
SS 2019 2550473 Seminar on Power Systems 2 SWS Seminar (S) Rebennack,
Optimization (Master) Assistenten
SS 2019 2550491 Seminar zur diskreten Optimierung SWS Block (B) Nickel, Mitarbeiter
WS 19/20 2550473 Seminar on Power Systems 2 SWS Seminar (S) Rebennack, Sinske
Optimization (Master)
WS 19/20 2550491 Seminar: Modern OR and 2 SWS Seminar (S) Nickel, Mitarbeiter
Innovative Logistics
Exams
SS 2019 00025 Digitization in the Steel Industry Prüfung (PR) Nickel
SS 2019 7900018_SS2019 Seminar in Operations Research A (Master) Prüfung (PR) Stein
SS 2019 7900251 Seminar in Operations Research A (Master) Prüfung (PR) Nickel
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment (§ 4(2), 3 SPO 2015). The following aspects are included:
The point scheme for the assessment is determined by the lecturer of the respective course. It will be announced at the beginning
of the course.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
See seminar description in the course catalogue of the KIT (https://campus.kit.edu/)
Annotation
The listed seminar titles are placeholders. Currently offered seminars of each semester will be published on the websites of the
institutes and in the course catalogue of the KIT. In general, the current seminar topics of each semester are already announced at
the end of the previous semester. Furthermore for some seminars there is an application required.
The available places are listed on the internet: https://portal.wiwi.kit.edu.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
The topics of the seminar will be announced at the beginning of the term in a preliminaty meeting. Dates will be announced on the
internet.
Annotation
The seminar is offered in each term.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Literature and relevant sources will be announced at the beginning of the seminar.
Notes
The seminar aims at the presentation, critical evaluation and exemplary discussion of recent questions in discrete optimization.
The focus lies on optimization models and algorithms, also with regard to their applicability in practical cases (especially in Supply
Chain and Health Care Management). The students get in touch with scientific working: The in-depth work with a special scientific
topic makes the students familiar with scientific literature research and argumentation methods. As a further aspect of scientific
work, especially for Master students the emphasis is put on a critical discussion of the seminar topic. Regarding the seminar
presentations, the students will be familiarized with basic presentational and rhetoric skills.
Learning Content
The topics of the seminar will be announced at the beginning of the term in a preliminaty meeting. Dates will be announced on the
internet.
Annotation
The seminar is offered in each term.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Literature and relevant sources will be announced at the beginning of the seminar.
Events
SS 2019 2550132 Seminar zur Mathematischen 2 SWS Seminar (S) Stein, Mohr, Neumann
Optimierung (MA)
SS 2019 2550473 Seminar on Power Systems 2 SWS Seminar (S) Rebennack,
Optimization (Master) Assistenten
SS 2019 2550491 Seminar zur diskreten Optimierung SWS Block (B) Nickel, Mitarbeiter
WS 19/20 2550473 Seminar on Power Systems 2 SWS Seminar (S) Rebennack, Sinske
Optimization (Master)
WS 19/20 2550491 Seminar: Modern OR and 2 SWS Seminar (S) Nickel, Mitarbeiter
Innovative Logistics
Exams
SS 2019 00027 Seminar in Operations Research B (Master) Prüfung (PR) Nickel
SS 2019 7900018_SS2019 Seminar in Operations Research A (Master) Prüfung (PR) Stein
SS 2019 7900252 Seminar in Operations Research B (Master) Prüfung (PR) Nickel
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment (§ 4(2), 3 SPO 2015). The following aspects are included:
The point scheme for the assessment is determined by the lecturer of the respective course. It will be announced at the beginning
of the course.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
See seminar description in the course catalogue of the KIT (https://campus.kit.edu/)
Annotation
The listed seminar titles are placeholders. Currently offered seminars of each semester will be published on the websites of the
institutes and in the course catalogue of the KIT. In general, the current seminar topics of each semester are already announced at
the end of the previous semester. Furthermore for some seminars there is an application required.
The available places are listed on the internet: https://portal.wiwi.kit.edu.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
The topics of the seminar will be announced at the beginning of the term in a preliminaty meeting. Dates will be announced on the
internet.
Annotation
The seminar is offered in each term.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Literature and relevant sources will be announced at the beginning of the seminar.
Notes
The seminar aims at the presentation, critical evaluation and exemplary discussion of recent questions in discrete optimization.
The focus lies on optimization models and algorithms, also with regard to their applicability in practical cases (especially in Supply
Chain and Health Care Management). The students get in touch with scientific working: The in-depth work with a special scientific
topic makes the students familiar with scientific literature research and argumentation methods. As a further aspect of scientific
work, especially for Master students the emphasis is put on a critical discussion of the seminar topic. Regarding the seminar
presentations, the students will be familiarized with basic presentational and rhetoric skills.
Learning Content
The topics of the seminar will be announced at the beginning of the term in a preliminaty meeting. Dates will be announced on the
internet.
Annotation
The seminar is offered in each term.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Literature and relevant sources will be announced at the beginning of the seminar.
Events
SS 2019 2521310 Advanced Topics in Econometrics 2 SWS Seminar (S) Schienle, Chen, Görgen
Exams
SS 2019 7900150 Advanced Topics in Econometrics, Seminar in Prüfung (PR) Schienle
Statistics A (Master)
SS 2019 7900250 Data Mining and Applications (Projectseminar) Prüfung (PR) Nakhaeizadeh
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment (§ 4(2), 3 SPO 2015). The following aspects are included:
The point scheme for the assessment is determined by the lecturer of the respective course. It will be announced at the beginning
of the course.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
See seminar description in the course catalogue of the KIT (https://campus.kit.edu/)
Annotation
The listed seminar titles are placeholders. Currently offered seminars of each semester will be published on the websites of the
institutes and in the course catalogue of the KIT. In general, the current seminar topics of each semester are already announced at
the end of the previous semester. Furthermore for some seminars there is an application required.
The available places are listed on the internet: https://portal.wiwi.kit.edu.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Annotation
The course will be offered in English.
Events
SS 2019 2521310 Advanced Topics in Econometrics 2 SWS Seminar (S) Schienle, Chen, Görgen
Exams
SS 2019 7900250 Data Mining and Applications (Projectseminar) Prüfung (PR) Nakhaeizadeh
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment (§ 4(2), 3 SPO 2015). The following aspects are included:
The point scheme for the assessment is determined by the lecturer of the respective course. It will be announced at the beginning
of the course.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
See seminar description in the course catalogue of the KIT (https://campus.kit.edu/)
Annotation
The listed seminar titles are placeholders. Currently offered seminars of each semester will be published on the websites of the
institutes and in the course catalogue of the KIT. In general, the current seminar topics of each semester are already announced at
the end of the previous semester. Furthermore for some seminars there is an application required.
The available places are listed on the internet: https://portal.wiwi.kit.edu.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Annotation
The course will be offered in English.
Events
SS 2019 6232903 Seminar Verkehrswesen 2 SWS Seminar (S) Vortisch, Kagerbauer
WS 19/20 6232903 Seminar Verkehrswesen 2 SWS Seminar (S) Vortisch, KIT
Exams
SS 2019 8245100014 Seminar in Transportation Prüfung (PR) Vortisch, Chlond
Competence Certificate
seminar paper, appr. 10 pages, and presentation, appr. 10 min.
Prerequisites
The seminar is subject to approval. The approval must be applied for at the examination secretariat of the Department of
Economics and Management. The application for admission is made via the corresponding engineering seminar form on the
department's download page.
Recommendation
none
Annotation
none
Competence Certificate
A final written exam will be conducted.
Prerequisites
None
Annotation
The course is not offered regularly.
Events
SS 2019 2149665 Seminar Production Technology 1 SWS Seminar (S) Fleischer, Lanza,
Schulze, Zanger
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-109062 Seminar Production Technology Prüfung (PR) Fleischer, Lanza,
Schulze
Competence Certificate
alternative test achievement (graded):
Prerequisites
none
Annotation
The specific topics are published on the homepage of the wbk Institute of Production Science.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
The specific topics are published on the homepage of the wbk Institute of Production Science.
Notes
In course of the seminar Production Technology current issues of the wbk main fields of research "Manufacturing and Materials
Technology", "Machines, Equipment and Process Automation" as well as "Production Systems" are discussed.
The specific topics are published on the homepage of the wbk Institute of Production Science.
Learning Outcomes:
The students …
• are in a position to independently handle current, research-based tasks according to scientific criteria.
• are able to research, analyze, abstract and critically review the information.
• can draw own conclusions using their interdisciplinary knowledge from the less structured information and selectively
develop current research results.
• can logically and systematically present the obtained results both orally and in written form in accordance with scientific
guidelines (structuring, technical terminology, referencing). They can argue and defend the results professionally in the
discussion.
Workload:
regular attendance: 10 hours
self-study: 80 hours
Learning Content
In course of the seminar Production Technology current issues of the wbk main fields of research "Manufacturing and Materials
Technology", "Machines, Equipment and Process Automation" as well as "Production Systems" are discussed.
Workload
regular attendance: 10 hours
self-study: 80 hours
Events
SS 2019 2304233 Seminar Sensorik 2 SWS Seminar (S) Menesklou
WS 19/20 2304233 Seminar Sensor Technology 2 SWS Seminar (S) Menesklou
Exams
SS 2019 7304233 Seminar Sensors Prüfung (PR) Menesklou
WS 19/20 7304233 Seminar Sensors Prüfung (PR) Menesklou
Events
SS 2019 2400041 Governance, Risk & Compliance 2 SWS Seminar (S) Herzig
Exams
SS 2019 7500140 Seminar: Legal Studies I Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz, Boehm
Events
SS 2019 2400041 Governance, Risk & Compliance 2 SWS Seminar (S) Herzig
SS 2019 2400061 Internet und Gesellschaft - 2 SWS Seminar (S) Bless, Boehm,
gesellschaftliche Werte und Hartenstein, Mädche,
technische Umsetzung Sunyaev, Zitterbart
SS 2019 24820 Current Issues in Patent Law 2 SWS Seminar (S) Melullis
WS 19/20 24389 IT-Sicherheit und Recht 2 SWS Seminar (S) Schallbruch
Exams
SS 2019 7500106 Title not available Prüfung (PR) Bless, Hartenstein,
Mädche, Zitterbart,
Boehm, Sunyaev
SS 2019 7500140 Seminar: Legal Studies I Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz, Boehm
SS 2019 7500159 Seminar: Legal Studies I Prüfung (PR) Marsch
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Registration via https://portal.wiwi.kit.edu/ys/2708
Events
SS 2019 2400061 Internet und Gesellschaft - 2 SWS Seminar (S) Bless, Boehm,
gesellschaftliche Werte und Hartenstein, Mädche,
technische Umsetzung Sunyaev, Zitterbart
WS 19/20 2400014 Current Issues in Patent Law 2 SWS Seminar (S) Melullis
WS 19/20 2400125 Security and Privacy Awareness 2 SWS Seminar (S) Boehm, Seidel-Saul,
Volkamer, Aldag,
Gerber, Gottschalk
WS 19/20 24186 Patents at the point of intersection 2 SWS Seminar (S) Dammler
between technology, economy and
law
WS 19/20 24389 IT-Sicherheit und Recht 2 SWS Seminar (S) Schallbruch
Exams
SS 2019 7500106 Title not available Prüfung (PR) Bless, Hartenstein,
Mädche, Zitterbart,
Boehm, Sunyaev
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Registration via https://portal.wiwi.kit.edu/ys/2708
Notes
Within the framework of this interdisciplinary seminar, the topics security awareness and privacy awareness are to be considered
from different perspectives. It deals with legal, information technology, psychological, social as well as philosophical aspects.
Dates:
• Kick-Off (with topic placing): 25.10.19, 11:30-13:00 Building 5.20 Room 1C-01
• Final version: 10.03.20
• Presentation: 25.03.20
• Mass surveillance of communication nodes and chilling effects - a legal and ethical debate (Supervisor: Prof. Seidel, Prof.
Boehm, Gottschalk)
• Ethical analysis of so-called attack studies in the context of the survey of security awareness (Supervisor: Prof. Seidel, Prof.
Volkamer)
• Privacy awareness in the context of Alexa and Co. (Supervisor: Prof. Boehm, Gottschalk, Prof. Volkamer, Aldag)
• Security awareness in the context of 2 factor authentication when paying with credit cards on the Internet (Supervisor:
Prof. Volkamer, Aldag)
• What is the worth of privacy? (Supervisor: Prof. Seidel)
• Processing Social Media Content for Law Enforcement (Supervisor: Prof. Boehm, Gottschalk)
Events
WS 19/20 2304231 Sensors 2 SWS Lecture (V) Menesklou
Exams
SS 2019 7304231 Sensors Prüfung (PR) Menesklou
WS 19/20 7304231 Sensors Prüfung (PR) Menesklou
Exams
SS 2019 7304232 Sensors and Actuators Laboratory Prüfung (PR) Menesklou
Events
SS 2019 2595501 Service Analytics A 2 SWS Lecture (V) Fromm, Setzer
SS 2019 2595502 Übung zu Service Analytics A 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Baier, Kühl
Exams
SS 2019 7900220 Service Analytics A Prüfung (PR) Fromm, Setzer
SS 2019 7900293 Service Analytics A Prüfung (PR) Fromm, Setzer
WS 19/20 7900086 Service Analytics A Prüfung (PR) Fromm
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulations.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
The lecture is addresed to students with interests and basic knowledge in the topics of Operations Research, decritptive and
inductive statistics.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Service Analytics A
V 2595501, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
Today's service-oriented companies are starting to optimize the way services are planned, operated, and personalized by analyzing
vast amounts of data from customers, IT-systems, or sensors. As the statistical learning and business optimization world continues
to progress, skills and expertise in advanced data analytics and data and fact-based optimization become vital for companies to be
competitive. In this lecture, relevant methods and tools will be considered as a package, with a strong focus on their inter-relations.
Students will learn to analyze and structure large amounts of potentially incomplete and unreliable data, to apply multivariate
statistics to filter data and to extract key features, to predict future behavior and system dynamics, and finally to formulate data
and fact-based service planning and decision models.
More specifically, the lessons of this lecture will include:
Tutorials
Students will conduct lecture accompanying, guided exercises throughout the semester.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Paper:
• How Big Data can make Big Impact: Findings from a systematic review and a longitudinal case study. International Journal
of Production Economics, 2015.
• Business Intelligence and Analytics: from Big Data to Big Impact, Chen, H. et al., MIS quarterly, 2012.
• Building Watson – An Overview of the DeepQA Project, Ferrucci, D. et al., AI Magazine, 2010.
Exams
SS 2019 7900217 Service Design Thinking Prüfung (PR) Satzger
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
This course is held in English – proficiency in writing and communication is required.
Our past students recommend to take this course at the beginning of the masters program.
Annotation
Due to practical project work as a component of the program, access is limited.
The module (as well as the module component) spans two semesters. It starts in September every year and runs until end of June in
the subsequent year. Entering the program is only possible at its beginning - after prior application in May/June.
For more information on the application process and the program itself are provided in the module component description and the
program's website (http://sdt-karlsruhe.de).
Furthermore, the KSRI conducts an information event for applicants every year in May.
This module is part of the KSRI Teaching Program „Digital Service Systems“. For more information see the KSRI Teaching website:
www.ksri.kit.edu/teaching.
Events
SS 2019 2595468 Service Innovation 2 SWS Lecture (V) Satzger
Exams
SS 2019 7900221 Service Innovation Prüfung (PR) Satzger
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an 1h written exam and of assignments during the course.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Service Innovation
V 2595468, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
While innovation in manufacturing or agriculture can leverage a considerable body of research, experience and best practice,
innovation in services has not reached the same level of maturity. In practice - while many organizations have a well-understood
process for innovating in the product business - innovating in services is often still a fuzzy and complex undertaking.
In this lecture we will
Learning Content
While innovation in manufacturing can leverage a considerable body of research, experience and best practice, innovation in
services has not reached the same level of maturity. In practice, while many organizations have a well-understood process for
innovating in the product business, innovating in services is often still a fuzzy and complex undertaking. In this lecture we will
discuss the state of research, compare product and service innovation and understand how innovation diffusion works. We
examine case studies on service innovation, compare open vs. closed innovation and learn how to apply different innovation tools,
methods and strategies (e.g. service design thinking as a human-centered approach to innovation or technology and strategic
foresight, as methods supporting the generation of assumptions on the impact of technology).
Annotation
The credits have been changed from 5 to 4,5.
Workload
Total workload: approximately 136 hours
Attendance time: 30 hours
Self-study: 105 hours
Literature
• Cardoso, J., Fromm, H., Nickel, S., Satzger, G., Studer, R., & Weinhardt, C. (Eds.). (2015). Fundamentals of service systems
(Vol. 12). Heidelberg: Springer.
• Lusch, R. F., & Nambisan, S. (2015). Service innovation: A service-dominant logic perspective. MIS quarterly, 39(1).
• Christensen, Clayton M. (2003).The Innovator’s Dilemma - when new technologies cause great firms to fail. Boston,
Massachusetts:Harvard Business Review Press.
• Rogers, S. (2003). Diffusion of innovations. 5. ed. New York: Free Press.
• Chesbrough, H. W. (2011). Open services innovation - rethinking your business to grow and compete in a new era. 1. ed. San
Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
• Uebernickel, F., Brenner, W., Pukall, B., Naef, T., & Schindlholzer, B. (2015). Design Thinking: Das Handbuch. Frankfurt am
Main: Frankfurter Allgemeine Buch.
• Runco, M.A. (2014). Creativity – Theories and Themes: Research, Development, and Practice. 2. ed. Amsterdam: Academic
Press
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment (§4(2), 3 SPO). The final grade is a result from both, the grade of the term paper and its presentation,
as well as active participation during the seminar. In addition, smaller, ungraded tasks are provided in the course to monitor
progress.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Events
WS 19/20 2545082 SIL Entrepreneurship Project 2-4 SWS Seminar (S) Mitarbeiter
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment (§4(2), 3 SPO). The final grade is a result from both, the grade of the term paper and its presentation,
as well as active participation during the seminar. In addition, smaller, ungraded tasks are provided in the course to monitor
progress.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Events
SS 2019 2581025 Simulation Game in Energy 2 SWS Lecture / Practice Genoese
Economics (VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 7981025 Simulation Game in Energy Economics Prüfung (PR) Fichtner
Competence Certificate
Examination as written assignment and oral presentation (§4 (2), 1 SPO).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Visiting the course "Introduction to Energy Economics"
Annotation
See German version.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
• Introduction
• Agents and market places in the electricity industry
• Selected planning tasks of energy service companies
• Methods of modelling in the energy sector
• Agent-based simulation: The PowerACE model
• Simulation game: Simulation in energy economics (electricity and emission trading, investment decisions)
The lecture is structured in a theoretical and a practical part. In the theoretical part, the students are taught the basics to carry out
simulations themselves in the practical part which comprises amongst others the simulation of the power exchange. The
participants of the simulation game take a role as a power trader in the power market. Based on various sources of information (e.g.
prognosis of power prices, available power plants, fuel prices), they can launch bids in the power exchange.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Elective literature:
Möst, D. und Genoese, M. (2009): Market power in the German wholesale electricity market. The Journal of Energy Markets (47–
74). Volume 2/Number 2, Summer 2009
Events
SS 2019 2114095 Simulation of Coupled Systems 2 SWS Lecture (V) Geimer, Xiang
Exams
SS 2019 76T-MACH-102172 Simulation of Coupled Systems Prüfung (PR) Geimer
SS 2019 76T-MACH-105172 Simulation of Coupled Systems Prüfung (PR) Geimer
WS 19/20 76T-MACH-105172 Simulation of Coupled Systems Prüfung (PR) Geimer
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral exam (20 min) taking place in the recess period. The exam takes place in every semester. Re-
examinations are offered at very ordinary examination date.
A registration in mandatory, the details will be announced on the webpages of the Institute of Vehicle System Technology / Institute of
Mobile Machines. In case of too many applications, attendance will be granted based on pre-qualification.
Prerequisites
Required for the participation in the examination is the preparation of a report during the semester. The partial service with the
code T-MACH-108888 must have been passed.
Recommendation
Annotation
After completion of course, students are able to:
Literature:
Software guide books (PDFs)
Information about wheel-type loader specifications
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Workload
Literature
Elective literature:
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-108888 Simulation of Coupled Systems - Advance Prüfung (PR) Geimer
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-108888 Simulation of Coupled Systems - Advance Prüfung (PR) Geimer
Competence Certificate
Preparation of semester report
Prerequisites
none
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes) according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation. The exam takes
place in every the semester.
Prerequisites
None.
Events
SS 2019 6241807 Bauleitung 1 SWS Lecture (V) Steffek
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
WS 19/20 2581023 (Smart) Energy Infrastructure 2 SWS Lecture (V) Ardone, Pustisek,
Jochem
Exams
SS 2019 7981023 Smart Energy Infrastructure Prüfung (PR) Fichtner
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min.) according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 1 of the examination regulation.
Prerequisites
None.
Annotation
New course starting winter term 2017/2018.
Events
WS 19/20 2540452 Smart Grid Applications 2 SWS Lecture (V) Staudt, van Dinther
WS 19/20 2540453 Übung zu Smart Grid Applications 1 SWS Lecture (V) Staudt, Golla
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min) (according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulations). By successful completion
of the exercises (§4 (2), 3 SPO 2007 respectively §4 (3) SPO 2015) a bonus can be obtained. If the grade of the written exam is at
least 4.0 and at most 1.3, the bonus will improve it by one grade level (i.e. by 0.3 or 0.4).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
The lecture will be read for the first time in winter term 2018/19.
Events
SS 2019 2520537 Social Choice Theory 2 SWS Lecture (V) Puppe, Müller
SS 2019 2520539 Übung zu Social Choice Theory 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Puppe, Müller
Exams
SS 2019 7900239 Social Choice Theory Prüfung (PR) Puppe
SS 2019 7900240 Social Choice Theory Prüfung (PR) Puppe
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation). The exam takes place in
every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
The course provides a comprehensive treatment of preference and judgement aggregation, including proofs of general results that
have Arrow’s famous impossibility theorem and Gibbard’s oligarchy theorem as corollaries. The second part of the course is
devoted to voting theory. Among other things, we prove the Gibbard-Satterthwaite theorem.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Main texts:
• Hervé Moulin: Axioms of Cooperative Decision Making, Cambridge University Press, 1988
• Christian List and Clemens Puppe: Judgement Aggregation. A survey, in: Handbook of rational & social choice, P.Anand,
P.Pattanaik, C.Puppe (Eds.), Oxford University Press 2009.
Secondary texts:
Events
WS 19/20 2512400 Sociotechnical Information Systems 3 SWS Practical course (P) Sunyaev, Sturm
Development
Exams
SS 2019 7900016 Sociotechnical Information Systems Prüfung (PR) Sunyaev
Development
Competence Certificate
The alternative exam assessment consists of an implementation and a final thesis documenting the development and use of the
application.
Prerequisites
None.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
The aim of this course is to provide a practical introduction into developing socio-technical information systems, such as web
platforms, mobile apps, or desktop applications. Course participants will create (individually or in groups) software solutions for
specific problems from various practical domains. The course tasks comprise requirements assessment, system design, and
software implementation. Furthermore, course participants will gain insights into software quality assurance methods and
software documentation.
Learning objectives:
Events
SS 2019 2511208 Software Quality Management 2 SWS Lecture (V) Oberweis
SS 2019 2511209 Übungen zu Software- 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Oberweis, N.N.
Qualitätsmanagement
Exams
SS 2019 7900031 Software Quality Management Prüfung (PR) Oberweis
WS 19/20 7900027 Software Quality Management Prüfung (PR) Oberweis
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is a written examination (60 min) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation in the first week
after lecture period.
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
This lecture imparts fundamentals of active software quality management (quality planning, quality testing, quality control, quality
assurance) and illustrates them with concrete examples, as currently applied in industrial software development. Keywords of the
lecture content are: software and software quality, process models, software process quality, ISO 9000-3, CMM(I), BOOTSTRAP,
SPICE, software tests.
Annotation
This course was formely named "Software Technology: Quality Management".
Workload
Lecture 30h
Exercise 15h
Total: 150h
Literature
Events
WS 19/20 2561260 Spatial Economics 2 SWS Lecture (V) Ott
WS 19/20 2561261 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Ott, Bälz
Exams
SS 2019 7900103 Spatial Economics Prüfung (PR) Ott
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge of micro- and macroeconomics is assumed, as taught in the courses "Economics I" [2600012], and "Economics
II" [2600014]. In addition, an interest in quantitative-mathematical modeling is required. The attendance of the course
"Introduction to economic policy" [2560280] is recommended.
Annotation
Due to the research semester of Prof. Dr. Ingrid Ott, the course is not offered in the winter term 2018/19.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Spatial Economics
V 2561260, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Notes
The course covers the following topics:
Learning objectives:
The student
Recommendations:
Basic knowledge of micro- and macroeconomics is assumed, as taught in the courses Economics I [2600012], and Economics II
[2600014]. An interest in mathematical modeling is advantageous.
Workload:
The total workload for this course is approximately 135 hours.
• Classes: 30 h
• Self-study: 45 h
• Exam and exam preparation: 60 h
Assessment:
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes) (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
Events
SS 2019 6233804 Umweltverträglichkeitsstudien im 1 SWS Lecture (V) Roos
Straßenwesen
SS 2019 6233807 Besondere Kapitel im 1 SWS Lecture (V) Roos
Straßenwesen
Exams
SS 2019 8240101860 Special Topics in Highway Engineering and Prüfung (PR) Roos
Environmental Impact Assessment
Competence Certificate
oral exam with 15 minutes
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Exams
SS 2019 7900224 Special Topics in Information Systems Prüfung (PR) Weinhardt
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is according to §4(2), 3 SPO in form of a written documentation, a presentation of the outcome of the
conducted pracitical components and an active participation in class.
Please take into account that, beside the written documentation, also a practical component (such as a survey or an
implementation of an application) is part of the course. Please examine the course description for the particular tasks.
The final mark is based on the graded and weighted attainments (such as the written documentation, presentation, practical work
and an active participation in class).
Prerequisites
see below
Recommendation
None
Annotation
All the practical seminars offered at the chair of Prof. Dr. Weinhardt can be chosen in the Special Topics in Information Systems
course. The current topics of the practical seminars are available at the following homepage: www.iism.kit.edu/im/lehre
The Special Topics Information Systems is equivalent to the practical seminar, as it was only offered for the major in “Information
Management and Engineering” so far. With this course students majoring in “Industrial Engineering and Management“ and
“Economics Engineering” also have the chance of getting practical experience and enhance their scientific capabilities.
The Special Topics Information Systems can be chosen instead of a regular lecture (see module description). Please take into
account, that this course can only be accounted once per module.
Events
SS 2019 22215 Produktgestaltung: Beispiele aus 2 SWS Lecture (V) Bröckel, Esper, Hirth,
der Praxis Karbstein, Kind,
Müller, Nirschl, Sass,
Türk
SS 2019 22633 Microbiology for Engineers 2 SWS Lecture (V) Schwartz
SS 2019 6601 Grundlagen der 2 SWS Lecture (V) Bunzel
Lebensmittelchemie I
WS 19/20 22207 Lebensmittelkunde und 2 SWS Lecture (V) Watzl
-funktionalität
WS 19/20 22209 1 SWS Lecture (V) van der Schaaf
WS 19/20 22246 Extrusion technology in food 1 SWS Lecture (V) Emin
processing
Prerequisites
The Module "Principles of Food Process Engineering" must be passed.
Events
WS 19/20 2521350 Statistische Modellierung von 2 SWS Lecture (V) Heller
Allgemeinen Regressionsmodellen
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is a written examination (60 min) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Knowledge of the contents covered by the course "Economics III: Introduction in Econometrics" [2520016]
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Annotation
Knowledge of the contents covered by the course "Economics III: Introduction in Econometrics" [2520016]
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135 hours (4.5 credits).
regular attendance: 30 hours
self-study: 65 hours
exam preparation: 40 hours
Events
WS 19/20 2521331 Stochastic Calculus and Finance 2 SWS Lecture (V) Safarian
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course consists of a written examination (§4(2), 1 SPOs, 180 min.) and of possibble additional assignments
during the course (§4 (3) SPO).
Prerequisites
None
Annotation
For more information see http://statistik.econ.kit.edu/
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
The course will provide rigorous yet focused training in stochastic calculus and finance. The program will cover modern approaches
in stochastic calculus and mathematical finance. Topics to be covered:
1. Stochastic Calculus. Stochastic Processes, Brownian Motion and Martingales, Stopping Times, Local martingales, Doob-
Meyer Decomposition, Quadratic Variation, Stochastic Integration, Ito Formula, Girsanov Theorem, Jump-diffusion
Processes. Stable and tempered stable processes. Levy processes.
2. Mathematical Finance: Pricing Models. The Black-Scholes Model, State prices and Equivalent Martingale Measure,
Complete Markets and Redundant Security Prices, Arbitrage Pricing with Dividends, Term-Structure Models (One Factor
Models, Cox-Ingersoll-Ross Model, Affine Models), Term-Structure Derivatives and Hedging, Mortgage-Backed Securities,
Derivative Assets (Forward Prices, Future Contracts, American Options, Look-back Options), Option pricing with
tempered stable and Levy-Processes and volatility clustering, Optimal Portfolio and Consumption Choice (Stochastic
Control and Merton continuous time optimization problem), Equilibrium models, Consumption-Based CAPM, Numerical
Methods.
Learning Content
The course will provide rigorous yet focused training in stochastic calculus and finance. The program will cover modern approaches
in stochastic calculus and mathematical finance. Topics to be covered:
1. Stochastic Calculus. Stochastic Processes, Brownian Motion and Martingales, Stopping Times, Local martingales, Doob-
Meyer Decomposition, Quadratic Variation, Stochastic Integration, Ito Formula, Girsanov Theorem, Jump-diffusion
Processes. Stable and tempered stable processes. Levy processes.
2. Mathematical Finance: Pricing Models. The Black-Scholes Model, State prices and Equivalent Martingale Measure,
Complete Markets and Redundant Security Prices, Arbitrage Pricing with Dividends, Term-Structure Models (One Factor
Models, Cox-Ingersoll-Ross Model, Affine Models), Term-Structure Derivatives and Hedging, Mortgage-Backed Securities,
Derivative Assets (Forward Prices, Future Contracts, American Options, Look-back Options), Option pricing with
tempered stable and Levy-Processes and volatility clustering, Optimal Portfolio and Consumption Choice (Stochastic
Control and Merton continuous time optimization problem), Equilibrium models, Consumption-Based CAPM, Numerical
Methods.
Stochastic processes (Poisson-process, Brownian motion, martingales), stochastic Integral (Integral, quadratic und co-variation,
Ito-formula), stochastic differential equation for price-processes, trading strategies, option pricing(Feynman-Kac), neutral risk
rating(equivalent martingale measure, Girsanov theorem), term structure models
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 150 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
To be announced in lecture.
Elective literature:
• Dynamic Asset Pricing Theory, Third Edition. by Darrell Duffie, Princeton University Press, 1996
• Stochastic Calculus for Finance II: Continuous-Time Models, by Steven E. Shreve , Springer, 2003
• An Introduction to Stochastic Integration (Probability and its Applications) by Kai L. Chung , Ruth J. Williams , Birkhaueser,
• Methods of Mathematical Finance by Ioannis Karatzas , Steven E. Shreve , Springer 1998
• Kim Y.S. ,Rachev S.T. ,Bianchi M-L, Fabozzi F. Financial market models with Levy processes and time-varying volatility,
Journal of Banking and Finance, 32/7,1363-1378, 2008.
• Hull, J., Options, Futures, & Other Derivatives, Prentice Hall, Sixth Edition, (2005).
Events
WS 19/20 2530214 Strategic Finance and Technology 1 SWS Lecture (V) N.N.
Change
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min.) according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 1 of the examination regulation. The exam is
offered each semester. If there are only a small number of participants registered for the exam, we reserve the right to hold an oral
examination instead of a written one.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Attending the lecture "Financial Management" is strongly recommended.
Events
SS 2019 2511602 Strategic Management of 2 SWS Lecture (V) Wolf
Information Technology
SS 2019 2511603 Übungen zu Strategisches 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Wolf
Management der betrieblichen
Informationsverarbeitung
Exams
SS 2019 7900034 Strategic Management of Information Prüfung (PR) Wolf
Technology
WS 19/20 7900030 Strategic Management of Information Prüfung (PR) Wolf
Technology
Competence Certificate
Please note that the exam for first writers will be offered for the last time in winter semester 2019/2020. A last examination
possibility exists in the summer semester 2020 (only for repeaters).
The assessment of this course is a written (60 min.) or (if necessary) oral examination according (30 min.) to §4(2) of the
examination regulation.
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
The following topics will be covered: strategic planing of ICT, architecture of ICT, overall planning of ICT, outsourcing, operation
and controlling of ICT.
Literature
• Nolan, R., Croson, D.: Creative Destruction: A Six-Stage Process for Transforming the Organization. Harvard Business
School Press, Boston Mass. 1995
• Heinrich, L. J., Burgholzer, P.: Informationsmanagement, Planung, Überwachung, Steuerung d. Inform.-Infrastruktur.
Oldenbourg, München 1990
• Nolan, R.: Managing the crises in data processing. Harvard Business Review, Vol. 57, Nr. 2 1979
• Österle, H. et al.: Unternehmensführung und Informationssystem. Teubner, Stuttgart 1992
• Thome, R.: Wirtschaftliche Informationsverarbeitung. Verlag Franz Vahlen, München 1990
Events
SS 2019 6232808 Strategische Verkehrsplanung 2 SWS Lecture (V) Waßmuth
Exams
SS 2019 8240103426 Strategic Transport Planning Prüfung (PR) Vortisch
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
T 7.390 Course: Strategy and Management Theory: Developments and “Classics” [T-
WIWI-106190]
Events
WS 19/20 2577921 Strategy and Management Theory: 2 SWS Seminar (S) Lindstädt
Developments and
"Classics" (Master)
Competence Certificate
The control of success according to § 4(2), 3 SPO takes place by writing a scientific work and a presentation of the results of the
work in the context of a conclusion meeting. Details on the design of the performance review will be announced during the lecture.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge as conveyed in the bachelor module „Strategy and Organization“ is recommended.
Annotation
This course is admission restricted. If you were already admitted to another course in the module “Advanced Topics in Strategy and
Management” the participation at this course will be guaranteed.
The course is planned to be held for the first time in the winter term 2017/18.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
In this lecture, students discuss and evaluate models in the field of strategic management with a focus on applicability and theory
based limitations. Critical examination of current research results will be a substantial part of this course.
Learning Objectives:
Students
• are able to explain and evaluate theoretical approaches and models in the field of strategic management and can illustrate
them by tangible examples
• learn to express their position in structured discussions
Recommendations:
Basic knowledge as conveyed in the bachelor module "Strategy and Organization" is recommended.
Workload:
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours.
Lecture: 15 hours
Preparation of lecture: 75 hours
Exam preparation: n/a
Assessment:
The control of success according to § 4(2), 3 SPO takes place by writing a scientific work and a presentation of the results of the
work in the context of a final meeting. Details on the design of the success control will be announced during the lecture.
Note:
This course is admission restricted. If you were already admitted to another course in the module “Advanced Topics in Strategy and
Management” the participation at this course will be guaranteed.
Learning Content
In this lecture, students discuss and evaluate models in the field of strategic management with a focus on applicability and theory
based limitations. Critical examination of current research results will be a substantial part of this course.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours.
Lecture: 15 hours
Preparation of lecture: 75 hours
Exam preparation: n/a
Events
WS 19/20 2125763 Structural and phase analysis 2 SWS Lecture (V) Wagner, Hinterstein
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102170 Structural and Phase Analysis Prüfung (PR) Wagner, Hinterstein
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102170 Structural and Phase Analysis Prüfung (PR) Wagner, Hinterstein
Competence Certificate
Oral examination
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
The course gives an overview to generation and detection of x-rays as well as their interaction with matter. It provides an
introduction to crystallography and describes modern measurement and analysis methods of x-ray diffraction.
It is arranged in the following units:
Workload
regular attendance: 30 hours
self-study: 90 hours
Literature
1. Moderne Röntgenbeugung - Röntgendiffraktometrie für Materialwissenschaftler, Physiker und Chemiker, Spieß, Lothar /
Schwarzer, Robert / Behnken, Herfried / Teichert, Gerd B.G. Teubner Verlag 2005
2. H. Krischner: Einführung in die Röntgenfeinstrukturanalyse. Vieweg 1990.
3. B.D. Cullity and S.R. Stock: Elements of X-ray diffraction. Prentice Hall New Jersey, 2001.
Events
SS 2019 2126775 Structural Ceramics 2 SWS Lecture (V) Hoffmann
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102179 Structural Ceramics Prüfung (PR) Hoffmann, Wagner,
Schell
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102179 Structural Ceramics Prüfung (PR) Hoffmann, Wagner,
Schell
Competence Certificate
Oral examination, 20 min
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Structural Ceramics
V 2126775, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
Media:
Slides for the lecture:
available under http://www.iam.kit.edu/km
Learning Content
The lecture gives an overview on structure and properties of the technical relevant structural ceramics silicon nitride, silicon
carbide, alumina, zirconia, boron nitride and fibre-reinforced ceramics. All types of structural ceramics will be discussed in detail in
terms of preparation methods of the raw materials, shaping techniques, densification, microstructural development, mechanical
properties and application fields.
Annotation
The course will not take place every year.
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Literature
W.D. Kingery, H.K. Bowen, D.R. Uhlmann, "Introduction to Ceramics", John Wiley & Sons, New York, (1976)
M. Barsoum, "Fundamentals of Ceramics", McGraw-Hill Series in Material Science and Enginewering (2003)
Events
WS 19/20 2177618 Superhard Thin Film Materials 2 SWS Lecture (V) Ulrich
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102103 Superhard Thin Film Materials Prüfung (PR) Ulrich
Competence Certificate
oral examination (ca. 30 Minuten)
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
oral examination (about 30 min), no tools or reference materials
Teaching Content:
Introduction
Basics
Plasma diagnostics
Computer simulations
Diamond
Cubic Boronnitride
Learning Content
Introduction
Basics
Plasma diagnostics
Computer simulations
Diamond
Cubic Boronnitride
Workload
regular attendance: 22 hours
self-study: 98 hours
Literature
G. Kienel (Ed.): Vakuumbeschichtung 1 - 5, VDI Verlag, Düsseldorf, 1994
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is a written examination (60 min.) or (if necessary) oral examination (30 min.) according to §4(2) of
the examination regulation.
Prerequisites
None
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an 1h written exam in the first week after lecture period.
Prerequisites
None
Annotation
This course can be used in particular for the acceptance of external courses whose content is in the broader area of software and
systems engineering, but cannot assigned to another course of this topic.
Events
SS 2019 6241811 Nachtragsmanagement 1 SWS Lecture (V) Haghsheno, Pietsch
Exams
SS 2019 8240103428 Supplementary Claim Management Prüfung (PR) Haghsheno
WS 19/20 8240103428 Supplementary Claim Management Prüfung (PR) Haghsheno
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral exam (20 min.) taking place in the recess period according to § 4 paragraph 2 Nr. 2 of the
examination regulation.
Prerequisites
none
Events
WS 19/20 2581957 Supply Chain Management in the 2 SWS Lecture (V) Lang, Heupel
automotive industry
Exams
SS 2019 7981957 Supply Chain Management in the Automotive Prüfung (PR) Schultmann
Industry
WS 19/20 7981957 Supply Chain Management in the Automotive Prüfung (PR) Schultmann
Industry
Competence Certificate
The examination will be in form of a written exam acc. to §4(2), 1 ER. Exams are offered in every semester and can be re-examined
at every ordinary examination date.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Annotation
None.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 105.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Will be announced in the course.
T 7.399 Course: Supply Chain Management with Advanced Planning Systems [T-
WIWI-102763]
Events
SS 2019 2581961 Supply Chain Management with 2 SWS Lecture (V) Göbelt, Bosch
Advanced Planning Systems
Exams
SS 2019 7981961 Supply Chain Management with Advanced Prüfung (PR) Schultmann
Planning Systems
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of an oral (30 minutes) or a written (60 minutes) exam (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
The exam takes place in every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
1. Introduction to Supply Chain Management
1.1. Supply Chain Management Fundamentals
1.2. Supply Chain Management Analytics
2. Structure of Advanced Planning Systems
3. SAP SCM
3.1. Introduction / SCM Solution Map
3.2. Demand Planning
3.3. Supply Network Planning
3.4. Production Planning and Detailed Scheduling
3.5. Deployment
3.6. Transportation Planning and Vehicle Scheduling
3.7. [Optional] Global Available to Promise
4. SAP SCM in Practice
4.1. Success Stories
4.2. SAP Implementation Methodology
Annotation
This lecture has 3,5 Credits since summer term 2014.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 105 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
will be announced in the course
Events
SS 2019 2174576 Systematic Materials Selection 3 SWS Lecture (V) Dietrich
SS 2019 2174577 Übungen zu 'Systematische 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Dietrich, Mitarbeiter
Werkstoffauswahl'
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-100531 Systematic Materials Selection Prüfung (PR) Dietrich
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-100531 Systematic Materials Selection Prüfung (PR) Dietrich
Competence Certificate
The assessment is carried out as a written exam of 2 h.
Prerequisites
None.
Recommendation
It is strongly recommended to pass the two courses "Materials Science I" (T-MACH-102078) and "Materials Science II" (T-
MACH-102079).
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
Important aspects and criteria of materials selection are examined and guidelines for a systematic approach to materials selection
are deeloped. The following topics are covered:
learning objectives:
The students are able to select the best material for a given application. They are proficient in selecting materials on base of
performance indices and materials selection charts. They can identify conflicting objectives and find sound compromises. They are
aware of the potential and the limits of hybrid material concepts (composites, bimaterials, foams) and can determine whether
following such a concept yields a useful benefit.
requirements:
WiIng SPO 2007 (B.Sc.)
The course Material Science I [21760] has to be completed beforehand.
WiIng (M.Sc.)
The course Material Science I [21760] has to be completed beforehand.
workload:
The workload for the lecture is 120 h per semester and consists of the presence during the lecture (30 h) as well as preparation and
rework time at home (30 h) and preparation time for the oral exam (60 h).
Learning Content
Important aspects and criteria of materials selection are examined and guidelines for a systematic approach to materials selection
are deeloped. The following topics are covered:
Workload
The workload for the lecture is 120 h per semester and consists of the presence during the lecture (30 h) as well as preparation and
rework time at home (30 h) and preparation time for the oral exam (60 h).
Literature
Lecture notes; Problem sheets; Textbook: M.F. Ashby, A. Wanner (Hrsg.), C. Fleck (Hrsg.);
Materials Selection in Mechanical Design: Das Original mit Übersetzungshilfen
Easy-Reading-Ausgabe, 3. Aufl., Spektrum Akademischer Verlag, 2006
ISBN: 3-8274-1762-7
Events
SS 2019 2550486 Taktisches und operatives SCM 2 SWS Lecture (V) Nickel
SS 2019 2550487 Übungen zu Taktisches und 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Pomes
operatives SCM
Exams
SS 2019 00026 Tactical and Operational Supply Chain Prüfung (PR) Nickel
Management
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 minutes) according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation.
The exam takes place in every the semester.
Prerequisite for admission to examination is the succesful completion of the online assessments.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite for admission to examination is the succesful completion of the online assessments.
Recommendation
None
Annotation
The lecture is held in every summer term. The planned lectures and courses for the next three years are announced online.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Since the classical work 'Theory of the Location of Industries' of Weber from 1909, the determination of an optimal location of a
new facility with respect to existing customers is strongly connectedto strategical logistics planning. Strategic decisions concerning
the location of facilities as production plants, distribution centers or warehouses are of high importance for the rentability of
supply chains. Thoroughly carried out, location planning allows an efficient flow of materials and leads to lower costs and increased
customer service.
Subject of the course is an introduction to the most important terms and definitions in location planning as well as the presentation
of basic quantitative location planning models. Furthermore, specialized location planning models for Supply Chain Management
will be addressed as they are part in many commercial SCM tools for strategic planning tasks.
Learning Content
The lecture covers basic quantitative methods in location planning in the context of strategic Supply Chain Planning. Besides the
discussion of several criteria for the evaluation of the locations of facilities, the students are acquainted with classical location
planning models (planar models, network models and discrete models) and advanced location planning models designed for Supply
Chain Management (single-period and multi-period models).The exercisesaccompanying the lecture offer the possibility to apply
the considered models to practical problems.
Annotation
The lecture is held in every summer term. The planned lectures and courses for the next three years are announced online.
Literature
Elective Literature
• Daskin: Network and Discrete Location: Models, Algorithms, and Applications, Wiley, 1995
• Domschke, Drexl: Logistik: Standorte, 4. Auflage, Oldenbourg, 1996
• Francis, McGinnis, White: Facility Layout and Location: An Analytical Approach, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 1992
• Love, Morris, Wesolowsky: Facilities Location: Models and Methods, North Holland, 1988
• Thonemann: Operations Management - Konzepte, Methoden und Anwendungen, Pearson Studium, 2005
Events
WS 19/20 24168 Tax Law I 2 SWS Lecture (V) Dietrich
Exams
SS 2019 7500052 Tax Law I Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
WS 19/20 7500066 Tax Law I Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
Events
SS 2019 24646 Tax Law II 2 SWS Lecture (V) Dietrich
Exams
SS 2019 7500053 Tax Law II Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
WS 19/20 7500067 Tax Law II Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
Competence Certificate
This module element is intended to record the Bachelor-examination "Introduction to Game Theory". In the master module M-
WIWI-101453 "Applied Strategic Decisions", this means that the obligatory course "Advanced Game Theory" is not required.
Prerequisites
None
Events
WS 19/20 2545106 Technologies for Innovation 2 SWS Block (B) Koch
Management
Exams
WS 19/20 7900239 Technologies for Innovation Management Prüfung (PR) Weissenberger-Eibl
Competence Certificate
Presentation and individual paper (ca. 15 pages) as alternative exam assessment.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Prior attendance of the course Innovationsmanagement: Konzepte, Strategien und Methoden is recommended.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
The seminar “Technologies for Innovation Management” will focus on the early phase or fuzzy front end in innovation
management. Technologies can be of great importance here, above all in the supply of information. In globally distributed R & D
organizations, it is necessary to collect as much information as possible on new technological developments in the early phase of
the innovation process. Information and communication technologies can be supported.
Learning Content
The seminar "Technologies for Innovation Management" will focus on the early phase or fuzzy front end in innovation
management. Technologies can be of great importance here, above all in the supply of information. In globally distributed R & D
organizations, it is necessary to collect as much information as possible on new technological developments in the early phase of
the innovation process. Information and communication technologies can be supported.
Literature
Will be announced in the first session.
Competence Certificate
Alternative exam assessment.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Prior attendance of the course Innovation Management
is recommended.
Annotation
See German version.
Events
WS 19/20 2561232 Telecommunication and Internet 2 SWS Lecture (V) Mitusch
Economics
WS 19/20 2561233 Übung zu Telekommunikations- und 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Mitusch, Wisotzky
Internetökonomie
Exams
SS 2019 7900276 Telecommunication and Internet Economics Prüfung (PR) Mitusch
Competence Certificate
Result of success is made by a 60 minutes written examination during the semester break (according to §4(2), 1 ERSC).
Examination is offered every semester and can be retried at any regular examination date.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge and skills of microeconomics from undergraduate studies (bachelor’s degree) are expected.
Particularly helpful but not necessary: Industrial Economics. Prior attendance of the lecture „Competition in Networks“ [26240] or
"Industrial Organisation" is helpful in any case but not considered a formal precondition. The english taught course
"Communications Economics" is complementary and recommendet for anyone interested in the sector.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Among the network sectors the telecommunication and internet sector is the most dynamic one and the one with and highest
variety of phenomena. Problems of natural monopoly still exist in some parts. But there is also competition, not only at the service
level but also at the infrastructural level. Both levels are characterized by (vertical) quality differentiations and by high technology
dynamics. What should the regulation of this sector look like? How should the mutual network access prices of two
telecommunication providers be regulated and how can regulators set incentives for infrastructure investments?
The internet is a free market par excellence, because everybody can open internet businesses without high entry costs. Why then
can a company like ebay dominate the market for internet-auction platforms so strongly? The causes of market concentration on
the internet will be analyzed. So will be the economic implications of the Next Generations Networks.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
J.-J. Laffont, J. Tirole (2000): Competition in Telecommunications, MIT Press.
Zarnekow, Wulf, Bronstaedt (2013): Internetwirtschaft: Das Geschäft des Datentransports im Internet.
Further literature will be provided during the lecture
Events
SS 2019 24632 Telekommunikationsrecht 2 SWS Lecture (V) Hermstrüwer
Exams
SS 2019 7500085 Telecommunications Law Prüfung (PR) Marsch
Events
SS 2019 6232807 Wettbewerb, Planung und 2 SWS Lecture (V) Pischon
Finanzierung im ÖPNV
Exams
SS 2019 8245101005 Tendering, Planning and Financing in Public Prüfung (PR) Vortisch
Transport
Competence Certificate
oral exam, appr. 20 min.
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
none
Annotation
none
Events
WS 19/20 2561503 Theory of endogenous growth 2 SWS Lecture (V) Ott
WS 19/20 2561504 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Ott, Eraydin
Exams
SS 2019 7900105 Theory of Endogenous Growth Prüfung (PR) Ott
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (60 min) according to Section 4(2), 1 of the examination regulation. The exam takes
place in every semester. Re-examinations are offered at every ordinary examination date.
Students will be given the opportunity of writing and presenting a short paper during the lecture time to achieve a bonus on the
exam grade. If the mandatory credit point exam is passed, the awarded bonus points will be added to the regular exam points. A
deterioration is not possible by definition, and a grade does not necessarily improve, but is very likely to (not every additional point
improves the total number of points, since a grade can not become better than 1). The voluntary elaboration of such a paper can
not countervail a fail in the exam.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge of micro- and macroeconomics is assumed, as taught in the courses Economics I [2600012], and Economics II
[2600014]. In addition, an interest in quantitative-mathematical modeling is required.
Annotation
Due to the research semester of Prof. Dr. Ingrid Ott, the course is not offered in the winter term 2018/19.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Excerpt:
• Acemoglu, D. (2008): Introduction to modern economic growth. Princeton University Press, New Jersey.
• Aghion, P., Howitt, P. (2009): Economics of growth, MIT-Press, Cambridge/MA.
• Barro, R.J., Sala-I-Martin, X. (2003): Economic Growth. MIT-Press, Cambridge/MA.
• Sydsaeter, K., Hammond, P. (2008): Essential mathematics for economic analysis. Prentice Hall International, Harlow.
• Sydsæter, K., Hammond, P., Seierstad, A., Strom, A., (2008): Further Mathematics for Economic Analysis, Second Edition,
Pearson Education Limited, Essex.
T 7.411 Course: Tires and Wheel Development for Passenger Cars [T-MACH-102207]
Events
SS 2019 2114845 Tires and Wheel Development 2 SWS Lecture (V) Leister
for Passenger Cars
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102207 Tires and Wheel Development for Prüfung (PR) Leister
Passenger Cars
Competence Certificate
Oral Examination
Duration: 30 up to 40 minutes
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
Workload
regular attendance: 22,5 hours
self-study: 97,5 hours
Literature
Manuscript to the lecture
Exams
SS 2019 791192ee Topics in Experimental Economics Prüfung (PR) Reiß
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a written exam (following §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge of Experimental Economics is assumed. Therefore, it is strongly recommended to attend the course Experimental
Economics beforehand.
Annotation
The course is offered in summer 2020 for the next time, not in summer 2018.
Events
WS 19/20 24136 Trademark and Unfair Competition 2 SWS Lecture (V) Matz
Law
Exams
SS 2019 7500051 Trademark and Unfair Competition Law Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
WS 19/20 7500061 Trademark and Unfair Competition Law Prüfung (PR) Dreier, Matz
Events
WS 19/20 6232703 Straßenverkehrstechnik 2 SWS Lecture / Practice Vortisch, Mitarbeiter/
(VÜ) innen
Exams
SS 2019 8240101798 Traffic Engineering Prüfung (PR) Vortisch
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
SS 2019 6232804 Simulation von Verkehr 2 SWS Lecture / Practice Vortisch, Mitarbeiter/
(VÜ) innen
Exams
SS 2019 8240101800 Traffic Flow Simulation Prüfung (PR) Vortisch
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
SS 2019 6232802 Verkehrsmanagement und 2 SWS Lecture / Practice Vortisch
Telematik (VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 8240101799 Traffic Management and Transport Telematics Prüfung (PR) Vortisch
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
SS 2019 2560230 Transport Economics SWS Lecture (V) Mitusch, Szimba
SS 2019 2560231 Übung zu Transportökonomie SWS Practice (Ü) Mitusch, Wisotzky,
Szimba
Exams
SS 2019 7900275 Transport Economics Prüfung (PR) Mitusch
Competence Certificate
The assessment is made by a 60 minutes written examination during the semester break (according to §4(2), 1 ERSC).
Examination is offered every semester and can be retried at any regular examination date.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Transport Economics
V 2560230, SS 2019, SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
The course shall provide an overview of transport economics. It will be demonstrated, using new microeconomic models, which
impacts regulation and pricing in transport have on the economic actions of individuals and logisticans and which benefits and costs
apply. The following topics will be discussed:
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 135.0 hours. For further information see German version.
Literature
Will be announced in the lecture.
(for literature to prepare the lecture - see additional literature)
Literature:
Aberle, G: Transportwirtschaft: einzelwirtschaftliche und gesamtwirtschaftliche Grundlagen München; Wien: Oldenbourg, 2003.
Blauwens, G., De Baere, P. and Van der Voorde, E. (2006): Transport Economics.
Frerich, J; Müller, G: Europäische Verkehrspolitik, Landverkehrspolitik München; Wien: Oldenbourg, 2004.
Dasgupta, A, Pearce, D (1972): Cost-Benefit Analysis, MacMillan, London.
Europäische Kommission (2008): Guide to Cost Benefit Analysis of Investment Projects, online unter http://ec.europa.eu/
regional_policy/sources/Ben-Akiva, M., Meerseman, H., and Van de Voorde, E. (2008): Recent developments in transport
modelling: Lessons for the freight sector.
Ortúzar, J. d. D. and Willumsen, L. (1990): Modelling Transport.
Events
WS 19/20 6232901 Empirische Daten im 2 SWS Lecture / Practice Kagerbauer
Verkehrswesen (VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 8245100010 Transportation Data Analysis Prüfung (PR) Kagerbauer
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
SS 2019 6200406 Transportation Systems 2 SWS Lecture (V) Vortisch
Exams
SS 2019 8230106610 Transportation Systems Prüfung (PR) Vortisch
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
WS 19/20 6241903 Tunnelbau und Sprengtechnik 2 SWS Lecture (V) Haghsheno, Scheuble,
Matz
Exams
SS 2019 8240101846 Tunnel Construction and Blasting Engineering Prüfung (PR) Haghsheno
WS 19/20 8240101846 Tunnel Construction and Blasting Engineering Prüfung (PR) Haghsheno
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
SS 2019 6241808 Schlüsselfertiges Bauen I 1 SWS Lecture (V) Teizer
Exams
SS 2019 8240103430 Turnkey Construction I - Processes and Prüfung (PR) Haghsheno
Methods
WS 19/20 8240103430 Turnkey Construction I - Processes and Prüfung (PR) Haghsheno
Methods
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
SS 2019 6241809 Schlüsselfertiges Bauen II (Gewerke 2 SWS Lecture / Practice Teizer, Denzer
und Technik) (VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 8240103431 Turnkey Construction II - Trades and Prüfung (PR) Haghsheno
Technology
WS 19/20 8240103431 Turnkey Construction II - Trades and Prüfung (PR) Haghsheno
Technology
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Annotation
None
Events
WS 19/20 6223701 Urban Water Infrastructure and 4 SWS Lecture / Practice Fuchs
Management (VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 8244106600 Urban Water Infrastructure and Management Prüfung (PR) Fuchs, Morck
Competence Certificate
written exam, 60 min.
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
none
Annotation
none
Events
WS 19/20 2530212 Valuation 2 SWS Lecture (V) Ruckes
WS 19/20 2530213 Übungen zu Valuation 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Ruckes, Stengel
Exams
SS 2019 7900072 Valuation Prüfung (PR) Ruckes
Competence Certificate
See German version.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Valuation
V 2530212, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
Firms prosper when they create value for their shareholders and stakeholders. This is achieved by investing in projects that yield
higher returns than their according cost of capital. Students are told the basic tools for firm and project valuation as well as ways to
implement these tools in order to enhance a firm's value and improve its investment decisions. Among other things, the course will
deal with the valuation of firms and individual projects using discounted cash flow and relative valuation approaches and the
valuation of flexibility deploying real options.
Learning Content
Topics:
Literature
Elective Literature
Titman/Martin (2013): Valuation - The Art and Science of Corporate Investment Decisions, 2nd. ed. Pearson International.
Events
SS 2019 2114856 Vehicle Ride Comfort & 2 SWS Lecture (V) Gauterin
Acoustics I
WS 19/20 2113806 Vehicle Comfort and Acoustics I 2 SWS Lecture (V) Gauterin
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105154 Vehicle Comfort and Acoustics I Prüfung (PR) Gauterin
SS 2019 76T-Mach-105154_1 Vehicle Comfort and Acoustics I Prüfung (PR) Gauterin
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105154 Vehicle Comfort and Acoustics I Prüfung (PR) Gauterin
Competence Certificate
Oral Examination
Duration: 30 up to 40 minutes
Prerequisites
Can not be combined with lecture T-MACH-102206
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
In English language.
Learning Content
1. Perception of noise and vibrations
3. Tools and methods for measurement, computing, simulation and analysis of noise and vibrations
4. The relevance of tire and chasis for the acoustic and mechanical driving comfort:
phenomena, influencing parameters, types of construction, optimization of components and systems, conflict of goals, methods of
development
An excursion will give insights in the development practice of a car manufacturer or a system supplier.
Workload
regular attendance: 22,5 hours
self-study: 97,5 hours
Literature
1. Michael Möser, Technische Akustik, Springer, Berlin, 2005
3. Manfred Mitschke, Dynamik der Kraftfahrzeuge, Band B: Schwingungen, Springer, Berlin, 1997
Learning Content
1. Perception of noise and vibrations
3. Tools and methods for measurement, computing, simulation and analysis of noise and vibrations
4. The relevance of tire and chasis for the acoustic and mechanical driving comfort:
phenomena, influencing parameters, types of construction, optimization of components and systems, conflict of goals, methods of
development
An excursion will give insights in the development practice of a car manufacturer or a system supplier.
Workload
regular attendance: 22,5 hours
self-study: 97,5 hours
Literature
1. Michael Möser, Technische Akustik, Springer, Berlin, 2005
3. Manfred Mitschke, Dynamik der Kraftfahrzeuge, Band B: Schwingungen, Springer, Berlin, 1997
Events
SS 2019 2114825 Vehicle Comfort and Acoustics II 2 SWS Lecture (V) Gauterin
SS 2019 2114857 Vehicle Ride Comfort & 2 SWS Lecture (V) Gauterin
Acoustics II
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105155 Vehicle Comfort and Acoustics II Prüfung (PR) Gauterin
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105155 Vehicle Comfort and Acoustics II Prüfung (PR) Gauterin
Competence Certificate
Oral Examination
Duration: 30 up to 40 minutes
Prerequisites
Can not be combined with lecture T-MACH-102205
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Learning Content
1. Summary of the fundamentals of acoustics and vibrations
2. The relevance of road surface, wheel imperfections, springs, dampers, brakes, bearings and bushings, suspensions, engines and
drive train for the acoustic and mechanical driving comfort:
- phenomena
- influencing parameters
- types of construction
- optimization of components and systems
- conflicts of goals
- methods of development
3. Noise emission of motor vehicles
- noise stress
- sound sources and influencing parameters
- legal restraints
- optimization of components and systems
- conflict of goals
- methods of development
Workload
regular attendance: 22,5 hours
self-study: 97,5 hours
Literature
The script will be supplied in the lectures.
Notes
The lecture starts in June 2016. Exact date of beginning: see homepage of institute.
In English language.
Learning Content
1. Summary of the fundamentals of acoustics and vibrations
2. The relevance of road surface, wheel imperfections, springs, dampers, brakes, bearings and bushings, suspensions, engines and
drive train for the acoustic and mechanical driving comfort:
- phenomena
- influencing parameters
- types of construction
- optimization of components and systems
- conflicts of goals
- methods of development
Workload
regular attendance: 22,5 hours
self-study: 97,5 hours
Literature
The script will be supplied in the lectures.
Exams
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105156 Vehicle Mechatronics I Prüfung (PR) Ammon
Competence Certificate
Written examination
Duration: 90 minutes
Prerequisites
none
Events
WS 19/20 2121352 Virtual Engineering I 2 SWS Lecture (V) Ovtcharova
WS 19/20 2121353 Exercises Virtual Engineering I 2 SWS Practice (Ü) Ovtcharova,
Mitarbeiter
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102123 Virtual Engineering I Prüfung (PR) Ovtcharova
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102123 Virtual Engineering I Prüfung (PR) Ovtcharova
Competence Certificate
Writen examination 90 min.
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Virtual Engineering I
V 2121352, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
Media:
Lecture notes
Learning Content
The lecture communicates IT aspects required for understanding virtual product development processes. For this purpose, the
focus is set on systems used in industry supporting the process chain of Virtual Engineering:
• Product Lifecycle Management is an approach for managing product related data across the entire lifecycle of the product,
beginning with the concept phase until disassembling and recycling.
• CAx-systems for virtual product development allow modeling digital products regarding design, construction,
manufacturing and maintenance.
• Validation systems enable the analysis of products regarding statics, dynamics, safety and manufacturing feasibility.
The objective of the lecture is to clarify the relationship between construction and validation operations by applying virtual
prototypes and VR/AR/MR visualization techniques in combination with PDM/PLM-systems. This is taught by introducing each
particular system in applied exercises.
Learning Content
In this module, the practical application of different CAx software systems is exemplarily conducted in small groups, the main focus
being the CAD systems CATIA V5 (DASSAULT SYSTEMES) and NX 5 (Siemens PLM Software).
Workload
Regular attendance: 31,5 hours, self-study: 10,5 hours
Literature
Exercise notes
Events
SS 2019 2122378 Virtual Engineering II 2 SWS Lecture (V) Ovtcharova,
Mitarbeiter
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-102124 Virtual Engineering II Prüfung (PR) Ovtcharova
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-102124 Virtual Engineering II Prüfung (PR) Ovtcharova
Competence Certificate
Writen examination 90 min.
Prerequisites
None
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Virtual Engineering II
V 2122378, SS 2019, 2 SWS, Language: German/English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Description
Media:
Lecture notes
Learning Content
The lecture presents the IT aspects required for understanding virtual product development processes:
• Corresponding models can be visualized in Virtual Reality Systems, from individual parts to complete assembles.
• Virtual Prototypes combine CAD-data and information about properties of components and assemblies for immersive
visualization, functionality tests and functional validation in VR/AR/MR environments.
• Integrated Virtual Product Development explains product development processes from the point of view of Virtual
Engineering.
The objective of this lecture is to clarify the relationship between construction and validation operations by using virtual
prototypes and VR/AR/MR visualization techniques in combination with PDM/PLM-systems. This will be achieved by introducing
each particular IT-system with practical-oriented exercises.
Events
SS 2019 2123350 Virtual Engineering Lab SWS Project (PRO) Ovtcharova
WS 19/20 2123350 Virtual Engineering Lab SWS Project (PRO) Ovtcharova,
Mitarbeiter
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-106740 Virtual Engineering Lab Prüfung (PR) Ovtcharova
Competence Certificate
Assessment of another type (graded), procedure see webpage.
Events
SS 2019 2123351 Virtual training factory 4.X SWS Ovtcharova
WS 19/20 2123351 Virtual training factory 4.X SWS Ovtcharova,
Mitarbeiter
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-106741 Virtual training factory 4.X Prüfung (PR) Ovtcharova
Competence Certificate
Assessment of another type (graded), procedure see webpage.
Events
SS 2019 2118097 Warehousing and distribution 2 SWS Lecture (V) Furmans
systems
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-105174 Warehousing and Distribution Systems Prüfung (PR) Furmans
Competence Certificate
The assessment consists of a 60 minutes written examination (according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation).
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Description
Media:
presentations, black board
Learning Content
• Introduction
• Yard management
• Receiving
• Storage and picking
• Workshop on cycle times
• Consoldiation and packing
• Shipping
• Added Value
• Overhead
• Case Study: DCRM
• Planning of warehouses
• Case study: Planning of warehouses
• Distribution networks
• Lean Warehousing
Annotation
none
Workload
regular attendance: 21 hours
self-study: 99 hours
Literature
ARNOLD, Dieter, FURMANS, Kai (2005)
Materialfluss in Logistiksystemen, 5. Auflage, Berlin: Springer-Verlag
ARNOLD, Dieter (Hrsg.) et al. (2008)
Handbuch Logistik, 3. Auflage, Berlin: Springer-Verlag
BARTHOLDI III, John J., HACKMAN, Steven T. (2008)
Warehouse Science
GUDEHUS, Timm (2005)
Logistik, 3. Auflage, Berlin: Springer-Verlag
FRAZELLE, Edward (2002)
World-class warehousing and material handling, McGraw-Hill
MARTIN, Heinrich (1999)
Praxiswissen Materialflußplanung: Transport, Hanshaben, Lagern, Kommissionieren, Braunschweig, Wiesbaden: Vieweg
WISSER, Jens (2009)
Der Prozess Lagern und Kommissionieren im Rahmen des Distribution Center Reference Model (DCRM); Karlsruhe :
Universitätsverlag
A comprehensive overview of scientific papers can be found at:
ROODBERGEN, Kees Jan (2007)
Warehouse Literature
T 7.433 Course: Wastewater and Storm Water Treatment Facilities for Industrial
Engineers [T-BGU-109051]
Events
SS 2019 6223801 Wastewater and Storm Water 4 SWS Lecture / Practice Fuchs, Morck
Treatment Facilities (VÜ)
Exams
SS 2019 8240109051 Wastewater and Storm Water Treatment Prüfung (PR) Morck, Fuchs
Facilities for Industrial Engineers
Competence Certificate
report on field trips, appr. 8-15 pages
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
none
Annotation
none
Events
WS 19/20 22621 Water Technology 2 SWS Lecture (V) Horn
WS 19/20 22622 Excersises to Water Technology 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Horn, und Mitarbeiter
WS 19/20 22664 Practical course: Water quality and 2 SWS Practical course (P) Horn, Abbt-Braun, und
water assessment Mitarbeiter
Exams
SS 2019 7232001 Water Chemistry and Water Technology I Prüfung (PR) Horn, Abbt-Braun
WS 19/20 7232001 Water Chemistry and Water Technology I Prüfung (PR) Horn, Abbt-Braun
Prerequisites
T-CIWVT-103351 - Wasserchemisches Praktikum must be passed.
Events
SS 2019 22605 Membrane Technologies in Water 2 SWS Lecture (V) Horn, Saravia
Treatment
WS 19/20 22603 Scientific principles for water 2 SWS Lecture (V) Abbt-Braun
quality assessment
Exams
WS 19/20 7232003 Water Chemistry and Water Technology II Prüfung (PR) Horn, Abbt-Braun
Prerequisites
The module "Water Chemistry and Water Technology I" must be passed.
Events
WS 19/20 2511312 Web Science 2 SWS Lecture (V) Sure-Vetter
WS 19/20 2511313 Exercises to Web Science 1 SWS Practice (Ü) Sure-Vetter, Heling
Exams
SS 2019 7900032 Web Science Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
WS 19/20 7900031 Web Science Prüfung (PR) Sure-Vetter
Competence Certificate
The assessment of this course is a written examination (60 min) according to §4(2), 1 of the examination regulation or an oral exam
(20 min) following §4, Abs. 2, 2 of the examination regulation.
The exam takes place every semester and can be repeated at every regular examination date.
Prerequisites
None
Annotation
New course starting winter term 2015/2016.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Web Science
V 2511312, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: English, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Notes
The lecture provides insights into the analysis of social networks and the used metrics. Thereby, in particular, web phenomena and
the available technologies are considered.
Web Science is the emergent study of the people and technologies, applications, processes and practices that shape and are shaped
by the World Wide Web. Web Science aims to draw together theories, methods and findings from across academic disciplines, and
to collaborate with industry, business, government and civil society, to develop our knowledge and understanding of the Web: the
largest socio-technical infrastructure in human history.
The lecture provides an introduction to basic concepts of Web Science. Essential theoretical foundations, phenomena and
approaches are presented and explained.
This course aims to provide students with a basic knowledge and understanding about the structure and analysis of selected web
phenomena and technologies. Topics include the small world problem, network theory, social network analysis, graph search and
technologies/standards/architectures.
Learning objectives:
The students
• look critically into current research topics in the field of Web Science and learns in particular about the topics small-world-
problem, network theory, social network analysis, bibliometrics, as well as link analysis and search.
• apply interdisciplinary thinking.
• train the application of technological approaches to social science problems.
Workload:
Notes
The exercises are related to the lecture Web Science.
Multiple exercises are held that capture the topics, held in the lecture Web Scienceand discuss them in detail. Thereby, practical
examples are given to the students in order to transfer theoretical aspects into practical implementation.
This course aims to provide students with a basic knowledge and understanding about the structure and analysis of selected web
phenomena and technologies. Topics include the small world problem, network theory, social network analysis, graph search and
technologies/standards/architectures.
Learning objectives:
The students
• look critically into current research topics in the field of Web Science and learns in particular about the topics small-world-
problem, network theory, social network analysis, bibliometrics, as well as link analysis and search.
• apply interdisciplinary thinking.
• train the application of technological approaches to social science problems.
Events
WS 19/20 2173571 Welding Technology 2 SWS Lecture (V) Farajian
Exams
WS 19/20 76-T-MACH-105170 Welding Technology Prüfung (PR) Farajian
Competence Certificate
Oral exam, about 20 minutes
Prerequisites
none
Recommendation
Basics of material science (iron- and non-iron alloys), materials, processes and production, design.
All the relevant books of the German Welding Institute (DVS: Deutscher Verband für Schweißen und verwandte Verfahren) in the
field of welding and joining is recommended.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Welding Technology
V 2173571, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Notes
definition, application and differentiation: welding,
welding processes, alternative connecting technologies.
history of welding technology
sources of energy for welding processes
Survey: Fusion welding,
pressure welding.
weld seam preparation/design
welding positions
weldability
gas welding, thermal cutting, manual metal-arc welding
submerged arc welding
gas-shielded metal-arc welding, friction stir welding, laser beam and electron beam welding, other fusion and pressure welding
processes
static and cyclic behavior of welded joints,
fatigue life improvement techniques
learning objectives:
The students have knowledge and understanding of the most important welding processes and its industrial application.
They are able to recognize, understand and handle problems occurring during the application of different welding processes
relating to design, material and production.
They know the classification and the importance of welding technology within the scope of connecting processes (advantages/
disadvantages, alternatives).
The students will understand the influence of weld quality on the performance and behavior of welded joints under static and cyclic
load.
How the fatigue life of welded joints could be increased, will be part of the course.
requirements:
basics of material science ( iron- and non-iron alloys), of electrical engineering, of production processes.
workload:
The workload for the lecture Welding Technology is 120 h per semester and consists of the presence during the lecture (18 h) as
well as preparation and rework time at home (102 h).
Learning Content
definition, application and differentiation: welding,
welding processes, alternative connecting technologies.
history of welding technology
sources of energy for welding processes
Survey: Fusion welding,
pressure welding.
weld seam preparation/design
welding positions
weldability
gas welding, thermal cutting, manual metal-arc welding
submerged arc welding
gas-shielded metal-arc welding, friction stir welding, laser beam and electron beam welding, other fusion and pressure welding
processes
static and cyclic behavior of welded joints,
fatigue life improvement techniques
Workload
The workload for the lecture Welding Technology is 120 h per semester and consists of the presence during the lecture (18 h) as
well as preparation and rework time at home (102 h).
Literature
Für ergänzende, vertiefende Studien gibt das
Handbuch der Schweißtechnik von J. Ruge, Springer Verlag Berlin, mit seinen vier Bänden
Band I: Werkstoffe
Band II: Verfahren und Fertigung
Band III: Konstruktive Gestaltung der Bauteile
Band IV: Berechnung der Verbindungen
einen umfassenden Überblick. Der Stoff der Vorlesung Schweißtechnik findet sich in den Bänden I und II. Einen kompakten
Einblick in die Lichtbogenschweißverfahren bietet das Bändchen
Nies: Lichtbogenschweißtechnik, Bibliothek der Technik Band 57, Verlag moderne Industrie AG und Co., Landsberg / Lech
Im Übrigen sei auf die zahlreichen Fachbücher des DVS Verlages, Düsseldorf, zu allen Einzelgebieten der Fügetechnik verwiesen.
Organisation: University
Part of: M-WIWI-101808 - Seminar Module
Organisation: University
Part of: M-WIWI-101808 - Seminar Module
Organisation: University
Part of: M-WIWI-101808 - Seminar Module
Organisation: University
Part of: M-WIWI-101808 - Seminar Module
Organisation: University
Part of: M-WIWI-101808 - Seminar Module
Organisation: University
Part of: M-WIWI-101808 - Seminar Module
Organisation: University
Part of: M-WIWI-101808 - Seminar Module
Organisation: University
Part of: M-WIWI-101808 - Seminar Module
Events
SS 2019 2577912 Workshop Business Wargaming - 2 SWS Seminar (S) Lindstädt
Analyzinig Strategic Interactions
WS 19/20 2577922 Workshop Business Wargaming - 2 SWS Seminar (S) Lindstädt
Analyse strategischer Interaktionen
(Master)
Exams
SS 2019 7900071 Workshop Business Wargaming – Analyzing Prüfung (PR) Lindstädt
Strategic Interactions
Competence Certificate
In this course, real conflict situations are simulated and analyzed using various methods from business wargaming. Details on the
design of the performance review will be announced during the lecture.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge as conveyed in the bachelor module „Strategy and Organization“ is recommended.
Annotation
This course is admission restricted. If you were already admitted to another course in the module “Advanced Topics in Strategy and
Management” the participation at this course will be guaranteed.
The course is planned to be held for the first time in the summer term 2018.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
This course is admission restricted. If you werealready admitted to another course in the module “Advanced Topics in Strategy and
Management” the participation at this course will be guaranteed.
Learning Content
In this course, students simulate and analyze real-life conflict situations using Business Wargaming methods. The students will be
able to understand the underlying structure and dynamics of various conflicts, this includes making own conclusions as well as
deriving strategic recommendations.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours.
Lecture: 15 hours
Preparation of lecture: 75 hours
Exam preparation: n/a
Notes
In this lecture, current economic trends will be discussed from a perspective of competition analysis and corporate strategies.
Using appropriate frameworks, the students will be able to analyze collectively selected case studies and derive business
strategies.
Learning Objectives:
Students
• are able to analyze business strategies and derive recommendations for the management
• learn to express their position through compelling reasoning in structured discussions
Recommendations:
Basic knowledge as conveyed in the bachelor module "Strategy and Organization" is recommended.
Workload:
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours.
Lecture: 15 hours
Preparation of lecture: 75 hours
Exam preparation: n/a
Assessment:
In this course, real conflict situations are simulated and analyzed using various methods from business wargaming. Details on the
design of the success control will be announced during the lecture.
Note:
This course is admission restricted. If you werealready admitted to another course in the module “Advanced Topics in Strategy
and Management” the participation at this course will be guaranteed.
Target Group:
Master
Learning Content
In this lecture, current economic trends will be discussed from a perspective of competition analysis and corporate strategies.
Using appropriate frameworks, the students will be able to analyze collectively selected case studies and derive business
strategies.
Annotation
This course is admission restricted. If you werealready admitted to another course in the module “Advanced Topics in Strategy
and Management” the participation at this course will be guaranteed.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours.
Lecture: 15 hours
Preparation of lecture: 75 hours
Exam preparation: n/a
Events
SS 2019 2577923 Workshop aktuelle Themen 2 SWS Seminar (S) Lindstädt
Strategie und Management
(Master)
Exams
SS 2019 7900122 Workshop Current Topics in Strategy and Prüfung (PR) Lindstädt
Management
Competence Certificate
The evaluation of the performance takes place through the active participation in the discussion rounds; an appropriate
preparation is expressed here and a clear understanding of the topic and framework becomes recognizable. Further details on the
design of the performance review will be announced during the lecture.
Prerequisites
None
Recommendation
Basic knowledge as conveyed in the bachelor module „Strategy and Organization“ is recommended.
Annotation
This course is admission restricted. If you were already admitted to another course in the module “Advanced Topics in Strategy and
Management” the participation at this course will be guaranteed.
The course is planned to be held for the first time in the winter term 2017/18.
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
Notes
This course is admission restricted. If you werealready admitted to another course in the module “Advanced Topics in Strategy and
Management” the participation at this course will be guaranteed.
Learning Content
In this lecture, students discuss and evaluate models in the field of strategic management with a focus on applicability and theory
based limitations. Critical examination of current research results will be a substantial part of this course.
Workload
The total workload for this course is approximately 90 hours.
Lecture: 15 hours
Preparation of lecture: 75 hours
Exam preparation: n/a
Events
SS 2019 2141007 Röntgenoptik 2 SWS Lecture (V) Last
WS 19/20 2141007 X-ray Optics 2 SWS Lecture (V) Last
Exams
SS 2019 76-T-MACH-109122 X-ray Optics Prüfung (PR) Last
Competence Certificate
oral exam (about 20 min)
Prerequisites
none
Below you will find excerpts from events related to this course:
X-ray Optics
V 2141007, WS 19/20, 2 SWS, Language: German, Open in study portal
Lecture (V)
Learning Content
The lecture covers general principles of optics as well as basics, functioning and application of reflective, refractive and diffractive
X-ray optical elements and systems. Selected X-ray analytical imaging methods and the necessary optical elements are discussed
including their potentials and limitations.
Annotation
Lecture dates will be fixed in agreement with the students, see institutes website.
A visit at synchrotron ANKA is possible if requested.
Workload
lecture times plus assignment to review
Literature
M. Born und E. Wolf
Principles of Optics, 7th (expanded) edition
Cambridge University Press, 2010
A. Erko, M. Idir, T. Krist und A. G. Michette
Modern Developments in X-Ray and Neutron Optics
Springer Series in Optical Sciences, Vol. 137
Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 2008
D. Attwood
Soft X-Rays and Extreme Ultraviolet Radiation: Principles and Applications
Cambridge University Press, 1999